
^ ^O.i 'a .. 











^■^ 


% 




' ir i, ^^ 






\ ^ 






1^ 


K '* 


oo 


: f f"" 


f'i' . .- 


■i * 


J w* 







"5^. ^ '•" 



V ■ V 






vV ''^^ 






•_v:f"' 


-v^ . -VPO^ ^^ ^- 


«T 


^"' nX^"" ,.. , %'' 



EXERCISES 



LATIN COMPOSITION, 



ADAPTED TO 



BULLIOITS' LATIX GEAMMAR; 

WITH 

VOCABULARIES, 

LATIN AND ENGLISH,— ENGLISH AND LATIN. 

BY 

REV. PETER TBULLIONS, D. D. 

LATE PROFESSOR OF LANGUAGES IN THE ALBANY ACADEMY ; AUTHOR OF 

THE SERIES OF GRAMMARS, GREEK, LATIN, AND ENGLISH, 

ON THE SAME PLAN ; CLASSICAL SERIES, ETC. 



NEW YOEK : 

FARMER, BRACE, & COMPANY, 



4 COETLANDT STREET. 
1854. 






'^^"^^ 



Enteeed, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1S54, by 

PETER BULLIONS, 

in tbe Clerk's office of the District Court for the Northern District of New Tork. 



JOHN F. TROW, 

STEKEOTYPEK. 



PREFACE. 

This work completes the series of elementary works in Latin, 
originally proposed, and is intended to furnish a collection of 
exercises in illustration of the principles and idioms of the Latin 
language, as they are exhibited in the Latin Grammar. !N"o pains 
have been spared to make the w^ork as simple, and, at the same 
time, as complete as possible. 

The first part is a mere grammatical exercise on the several 
parts of speech, with only so much of Syntax as is necessary to 
form simple sentences and phrases, and may be gone through 
orally, without any difficulty, when the pupil has gone through 
the Grammar. The second part contains illustrations of all the 
Kules of Syntax, and of the leading principles and idioms exhibited 
in the notes and observations under each rule, in the order in 
which they occur in the Grammar, to which reference is con- 
stantly made. At the end of each rule, and sometimes at inter- 
mediate places, an English exercise, without Latin, is furnished, 
for which the Latin words will be found in the English and 
Latin vocabulary at the end. This in general may be found too 
difficult for the beginner, and may be deferred till he goes through 
the book a second time. 

All the examples in the second part, and most of those in the 
first, are strictly classical ; and for the most part reference is 
made to the work from which they are taken. They have been 
selected for this work chiefly from Turner's Grammatical Exer- 
cises, a work long used in the Albany Academy — from Ken- 
rick's Exercises adapted to his edition of Zumpt's Grammar — 
from Ellis's collection of exercises translated from Cicero — Oar- 
son's rules for the subjunctive mood, — and not a few have been 
taken from the classic authors themselves. 

In using this work, every judicious teacher will of course adopt 
that plan which he may judge best adapted to the age, capacity, 



4 PREFACE. 

and attainments of his pupils. With those more advanced, the 
exercises may he gone through orally. In general, however, it 
may he best to have them written out by the pupils, and then, 
after the necessary corrections are made, they may he drilled in 
the principles the examples are intended to illustrate. This process 
should he continued orally, or by writing, or both, till the learner 
has become so famihar with the Latin construction and forms of 
expression, as to be prepared for original composition in Latin, 
or to retranslate into Latin, Enghsh translations from Latin 
Authors, which may then be compared with the original. Of 
the latter, a few examples are given as exercises at the end, and 
these may be increased to any extent by the teacher, as he may 
judge proper ; or other exercises may be devised in the manner 
suggested at the end of the Latin Keader, p. 325. 

Teot, K, Y., August 15, 1854. 



EXPLANATIOiTS. 



1. In Part I., the paragraphs are marked by a series of numbers from 1 to 75, for 
the sake of convenient reference. In Part IL, this series is not continued. 

2. In the English part, words in parentheses, ( ), are intended for explanation, or 
to give the literal form of the Latin expression. Words in brackets, [ ], ai'e to be 
supplied, having no corresponding term usually expressed in Latin. 

3. The numbers from 1 to 6, before nouns and pronouns, indicate the cases in 
their order : those from 1 to 10, before verbs, indicate the tenses in order from tho 
present indicative, to the pluperfect subjunctive. The numbers from 11 to 14, indi- 
cate the tenses of the infinitive mood in their order. 

4. The numbers from 1 to 75, in parentheses, ( ), indicate the paragraph marked 
by that number in Part I. Numbers with Gr. before them, and all numbers above 
75, whether in parentheses or not, refer to the paragraph ia the Latin Grammar 
marked by that number. 



GEAMMATICAL EXEKOISES. 



FART I. 



1. — The Exercises in Part I. are intended only as 2^ praxis on 
the parts of speech, with just so much of syntax as may be neces- 
sary to form phrases and propositions of the simplest character. 
They may be used either orally, or written out as a stated exercise. 

The verb sum^ used occasionally here to form a simple sentence 
(Gr. 753), is inflected at length in the Grammar (187). 



EXEEOISES ON THE DECLENSION OF NoTJNS AND AdJEOTIYES. 

S« — ^In the Exercises on nouns and adjectives, the following 
things must be carefully attended to : 

1. The English articles a or an and the have no correspond- 
ing words in Latin : thus, cura means " care," " a care," or, " the 
care ;" hasta^ " a spear," or, " the spear ;" Jiastce^ " spears," or, 
" the spears." 

2. In the following examples, the oblique cases of the Latin 
noun, without a preposition before it, are indicated by the Eng- 
lish case-signs ; viz., offov the genitive ; to or for, for the dative; 
and with, from, in, ly, for the ablative (Gr. 52). But a preposi- 
tion before a noun determines its case, and requires the case-sign 
to be omitted (Gr. 235, 1, 2, 3). The possessive case in English 
is expressed by the genitive in Latin. 

3. A noun or pronoun being the subject of a finite verb, must 
be in the nominatlye (Gr. 304). 



6 



KOUNS AND ADJECTIVES. 



4. An adjective mnst be in the same gender, number, and 
case, with the substantive which it qualifies (Gr. 263), or of which 
it is the predicate (Gr. 822). Also a noun in the predicate, after 
a finite verb, must be in the nominative case (Gr. 319). 

ISr, B. In all the Exercises in this work in which the Latin 
words are given, nouns, adjectives, pronouns, and participles are 
put in the nominative case, and verbs in the infinitive ; and they 
are to be made to correspond to the English in the first column. 



English, 

In the Forum. — From the love 
of country. — The tree of life. — The 
sound of the harp, — of many harps. 
— To the end of time. 

The goddess of the woods. — By 
the counsels of wisdom. — From the 
slaughter of wild beasts. — The prows 
of the ships. — With all the ships of 
Carthage. 

The cares of men. — With many 
cares of many men. — To the armies 
of the Koman people. — By the li- 
berality of friends. — Abundance of 
fodder. 

The way of life. — From many 
dangers. — On the bank of the river. 
— From the shore of the sea. — From 
the beginning to the end of time. 

The investigation of truth is ap- 
propriate to man. — Life is short. — 
The fear of death is common to all 
(men). — A conspiracy of the nobles 
was dangerous to the state. 

Cesar's Commentaries. — Milo's 
house. — Cicero's letters. — Catiline's 
wickedness was great. 

Antony was equal to Catihne 
in wickerdness.— The ivickedness of 
Antony was equal to the wicked- 
ness of Catihne.— Death is the end 
of hfe. 



Latin to le Changed. 

Forum. — Amor patria. — 
Arbor vita. — Sonitus citha- 
ra, — multus cithara. — Ad 
finis tempus. 

Dea silva. — Consilium 
sapientia. — C^dis fera. — 
Prora navis. — Omnis navis 
Carthago. 

Cura homo. — Multus cu- 
ra multus homo. — Exerci- 
tus Komanus populus. — ■ 
Liberalitas amicus. — Copia 
pabulum. 

Via vita. — ^Multus peri- 
culum. — Ripa fluvius. — 
Littus mare. — Ab initium 
ad finis tempus. 

Investigatio verum esse 
proprius homo. — Yita esse 
brevis. — Timor mors esse 
communis omnis (homo.) — 
CoDjuratio nobihs esse peri- 
culosus ci vitas. 

C^sar Commentarium. — 
Milo domus. — Cicero epi- 
stola. — Catilina scelus esse 
magnus. 

Antonius esse par Cati- 
lina scelus. — Scelus Anto- 
nius esse par scelus Cati- 
lina. — Mors esse finis vita. 



EXERCISES ON VERBS. 



3. YOOABULAEY. 

Always, semper. Liberty, libertns, atis, 3. 
Are, is, was, sum, esse, fui (Gr. 187). Jfan, homo, hominis, 3. 

IVack, niger, gra, grum. Miltiades, Miltiades, is, 3. 

Crow, corvus, i, 2. JSfot, non. 

Bancicrous, periculosiis, a, iim. Reward, premium, i, 2. 

Feather, pJuma, ic, 1. Swan, cycnus, i, 2. 

Forest, silva, ae, 1. Thing, res, rei, 5. 

Friend, amicus, i, 2. Tree, arbor, oris, 3. 

Future, futurus, a, um. Useful, utilis, e. 

Good, bonus, a, um. Virtue, virtus, litis, 3. 

Happiness, felicitas, atis, 3. White, albus, a, um. 

Knowledge, scientia, se, 1. Wild beast, fera, a?, 1. 

Translate the following phrases into Latin — the words will be 
found in the precedhig vocabulary. 

Virtue's reward. — The trees of the forest. — A crow's feathers 
are black, a swan's feathers are white. — The happiness of good 
men is eternal. — Men are useful to men. — The knowledge of 
future things is not always useful. — Miltiades was a friend to the 
liberty of all [men]. — Happiness is the reward of the good. — The 
wild beasts in the forest are dangerous to men. — The rewards of 
virtue. — Trees are in the forest. — Trees are useful. — Happiness 
is the reward of virtue to good men. 



Exercises on Verbs. 

4. — In the Exercises on the Latin verb, the following things 
should be carefully noticed, viz. : 

1. The noun or pronoun, coming before a finite verb, is its sub- 
ject or nominative, and must be in the nominative case (Gr. 304). 

2. The noun or pronoun following a transitive-active or depo- 
nent verb, without any case-sign, is its object, and must be put 
in the accusative (Gr. 486, 437). 

3. The same idea is expressed passively, by making the object 
of the verb in the active voice the subject in the passive, and 
putting the doer in the ablative governed by «, «&, abs, ''by" 
(Gr. 136-1 and 530). 

4. The finite verb must be made to agree with its subject- 
nominative in number and person (Gr. 303), and, in the com- 



8 INDICATIVE MOOD PRESENT TENSE. 

ponnd tenses of the passive form, the participle must agree with 
it in gender, number, and case (Gr. 263, 264). The subject of 
the verb, when a pronoun of the first or second person, is com- 
monly omitted ; also ille frequently when the subject of the verb 
is the third person (Gr. 305). 

5. The introductory word there in English (An. & Pr. Gr. 
529) has no corresponding word in Latin : thus, est means " is,'' 
or, "there is;" sunt^ "are," or, "there are." 

6. Interrogatwe Sentences, — A question is made in Latin in 
four different ways, as follows : 

1st. By an interrogative pronoun ; as, Quis venit f " Who 
comes ? " Quern misit f " Whom did he send ? " 

2d. By an interrogative adverb ; as, Unde venit f " Whence 
came he ? " Cur venit f " Why did he come ? " 

Sd. By the interrogative particles num.^ an^ or the enclitic ne^ 
which, in direct questions, have no corresponding English 
word in the translation ; as, Num xenit f or, an verdt ? 
or, 'cenitne ? " Has he come ? " Negative interrogations 
are made by annon or nonne ; as, Annon (or nonne) venit? 
*' Has he not come ? " 

4th. By simply placing an interrogation mark at the end of the 
question ; as, Vis me hocfacere f " Do you wish me to do 
this?" 



LNDICATIYE MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 



5.__The present tense expresses what is going on at the pre- 
sent time (Gr. 157). ^ ^ f ^ 

I praise thee ; Thou art praised Ego laudare tu ; Tu lau- 

by me. g^^j.^ a^ ^g^^ 

Thou desirest wisdom ; Wis- Tu ex2Mtere sapientia ; Sa- 

dom IS desired by thee. plentia expeti a tu. 

God governs the world; The Deus guhernare mundus • 

wodd is governed by God. Mundus guhernari a Deus ' 

We write letters; Letters are Ego scriUre htera: Litera 

written by ns. scribi a ego. 



INDICATIVE MOOD PRESENT TENSE. 



You get riches ; Eiclies are got- Tu parare divitise ; Divi- 

tia3 parari a tu. 
Omnis culpare ingratus ; In- 
gratus culpari ab omnis. 



ten by you. 

All [men] blame ungrateful 
^„o^^..T . fi^Q ungrateful are 



[persons] ; __ 
blamed by all 



Deponent Verbs, 



I confess. 

Thou deservest praise. 

The sun rises. 

We agree to thee. 

You forget injuries. 

Men die. 



Ego faUri, 

Tu mereri laus. 

Sol oriri. 

Ego assentiri tu. 

Tu oblimsci injuria. 

Homo mori. 



Interrogations, 

When a question is asked, the nominative case in English is placed 
after the verb, or the sign of the verb (An. & Pr. Gr. 502). 



Dost thou praise me ? (4-6). 

Am I praised by thee ? 

Do I not praise thee? Art 
thou not praised by me ? 

Dost thou desire wisdom ? 
Is wisdom desired by thee ? 

Dost thou not desire wis- 
dom? Is not wisdom desired 
by thee ? 

Does God govern the world ? 
Is the world governed by 
God? 

Does not God govern the 
world ? Is not the world gov- 
erned by God? By whom is 
the world governed ? 



An tu (tune) laudare ego ? 

An ego (egone) laudari a tu ? 

Annon (nonne) laudare tu? 
Annon (nonne) laudari a ego ? 

An tu (tune) expetere sapien- 
tia ? An sapientia expeti a tu ? 

Annon exfetere sapientia ? 
ISTonne (annon) sapientia expUi 
atu? 

An Deus gitbernare mun- 
dus ? An mundus gulernari a 
Deus? 

JSTonne Deus gitbernare mun- 
dus? Annon mundus guber- 
nari a Deus? A quis guber- 
nari mundus ? 



I^oie. — In this way may all the other sentences be made interroga- 
tively, if thought proper. 



Deponent Verbs, 



Dost thou confess ? 
thou not confess? 



Dost IiTum tu fateri ? 
fatiri ? 



Annon tu 



10 



INDICATIVE MOOD PRESENT TENSE. 



Do I deserve praise ? Do I 
not deserve praise ? 

Does the sun rise ? Does not 
the sun rise ? &c. 



An ego (egone) mereri laus ? 
Annon ego mereri laus ? 

An sol oririf Nonne sol 
oriri ? &c. 



€• — YOCABIILAEY. 

Accuse, aceuso, are, avi, atum, v. 

tr. 1. ^ 
All, omnis, is, e, adj. 
Appoint (create), creo, are, avi, 

atum, Y. tr. 1. 
Apjprove, probo, are, avi, atum, 

Y. tr. 1. 
Deed, factum, i, n. 2. 
Bo, facio, facere, feci, factum, v. 

tr. 3 : — pass, fio, fieri, factus. 
Find out, comperio, ire, perui, 

pertum, y. tr. 4. 
Former I II, an tea, adv. 
From, a, ab, abs, prep. 
Good, bonus, a, um, adj. 
Greatly, Yalde, adY. 
Hear, audio, Ire, ivi, itiim, v. tr. 4. 
If, si, conj. 
Letter (an epistle), literss, arum, 

fern. pi. 1, and epistola, ee, f. 1. 
Love, diligo, ere, lexi, lectum, v. 

tr. 3 : — pass, loved, beloved. 
Madness, amentia, se, f. 1. 
Magistrate, magistratus, us, m. 4. 
Man, homo, iiommis, m. or f. 8. 



Many, multus, a, um, adj. 
Name, nomino, are, avi, atum, v. 

tr. 1. 
3"o, nullus, a, um, adj. 
Nobodi/ (no one), nemo, inis, c. 3. 
No2L\ nunc, adv. 
Overcome (to conquer), vinco, ere, 

vici, victum, v. tr. 3. 
Beason, ratio, onis, f. 3. 
Receive, recipio, ere, cepi, ceptum, 

v. tr. 3. 
Send, mitto, ere, misi, missum, v. 

tr. 3. 
Sulla (pr. n.) Sulla, se, m. 1. 
That, ille, ilia, illud, adj. pr. 
Then, tunc, adv. ; tunc temporis. 
Thing, negotium, i, u. 2 (com- 

monlv understood), and res, rei, 

f. 5. ^ 
This, hie, haec, hoc, adj. pr. 
To-day, hodie, adv. i. e. hoc die. 
Well, bene, adv. 
When, quum, cum, conj. 
Yearly, annuus, a, um, adj. 



Translate the following into Latin, observing carefull}^ the direc- 
tions, Iso. 4. — The words will be found in the preceding vocabulary. 
— The pronouns T, thou, he, she, it ; ive, you, they, when the subject of 
a verb, are commonly understood, being sufficiently indicated by tli.e 
person and number of the verb itself. See Gr. § 28. 



English Examples to he turned into Latin, 

I name no one — no one is named by me. Madness overcomes 
reason—reason is overcome by madness. He finds out all these 
things — all these things are finding out by him (An. & Pr. Gr. 
456 and Appendix Y.). Nobody accuses Sulla — Sulla is accused 
by nobody. They appoint magistrates — magistrates ai-e appointed 
by them. Sulla approves the deed — the deed is approved by 



INDICATIVE MOOD IMPERFECT TENSE. 



11 



Sulla. Do you hear these good men (4-6)? I love the man 
greatly — the men are greatly beloved by all. 

Note. — Change such of the preceding sentences as will make sense 
into the negative form by inserting non : — change into the interro- 
gative farm, as directed, 4-6. 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 

7» — The imperfect tense represents an action or event as 
passing and still unfinished at a certain time past, expressed or 
implied (Gr. 159). 



I wrote (did write) letters then ; 
Letters were then written by me. 

At what time thou soughtest 
for* me ; I was sought for by 
thee. 

When Mima held the king- 
dom ; When the kingdom was 
held by Numa. 

At that age we gave our minds 
(endeavour) to learning ; you al- 
ways gave your minds (endeavour) 
to play. 

While the fields did flourish. 



Ego tunc scrilere litera ; 
Litera tunc scribi a ego. 

Quis tempus (Gr. 565) tu 
qumrere ego ; Ego quceri 
a tu. 

Ubi ISTuma oMinere reg- 
num ; Ubi regnum oltineri 
a ISTuma. 

Ego isthuc 83tas (Gr. 592) 
dare opera literas ; tu sem- 
per dare opera lusus. 

Dum arvum florere. 



Deponent Verbs. 



I was glad so long as thou didst 
follow virtue, and so long as he 
reverenced his parents. 

Whilst we hunted hares, you 
followed, they talked in the mean 
time. 

In the golden age, men observed 
fidelity and integrity of their own 
accord, without law, nor did they 
fear a judge; ditches did not yet 
surround towns ; the earth gave 



Ego Icetari^ donee tu sec- 
tari virtus, et donee ille reve- 
reri parens suns. 

Dum ego 'cenari lepus, tu 
sequi^ ille fdbulari interea. 

In setas aureus homo, spon- 
tis suus (Gr. 542), sine lex, 
fides rectumque coUre^ nee 
timere judex ; nondum cin- 
gere oppidum fossa ; per sui 



* Querere means " to seek,' 
is not the sign of the dative. 



or, " to seek for ;" so that for here 



12 



INDICATIVE MOOD — IMPERFECT TENSE. 



all [things] of itself, and bore corn 
(fruits), not being ploughed (nn- 
ploughed). 



dare oninis tellns /. et frn- 
gis, inaratns, ferre, — Oy. 
Met. 1, 



InterrogaUvely (4-6). 



Didst thou -write letters then ? 
Were letters writing bj thee 
then? 

Did I not write letters ? Wero 
not letters writing by me ? 



An tu (tune) tunc scribere 
litera ? An tunc scribi (scri- 
hmo) litera a tu ? 

Annon (nonne) scribere li- 
tera ? Annon litera scribi a 
ego? 



Didst thou seek for me ? Was Tune qumrere ego ? An 
I sought for by thee ? 

Did I not seek for thee ? Wert 
not thou sought for by me ? 

Did ISTuma then hold the king- 
dom ? Was the kingdom held by 
Numa ? By whom was the king- 
dom held then ? &c. 



ego (egone) queer i a tu ? 

jSTonne qucerere tu? An- 
non tu quceri a ego ? 

An STuma tunc obtinere 
regnum ? An regnum obti- 
neri a Xuma ? A quis tunc 
obtineri regnum ? &c. 



§• — The present tense may often be rendered into English by 
the participle in ing^ with am^ art^ is^ are^ prefixed as auxiliaries, 
and likewise the imperfect, with was^ wert^ %oere^ as auxiliaries. 
This form in many cases has also a passive sense. An. & Pr. Gr. 
506, and 456 with reference, and 457. 



EXAMPLES. 



PEESENT TENSE. 



I am writing letters; Letters 
are writing. 

What art thou doing ? What is 
doing there ? 

He is building a house ; A house 
is building. 

We are getting (are learning by 
heart) our lesson. 

You are talking. 

They are making (composing) 
verses. 



Ego scribere litera ; Litera 
scribi, 

Quis tu agere f Quis illic 
agif 

Ille cedificare domus ; Do- 
mus (EdificarL 

Ego edisc-ere prselectio. 

Tu fabulari, 

nie comjpon^re yersus. 



INDICATIVE MOOD PERFECT TENSE. 13 



IMPEEFECT TENSE. 

I was writing letters then ; Scrihere lltera tunc ; Li- 
Letters were writing. tera scrihi. 

What wert thou doing ? What Quis agere f Quis istic 

was doing there ? agi ? 

He was building a house ; A Ille mdif leave domus ; Do- 
house was building. mus cedijicari. 

We were reading. Ego leg ere. 

You were playing in the mean Tu ludere interea. 
time. 

They were setting trees ; Trees Ille severe arbor ; Tunc tem- 

were setting at that time. pus (Gr. 592) arbor seri. 



English Examples to de turned into Latin. 

The words ia the following Examples will be found in Yocabu- 
lary, No. 6, p. 10. 

They accused us. — Kobody accused them. — We were accused 
by them. — Did they not accuse us ? — We were not accused by 
the magistrates. — Were we not accused by them ? — ISTo one ap- 
proved those deeds. — That deed was approved by no one then. — 
Were those deeds then approved by many (men) ? — Did 3^ou receive 
a letter from me ? — We received letters from them. — They did 
not receive letters from us. — Did not he receive a letter from 
them ? — They named Sulla. — Sulla was named by them. — Were 
they not named by Sulla ? — We loved the men greatly. — The men 
were loved greatly by all. — ^Did not they love us ? 



PEEFEOT TENSE. 

O. — The perfect tense is used in two different senses — definite 
and indefinite, 

J^ote. — In the compound tenses of the passive voice, or in depo- 
nent verbs, the participle must be made to agree with the subject in 
gender, number, and case. (Gr. 164. Note, and 263, 264.) 



1. The Perfect Definite. 

\0* — The Peefeot definite represents an action or event as 
completed at the present time, or in a period of time of which 



14 



INDICATIVE MOOD PERFECT TENSE. 



the present forms a part— and is translated by the English pre- 
sent-perfect (An. & Pr. Gr. 407) ; as, scripsi, " I have written ;" 
scri2Jtu7?i est^ " It has been written." (Gr. 162.) 



EXAMPLES. 



I have often sought for thee. 
Thou hast often been sought for 
by me. 

Thou hast spoken well, and hast 
deserved praise. 

She has found [her] parents. 

We have made trial. Trial has 
been made by us. 

You have kept [your] promise. 
[Your] promise has been kept hj 
you. 

All [men] have sinned, and have 
deserved punishment. 



Stepe qucBrere tu. Tu saepe 
qucesltus esse a ego. 

Tu locutus esse bene, et me- 
ritus esse laus. 

Ille reijerire parens. 

Facer e periculum. Pericu- 
\\xm,f actus esse a ego. 

Tu sohere fides. Fides so- 
la tus esse a tu. 



Omnis peccare^ 
esse poena. 



et meritus 



Inter rogatrcely. 

Hast thou often sought for me ? Have I often been sought 
for by tliee ? Have I not often sought for thee ? Hast thou not 
often been sought for by me ? &c. 

2. The Perfect Indefinite, 

11. — The perfect indefinite represents an action or event 
simply as past, and is translated by the English past tense (An. 
& Pr. Gr. 415) ; as, scripsi^ '' I wrote ;" scrip turn est^ '^ it was 
written." (Gr. 163.) 



EXAMPLES. 



I sought (did seek) for thee yes- 
terday. Thou wert sought for 
by me yesterday. 

Thou didst well. It was well 
done by thee. 

God created the world. The 
world was created by God out of 
nothing. 



Ego qu(crere tu heri. 
qucesltus esse a ego heri. 



Tu 



Benefacere. Bene/actum 
esse a tu. 

Deus creare mundus. Mun- 
dus creatus esse a Deus ex 
nihilum. 



INDICATIVE MOOD PLUPERFECT TENSE. 15 

Pompey got great praiso. Pompeius adeptus esse laus 

magnus. 

We went away presently. Ego statim atire. 

You saw it. Til mdere. 

They did not believe these Ille non credere hie. Hie 

things. These things were not non credUus esse ab ille. 
credited by them. 

Interrogatively. 

Didst thon seek for me ? iN'um qumrere ego ? 

Didst thou not seek for me ? Annon (nonne) qucerere 

ego ? 
Was I sought for by thee ? Was ISTum qumltus esse a tu ? 
I not sought for by thee ? &c. IlTonne qucesUus esse a tu? &c. 

And so in the rest. 

This tense, after antequam, postqnam, ubi, or ut for postquam, may 
be translated as the pluperfect (Gr. 164-3). 

EnglisJi Examples to he turned into Latin. 

(See Yocabulary, ISTo. 6.) 

I have named no one. — Did they name Sulla ? — Has nobody 
been named? — They have found out all these tilings. — Have 
these tilings been found out ? — Did they not find out that ? — Has 
Sulla been accused? — They have not accused Sulla. — All men 
have approved these things. — Have not these things been ap- 
proved by all ? — Did you hear that good man ? — Have you all 
heard him ? — They received letters then. — They have received 
letters to-day. — Were letters received formerly? — Have lettei*s 
been received to-day ? — An epistle was sent to Sulla.: — He did 
these things well. — All the letters were sent by us to the magis- 
trates. 

PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 

12. — The pluperfect tense represents an action as completed 
at or before a certain past time expressed or implied ; as, scrip- 
seram^ ''I had written ;" scriptum erat^ " it had been written." 
(Gr. 165, 166.) 



16 INDICATIVE MOOD — PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



EXAMPLES. 

I had sought for thee before. Qimrere tu anteB. Tu 

Thou hadst been sought for by qumltus esse a ego antea. 
me before. 

Thou hadst promised the day Tu pro77iiUere i^ridie, 
before. 

The master had often forbidden Magister saepe proMUre 

that. That had often been forbid- is. Is saepe prohihUus esse a 

den by the master. magister. 

We had dined long (much) be- Frandere multo ante, 
fore. 

You had asked. Tu rogare. 

[Their] fathers had taken care Pater curare is. Is curor 

of**' that. That had been taken tus esse a pater, 
care of* by [their] fathers. 

Interrogatively, 

Hadst thou sought for me ? Hadst thou not sought for me 
before ? Had I been sought for by thee ? Had I not been sought 
for by thee ? &c. 



EnglisTi Examples to le turned into Latin, 

(See Yocabulary, Ko. 6.) 

I had named no one. — Had nobody been named ? — They had 
found out all these things. — Had these things been found out ? — 
Had they not found out that thing? — Had they accused this 
man ? — This man had not been accused by them. — They had ap- 
pointed a magistrate. — Had magistrates been appointed by them ? 
— All things had been approved. — Had the men heard these 
things? — Had the magistrates been appointed then? — 'No one 
was named. 

13. — In the compound tenses of the passive voice, the parti- 
ciple is sometimes regarded nearly in the sense of an adjective. 
In that case, the auxiliary sum becomes the verb, and is trans- 
lated in its own tense ; thus, perfect, scriptum est^ " it is writ- 

* Curo signifies '' to take care of," and govez^ns the accusative. 



INDICATIVE MOOD — PLUPERFECT TENSE. l7 

ten," instead of *'it was written," or "it has been written;" 
pluperfect^ scriptum ei-at^ " it was written," instead of '^it has 
been written." (An. & Pr. Gr. App. Y. II. Gr. 182-3.) 

EXAMPLES. 

I am reduced to poverty. Eedactus esse ad paiipcrtas. 

The work is finished. Opvisjinltus esse. 

The city is tiiken. Urbs captus esse. 

We are conquered. Ego mctus esse. 
Her parents (the parents of her) Ejus parens repertus esse. 
are found. 

The times are changed. Tempus n. mutatus esse. 

So in the phiperfect, 
I was reduced to poverty. Eedaetus esse ad paupertas. 

The work was finished, &c. Opn9ji7iUus esse^ &c. 

1 4, — A few intransitive verbs, both active and deponent, in 
the perfect and pluperfect, have the English verb to he instead 
of have as an auxiliary in the translation (An. & Pr. Gr. 374). 
Thus, ve7ii^ ''''lam come," for, "I have come;" ahiit^ "he is 
gone," for, " he has gone." — Pres. moritur^ " he dies," — " is 
dying." — Perf. mortuus est^ " he is dead," for, " he has died." — 
Plup. mortuus erat^ "he was dead," for, "he had died," &c. 
(An. & Pr. Gr. 374). 

EXAIVIPLES. 

PEEFECT TENSE. 

Thou art come quickly. Advenlre cito. 

He is gone away. Ablre. 

He is entered into the city. Ingressus esse (in) urbs. 

The sun is set. Sol occidere. 

The moon is risen. Luna ortus esse. 

The time is past. Tempus prmterlre. 

The labour is lost. Opera perlre. 
We are set together on the soft In mollis considere herba. 

grass. YiRO. (Gr. 608). 

The twenty pounds are lost. Viginti minaa^^lr^. — Ter. 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

The summer was come then. Tunc venire sestas. 

He was gone away before. Hie ahlre antea. 



18 



INDICATIVE MOOD FUTURE TENSE. 



The time was past. 
The labour was lost. 
The sun was set. 
The morning star was risen. 
We were set together on the 
grass. 



Tempus prceterlre. 
Opera perlre, 
Sol occidere. 
Lucifer ortus esse. — Ov. 
Considere in herba. (Gr. 
608.) 



FUTUEE TENSE. 

1. Expressing will^ purpose^ or resolution. 

15. — Will^ as an auxiliary, in English, expresses the will, pur- 
pose, or resolution of a person with respect to his own actions or 
state ; sliall^ his will, purpose, or resolution with respect to the 
actions or state of another under his control (An. & Pr. Gr. 336). 
Hence, ordinarily, without a preceding clause, in order to express 
will^ 2ntrpose^ or resolution — will is used in the first person, and 
sJiall^ in the second and third. 



EXAMPLES. 



I will write letters. Letters 
shall be written by me. 

Thou shalt hear the whole 
matter. 

He shall suffer punishment. 
Punishment shall be suffered by 
him. 

"We will do our endeavour. 
Endeavour shall be used by us. 

You shall know. 

The boys shall play. 



Seribere litera. Litera scri- 
li a Qi^o, 
Audire res omnis. 



lUe dare 
ddri ab ille. 



poenae. Poenj© 



Ego dare opera. Opera 
ddri a ego. 
Tu scire. 
Puer ludere. 



Imperatively. 



Thou shalt worship God, rever- 
ence thy parents, and imitate the 
good. 

Thou shalt beware of* passion- 
ateness, govern thy tongue, and 



Venerari Deus, revereri 
parens, et imitari bonus. 

Gavere iracundia, mode- 
rari (Gr. 405-3d) lingua, et 



^ Of is here part of the Enghsh to the verb cavere, which signifies 
to beware of, and goyerns an accusative case. 



INDICATIVE MOOD FUTURE TENSE. . 19 

follow (practise) peace ; neither* colere pax; nequo /accr^ in- 
shalt thou do injury to any one. juria quisquam. 

16. — Exc. An absolute promise, or purpose, or resolution, 
so fixed as to divest ourselves in some measure of will^ and put 
ourselves at the disposal of another, is better expressed, in the 
first person in English, by the sign 8hall (An. & Pr. Gr. 338). 
Thus, 

(Since it is proper) we shall In Mo potissimum elabo- 

labor chiefly in these things. rare. — Cio. Off. 1. 81. 

(At your command) we shall Adhibere diligentia, 
use diligence. 

Interrogatwely . 

17. — In asking questions, the reference obviously is to the 
will, purpose, &c., of the person addressed. Hence, in interroga- 
tive sentences of this kind, will is used in English in the second 
person, and sJiaU., in the first and third. 

EXAMPLES. 

Wilt thou write letters ? Shall he write letters ? Shall I 
write letters ? Shall letters be written by thee ? — by me ? — ^by 
him ? Shall I hear the whole matter ? Wilt thou hear, &c. 
(as in the preceding sentences.) 

2. Expressing Bimple futurity , 

1§, — The use oi. shall and will, in English, expressing simple 
futurity, or, that an event will happen, is directly the reverse of 
what it is when they express will, purpose, or resolution ; that is 
to say, without a preceding clause, shall is used in the first per- 
son, and will in the second and third (An. & Pr. Gr. 340). 

EXAMPLES. 

I shall see. Ego md'ere. 

Thou wilt obhge him (wilt do Facere 3 ille gratus. 
an agreeable thing to him). 

^ After neither and nor, the nominative ease, in English, must be 
put after the verb, or the sign of the verb (An. & Pr. Gr. 76.7). 



20 INDICATIVE MOOD FUTURE TENSE. 

He will give thanks to thee. Agere gratia tn. Gratia 

Thanks will be given to thee by agi tu ab ille. 
him. 

We shall obtain leave. Leave Impetrare venia. Yenia 

will be obtained by ns. impetrari a ego. 

Yon will get (make) an estate. Tw facer e res. 

They will get (find) friends. Ille invenlre amicus. Ann- 
Friends will be gotten (found) by cus invenlri ab ille. 
them. 

Interrogatively, 

10. — In interrogative sentences having respect to simple 
futuritv, the second person also is translated by shall (An. & Pr. 
Gr. 342) ; thus, 

Shall I oblige him ? Shall I not obhge him ? Will he oblige 
us ? Shalt thou see ? Shalt thou not see ? Will he see, &c. 

JS'^'ote. — After adverbs, conjunctio7is, and the relative 7vJw for whoso- 
ever, the sign is shall in all persons ; as, Scribes aliqiiid, si vacabis^ 
Cic. " You will write something, if you shall be at leisure." 

In the prophetic style, both the second and the third person have 
the sign shall ; as, Et tu spectabere serpens, Ovid. Met 3. " You also 
shall be looked upon being a serpent." Puero, quo ferrea primum. 
desinet, ac toto surget gens aurea mundo. *' The youth, under whom (in 
whose reign) the iron age shall first cease, and the golden age shall 
commence over all the world," Virg. Eel. 4. 

l^ote. — ^These distinctions, however, respecting the use of shall 
and will, are more important in translating from Latin into English, 
than in translating from English into Latin ; because in the latter 
case, whether shall or will is used, the tense in Latin is the future. 
Also, the future tense in Latin may sometimes be translated by the 
present in English, and consequently without either shall or will (An. 
& Pr. Gr. 406 <fc 436). 

The Periphrastic future in eus. 

20. — The periphrastic future iu rus (Gr. 214-8), used to 
intimate that a thing is about to be done, is sometimes rendered 
as the future tense in the manner stated above. 

I shall see. Ego msurus esse. 

Thou wilt oblige him (wilt do Facturiis esse gratus 3 ille. 
M agreeable thing to him). 



INDICATIVE MOOD FUTURE TENSE. 21 

He will give thanks to thee. Hie acturus esse gratia tn. 

TVo shall obtain leave. Ego impetraturus esse ve- 

nia. 
You will get (make) an estate. Tufaeturiis esse res. 

They will get (find) friends. Ille inventurits esse amicus. 

Wilt thou {fern.) not tell (me) Non dictura esse aperte ? 

plainly ? — Tee. Eun, 5.1. 



English Examples to le turned into Latin, 

(Sec Yocabulary, No. 6.) 

[In the following English sentences, state whether the future is 
used to express will, purpose, resolution; or only simple futurity. 
This distinction will make no difference as to form in the Latin word, 
though the difference in sense will be the same as in English.] 

I will accuse no one. — I shall accuse no one. — He shall be 
accused. — They will not be accused. — Will he not be accused (4— 
.6, 3d)?— Shalt thou be accused ?— Shall he accuse us?— Shall 
Sulla be accused by them \ — Wilt thou name him ? — Shalt thou 
not name them?— They will appoint magistrates. — They shall 
appoint magistrates. — Will they appoint magistrates ? — Shall they 
not appoint magistrates? — Shall magistrates be appointed? — 
Will he receive the letter ? — Shall I receive the letter ? — Will the 
magistrates approve the deed? — Shall the magistrates approve 
the deed ?— They shall approve. — They will approve. — Wilt thou 
approve these deeds ? — He will hear. — These good men shall be 
heard. — Will they not hear ? — They shall hear. — They will hear. 

FUTTJEE-PEEFECT TENSE. 

21. — The future-perfect tense intimates that an action or 
event will be completed at or before a certain time yet future ; 
as, scripsero^ ''I shall have written;" viz. at or before some 
future time. 

1. Though this tense is properly rendered by the auxiliaries 
shall have^ or will have; yet frequently, after conjunctions, &c., the 
have^ or the shall or will^ and sometimes both the auxiliaries are 
omitted (Gr. 168-2. An. & Pr. Gr. 412). 

EXAMPLES. 

When I (shall) have deter- Quum constituere^ scri- 
mined, I shall write. here. 



22 



INDICATIVE MOOD FUTURE-PERFECT TENSE. 



"When yon (shall) have said all. 

After he has spoken with Cae- 
sar. 

"When we (shall) have written 
letters. When letters (shall) have 
been written by us. 

When you (shall) have per- 
formed your promises. When 
promises (shall) have been (are) 
performed by you. 

As soon as (when first) they 
(shall) have heard. 

If I (shah) ask. 

If thou shalt obtain. 

If any one (shall) discover. 

If we (shall) do that. 

If you (shall) make me Consul. 

Unless they (shall) come to- 



Quum dicere omnia. 

Postquam con^cenlre Csesa- 
rem. 

Ubi scribere litera. Ubi 
litera scrijptus esse a ego. 

Quum ]}rcestare promis- 
sum. Quum promissum ^^r^^- 
stdtus esse a tu. 

Quum primum (Simul ac) 
aiidlre. 
Si Togare. 
Si impetrare. 
Si quis indicare. 
Si \?> facer e. 
Si faeere ego Consul. 
Nisi eras vemre. 



Come, gone, set, tire, have, in this case, the sign shall be, or else 
only the same as in the perfect tense (14). 



EXAMPLES. 

When thou shalt be (art) once 
gone out. 

When the time shall be (is) 
past. 

When summer shall be (is) 
come. 

As soon as (when first) the sun 
shall be (is) set. 

As soon as he shaU be (is) 
grown up. 

As soon as thou shalt be (art) 
come thither. 



Quum semel exlre, 

Quum tempus prceterlre, 

Quum Tenire ^stas. 

Quum primum sol occi- 
dere. 

Simul at que adolescere, 

Simul ac pervenire illuc. 



2. Without conjunctions, (fcc. the sign of the first person is com- 
monly SHALL, of the rest will — the have being omitted (Gr. 168-2). 



EXAMPLES. 



I shall see. 

Thou wilt do kindly, if thou 
wilt come. 



Ego mdei^e. 

Faeere benigne, si venire. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD PRESENT TENSE. 23 

A covetous [man] will always Avarus semper egere, 
want. 

We shall obtain. Impetrare, 

You will conquer. Vincere. 

They will get (find) friends. Ille invenire amicus. 

22. — Sometimes it is rendered by shall have; as, Quum txi hcec 
leges, ego ilium fortcisse convenerOy I shall have spoken with him per- 
haps, when thou shalt read these things. Cic. Att. 9, 15. Tihi Roma 
subegerit orhem, Rome will have subdued the world for you. Lucan, 1. 
Troja arserlt ignii Dardanium toiies suddrit sanguine litus ? Shall 
Ti'ov have been burnt? &c. Virg. ^n. 2, 581. 

English Examples to de turned into Latin, 

(See Vocabulary, ^o. 6.) 

When he has accused us, we shall hear. — When you (shall) 
have heard that. — If we (shall) do this. — If the magistrates (shall) 
have been appointed. — When the deeds (shall) have been ap- 
proved. — When we (shall) have received the letter. — Thou wilt 
hear, if the magistrate (shall) be appointed. — If you (shall) have 
been appointed, we shall hear, &c. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

23. — The imperative mood commands, exhorts, entreats, or 
permits ; as, scribe^ '' write thou," (Gr. 149). 

24. — The imperative mood in English has the subject or 
nominative placed after the verb. It is, however, generally un- 
derstood ; as, " come (thou) forth." The imperative of the third 
person is rendered into English by " let," in the second person, 
and the infinitive without " to " prefixed ; as, ito^ " let (thou) 
him go " (An. & Pr. Gr. 467, ■'"' 



EXAMPLES. 

PRESENT TENSE. 



Learn thou good arts. Let good Discere bonus ars, f. Bo- 
arts be learned by thee. nus ars disci a tu. 
Shun thou sloth. Fugere segnities. — Cat. 



24 



IMPERATIVE MOOD PRESENT TENSE. 



Let the victor have a horse. 
Beware thou of passionateness. 
Call ye me. 
Let scholars obey their masters. 

Let them suffer themselves to 
be taught. 



Victor Jiabere equus. 
Tu cavere iracundia. 
Vocare ego. — Plaut. 
Discipulus magister j^arere, 
(Gr. 405-3d.) 

Doceri sui pati. — Gio. 



S5. — ^The present suhjnnctive is often used instead of this mood, 
especially in forbidding, after ne, nemo, nullus, &c. (Gr. 150). 



EXAMPLES. 



Try that which thou canst [do]. 

Love a parent, if he is kind ; if 
otherwise, bear [him]. 

Covet not other men's goods. 

Do not thou injury to any 
one. 

Do not hurt any one. 

Give not up thyself to laziness. 

Give not yourselves wholly to 
pleasures ; but rather give your- 
selves to learning. 



Qui posse, is tento.re.-OA.TO, 

Amare parens, si sequus 
esse ; si aliter, ferre. — Publ. 

Ne concupisch'e alienus. 

]^e facer e injuria quis- 
quam. 

ISTe quis nocere, (Gr. 405- 
1st.) 

Ne tradere tu socordia. 

Ne dedere tu totus volup- 
tas ; quin potius doctrina tu 
dedere. 



26. — Note. — The conjunction ut, and some former verb, are bere 
understood, and may be supplied ; as, fac, vide, cura, monco, velim, 
{at) tentes. Cave, vide, moneo, {ut) ne facias injuriam (Gr. 144, 145). 

2T. — The future-perfect is also used instead of the imperative 
mood (Gr. 168-3). 



EXAMPLES. 

Eemember thou. 

See thou to it. 

Do not say it. 

Do not thou do injury. 

Make not haste to speak. 

Deride nobody. 

Give not up thyself to idleness. 

Let him look to it. 



Tu meminisse, 

Tu vidsre, 

Ne dicere. 

"Eq facer e injuria. 

l^efestlnare loqui. 

Kemo irridere, 

IsTe tradere tu ignavia. 

llle mdere. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD PRESENT TENSE. 25 

28.— The future indicative (15) and the perfect subjunctive 
are sometimes used in a concessive or imperative sense ; as, liques 
mna^ '^ filtrate the ^yiiiq -^'''^ parta sit pecunia^ " suppose the mo- 
ney were obtained;" Iksg dicta sint patrihiis^ "let these things 
be told quickly to the fathers," (Gr. 173-4). 



SUBJUE"OTiyE MOOD. 

SO. — The indicative and the imperative are the only moods of 
the vei'b in Latin used in propositions strictly independent (Gr. 145). 
Tlie subjunctive mood is used to restrict or modify the thought 
expressed by other parts of the verb with which it is connected. 
That connection is usually made by conjunctive particles expressed 
or understood, or by the relative; and the subjunctive so connected 
is rendered in a great variety of ways in English, according to the 
nature of the relation expresised — sometimes by the auxiliaries way, 
can, mightj could, would, &c., as in the paradigms of the verb (Gr. 
189); very often by the indicative after such connectives as ^/^ow^//, 
that, a&, &Q. ; not unfrequently by the infinitive ; sometimes by the 
participle in ing, preceded by a preposition ; and also in other ways 
to which the connection only can direct. 

The following Exercises furnish examples of the various wa^^s in 
which this mood is rendered ; but the full consideration of the sul)ject 
must be referred to its place in syntax, where the leading as weli^ as 
dependent clauses being inserted, will direct to the proper rendering 
of this mood in each sentence. 



PEESENT TENSE (Gr. 171). 

30. — 1. With some conjunction, adverb, indefinite, or relative, 
expressed ; translated (generally) as the indicative (Gr. 170-3). 

Seeing I am in health. Quum mlere. 

Have a care (see) what thou Yidere quis agere ;—Qms 

doest ;— What is done by thee. agio, in. 

There is no (nobody is) covet- ISTemo avarns esse, qui non 

ous man, who does not want. egere. 

Stay till we return. Expectare dura red^re, 

You do not know for whom ISTescire, quis par-are pecn- 

you get money ;— For whom mo- nia ;— Quis pecunia paran 

ney is gotten by you. a tu. 

2 



26 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD PRESENT TENSE. 



Seeing covetous men always Quum avarns semper egere^ 

•want, though they abound. etiamsi abuiidare. 

I wish I may become a scholar TJtinam evadere doctus. 
(learned). 

— Thou mayest recover. — Tu conmlescere, 

— The king may live long. — Kex vivere diu. 

Sometimes it is rendered by the participle in ing, with am, art, is, 
are, as in the indicative mood ; as, 



Seeing I am writing letters. 
Seeing letters are writing. 

Seeing he is building a house. 
Seeing a house is building, &c. 



Quum ego scribere litera. 
Quum litera scrili. 

Quum ille (Edificare do- 
mus. Quum domus CBdifi- 
ccvri^ &c. 



J^ote. — ^This tense, after quasi, tanqitam, and the like, is sometimes 
translated like the imperfect ; as, Quasi intelligant qualis sit, &e. 
As if they understood, &c. — Cic. Tusc. 1. 

31. — 2. Without any yerb and conjunction expressed (Gr. 145), 
the signs are, may, can, let, should, would (Gr. 171-1-3). 



By this means (thus) thou may- 
est get (find) praise. Praise may 
be gotten (found) by thee. 

Thou canst scarcely find a faith- 
ful friend. A faithful friend can 
scarcely be found by thee. 

Somebody may say. 

Let us hve piously. 

I should refuse. 

She would pray for help. 



Ita invenire laus. 
xeniri a tu. 



Laus \ 



Yix reperire amicus fi de- 
lis. Amicus fidelis vix repe- 
riri a tu. 

Aliqm^ dicer e, 

Yivere pie. 

Becusare, 

Orare opis. — Ovid. 



Interrogatively. 



Should I tell it ? 

What should I think ? 

Whom should I ask ? 

What shouldst thou do here ? 

Who can (could, would) believe 
this? 

Why should she ask this ? Why 
should this be asked by her ? 



Narrare f 
Quis putare f 
Quis rogare f 
Quis tu hie agere f 
Quis hie credere f 

Cur ille qumritare hie? 
Cur hie qimritari ab ille I 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD IMPERFECT TENSE. 27 

3. "With conjunctions, indefinites, and relatives, the signs are 
may^ can^ <fcc. (Gr. 171). 



That I may speak the truth. 

I know not what I should do 
with myself (make myself). 

Use thy endeavour that thou 
mayest be in good health (well). 

Love, that thou ma^^est be 
loved. 

I would have thee (I wish that 
thou wouldst) write. 

Beware that thou do not be- 
lieve it. 

He begs that thou wouldst come. 

Take care, that he may know. 

I am afraid, that he may not 
believe it. 

If any one should ask. 

We have nothing, which we 
can (may) do. 

I advise that you would study. 

Though they should deny. 
Though it should be denied by 
them. 



Ut verum dicere. 
Nescire quis ego facere. — 
Tee. 

Dare opera, ut valere, 

Ut amari^ amare. 

Yelle* (ut) scribere, 

Cavere* (ne) credere. 

Orare, ut venire. 
Curare, ut scire, 
Timere, utt credere, — Tee. 

Si quis rogare. 

IsTihil habere, quod agere, 

Monere ut studere, 
Etsi ille negare, Etsi ne- 
gari ab ille. 



IMPERFECT TENSE (Gr. 1T2). 

32. — 1. AVith conjunctions, indefinites, &c., translated as the indi- 
cative (Gr. 172-4}. 

Seeing I did not hear what Quum non audire^ quis di- 

thou saidst ; — What was said by cere ; — Quis did a tu. 
thee. 

K he knew, what we were now Si scire,, quis nunc agere ; — 

doing ; — What was doing now by Quis nunc agi a ego. 
us. 

* Ut is often understood after volo, nolo, facto, censeo, juhco, opto, 
sino, licet, oportet, &c., and ne after cave (Gr. 632). • 

f Verbs signifying to fear, as timco, metuo, vereor, paveo, are used 
affirmatively with ne, but negatively with ut, or ?ie non, and after 
such verbs, these conjunctions should be rendered that, that not (An. 
(fe Pr. Gr. 962) ; as, timco ne crcdat, I am afraid that he may be- 
lieve it ; timco ut crcdat, I am afraid that he may not believe it (Gr. 
633). 



28 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Wlien yon did not know for 
wliom Tou got money ; — For wliom 
money was gotten by you. 

I staid till they returned. 

I wish I were in health. 

— Thou spokest from thy heart. 

— "VTe were wise enough. 

— You used diligence ; — Dili- 
gence was used by you. 



Quum nescire^ quis 2^arare 
pecunia ; — Quis pecunia joa- 
rari a tu. 

2 Expect are dum red ire, 

TJtinam xalere. 

— Tu loqui ex animus. 

— Sa.2oere satis. 

— Tu oAliibPre diligentia ; 
— Diligentia adhiberi a tu. 



Sometimes it is rendered by the participle in ing with was, werf, 
were ; as, 

TThile I was writing letters. Dum scrilere litera. Dum 

While letters were writing. litera scrioi, 

While he was building a house. Dum ille cedificare domus. 

TThile a house was bttilding, <kc. Dum domus rcdijicari^ (fcc. 

33. — 2. With the signs icould, could, shoidd, migJity either with 
or without conjunctions, indefinites, d:c. (Gr. 172). 



I would take care. 

He begged that I would come. 

Thou wotildst think thyself 
happy, if thou wert rich. 

He might say. It might be said 
by him. 

The day would fail me, if I 
should reckon every one. 

We should not suifer it. 

You would learn willingly, if 
you were wise. 

Men would follow virtue, if 
they were wise. 



Curare. 

8 Orare ut venire. 
Put are tu felix, si esse 
dives. 

Jjtcere, Did ab ille. 



rare omnis. 
Xon sinere. 
JJisctre hbenter, si saptre. 

Homo sectari virtus, si 
sajjere. 



Interrogativehj, 



What should I do ? 
Wouldst thou not think thyself 
happy ? 

Might not (would not) he say ? 
What would he say i 
Should we not do it ? 
Would you suffer it ? " 
Would they believe ? 



Qms facere ? 

Xonne put are tu fehx ? 

oSTonne dicere f 
Quis dAcere ? 
Annon facere f 
Num sinere ? 
An credere ? 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD PERFECT TENSE. 



29 



PEEFEOT TENSE (Gv, 173). 



34. 

cative. 



1. Indeflnite. 
-1. With conjunctiona, indefinites, tfec, translated as the indi- 



Though I sought for thee yes- 
terday. Though thou wert sought 
for by me yesterday. 

I do not know whither you 
went. 

Who can doubt, but God created 
the world ? — But the world was 
created by God ? 

You know, how great praise 
we got. 

Though many did not believe 
these things. Though these things 
were not believed by many. 

I wish I satisfied the master. 

— Thou spokest truth. 



Licet qumrere tu heri. Li- 
cet qucesltiis esse sl ego heri. 

E'escire quo prqfectus esse, 

Quis dubitare, quin Deus 
creare mundus? Quin mun- 
dus creatus esse a Deus ? 

Scire, quantus laus adeptus 
esse, 

Quanquam multi non cre- 
dere hie. Quanquam hie non 
creditus esse a multus. 

Utinam satisfacere prsecep- 
tor. (Gr. 397. IIL) 

— Dicere verum. 



35. — 2. Without a conjunction, the sign is might. 



Perhaps I might be in an error 
(might err). 

Perhaps I might add more kind 
expressions. 

Perhaps the Sabine [women] 
might be unwilling. 

Perhaps Ulysses might keep 
his wife's birth (natal) day. 



Errare fortasse. — Plin. U- 
pist. 1, 23. 

Forsitan addere blanditia 
plus.— Ovid. Met. 7. 816. 

Forsitan Sabina nolle. — O- 
viD. Amor. 1, 8, 39. 

Ulysses agere forsan dies 
natalis conjux. — Ovid. Trist, 
5, 5, 3. 



2. Definite, 

36. — 1. With conjunctions, indefinites, tfec, translated as the indi- 
cative. 

Though I have made trial. Etiamsi facere periculum. 
Though trial has been made by EtiaiLsi periculum /ac^t^s esse 
me. a ego. 



30 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD PERFECT TENSE. 



Tell me, what you have got. Dicere mihi qnis nactus 

esse. 

I know a man, who has pro- !N'6sse homo, qui promit- 

mised. tere. 

Seeing we all have sinned. Quum omnis peccare, 

I am glad, that you have es- Gaudere, quod etadere. 
caped. 

I desire to know, what they Avere scire, quis agere ; — 

have done ; — What has been done Quis actus esse ah ille. 
by them. 

Passives with the signs am, art, &c., as in the indicative mood. 

Though I am (be) reduced to Licet redactus esse ad an- 

straits. gustias. 

Seeing the work is finished. Quum oi^usfinltus esse. 

Since the city is taken. Quum urbs captiis esse. 

Since we are conquered. Quum victus esse. 

Since her parents (the parents Quum parens ejus repertiis 

of her) are found. esse. 



Come, 



gone, run, set, &c., with the signs aw, art, is, 



are. 



Since thou art come quickly. 

Since he is gone. 

Since he is entered into the 
city. 

Since the sun is risen. 

Since the time is past. 

Since the labour is lost. 

Though we are (be) set together 
on the grass. 

I wish the twenty pounds be 
not lost. 



[in] 



Quum admnire cito. 

Quum aMre. 

Quum ingressus esse 
urbs. 

Quum sol ortiis esse. 

Quum tempus prcBterire. 

Quum opera perire. 

Etiamsi consider e in herba. 
(Gr. 608. K. LI.) 

Utinam viginti min83 non 
perire. 



Note. — This tense, after quasi, tanquam, and the like, may some- 
times be rendered as the pluperfect ; as, Quasi jam satis veneratus 
miratusque sim, As if I had, &c. Plin. Paneg. Peri7ide ac si jam 
viceriiit. Cic. Ferinde eris, ac si gratiam retulerim. Senec. 

ST. — 2. With the signs may have, or as the indicative. 

That (lest) he may not have IsTe non perdere^ non ces- 
lost, the gamester does- not cease sare perdere iusor. — Ovid. 
to lose. 



SL'BJUNCTIVE MOOD PERFECT TENSE. 



31 



Then I should have saved the 
Capitol in vain. 

Thou fearest that I have not 
received thy epistle. — That thy 
epistle has not been received by 
me. 

I am afraid that he may have 
taken it ill. 

I fear that I may have taken 
paias (undertaken labour) in vain. 
— That thou may est have exceeded 
nK)deration ; — That she may have 
heard these things. 



Tunc ego neqnicquam Ca- 
pitoliura servare. — Liv. 

Yereri, ut (Gr. 633) acci- 
pere tuus epistola ; — Ut tuus 
epistola accejptus esse a ego. — 
Cio. Att 

Yereri, ne (Gr. 633) ille gra- 
Yius ferre. — ^Ter. Uun. 1, 2. 

Metuere, ne (Gr. 633) frus- 
tra suscipere labor ; — Ne exce- 
dere modus ; — Ne ille hie au- 
dire, — Plaitt. Casin. 3, 3, 12, 
&;7. 



Passives signifying a thing but jnst now past, have the English 
BE instead of have been', or tliey may be rendered by the indicative 
mood. 



EXAMPLES. 

Perhaps the work may be (is) Fortasse opus n, fimtm 

finished. esse. 

Perhaps he may be (is) reduced Fortasse redactus esse ad 

to poverty. paupertas. 

I fear, that the city may be (is) Yereri, ne urbs captus 

taken, esse. 

Also, come^ gone, set, &c., have the sign be or is instead of have. 



EXAMPLES, 



Perhaps th^ mother may be (is) 
come. 

I fear that he may be (is) re- 
turned already. 

I fear that I may be (am) come 
too late. 

I fear that the time is past ; — 
That the labour is lost. 



Forsitan mater venire. — 
Ovid. Up, 18. 

Metuere, ne (Gr. 633) re- 
dire jam. — Tee. Uun. 3, 5. 

Metuere, ne (Gr. 633) ve- 
nire sero. — Vid, Cio. Att, 14, 
19. 

Metuere ne (Gr. 633) tem- 
pus prcsterire ; Is'e opera 
perire. 



3§,__3. This perfect of the subjunctive sometimes inclines very 
much to a future signification; and is therefore called, by some 



32 SUBJU2s^CTIYE MOOD PERFECT TENSE. 

grcammarians, the proper future of that which is named the potential 
mood. 

The signs are should^ would^ coidd, may^ can. 

EXAMPLES. 

I should choose rather to he Oj^tare pauper esse po- 

poor. tius. 

I would not do it without your '^(mfacere injussu tuus. 
order. 

Thou wouldst choose rather to PrcBferre valere, quam di- 

be in health than to he rich ? ves esse. — Hoe. 

Who would say that the covet- Quis dicere avarus (Gr. 671) 

ous man is rich ? . esse dives ? 

You would play more willingly Ludere iihentiiis quam stu- 

than study. dere. 

They will he angry, if they Irasci, si resciscere, -ffl 
should know it. 

If I should now hang myself, I Si nunc ego 31 suspendere, 

should fool away my pains, and mens opera ludere, et prater 

besides my pains, I should spend opera, restis frustra sumptifa- 

a halter in vain, and should create cere^ et inimicus mens vo- 

pleasure to my enemies. luptas creare, — Plaut. Casin, 

2, 7, 1. 

The passive form here is mnatns sim ; which is scarcely used, ex- 
cept in deponents ; as, Uhivis facilius passus sim, quam in hac re, me 
deludicr. Ter. And. 

This tense is resolvable by velim or possim with the infinitive 
mood, or by the present subjunctive ; as, Opto^rim, i. e. Velim optare, 
or optem. Sometimes by the present indicative ; as, Deos audisse 
crediderim ; i. e. Credo. It respects either the time present (as in 
that passage of Plautus above) ; or indefinitely any time whatever. 

This tense may sometimes be rendered by the sign shall ; as, 
Quin etiam corpus lihenter ohtiderim, si reprcesentari morte onea liber- 
tas civitatis potest. Cic. J^hil. 2. " I shall willingly offer my body, if 
the liberty of the city may be presently established by my death.'* 
Sometimes by the sign can ; as, Quis dubitdrit, quin cegrotationes 
aiiimi, ex eo, quod magni cestimetur ea res, ex qua animus cegrotaty 
orianturi Cic, Tusc. 4. "Who can doubt, that," &c. 

This tense is also sometimes equivalent to the future-perfect tense ; 
as, Ac non id metuat, ne, ubi earn acceperim, sese relinquamj "When 
I shall have received her," Terent. Eun. 1, 2. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



33 



PLUPERFECT TENSE (Gr. 174). 

39. — 1. With conjunctions, indefinites, &c., translated as the 
idicative. 



Because I had received a kind- 
ness. Because a kindness had 
been received by me. 

If thou hadst restrained thy 
passion. If passion had been re- 
strained by thee. 

He who had offered injury. 
By whom injury had been offered. 

If they had kept promise. 

1 did not know whether he had 
thanked (given thanks to) him or 
not. 

I wish I had obeyed. 

I wish you had made trial. 



Quod accipere beneficium. 
Quod beneficium acceptus esse 
a ego. 

Si coJiibere iracundia. Si 
iracundia coJiiMtus esse a 
tu. 

Ille qui inferre injuria. 
A qui injuria Hiatus esse. 

Si servare promissum. 

IsTescire an ugere gratia ille, 
necne. 



Utinam par ere. 



Utmam parere. 

Utinam facere periculum. 



Coine^ gone, run, set, &c., with the signs was, luert, were. 



When he was gone away before. 

When the time was past. 
• When the labour was lost. 

Seeing the summer was come. 

After the sun was set. 

When the morning star was 
risen. 

After we were set together on 
the grass. 

As soon as we were got to the 
city. 

^O, — 2. With the signs, might have, would have, could have, shoidd 
have, ought to have, and had for woidd have or should have. 



Quum ille aMre antea. 
Quum tempus prceteiHre. 
Quum opera perire. 
Quum gestas renire. 
Postquam sol occidcre. 
Quando Lucifer ortus esse, 

Postquam coiisidere in her- 
ba. (Gr. 608. Pv. LI.) 

Simul ac perT)enire ad urbs. 



If he had (should have) com- 
manded it, I vrould have obeyed. 

Thou shouldst (ought est to) 
have called me. 

Csesar would never have done 
this, nor suffered it. 

We could not have escaped this 
mischief. 



Si jubere^ parere. — Vid, 
Cio. Am. c. 11. 

Yocare, — Yiro. JEn. 4, 
678. 

Osesar nunquam hic/ac^r^, 
neque passus esse. — Cio. Att, 
14, 13. 

Non effugere hie malum. 



34 



SUBJUXCTIVE MOOD PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



Yon should have (ought to 
have) imitated him, and should 
have resisted. 

The good might have conquer- 
ed, and the rogues might have 
been defeated. 

I feared that we had taken 
pains (undertaken the labour) 
in vain : — That pains had been 
taken (labour undertaken) in vain 
by us. 

— That they had heard these 
things. — That these things had 
been heard by them. 

— That they had returned. 



Im it at us esse ille, et resis- 

it re. 

Vineere bonus, et xictus 
esse improbus. — Cic. 'j^ro 
Sext. 

3 Yereri, ne (Gr. 633) 
frustra suscipere labor : — '^q 
labor frustra susceptus esse 
a ego. 

— Zse ille audire hie— ISTe 
hie auditus esse ab ille. 

— ISTe ille redire. 



Interrogathely, 



"Wouldst thou have obeyed ? 

Wouldst thou not have obeyed? 

"Would Ctesar have done or suf- 
fered this ? Would not Caesar 
have suffered this ? 

Who would have done this ? 

Could we have escaped ? 



An par ere ? 

Annon (nonne) parere f 

An Caesar hie facere ant 
passiis esse f Xonne Caesar 
hie passus esse f 

Quis hiQ facere ? 

An effugere f 



Note. — The verbs come, gone, set, and the like, have the sign be 
instead of had here also. 



41. — 3. There is a peculiar use of this pluperfect of the subjunc- 
tive, when a thing is signified as future at a certain time past referred 
to. It is rendered by should, or as the imperfect of the subjunctive or 
indicative (Gr. 1Y4) ; as, Tuis denunciavi, si rursus tarn 7mdta attulis- 
sent, 07miia relaturos i "I declared to your servants, that if they 
brought (should bring) so many things again, they should carry them 
all back again." Pll\. Ep. 28, 6. Testabatur Codes, neguicquam eos 
fugere, si transitum hostibus pontem a tergo rehquissent, " If they left, 
or should leave the bridge," etc. Liv. /. 2. Imperaret quod vellet ; 
quodcunque im\^QViXY\iset ["whatever he commanded or should com- 
mand"], sees^e facturos. Ces. B. Civ. 8. Ibi futuros Helvetios, ubi 
Ccesar constituisset ['* should appoint"], atque eos^esse voluisset ["should 
be wiUing to have them to be"]. Id. B. Gall. 1. Oraculam datum est, 
Athe7ias victrices fore, si rex interfectus esset ["was slain or should 
be slain"]. Cic. Tusc. 5. (Gr. 1^4.) 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD — PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



35 



EXAMPLES. 



[The following examples may be omitted till after the pupil has 
gone over the future of the infinitive.] 



Thou promisedst that thou 
wonldst write, if I desired (should 
desire) it. 

Thou saidst that thou wouldst 
come, if thou didst (shouldst) ob- 
tain leave. 

They decreed a reward if any 
one should discover. 

He declared that we should be 
punished (suffer punishment) if 
we did (should do) that : — K that 
was (should be) done. 

Unless Ave came (should come) 
the next day. 

Marius said he would make an 
end of the war in a short time, if 
they made (should make) him 
consul. 

Xerxes proposed a reward to 
him who invented (should invent) 
a new pleasure. 

Xerxes delighted so much (even 
to this extent) in luxury, that he 
proposed a reward by proclama- 
tion to him, who found (should 
find) a new kind of pleasure. 

Plato declared that the world 
(the circle of lands) would then, 
and not till then (at last), be hap- 
py, when either wise men should 
begin to reign, or kings to be wise. 

Plato thought that states would 
then, and not till then (at last), 
be happy, when (if) either learned 
and wise men should begin to 
govern them, or those who gov- 
erned should employ their whole 
Btudy in learning and wisdom. 



Promittere tu scrip turns 
(esse), sirogare. — Plin. EjjuI. 
14, 5. 

Dicere tu venturus esse, si 
im^petrare venia. 

Decern ^re praemium, si quis 
indicare. — Sal. 

Denunciare ego daturus 
esse poena, si i^ facer e: — Si is 
factum esse. 

Nisi posterns dies (R, xl.) 
venire. 

Marius dicere sui brevis 
tempus (Gr. 565. E. xli.) con- 
fecturus (esse) bellum, si sui 
consul facere. 

Xerxes praemium propo- 
nere is qui novus voluptas 
invenire. — Oio. Tus. 5. 

Xerxes eo usque luxuria 
gaudere, ut edictum praemium 
is (32) proponere, qui novus 
voluptas genus reperire. — 
Yal. Max. 9, 1. 

Plato, turn demum terra 
orbis beatus futurus (esse), 
3 praedicare, quum aut sa- 
piens regnare, aut rex sapere 
coepisse. — Id, 7, 2. 

Plato 3 putare, tum deni- 
que beatus (Gr. 180-8) esse 
respublica, si aut doctus et sa- 
piens regere is coepisse^ aut qui 
32 regere omnis suus studium 
in doctrina et sapientia coUo- 
care. — Cio. ad Q. Fr. 1. 1. 



Examples of this kind are very frequent in Caesar, and in Cic. de 
Divinatione, it being the usual style of recitals of laws, speeches, and 



36 



SUBJUXCTITE MOOD PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



predictions ; the future-perfect tense in the Law, speech, or predic- 
tion, being, in the recital, expressed by the pluperfect, which bears 
to the future-perfect the same relation" as the imperfect does to the 
present. Compare the folio vfing examples. 



Fut,-P, If any one shall make 
(shall have made) bad verses 
against any one, there is la^v. 

Fluperf. The tTvelve tables 
made it capital, if any one should 
compose (shonld have composed) 
verses, vrhich brought infamy to 
another. 

Fat.' P. They promise that tliey 
will do what he may command 
(shall have commanded). 

Flu;perf. They promised, that 
they would do what he com- 
manded (should have commanded). 

Flit. -P. Their fortune was told 
thus : He that (who) shall first 
kiss (have given kisses to) his 
mother, shall be conqueror. 

Fliipei-f. Apollo answered, that 
the highest power of the Eoman 
city should be in him, who should 
give (have given) a kiss to his 
mother, before all fthe rest]. 

Fut.-P. The law says, let him 
be punished ^vith death, who shall 
give (have given) assistance to the 
enemy. 

Fluperf. The law was written 
against him who should give (have 
given) assistance to the enemy. 

Fut,-P, Then we must have 
that fortune (that fortune is to be 
had) which the gods shall give 
(have given). 

Fliqjerf, They carry word back 
that they had discoursed (they 
report that words had been made) 
in vain ; that they must dispute 
it with arms, and must have that 
fortune (that that fortune is to be 
had) which the gods should give. 



Si malus conFere in quis 
quis carmen, jus esse. — Hoe. 
Sat, 1. 2. 

Duodecim tabula caput 
sancii'e, si quis carmen coii' 
Fere qui infamia (32j afferre 
alter. — Gic. in Fragm, 

Qui impero.re, sui facturus 
(esse) poiliceri. — C-es. B. 
Civ. 1. 

Qui imperare^ sui facturus 
(esse) 3 poiliceri. — C^s. B, 
Gall. 4. 

Sors esse ita redditns : Ma- 
ter qui da/re princeps oscu- 
lum, victor esse. — Ovid. Fast. 
2. 713. 

Apollo, penes is summus 
urbs liomanus potestas futu- 
rus (esse), 8 respondere, qui, 
ante omnis, mater osculum 
dare. — Yal. Max. 7. 2. 

Dicere lex, qui hostis opis 
ferre^ caput puniri. — QiJixo. 
Feclam. 313. 

Adversus is conscriptus lex 
esse, qui opis ferre hostis. — 
Fid. 

Tunc habendus esse is for- 
tuna, qui deus d.are. — Liv. I. 
30. 

Frustra verbum factus 
(esse) renunciare ; arma (Gr. 
699 & 671) decernere esse, 
habendusque is fortuna, qui 
Deus dare. — Hid. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD FUTURE TENSE. 



37 



Xote. — When the former verb in snclx recitals is of the present 
tense, because it refers to the lime past, and is put for the imperfect 
or perfect, the latter may be either the perfect or pluperfect ; as, 
Pollicentur sese facturos, qiice imperdrit : Kenunciant habcndani esse 
eamforiunam quam dii dedissent. 



rUTUEE TENSE. 



42. — This tense is composed of the participle in rus and si7n, and 
IS used with conjunctions, indefinites, and sometimes with the rela- 
tive qui. The sign is shall or will. (Gr. 170-1.) 



I am uncertain yet what I shall 
do. 

I am glad that I shall see him. 

Since I shall see thee, I shall 
write nothing more. 

I neither know what I should 
do, nor what I shall do. 

I will let (make that) you know 
on what day I shall come. 

Neither where, nor when I shall 
see thee, can I guess. 

I would have thee write (I 
should wish that thou wouldst 
write) what thou shalt do. 

I ask whether or no thou wilt 
do [it]. 

I doubt not that thou wilt stay 
there. 

Take care that I may know the 
day on which thou shalt (wilt) go 
out from Kome. 

There is nothing so great which 
I shall (will) not do for thy sake. 

Should I (am I such a man that 
I should) promise my daughter to 
him to whom I shall not marry 
(give) her ? 



Incertus esse etiam, quis 
facturus esse. — Tee. 

Gaudere, quod msurus esse 
is. 

Quum msurus esse tu, nihil 
amplius scribere. 

iNrecquis(33)agere, nee quis 
acturus esse^ scire. — Oio. Att, 
7, 10. 

racereut(82)scire, quis dies 
(Gr. 565) "Genturiis esse. — 
Oic. Att. 16, 8. 

ISTec ubi, nee quando tu m- 
suTus esse^ posse suspicari. — 
Ihid. 11, 13. 

(33)yelle [ut] (33) scribere, 
quis esse acturus. — Ih. 7, 22. 

Quserere, essenQ facturus, 
— Cio. 

Kon dubitare, quin ibi man'- 
sums esse. — Oic. Att. 9, 10. 

Curare, ut scire dies, quis 
(Gr. 505) Roma exiturus esse. 
—II). 2, 11. 

Nihil esse tantus, qui non 
ego tuus causa (Gr. 542) /ac- 
turus esse. — 0. Fam. 15, 11. 

Egon' ut is(33)despondt're 
filia, qui daturus non esse f — • 
Tee. 



88 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



43, — ^The future in rus with esseiii instead of the pluperfect sub- 
junctive. The sign should or would. 



I desired to know what then 
wouldst do, and when thou wouldst 
return. 

I was glad that I should see 
Mm. 

I neither knew what I did, nor 
what I should do. 

E'either where nor when I 
should see thee, could I guess. 

I did not doubt, that thou 
wouldst stay. 

I did not know the day on which 
thou wouldst go out. 

Should I (am I such a man that 
I should) promise my daughter to 
one to whom I should not marry 
(give) her ? 



Scire velle, quis tu essefac- 
turus^ et quando esse redi- 
turus.—CiG. Att. 12, 41. 

Gaudere, quod visurus esse 
is. 

2^ecquis(82)agere, nee quis 
acturiis esse^ scire, 

Nee ubi, nee quando tn ^'^- 
sui'us esse^ posse suspicari. 

I^on dubitare, quin man- 
sums esse, 

ISTescire dies, qui (Gr. 565) 
exiturus esse, 

Egon' is ut despondere filia, 
qui non daturus esse ? 



mmmTiYE mood. 

44. — The Intinitite Mood expresses the meaning of the verb 
in a general manner, without any distinction of person or num- 
ber ; as, scriMre^ '-'• to write," (Gr. 152.) 

The tenses of the infinitive are three, ih.Q present^ the perfect^ 
and the f utilise — and, in the active voice, Hlq future-perfect. 

In Latin, the tenses of the infinitive express its action as past, 
present, or future, not with regard to the present time as in the 
other moods, but with regard to the time of the leading verb on 
which it is dependent. (Gr. 176.) 

The infinitive is used in two different ways ; viz., without a 
subject, or with it. (Gr. 177.) 



Tlie Infinitke without a suljeet, 

45. — The infinitive without a subject follows a verb or ad- 
jective, and is always translated in the same way, whether the 
preceding verb be present, past, or future (Gr. 178). 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



59 



EXAMPLES. 



Desinere scribere, 
Cessare alloqui (eiim) ? — 
Tee. 

Cupere evddere doctus. 

ProLiberi facere injuria. 

Debere prcestm^e promis- 
sum. 

Videri ego exj^etere sapi- 
entia. 

Yideri evadere doctus. 

Cupiens discere. 
Properans aMi^e domus. — 
(Gr. 558.) 

Dignus amari. 
Peritus cantare. 
Paratus imperare. 

^^* — The sign to is omitted when the former verb is may, can^ 
mighty ivoidd, could, made by licet^ volo, nolo, possu7n, debeo, &c. (Gr. 
147 tfe 668, Note 1.) 



I cease to write. 

Dost thou delay to speak to 
(him)? 

I desire to become a scbolar 
(learned). 

We are forbidden to do injury. 

Thou oughtest to perform pro- 
mises. 

Thou seemest to me to desire 
wisdom. 

He seems to become a scholar 
(learned). 

Desiring to learn. 

Hastening to go home. 

"Worthy to be loved. 
Skilful in singing. 
Prepared to command. 



I cannot write. 

Money may be taken away. 

It cannot be done. 

Virtue cannot die. 

All would (all wish to) know. 

You may (it is allowed to you 
to) go home. 

I could not write. 

It could not be done. 

Mutius could burn his hand. 

He would not take [it]. 

That could not be prevented. 

We might not (it was not al- 
lowed to us to) come. 



Kon posse scribere, 

Pecunia posse erijpi, 

Kon posse j^er^. 

Virtus non posse emori. 

Scire velle omnis. 

Licet tn (Gr. 223-6 & 409) 
ire domus. (Gr. 558.) 

ISTon 3 posse scribere, 

IS^on posse fieri, 

Mutius posse urere manus. 

3 Nolle accipere. 

Is non posse caveri, 

Non licere ego (Gr. 223 6 
& 409) venire. 



To is likewise omitted after the English words must, bid, dare, let, 
and 7nake (An. & Pr. Gr. 877). 



EXAMPLES. 



I must (it behoves me to) write 
a letter. 



Oportet ego (Gr. 423) scri- 
bere epistola. 



40 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



He bid me come. 
We dare not refuse. 
I will not let you go. 
The darkness made us wan- 
der. 



Jubere ego "cenire, 
!N'on audere recusare. 
Non sinere tu abire. 
TenebrsB facere ego errare. 



4T. — The present infinitive is generally translated as the per- 
fect without to^ when it comes after the past tenses of possum^ 
'colo^ nolo^ malo^ translated could^ would^ icouldnot^ would rather ; 
and with to after the same tenses of debeo and oportet translated 
ought ; as, melius fieri non p)otuU^ " It could not have been 
done better." Dividi oportuit^ '-'- It ought to have been divided." 



EXAMPLES. 



Thou never couldst have (hast 
been able to) come more season- 
ably than thou comest now. 

There could have been (able to 
be) no living at all without arts. 

Cities could not have been (able 
to be) built without an assembly 
of men. 

There could have been (able to 
be) neither navigation, nor agri- 
culture, without the assistance of 
men. 

It is evident, that men could 
not have lived (been able to live) 
conveniently without the assist- 
ance of men. 

I would have come if I could. 

"What would you have had (did 
you wish) me do for you ? 

They themselves were held with 
the same difficulties with which 
they would have (had wished to) 
shut up the Komans. 

He had a knife wherewith he 
would have slain (with which he 
wished to sla}^) himself. 

You ought not to have been a 
helper to your friend sinning. 



ITunquam 3 posse magis 
opportunus venire, quam nunc 
advenire. — Plaijt. 

Sine ars vita oranino nul- 
lus esse (40) posse. — Cic. 

Urbs sine coetus homo non 
40 posse cedificari. — Ih, 

Feque navigatio, neque 
agricultura, sine opera homo 
esse (40)posse. — Ibid, 

Perspicuus esse, home sino 
homo opera commode mvere 
non posse, per/, infin, 

3 Yelle 'cenire, si (40) posse. 

Quis 3 velle Qgo facere tu? 
—Tee. Phor. 1, 5. 

Qui difficultas Eomanus 
claudere 4 velle, idem ipse 
teneri. — C^s. B. Gall, 8. 

Ferrum 3 habere, qui sui 
occldere 3 velle. 

Non 3 debere adjutor esse 
amicus peccans. 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 41 

4§. — Videor^ " I seem," followed by the dative of its subject, 
is usually rendered '' think." When thus used, the infinitive 
after it is rendered like the indicative, or like the infinitive with 
a subject (49 below) ; as, Videor mihi esse^ " I think that I am ;" 
lit., " I seem to myself to be." 

EXAMPLES. 

I think that I (I seem to myself Yideri ego adipisci scien- 

to) get knowledge. tia. 

Thou thinkest that thou art Yideri tu factus (^55^*) ar- 

become (thou seemest to thyself tifex. (Gr. 826.) 
to have becorne) an artist. 

He thinks that he is become (he Yideri sui evddere doctus. 

seems to himself to be) a scholar. (Gr. 326.) 

He thinks that he has (he seems Yideri sui adeptus {esse^) 

to himself to have) gotten favour, gratia. 

You think that you (you seem Yideri tu consecutus {esse *) 

to yourselves to) have obtained victoria, 
the victory. 

They think that they shall (they Yideri sui adep turns (esse *) 

seem to themselves to be about to) divitise. 
get riches. 

Miscellaneous Examples to he turned into Latin. 

For the Latin words, see English Yocabulary at the end of the book. 

They began to ask assistance. — They had begun to despair. — 
They endeavour to carry on the war, — Caesar determined to cut 
down the woods. — These are said to have a hundred cantons. — 
He despises to be taught, — Money cannot (knows not to) change 
nature. — He endeavours to perform his promise. — I (we) did not 
begin to philosophize on a sudden. — No art can come up to the 
skill of nature. — The mind always desires to be employed (to 
act) ; nor can it endure perpetual inactivity. — It is always ad- 
vantageous to be a good man, because it is always honorable. 



The Infinitive Mood with a subject, 

49, — The infinitive mood with an accusative before it as its 
subject, is usually rendered as the indicative — the particle that 

* Esse is sometimes understood (Gr. 179-6). 



42 INFINITIVE MOOD ^PRESENT TENSE. 

being sometimes placed before it, sometimes not (Gr. 1T9--11, & 
180 ; also 670 & 673). 

The infinitive with its subject forms a dependent clanse, which 
is sometimes the subject of the verb on which it depends ; as, 
te istud non audivisse mirum est^ " that you have not heard that, 
is surprising" (Gr. 670. 1st.) : but most commonly its object; as, 
mii'or te non istud audivisse^ " I wonder that you have not heard 
that." (Gr. 670. 2d.) 



PEESENT TENSE. 

60, — 1. When the preceding verb is of the present or future tense, 
the present-infinitive is likewise translated as the present. (Gr. 179-1.) 



EXAMPLES. 

I say [that] I praise thee ; Dicere ego laudare tu. — 

— [That] thou art praised by me. Tu laudari a ego. 

I see [that] thou desirest know- Yidere tu expetere scien- 

ledge ; — [That] knowledge is de- tia. — Scientia exjpUi a tu. 
sired by thee. 

We know [that] God governs Scire Deus gubernare mun- 

the world ; — [That] the world is dus. — ^Mundus gubernari a 

governed by God. Deus. 

You see [that] we write (are Videre ego scriMre litera. 

writing) letters ; — [That] letters — Litera scribi a ego. 
are writing by us. 

I have heard [that] you get Audire tu parare divitise. 

riches ; — [That] riches are getting — Diviti^ parari a tu. 
by you. 

We know [that] all [men] blame Scire omnis culpare ingra 

the ungrateful ; — [That] the un- tus. — Ingratus culpaH ab 

grateful are blamed by all. omnis. 

51. — 2. When the preceding verb is of the imperfect, perfect, or 
pluperfect tense, the present of the infinitive is translated as the 
imperfect or perfect-indefinite of the indicative. (Gr. 179-1.) 

Thou knewest [that] I was Nosse ego seribere litera. 

writing letters, — [That] letters — ^Litera scr^5^ a ego. 
were writing by me. 

— [That] he reverenced his — Ille revereri parens suus, 

parents, and followed virtue. et sectari virtus. 



INFINITIVE MOOD PERFECT TENSE. 43 

— [That] we gave our minds — Ego dare opera litera. 
(endeavour) to learning (letters). 

— [That] they were talking. — Ille fcibulari. 

PEEFECT TENSE. 

52. — 1. When the preceding verb is of the present or future tense, 
the perfect of the infinitive is translated as the perfect of the indica- 
tive, indefinite or definite. (Gr. 179-2.) 

Note. — In the compound forms of the infinitive, i. e. the perfect 
infinitive passive, and the future, and the futui'e-perfeet infinitive 
active, tiie participle must always be of the same gender, number, 
and case as the accusative before it. 

1. Indefinite, 

I say [that] I sought for thee. Dicere ego qiimrere tn. 

—[That] thou wert sought for by — Tu qiccesUus esse a ego. 
me. 

I think [that] thon didst well. — Futare tu bene facere, — 

[That] this was well done by thee. Hie hene /actus esse a tu. 

We know [that] God created Scire Deus creare mundus. 

the world. — [That] the world was — Mundus creatus esse a 

created by God. Deus. 

And so in the other examples, 50, 51. 

2. Definite. 

I say [that] I have often sought Dicere ego saepe quczvere 

for thee.— [That] thou hast been tu. — Tu sajpe qumitus esse 

often sought for by me. . a ego. 

— [That] thou hast spoken — Tu locutus esse bene, 
well. 

— [That] she has found her — Ille reperire parens, 
parents. 

And so in the other examples, 50, 51. 

The following examples are in accordance with the statement 
above ; see No. 13. 

Thou believest [that] I am re- Credere ego redactus esse 
duced to want. ad egestas. 

— ■ [That] the work is finished. — Opus n.finltus esse. 



44 



INFINITIVE MOOD FUTURE TENSE. 



— [That] the city is taken. 

— [That] we are conquered. 

— [That] her parents (the pa- 
rents of her) are found. 

He thinks [that] thon art come 
quickly. 

— [That] they are gone. 

— [That] they are entered into 
the city. 

— [That] the sun is set. 

— [That] the moon is (up) risen. 

— [That] the time is past. 

— [That] the labour is lost, &c. 



— Urhs captus esse. 

— Ego victus esse, 

— Ejus parens repertus 
esse. 

Putare tu advenire cito. 

— nie ahij^e. 

— Hie ingressus esse (in) 
urhs. 

— Sol occidere, 

— Luna ortus esse, 

— Tempus prcBterire. 

— Opera perire^ &c. 



53, — 2. "When the preceding verb is of the imperfect, perfect, or 
pluperfect tense, the perfect of the infinitive is translated as the plu- 
perfect of the indicative. (Gr. 179-2.) 



I told thee [that] I had sought 
for thee before. — • [That] thou 
hadst been sought for by me be- 
fore. 

Thou knewest [that] thou hadst 
promised the day before. 

Thou knewest [that] the master 
had often forbidden that. — [That] 
that had been often forbidden by 
the master, &c. 



Dicere tibi ego qiicerere tu 
antea. — Tu qucBsltus esse a 
ego antea. 

7 Scire tu promittere pri- 
die. 

7 Scire preceptor ssepe 
proJiibere is. — Is saepe proM- 
Mtus esse a prgeceptor, &c. 



Eor the following, see ISTo. 13 above. 

Dicere ille ciMi^e antea. 



Thou saidst [that] he was gone 
away before. 

— [That] the time was past. 

— [That] the labour was lost. 

— [That] the summer was come. 

— [That] the sun was set. 

— [That] the moon was risen, 



— Tempus prceterire. 

— Opera perire. 

— Venire 93stas. 

— Sol occidere, 

— Luna ortus esse^ &c. 



FUTUEE TENSE. 

54.— 1. "WHien the preceding verb is of the present or future 
tense, the future of the infinitive with esse is translated as the future 
of the indicative. (Gr. 179-3.) 



INFINITIVE MOOD FUTURE TENSE. 45 

Note 1. — The verbs esse andfuisse in the future and future-perfect 
infinitive are often understood (Gr. 179-4). 

JVote 2. — Deponent verbs have the future of the infinitive like 
active verbs (Gr. 179-8). The future-infinitive passive consists of the 
former supine and iri ; as, scriptum iri (Gr. 179-7). 



EXAMPLES. 

1. Importing will or purpose. 
Examples with the sign will."^* 

I say [that] I will write letters. Dicer e ego scripturus (esse) 

litera. 

Thou sayest [that] thou wilt Tu dicere tu scripturus 

write letters. (esse) litera. 

He says [that] he [himself] will Dicere sui scripturus (esse) 

write letters. litera. 

We promise [that] we will do Ego promittere ego datu- 

our endeavour. rus (esse) opera. 

You promise [that] you will Tu promittere tu missurus 

send. (esse). 

They promise [that] they will Hie promittere sui adJiili- 

give (use) diligence. turus (esse) diligentia. 

Examples with the sign shall. 

I say [that] letters shall be Dicere litera scrili a ego. 
written by me. 

— [That] thou shalt know. — Tu sciturus (esse). 

— [That] he shaU know. — Hie sciturus (esse), 

— [That] you and they shall — Tu et ille sciturus (esse), 
know. 

Thou sayest [that] letters shall Dicere litera scriM a tu. 
be written by thee. 

He says [that] letters shall be DicSre litera scridi a sui. 
written by himself. 

— [That] I shall know the — Ego sciturus (esse) res 
whole matter. omnis. 

— [That] thou shalt hear. — Tu auditurus (esse). 

— [That] the queen shall hear. — Eegina auditurus (esse). 

* Whether will or shall is the auxiliary in the English future, it 
makes no difference in the form of the Latin verb. — No. 19, Note. 



46 



INFINITIVE MOOD FUTURE TENSE. 



2. Signifying tare event. 
Examples with the sign shall. 



I believe [that] I shall see. 

Thou believest [that] thou shalt 
get the victory. 

He believes [that] he shall go. 

"We believe [that] we shall ob- 
tain leave. 

You believe [that] you shall get 
(make) an estate. 

They believe [that] they shall 
get fi-iends. 



Credere ego msurus (esse). 
Credere tu potiturus {esse) 

victoria. (Gr. 484.) 

Ille credere sui iturus {esse). 
Ego credere ego impetror- 

turns {esse) venia. 
Tu credere tufacturus {esse) 

res. 
Ille credere sui inventurus 

{esse) amicus. 



Examples with the sign will. 



I believe [that] leave will be 
obtained by us. 

— [That] thou wilt get the vic- 
tory. 

I believe [that] he will go. 

— [That] you and they will 
stay. 

Thou believest [that] I will 
see 

— [That] he will hear. 

He hopes [that] I will not 
go. 

• — [That] thou wilt obtain. 

— [That] we will do our en- 
deavour. [That] endeavour will 
be used by us. 

"We hope [that] they will get 
friends. [That] friends will be 
gotten by them. 



Credere venia impetrari a 
ego. 

— Tu 2>otiturus {esse) vic- 
toria. (Gr. 484. R. xxvi.) 

Credo ille iturus {esse), 

— Tu et ille mansurus 



Tu credere ego msurus 
(esse), 

— nie auditurus {esse), 
Sperare ego non iturus 

{esse). 

— Tu impetraturus {esse), 

— Ego daturus {esse) ope- 
ra. Opera dari a ego. 

Sperare ille inventurus {es- 
se) amicus. Amicus inveniri 
ab ille. 



55. — 2. When the preceding verb is of the imperfect, perfect, or 
pluperfect tense, the future of the infinitive with esse is rendered by 
rcould ov should, (Gr. 179-3.) 

I said [that] I would write letters. 

Thou saidst [that] thou wouldst write letters. 

He said [that] he would write letters. 

We prqmised [that] Ave would do our endeavour 



INFINITIVE MOOD FUTURE TENSE. 



47 



You promised [that] you would send. 

They promised [that] they would give diligence. 

I said [that] letters should be written by me. 

— [That] thou shouldst know. 

— [That] he should know. 

— [That] you and they should know. 

Thou saidst [that] letters should be written by thee. 

And so on through the rest of the examples at Num. 54, turning 
the former verb into the perfect tense, and the sign will into would, 
and shall into should. 

^Q, — 3. The future of the infinitive with fuisse (i. e., the future- 
perfect), is always rendered by would have, or should have^ whatever 
be the tense of the preceding verb. 



I shewed [that] I would have 
satisfied him. 

He will think, [that] I would 
(should) not have written. 

Dost thou think, I would 
(should) have said these things ? 

Dost thou think, [that] I would 
(should) have undertaken so great 
labours ? 

AYe should not have thought, 
[that] thou wouldst have done 
that, unless, &c. 

I am assured (it is well known 
to me), [that] Csesar would nei- 
ther have done nor suffered that. 

I say [that] he would not have 
sold these things. 

What do we think, they would 
have done ? 

JSTobody shall persuade me, 
[that] Paulus and Africanus 
would have attempted so great 
things unless, &c. 



Ostendere, ego is (Gr. 397) 
satisfacturus fuisse. — 0. Att. 
1,1. 

Existimare, ego scripturus 
non fuisse. — Ih. 11, 29. 

Oensere, ego hie dicturus 
fuisse f — Oio. Fin, 

An censere, ego tantus la* 
bor suscepturus fuisse f — Cio. 
de Sen. 

Non putare, tu ille factu- 
rus fuisse^ nisi, &c. — Ples'. 
Faneg. 

Mihi exploratum est, Osesar 
hie neque facturus.^ neque 
passuru8 fuisse. — -Cio. Att, 
14, 14. 

Dicere, ille hie non fuisse 
venditurus. — do. in Verr. 

Quis arbitrari, is facturus 
fuisse ? — Cio. de Am. 

ISTemo mihi persuadere, 
Paulus et Africanus tantus 
fuisse conatuj'us^ nisi, &c. — 
Cio. de Senec. 28. 



57. — "When the former verb speaks of men in general, it may 
very elegantly be varied by the passive voice. 



48 INFINITIVE MOOD FUTURE TENSE. 



PEESENT TENSE. 



They think thee ) ^^ ^j.^, Putare txx 1 .^^_ 

Thou art thought J ^" Tu putari S ^ 

They thought him ) ^^ ^^ ^.3^, r^ntS [ '^^^''- 

He was tliought ) iiie putaii ^ 

PEEFECT TENSE. 

They say [that] Romulus found- Dicere Romulus condere 

ed Rome. Roma. 

Romulus is said to have founded Romulus dici condere Ro- 

Rome. ma. 

They say [that] Rome was Dicere Roma condUus esse 

founded by Romulus. a Romulus. 

Rome is said to have been found- Roma dici conditus esse a 

ed by Romulus. Romulus. (Gr. 826.) 

They said [that] Romulus had Dicere Romulus condere 

founded Rome. Roma. 



FTJTUEE TENSE. 

They beheve that the king will Credere rex {essel ventu- 

come. Tus. 

The king is believed to be about Oredi rex [essel xeiiturus, 
to come. 



Miscellaneous Examples to le turned into Latin, 

For the Latin words, see English Vocabulary at the end of the book. 

Do you think tJiat such excellent men did such things without 
reason? — Ancient philosophy thought tli.at a happy life was 
placed in virtue alone. — I deem it not improper that 11 I should 
write to you. — I desired that you should understand this now. — 
I desired that you should understand this afterwards. — We think 
that you can very easily explain that — that you will explain 
that — that you have explained that. — We thought that you could 
very easily explain that — that you had explained that — that you 
would explain that — that you would have explained that. — You 
know that I thhik the same thing — that I thought the same 
thing. — You knew that 1 thought the same thing. — I suppose 
that you prefer to experience om' silence. — I supposed that you 



PARTICIPLES. 49 

wished rather^ &c. — It is evident that man consists of body and 
mind. — It is innate to all and as it were engraven on the mind 
that there are £?ods. 



PAETICIPLES. 

58. — Participles are parts of the verb which contain no 
affirmation, but express the meaning of the verb considered as a 
general quality or condition of an object (Gr. 182). They have 
the form of adjectives, and, like them, agree with their substan- 
tives in gender, number, and case (Gr, 264). The participles in 
the active voice are the present in ns^ and the future in rus ; in 
the passive voice, the perfect in tus^ sus^ or xus^ and the future 
in das. For the time, meaning, and use of these, see Gr. 182, 
§ 49. Also participles of the active voice, and all the participles 
of deponent verbs except the future in dus,^ govern the case of 
their own verbs. (Gr. 682. See also Gr. 688). 

Present Pcorticiple, 

59. — The participle of the present tense ends in ns — is active 
in signification, and is commonly rendered by the English parti- 
ciple in ing. 

I praising thee. Ego laudare tu. 

Thou desiring wisdom. Tu exidUere sapientia. 

God governing the world. Deus gubernare mundus. 

And fio in the rest of the examples in the indicative mood, present 
tense. — No. 5, above. 

Future Participle Active, 

00. — The future participle active ends in rus^ and is rendered 
by the circumlocution " about to ;" as, scripturus^ " about to 
write." 

I [being] about to praise thee. Ego laudaturus tu. 

Tiiou [being] about to write. Tu scripturiis. 

He [being] about to do his en- Ille daturus opera, 
deavour. 



PARTICIPLES. 



We [being] about to give thanks. 

What are you going (about) to 
do? 

He was going (was about) to 
say, O miserable me ■ 

I was just going (about) to give 
you it. 



Ego aetitriis gratia. 

Quis fcLGturus esse. — Tee. 

Me miserum I dicturus 2 
esse. — Oyid. 

Daturus jam 3 fuisse. — 
Tee. Meant 4^ 5. 



61. — This participle with e^se in the present tense, is usually 
translated as the future of the indicative, and often used instead of it. 



I shall give (to) him nothing. 

Will not you tell me ? 
My father will stay for my 
uncle. 



Mhil ego esse ille daturus. 
— Plaut. (Gr. 501). 

Non dicturus esse f — Tee. 

Pater mansurus patruus 
esse. — Tee. Phor, 



See above, Ko. 20. 

62. — ^Tliis participle with fui, and sometimes with eram, may 
be translated as the pluperfect subjunctive, and may often be varied 
by that tense. 



Those things are done, which 
Csesar would not have done. 



Qui Csesar non faeturus 
fuisse^ is fieri. — Cic. Att. 14j 
14. 

Perlturus fuisse^ si relin- 
qui. — Quint. Bed. 5. 

Me fleturus ademptus illo 
fuisse. — Ov. Trist. 4, 10. 

Non lecturus fuisse litera. 



He would have perished, if he 
had been left. 

He would have wept for me 
being taken away. 

He would not have read the 
letters. 

He would have done it. 

Thou wouldst have done me a 
greater kindness (peformed more), cito 10 ^negare. 
if thou hadst denied quickly. 

Thou wouldst have been the Gloria Pierides summus/?/,- 
greatest glory of the Muses. turus esse. — Ov. de Fon. 4, 8, 

70. 

He would have amended [it], if Emendaturus^ si 10 licere, 
he might (had been allowed). esse. — Ov. Trist, 1, 7. 



Faeturus fuisse. 

Plus proBstdturus fuisse., si 



Perfect Participle Passive, 

oar. — The perfect participle passive ends in tus^ sus^ xus, and 
is rendered by the present, past, or perfect participle passive 



PARTICIPLES. 



51 



in English ; as, amatus^ " being loved," " loved," or '' having 



been loved 



1. Passives with the sign being ^ or having been. 



Tliou being songht for by me 
yesterday. 

Thou having been often sought 
for by me in vain. 

The world, being (having been) 
created out of nothing, lasts still. 

Men, being brought to poverty, 
are slighted. 

The city, being taken, was 
burnt by the enemy. The enemy 
burnt the city, being taken. 



Tu qucesltus a ego heri, 

Tu ssepe qucesltus a ego 
frustra. 

Mundus, creatus ex nihi- 
lum, durare adhuc. 

Homo, redactus ad pauper- 
tas, contemni. 

IJrbs, captus^ 3 incensus 
esse ab hostis. Hostis urbs 
cap tics 3 incendere. 



Without any Sign, 



The conquered army. 
Ploughed land. 

Armed enemies domineer in 
the taken city. 
Time past. 



Acies mctus. 
Terra aratus, 

Hostis armatus captus do- 
minari in urbs. 

Tempus n, proiteritus. 



2. Deponent Verbs, 

Deponents, having an active signification under a passive form, 
are rendered by the sign having, or who have. 



I having (who have) tried to 
speak. 

Thou having got riches, wilt 
find friends. 

He having spoken thus, held 
his peace. 

I congratulate thee, who hast 
(having) got the victory. 

They having often attempted in 
vain, desisted from the attempt. 

O you who have (having) suf- 
fered more grievous things. 

Beheve those who have (hav- 
ing) tried. 



Ego expertus loqui. — Se- 

NEO. 

Tu, nactus divitiae, invenire 
amicus. 

Sic illQfatus^ tacere. 

Gratulari tibi potitus vic- 
toria. (Gr. 484.) 

Hie S93pius conatus frustra, 
conatus 3 desistere. — C^s. 

O (vos) passus gravior. — 

YiEG. 

Credere expertus, (Gr. 405, 
5th.) 



62 



PARTICIPLES. 



In such deponents as have the passive signs, instead of have and 
had (see above, ^o, 14, &c.), this participle is also translated like 
those of passive verbs; as, ortus, "risen," or "being risen." So 
mortuus, iprofectas, reverms, ingressus, experrecticSy &c. 

The sun being risen was cov- Sol ortus nubes 3 obduc- 

ered with clouds. tus esse. 

They being entered into the city. Hie ingressus [in] urbs. 

They being returned home. Hie reversus domus. (R. 

LX.) 

We being awaked, slight vain Experrectus^ vanus som- 
dreams. nium contemnere. 

This participle in deponents may be often translated as the parti- 
ciple of the present tense. 



Give pardon to me confess- 
ing. 

Their (of them) fathers going 
from home took care of that. 

He stood leaning on his spear. 



Dare venia [ego] fassus, — 
Ov. 

Pater [is] profectus domus 
(Gr. 556 & 5o8j 3 curare is. 

Nixus hasta stare. (Gr. 
484.) 



Future Passive Participle in dus. 

64. — The future participle in dus has a variety of significa- 
tions. After a noun it is rendered like the present infinitive 
passive ; as, homo amandus^ " a man to be loved." Hence, 

The English of the infinitive mood passive, coming after a noun, 
or a substantive verb, must be rendered into Latin by the j)articiple 



Injury to be avoided. 

Injury is to be avoided. 

God to be worshipped. 

God is to be worshipped. 

Our good name (fame) is not to 
be neglected. 

An office to be discharged. 

Pleasure to be enjoyed. 

She is not to be obtained. 

A thing to be boasted of. 

Wine is to be denied to chil- 
dren. 



Injuria fugiendus. 
Injuria esse fugiendus. 
Deus colendus. 
Dens esse colendus, 
Non negligendus esse fama. 

Munus n, fungendus. 
Voluptas fruendus. — Cic. 
Hie non esse potiundus. 
Res gloriandus. — Ore. 
Yinum negandus esse puer. 



PARTICIPLES. 



53 



There is a kind of (some) 
reverence to be used towards 
men. 

Friends are to be admonished 
and chid : and that is to be taken 
kindly, which is done out of good 
will. 

His (of him) safety is to be 
despaired of who cannot hear 
truth. 

Though strength should (may) 
be wanting, yet a good will (will- 
ingness) is to be commended. 

Whatsoever thou sufferest de- 
servedly (from merit), is to be 
borne meekly. 

Virtue is to be preferred to 
gold, and good health to plea- 
sure. 

Friendship is to be preferred 
before (to) all worldly things. 

Life was given to be used (i. e. 
was lent). 

Neighbours borrow vessels (ask 
vessels to be used). 

I borrow this (I receive this to 
be used). 

Life was lent us (we received 
life to be used). 

That which we have borrowed 
(received to be used) is to be re- 
turned. 



AdTitbendus esse reverentia 
quidam adversus homo. — Cio. 
Off.l. 

Amicus esse monendus et 
objurgandus : et is accipien- 
dus esse amice, qui bene vole 
fieri. — Cio. A^n, 

Hie salus desperandus esse, 
qui verum audire nequire. — 
lUd. 

Ut decesse vires, tamen 
esse laudandus voluntas. — 
Ov. 

Leniter, ex meritum quis- 
quis 7 pati, ferendus esse. — 
Ov. 

Yirtus anteponendus esse 
aurum, et bonus valetudo vo- 
luptas. 

Amicitia anteponendus esse 
omnis res humanus. — Cio. 
Am, 

Yita 3 datus esse utend'ws. 
— Pedo. 

Yicinus rogare vas n, utoti' 
dus. — Oato. 

Hie accipere utendus, 

Yita accipere utendus. 

Is, qui accipere utendus^ 

reddendus esse. 



05. — The participle in dus as a predicate, in connection with 
the verb esse^ often denotes necessity, propriety, or obHgation, and 
is rendered by must^ ouglit^ &c., and the expression is equivalent 
to that made by the gerund in dam with the verb est, erat^ fuit^ 
&c., No. 67. (Gr. 182-6, & 531.) 



We must beware of pride. 
(Pride is to be avoided.) 

We must do our endeavour. 
(Endeavour is to be used.) 



Gavendus esse superbia. 
JDandus esse opera. 



54 PARTICIPLES. 

We mnst apply ourselves to (en- Dandus esse opera yirtns, 

deavour is to be used for) virtue, si velle vel beate vivere, vel 

if we would (we wish to) either beate mori. 
live happily or die happily. 

We ought to keep a promise. Sermndus esse fides. 
(A promise is to be kept.) 

We ought to keep a promise Sermndus esse fides, etiam 

(a promise is to be kept) made hostis datus. 
(given) even to an enemy. 

Thou oughtest to restrain thy Lingua tu esse continendus 

tongue (thy tongue is to be re- diligentissime tum, quum 

strained by thee) most carefully animus iracundia (Gr. 630) 

then, when thy mind is moved moveri. — Oio. ad Q, Ft\ 
with passion. 

In all things diligent prepara- In omnis res adliihendus 

tion ought (is) to be made before esse pr^eparatio dihgens, 

thou goest about (undertakest) priusquam aggredi. (Gr. 627- 

them. 4.)— Cio. Off. 1. 

Miscellaneous Exa^mples to le rendered into Latin. 

For the Latin words, see English Yocabulary at the end of the book. 

1^0 one, when he looks (looking) at the whole earth, will 
doubt concerning the providence of God. — The Deity ruling 
within us forbids us to depart. — My mind exalting itself looked 
forward to the future. — The third line received the enemy as 
they came (coming) forward. — Following (having pursued) with 
their swords (those) attempting to pass over, they slew a great 
part of them. Tarquin surrounded by a band of armed men 
rushed into the forum, then when all were (being) struck with 
fear, sitting on the royal seat before the curia, he ordered the 
fathers to be summoned. — Whilst they were (they being) over- 
whelmed with grief, Brutus holding before him the knife taken 
from the wound of Lucretia (and) dripping >vith gore, says. — 
Valerius returned in triumph (triumphing) to Rome. — When 
these things being commonly spoken of and believed, vexed the 
mind of the consul, having called the people (the people being 
called) into council, he went down to the assembly vrith the 
fasces lowered. — All things 2 had to be done by 3 Caesar at one 
time ; the standard had to be displayed ; the signal, to be given 
by the trumpet ; the soldiers to be recalled from the work ; the 
line of battle to be formed ; the soldiers to be harangued ; the 
signal to be given. 



THE GERUND. 



55 



THE GEEU:tTD. 

60. — The gerund is a kind of verbal noun, used only in the 
singular number. It represents the action or state expressed by 
the verb as a thing now going on, and at the same time, if in the 
nominative, or in the accusative before the infinitive, as the^ub- 
ject of discourse ; and the oblique cases as the object of some 
action or relation. They are construed in all respects as nouns, 
and also govern the case of their verbs. (Gr. 698.) 

In meaning and use, the gerund resembles the English present 
participle used as a noun (An. & Pr. Gr. 462), and the Greek 
infinitive with the article prefixed. (Gr. 714). 



The Gerund in Dum of the N'ominative Case, 

6*7 • — Tli^ gerund in dmn of th-e nominative case is always joined 
with the verb est^ erat, fuit^ <fec., and is rendered by miL^t^ ought to; 
or, I am, thou art^ he is, tfec, obliged or forced to. 

Note. — The nominative case in English must be the dative in 
Latin. (Gr. 699.) 



EXAMPLE, 



I 

Thou 

He 

We 

You 
All [men] 



-miist die. 



Mori est 



ego. 

tu. 

iUe. 

ego. 

tu. 

omnis. 



This dative case is often understood. 



We must beware. 

"We ought to stand to promises. 

We ought always to consult for 
peace. 

We must take care that we do 
not give ourselves to laziness. 

We must pray. 

We must resist old age, and we 
must fight against it as against a 
disease. 



Caver e esse (ego). 

Stare esse promissum. 

Pax semper consulere esse. 
— Oio. Off. 1. 

Cavere esse, ne ego desidia 
7 dedere. 

Or are esse (ego). 

Resistere esse [ego] (Gr. 
405-3 d) senectus, et pugnare 
esse contra is, tanquam con- 
tra morbus. 



66 



THE GERUND, 



I must stay here longer, but 
tlion oiiglitest to go home noTr. 

"Why dost thon loiter? Thou 
OLightest to make haste. 

"We foolish men are catched 
with pleasure, whose temptations 
we onght to resist ; and we ought 
to fight against the love of it as 
against a disease. 

Thou oughtest to have stood to 
thy promises. 

Cato was obliged to die rather. 

Xext we must speak of the ge- 
rimd in di. 



Mane re esse ego hie diu- 
tius, at tn ire domus (Gr. 
553 & 558) nunc 1 esse. 

Quid cessare? Proper are 
2 esse [tu]. 

[Ego] stultus homo capi 
Toluptas ; qui illecehra (Gr. 
40 5-3 d) resistere 1 esse ; et 
]jiignare 1 esse contra amor 
is, tanquam contra morbus. 

Stare [tu] 2 esse promis- 
sum. 

Cato mori potiiis 2 esse. — 
Cia Off. 1. 

Deinceps de gerundium in 
di dicer e esse [ego]. 



The Gerund in Di. 



6§« — The gerund in di follows a former substantive, or an ad- 
jective which governs a genitive case. (Gr. 832 & 349.) 

Gerunds, supines, and participles, govern the same cases as the 
verbs to which they belong. (Gr. 682.) 



The desire of increasing wealth. 

The fear of losing money. 

The way of living. 

'The desire of learning. 

Desirous of learning. 

TTrath is a desire of reveng- 
ing. 

Children cannot judge which 
way of living is the best. 

The best way of living is to be 
chosen, and custom will make 
(render) it pleasant. 

Covetous men are tormented, 
not only with a desire of increas- 
ing those things which they have, 
but also with the fear of losing 
[them]. 

The greatness of the advantage 
ought to drive us to undergo the 
labour of learnino;. 



Libido auger e opes. 

Metus amittere pecunia. 

Yia xivere. 

Cupiditas discere, 

Cupidus discere. 

Iracundia esse ulcisci libi- 
do.— Cic. Tusc. 3. 

Puer non posse judicare 
quis via tivere optimusfoO) 
esse.— Cic. Off. 

Optimus xivere via eligen- 
dus esse, isque jucundus con- 
suetudo reddere. — Ad Her, 

A varus cruciari, non so- 
lum libido augere is qui ha- 
bere, sed etiam amittere me- 
tus. — Cic. Far. 1. 

Magnitudo utilitas debere 
ego ad (70) suscipere discere 
labor impellere. — Cio. Or. 1. 



THE GERUKD. 



51 



He who shall finish well and 
laudably the course of life (hv- 
ing), given by nature, shall go to 
heaven. 

Covetousness is very miserable 
in the desire of getting, and not 
happy in the enjoyment of hav- 
ing. 

The mind of man is drawn by 
the delight of seeing and hearing. 



Ille, qui recte et houeste 
curriculum vivere a natura 
datus conficere, ad ccelum 
ire. — Cio. 

Avaritia cupiditas qucerere 
miserrimus esse, nee habere 
fructus felix. — Val. Max. 
9,4. 

Homo mens mdere audire- 
que delectatio duci. — Cio. 



Sometimes it may be rendered by the sign to, like the infinitive 
mood. 



A desire to revenge. 
A desire to increase riches. 
A desire to get. 
A temptation to sin. 
There is a time to act, and a 
time to rest. 

A cause to repent. 



Libido ulcisci. 
Libido auger e divitisa. 
Cupiditas qucerere, 
Illecebra peccare. 
Esse tempus agere^ et tem- 
pus quiescere. 
Causa pmnitere. 



Sometimes by in. 

Moderation in playing is to be Modus ludere esse retinen- 
kept. dus. — Cio. 

The Gerund in Do of the Dative Case. 

69. — ^The gerund in do of the dative case follows an adjective 
denoting usefulness or fitness. (Gr. 382 & 703.) 

utihs severe. — 



Seed useful for sowing. 

Paper not good (useless) for 
writing. 

Legs fit for swimming. 

He is not able to pay (for pay- 
ing). 



Semen n. 
Plin. 19. 11. 

Charta inutihs scridere. — 
Id. 13, 12. 

Crus n. aptus natare. — Or. 

Non esse (habilis, idoneus) 
solvere. 



The Gerund in Dum of the Accusative Case, 
70. — The gerund in dum of the accusative case follows a prepo- 
Bition governing the accusative case. (Gr. 704). 



Keady to write. 
Apt to learn. 



3* 



Paratus ad scribere. 
Aptus ad discere. 



58 



THE GERUND. 



A reward for teaching. 
Man is born to labour. 

Yirtne allures men to loving. 

Use all diligence to learn. 

Children are too inclinable to 
lying. 

Things necessary to life (living). 

He makes haste (hastens) to re- 
pent who judges quickly. 

Do not come to punishing, when 
thou art (being) angry. 

We are not only inclined to 
learn, but also to teach. 

A true friend is more inclinable 
to do kindness (to deserve well) 
than to ask returns (ask again). 

While we are (during) going, 
we shall have time enough to talk 
(talking). 

These things are easy to be de- 
termined (to determining). 



Merces ob docere. 

Homo natus esse ad labo- 
rare. 

Virtus allicere homo ad 
diligere. 

Adhibere omnis diligentia 
ad discere. 

Puer nimium propensus 
esse ad mentiri. 

Kes necessarius ad mxere. 

Ad pcenitere properare cito 
qui judicare. — Publ. 

aSTe (Xo. 25) accedere ad 
punire^ iratus. — Cic. Off. 1. 

Non solum ad discere pro- 
pensus esse, verum etiam ad 
docere. 

Yerus amicus propensior 
esse ad bene mereri^ quam 
ad reposcere. — Cic. 

Inter ire^ habere satis (Gr. 
592] tempus ad fabulari. 

Hie essefacilis ad judicare. 
—Cic. 



The Gerund in Do of the Ablative Case, 

T*!. — The gerund in do of the ablative case follows a preposition 
expressed or understood, or is placed without a preposition as the 
ablative of manner or cause. (Gr. 705.) 



Pleasure is found in (is derived 
from) learning. 

To obtain by begging. 

Anger is to be debarred in pu- 
nishing. 

The mind is nourished by learn- 
ing. 

A wife governs by obeying. 

We learn to do ill, by doing 
nothing. 

We increase grief by mention- 
ing it. 



Yoluptas capi ex discere. — 
Cic. 

Orare impetrare. 

Ira esse prohibendus in 
punire.-^Cic. Off. 1. 

Mens discere ah. — Cio. Off, 

Uxor parere imperare. — 
Publ. 

Nihil agere^ male agere 
discere. — Sex. 

Augere dolor commemo- 
rare, — Cio. 



THE GERUND. 59 

They say that Eegulus was Aio, Regulus mgilare ne- 

killed by (with) waking. catus esse.— Cio. Off, 3. 

Nothing is so hard, but it may Ml tarn difficilis esse, quin 

be found out by searching. qucerere investigari (Gr. 627- 

3) T posse. — Tee . 

A drop makes a stone hollow, Gutta cavare lapis, non vis, 

not by violence, but by often fall- sed saspe cadere. — Ov. 
ing. 

He that advises thee to (that Qui monere ut facere qui 

thou) do [that] which thou doest jam facere, ille monere lau- 

already, praises [thee] in advising, dare. — Ov. 

Miscellaneous exercises on tlie Gerunds. 

For the Latin words, see English Yocabulary at the end of the book. 

JSfominatwe^ No. 67. — ^Yonng men ought to acquire, old men 
ought to enjoy. — The disciples of Pythagoras were obliged to be 
silent five years (Gr, 565). — We ought to praise the good. — I say 
that we must admit the truth. — We ought to have resisted the 
enemy. — Each one must exercise his own judgment. 

Genitive^ No. 68. — Avaricious men are tormented not only 
with a passion for acquiring, but also with the fear of losing. — 
Frugality is the science of avoiding superfluous expenses, or the 
art of using property with moderation. — ^He dreads the difficulty 
of speaking. 

Dative^ No. 69. — Coarse paper is not fit for writing. — This 
water is good for drinking. — Is that horse fit for running ? — This 
seed is useful for sowing. — Nature has given to frogs legs fitted 
for swimming. — This is common to studying and writing. 

Accusative^ No. 70. — We are inclined not only to learn but 
also to teach. — As the ox was born for ploughing, the dog for 
tracking, so man was born for understanding and acting. — The 
Parthians are more disposed to act than to speak. — As we walk 
we will talk together. 

AMative^ No. 71. — A man munificent in giving and not severe 
in exacting. — Anger should be forbidden in punishing. — Plato 
did not deter Aristotle from writing. — Virtue is given- to man 
by instructing and persuading. — By doing nothing men learn to 
do ill. — The laws of Lycurgus train youth by hunting, running, 
being hungry, being thirsty, being pinched with cold, and by 
being greatly heated. 



60 



GEKUXDIATS. 



GEPXXDIVES. 

liQ. — The participle in dus of tran-^itiTe verbs . and also of 
rnedeor, ritor^ aljuto-r, fruo'i\ fungor^ and jjotior^ is often nsed in 
the oblique cases in the sense of the gerund. Thus nsed, it is 
called a gerundhe participle, and agrees with its substantive in 
gender and nunaber, and both take the case which the gerund 
would have in the same place (1S2-T cV: 707) : thus. 



Gerund 
Gerundive, 
Gerund . . 
Gerundive 
Gerund . . 
Gerundive, 
Gerund . , 
Gerundive 



, — Cupidus augendi opes, 

— Cupidus aiigendarum opuii 

■Aptus ferendo onus. 

Aptus ferendo oneri. 
— Ad disceudum artes. 
— Ad discendas artes. 
— Faciendo injuriam. 
, — Facienda iniui'ia. 



) Jjesirous of increm- 
m. \ ing iceuJtJi. 

) Fit to Icar tiie 'bur- 
) din. 

t To learn arts. 
t By doing injury. 



1. The frei'und in di. 



The fear of losing money : 
(of money to be losf.) 

The covetous man is tor- 
mented with the fe:ir of los- 
ing [his] money ; (of money 
to be lost.) 

The way of 
kindness ; (of a 
be requited.) 

The hope of 
town : (of the 
gotten.) 

Moderation 
pleasure; (of ple-asui-e^to be 
enjoyed.) 

^ For the sake of exercising 
his memory ; (of memory to 
be exercised.) 



requiting a 
kindness to 

getting the 
town to be 

in eniovimx 



( a m I ttend us pec uma. 
Avarus cruciari metus amitten- 

dus pecunia. 



( remunerari beneficium. 
Eatio Iremunerandv.s beneli- 
( cium. 

^ potiri oppidum. (Gr . -iS^.) 
Spes < potiundu^ oppidum. — 
( C^s. 

\ frui voluptas. (Gr. 
Modus -j 4S^.) 

(fruendus voluptas. 



Gratia i exercere mem 
(exerctndus me: 



memoria. 

moria. 



2. The o:eruiid in d 



J 01 tne aative. 



Fit to bear a burden. (Tit 
for a burden to be borne.) 

A hand fit to carry a shield 
(for a shield to be carried"). 



j Aptus ferre onus. 

\x - - 



^ Aptus ferendius onus. 
Manas aptus ferendus clvpeus. 
-Ovid. Art. 1. 



GERUNDIVES. 



Gl 



That tlie ricli might coiitri- 
bute, who were able to bear 
the burden (for the burden 
to be borne). 

Fit to endure the toil (for 
the toil to be endured). 



Ut dives conferre, qui onus fe- 
rcndus [par] 8 esse. — Liv. 2, 9. 



Idoneus perpetiendus labor.- 
CoL. 1, 9. 



3. The geruud in dimi of the accusative. 



To love men. (To men to 
be loved.) 

We are inclined by nature 
to love men (to men to be 
loved). 

To contemn pleasures. (To 
pleasures to be contemned). 

Human nature is weak to 
contemn pleasures (for plea- 
sures to be contemned). 

To help men. (To men to 
be helped.) 

Man was made (born) to 
help and preserve men (for 
men to be helped and pre- 
served). 

To enjoy pleasures. (For 
pleasures to be enjoyed.) 

To discharge his office. 
(For his office to be dis- 
charged.) 

A disturbed eye is not well 
disposed to discharge its of- 
fice (for its office to be dis- 
charged.) 

To consider things. (For 
things to be considered.) 



( Ad amare homo. 
( Ad amandus homo. 
Natura propensus esse ad dili- 
gendus homo. — Cic. Leg. 

J Ad contemnere voluptas. 
( Ad contemnendiis voluptas. 
Humanus natura imbecillus esse 
ad contemnendiis voluptas. 

( Ad juvare homo. 

( x\d juvandus homo. 
Homo natus esse ad juvandus 
et conservandus homo. — Gic. Fin. 
3. 

5 Ad perfrui voluptas. (Gr. 484.) 
( Ad perfruendus voluptas. — Oic. 
'Ad fungi munus suus. (Gr. 
484.) 
Ad fungendus munus suus. 
Conturbatus oculus non esse 
probe affectus ad suus munus /a 7i- 
gendus. — Cic. 

j Ad consider are res. 
\ Ad considerandus res. 



4. The srerund in do of the ablative. 



Men use care in getting horses 
(in horses to be gotten), and are 
negligent in choosing friends (in 
friends to be chosen). 

But the greatest diligence is 
to be used in getting friends (in 
friends to be chosen). 



In equus 2>^f*^^^'^^ cura ad- 
Mbere homo, in amicus eligen- 
dns negligens esse. 

Maximus autem diligentia ad- 
hibendus esse in amicus compa- 
randiis. — Cio. A7n. 



62 



GERUNDIVES. 



In managing affairs. (In af- 
fairs to be managed.) 

In managing most affairs (in 
most affairs to be managed), 
slowness and procrastination is 
hurtful. 

In contemning pleasure. (In 
pleasure to be contemned.) 

Honesty consists in contemn- 
ing pleasure (in pleasure to be 
contemned). 

By enjoying pleasures, 
pleasures to be enjoyed.) 

By enjoying pleasures 
pleasures to be enjoyed) 
grief for wanting them in- 
creases. 

Than requiting a good turn. 
(Than a favour to be requited.) 

There is no duty more neces- 
sary than requiting a good turn 
(a favour to be requited). 

In discharging offices. (In 
offices to be discharged.) 



(By 
the 



S In gerere res. 

( In gerendus res. 
In plerique res gerendus^ tar- 
ditas et procrastinatio noxius 
esse. (Gr. 268.) 

( In contemnere voluptas. 
\ In contemnendus voluptas. 

Honestas in voluptas contem- 
nendus consistere.— Oio. 

(Frui voluptas. (Gr. 484.) 

( Friiendus voluptas. 
Fruendus voluptas crescere 
(68) car ere dolor. — Plin. Epist, 
8, 5. 

JReferre gratia. 
Eeferendus gratia. 
Nullus officium referendus 
gratia magis necessarius esse. — 
Cio. Off. 1. 

I In fungi munus, (Gr. 484.) 
( In fungendus munus. 



The participle in dus is elegantly put for the infinitive mood 
active, or the subjunctive with ut^ after cicro^ habeo^ mando^ conduco, 
loco, &G. (Gr. 686). 



He took care to do that. 

He commanded the boy to 
be brought up. 



Curare 
Mandare 



. -. ( facer e. 
\ faciendus. 



puer all. 
ut puer ali. 
4 puer alendus. 



Miscellaneous Examples to le rendered loth ly Gerunds and 
Gerundives^ as aljove. 

For the Latin words, see English Vocabulary at the end of the book. 

A desire seized Romulus of building a citv. — All judicial pro- 
ceedings have been devised for the sake either of terminating 
controversies or of punishing crimes. — Either pleasures are fore- 
gone for the sake of obtaining greater pleasures, or pains are 
undergone for the sake of escaping greater pains.— Dry wood is 
a proper material for ehciting fire.— The rest of the time is 



SUPINES. 63 

adapted for reaping and gathering the fruits. — Some games are 
useful for sharpening the wits of boys. 

Pythagoras went to Babylon to learn the motions of the 
stars ; thence he went to Crete and Laceda3mon to become ac- 
quainted with the laws of Minos and Lycurgus. — The eyelids are 
most skilfully formed both for enclosing the pupils and for open- 
ing them. — Similarity of character is the firmest bond for form- 
ing friendships. — There was no time not only for fitting the 
insignia but even for putting on their helmets and removing the 
covering from their shields. — Virtue is seen in despising and 
rejecting pleasures. — Many (persons) use care in getting money, 
(but) are negligent in using it rightly. — Honesty consists in 
despising pleasure. — IS'o duty is more necessary than requiting 
a favor. 



SUPIKES. 



>y3. — Supines are defective verbal nouns, of the fourth de- 
clension, having only the accusative and the ablative singular. 
(Gr. 183-2). 

The former Supine, 

74. — The supine in ^tm has an active signification, governs 
the case of the verb (Gr. 682), and is used after verbs signifying 
motion to a place. ((>r. 712). 

I will go to see. Ire spectare. 

I am come to beg leave. (14) Venire orare venia. 

He sent to ask help. Mittere rogare auxilium. 

The latter Supine, 

75. — The supine in u has usually a passive signification— 
sometimes also an active, and follows such adjectives as signify 
easy, hard, good, lad, &c. (Gr. 183-2 & 716.) 

^ ^ S understand. Facilis intelligere. 

Easy to | ^^ understood. 

^, . . i hear. Jucundus audire. 

Pleasant to j^^j^^^^^^ 



64 SUPINES. 

. , T . T n . j do. Ees difficilis facere, 

A thing hard to j^^^^^^^ 

A thing worthy to be related. Ees dignns referre. ^ 

These things 'are nnseemly to Hie esse deformis mdere. — 

behold. Oyid. 

It is hard to say, what is best DiflQcihs esse dicere^ quis 

to be done. 7 esse optimus facere, 

A true friend is a thing hard to Difficihs res esse imenire 

find (be found). verus amicus. 

Let nothing filthy to be spoken Nil dicere foedu3 mdereve^ 

or to be seen, touch those doors, hie limen tangere, intra qui 

within which there is a child. puer esse. — Juv. 

It is used also after these substantives, fas, nefas, opus ; as, Ecce I 
nefas visu. — Ov. 

EnglisJh Examples to he turned into Latin, 

For the Latin words, see English Vocabulary at the end of the book. 

Supine in una. — The ambassadors assembled about Cassar to 
congratulate him. (Gr. 207, Obs. 3.) — The commanders of the 
King of Persia sent ambassadors to Athens to complain. — The 
Yejentes send negotiators to Kome to implore peace. — They went 
to see Italy. — Hannibal was recalled to defend his country. — 
Maecenas went to play, I and Yirgil went to sleep. 

Supine in n. — A narrative easy to be nnderstood. — Yirtue is 
difficult to be found. — Incredible to relate ! — Thou wilt do what 
seems best to be done. — This is proper to be said. 



SYNTAX. 



PART II. 



251/'^ JRuLE I. — Substantives denoting tlie same 
person or thing, agree in case. 

In this rule, tlic word " substantive " includes nouns, pro- 
nouns personal and relative, adjectives used substantively, and 
all words or phrases used as substantives. The substantive added 
is said to be in apposition with that which precedes, and must 
take its case. It is added to express some attribute^ description^ 
or appellative belonging to it, and must be in the same member 
of the sentence with it, i. e. subject or predicate. The substan- 
tive in apposition, whatever be its case, is without the case-sign 
in English. (Gr. 52.) The word " for," or " as," which some- 
times precedes the noun in apposition in English, is occasionally 
made by ut or quasi^ but has usually no corresponding word in 
Latin. 

When the word in apposition has different forms to denote 
the different genders, it should correspond in gender, and, if the 
sense permit, in number also, to the word preceding. 

Beware of pleasure, the mother Oavere voluptas^ mater om- 

of all evils. nis malum. — Cic. 

Plato the philosopher calls plea- Flato philosoplius appellare 

sure the bait to (of) evils. ^ohiptas esca malum. — Oic. 

Do not thou (be thou unwilling ^(A\QYQ\)Vi(\iQXQ gloria f rue- 
to) reject glory, the fruit of true tus verus virtus. — Oic. 
virtue. 

Let flattery the promoter of Assentatio vitium adjutrix 

vices be far removed from friend- procul (25) amoveri ab amici- 

ship. tia. — Cio. 

* In Part II, the numbers at the beginning of paragraphs refer to 
the running nnmbers in the Latin Grammar ; also all numbei-s in 
parentiieses above 75, and those distinguished by Gr. befui*e them, 
whether in parentheses or not. But numbers, in parentheses, from 1 
to 15, not distinguished by Gr. before them, refer to the running 
numbers in Part I. Numbers made by Roman letters, refer to the 
Rules of Syntax in the Latin Grammar.— See also "Explanations," p. 4. 



SYNTAX. 



How like to ns is an ape, the 
most foul beast ? 

Otho, a brave man, and my in- 
timate friend, restored dignity to 
the equestrian order. 

Tliemistocles, the commander in 
the Persian war, freed Greece, 
the home of freedom, from servi- 
tude. 

Brutus and Oassius, the slayers 
of Osesar, excited a great war. 

Titus, the darling of mankind, 
was called a most excellent prince. 

Grecian soldiers, his chief hope, 
came unto Darius. 



Simla qnam similis turpis- 
simns lestia nos ? — ^Enn. 

Otho^ mr fortis, et neces- 
sarius mens, equester ordo ro- 
stituere dignitas. 

Themistocles^ imperator hel- 
ium Persicus, Grcecia domus 
hbertatis 6 servitus. 

Brutus et Cassius^ inter- 
fector Cossar, ingens helium 
movere. 

Titus ^ humanns genus de- 
licice, bonus princeps vocari. 

Grsecus miles^ prsecipuus 
s^es^ ad Darius pervenire. 



1. 



An infinitive mood may be put in apposition with a substan- 

as. 



tive ; aSj 

There is so great a love of sin- 
ning in some, that this very thing 
to sin delights them. 



Tantus in quidam peccare 
libido esse, ut hoc ipse is (Gr. 
627) delectare, jpeccare. — Cic. 

256. A possessive pronoun, being equivalent to the genitive 
of its substantive pronoun, has a noun in apposition with it in the 
genitive. 



Yatinius despises the law of me 
(his) enemy. 

This pursuit has been approved 
of by thy judgment, a grave and 
learned man. 



Yatinius contemnere meus 
lex, liomo inimicus. 

Hie studium, tuus judicium 
3 probari, mr gravis et eru- 
ditus. 



To this part of Syntax is usually referred the common remark 
that a noun or pronoun containing the answer to a question must 
be in the same case with the interrogative word in the question 
itself ; thus, Quis creamt munduni f Ans. Beus. This, however, 
is evidently not a case of apposition but of ellipsis, and when the 
ellipsis is supplied, the answer will be, Deus creavit mundum ; 
hence, Deus is in the nominative, not because quis is the nomi- 
native, but because, Hke quis^ it is the subject of a verb, and of 
course comes under the principle mentioned (Gr. 304.). The 
pupil may illustrate this by supplying the eUipses in the following 
examples : 



WORDS IN APPOSITION. 



6Y 



"Who is poor ? Ans, The covet- 
ous man [is poor]. 

Of what men is there great 
scarcity? Ans. [There is great 
scarcity] Of the good. 

, To what is pleasure an enemy ? 
A?is, [Pleasure is an enemy] To 
virtue. 

Whom ought we to worship ? 
Ans. [We ought to worship] God. 

With what are fishes catched ? 
Ans. [Fishes are catched] With a 
hook. 

With what are men catched? 
Ans, [Men are catched] With plea- 
sure. 

Than what has God given no- 
thing to man more excellent ? 
A71S, [God has given nothing to 
man more excellent] Than under- 
standing and reason. 



Quis esse pauper? liesp, 
Ava7'us [esse pauper]. 

Quis mr esse magnus pe- 
nuria f Resp, [Esse magnus 
penuria] Bonus. 

Quis inimicus esse volup- 
tas? Eesp. [Voluptas esse 
inimicus] Virtus, 

Quis debere venerari ? 
Eesp. [Debere venerari] Deus. 

Quis capi piscis? Eesp, 
[Piscis capi] Hamus. 



Quis capi homo? 
[Homo capi] Voluptas. 



Quis (xxiv) Deus homo 
nihil prasstabilior dare ? 
Eesp. [Deus homo nihil prsQ- 
stabilior dare] Mens et ratio. 
— Cio. de Sen, 



The words nnderstood being thus supplied, the reason of the ex- 
ceptions from the rule will be evident ; as, Gujum pecus est i Resp. 
[Est pecus] Laniorum. Cujus est domus ? Resp. Nostra [est domus], 
(Gr. 121. Obs. 1.) 

To this question, Quid est tibi nomen ? What is thy name ? — the 
answer may be either in the nominative or dative case ; because it 
may be indifferently said in Latin, Est mihi nomen Sulpicius^ or Est 
mihi nomen Sulpicio. So Plautus, Mihi nomen Sosia est, Amph. 1, 1. 
Nomen Arcturio est mihi. (Gr. 262.) 

For other exceptions, see Gr. 260 &: 262. 



English Examples to de turned info Latin, 

The Eomans waged war with Tigranes, king of the Arme- 
nians. — The consul, a very brave man, has been sent with an 
6 army. — How often hast thou endeavoured to slay me when 
(consul) elect ? — How often, when consul ? — Experience, an ex- 
cellent instructor, has taught this. — I pass by Athens, that inven- 
tress of all learning. — To Caesar, as quaestor, farther Spain fell 
]3y lot. — The use of gold and silver, as the material of all crimes, 
was abolished by 3 Lycurgus. 



68 



SYNTAX. 



263.— Etjle II. An adjective agrees witli its sub- 
stantive in gender, number, and case. 

264.— ExpL. This rule applies to all adjectives, adjective pro- 
nouns, and participles, and requires them to be put in the same 
gender, number, and case, with the substantives which they qual- 
ify, or of which they are predicated. 



Past labours are pleasant. 
Wickedness is always fearful. 

"Worldly (human) things are 
frail and fading. 

Kobody was on a sudden very 
debauched. 

Time past never returns. 

And a word once let go (ut- 
tered) flies not to be recalled. 

True honour consists (is placed) 
in virtue. 

The way to the stars from the 
earth is not easy. 

For thy interest is concerned, 
when the next house is on fire 
(next wall burns). 

We all haste to one mark. 

Every one thinks his own con- 
dition the most miserable. 

Live ye innocent, God is at 
hand (a deity is present). 

You live as if you were [about] 
to live always. 

Pride joined [to them] spoils 
excellent virtues. 

Letters (i. e. learning) adorn 
prosperity (prosperous things), 
and aliord succour and comfort 
to adversity (adverse things). 

There is nothing so easy but it 
is hard, when thou dost it with 
an iU-will (unwilling). 



Actus labor juctcrvdus esse. 

Semper timidus scelus esse. 
— Stat. 

Bes Jiwnanus esse frag His 
et caducus. 

Nemo repente 3 esse tuf- 
2nssimus, — Juv. 

Proiteritus tempus nun- 
quam reverti. — Cic. 

Et semel emissus volare 
irrevoca'bilis ver^hum. — Hoe, 

Verus decus in virtus j^m- 
tus esse. — Oio. 

ISTon esse ad astrum mollis 
e terra via, — Sen. 

Kam tuus res agi, paries 
quum proximics ai'dere. — 
Hoe. 

Ugo omnis meta properare 
ad unus. — Pedo. 

Suus quisque conditio mi- 
serrimus putare. — Oic. 

Innocuus vivere, numen 
adesse (Sup. ws). — Ov. 

Tu vivere tanquam sem- 
per mcturus. 

Inquinare egregius adjunc- 
tus sujper'biaj 'nios. — do. 

Lit era secundce res ornare, 
adterscB {res) perfugium et 
solatium prsebere. — Cic. pro 
Arch,' 

Nullus esse tamfacilis res, 
quin difficilis 7 esse, quum 
(tu) invUiis 7 facer e. — Tee. 
He, 4:, 



AN ADJECTIVE WITH A SUBSTANTIVE. 



69 



265-2G8. — When an adjective qualifies, or is predicated of two 
or more substantives taken together, it becomes plural, and, in 
gender, prefers the masculine to the feminine, and. the feminine 
to the neuter. (Gr. 265. 266.) But if the substantives denote 
things without life, the adjective may be neuter. (Gr. 267.) Also, 
whatever be the gender or number of the substantives, the adjec- 
tive sometimes agrees with the last, and is understood to the rest. 
(Gr. 268.) 



Many sons, daughters, grand- 
sons, grand-daughters placed Me- 
tellus on the funeral pile. 

Men, beasts, fishes, and birds 
were created by God. 

Empire, hberty, and life were 
taken away. 

The king and the royal fleet set 
out together. 

Benefit and injury are contrary 
to each other. 

The wall and gate were struck 
hj lightning. 



Metellus multus filius^ fi- 
lia^ nepos^ neptis in 4rogus 
3 imponere. 

Homo^ destia^ piscis^ et 
avis^ a Deus 3 creari. 

Regnum^ libertas^ et mta 
3 aclimi. 

Rex regisque classis una" 
3 proficisci. 

Inter sui contrarius esse 
deneficium et injuria, 

Murus et porta de coelum 
tactus esse. 



269. — When the noun to which an adjective or adjective- 
pronoun belongs is obvious, and may be easily supplied, it is 
often omitted ; and the adjective, taking its gender, number, and 
case, is used as a substantive, and may have another adjective 
agreeing with it. This is particularly the case with neuter adjec- 
tives, when the adjective in English qualifies the word thing or 
things ; or the reference is to something of a general or indefbiite 
nature, without any regard to sex. 



The good love the good. 
He is only a little better than 
the worst of all. 

Great rewards await the good. 

The wicked shall sufier punish- 
ment in hell (with those below). 

Neither Pompey could bear an 
equal, nor Caesar a superior. 

The slaves who were in the 
vestibule, when they saw armed 
men, thinking it was all over with 
their mistresses, cried out that men 
had been sent to kill the female 
captives. 



Bonus diligere 'bonus. 

Esse tantum paulo melior 
pessimus, 

Proemium magnus manere 
bonus, 

Impius apud inferi poensB 
lucre. — Cio. 

ISTec Pompeius 2 ferre par^ 
nee Caesar superior. 

Servus qui in vestibulum 
esse, ut armatus 2 conspicere 
ratus actus esse de domina, 
vociferare missies esse qui 
8 occidere captus. 



10 



SYNTAX. 



We cannot all of ns do all things. 

Tlie gods aboye regard the af- 
fairs of mortals (mortal things). 

ITature is content with few 
things. 

I see and approve of better 
things, I follow worse things. 

Look always at heavenly things, 
contemn and neglect earthly (hu- 
man) things. 

God sees all things. 

Death devours all things. 

There is no desire of a thing 
unknown. 

All do not admire and love the 
same things. 

"We always hanker (strive) after 
what is [a thing] forbidden and 
desire things denied. 

All excellent things are rare. 

Let us contemn these worldly 
(human) things as small, thinking 
upon things above and heavenly. 

The least of evils are to be 
chosen. 

Bad things are near to good. 

In excellent things those are 
great, which are next to the best. 



ITon omnis posse omnis, 
Aspicere superus mortalis, 

!N'atura paucus contentus 
esse. — Oic. 

Yidere melior probareque, 
deterior sequi. — Ovid. 

Spectare semper coelestis, 
contemner e et negligere hu- 
manus, — Oio. 

Deus cernere omnis. 

Mors omnis devorare. 

Ignotus nullus cupido esse. 
— Ovid. 

Non omnis idem mirari 
amareque. — Hoe . 

Mti in DetUus semper, cu- 
pereque negatus. — Ovid. 

Omnis pr (Belarus esse ra- 
rus, — Gio. 

Hie humanus ut exiguus 
contemnere (25), cogitans su- 
jperics et ccelestis. — Gio. Acad, 

Minimus de malum eligen- 
dus esse. — Oic. Off, 3. 

Malics esse vicinus bonus. 
— Ov. 

In prsestans res magnus 
esse is, gui esse -optimus j^rox- 
imus. — Cio. de Orat. 



270, 271. — Adjectives qualifying, or predicated of, an infinitive 
mood or part of -a sentence, are put in the neuter gender. 



To talk: of one's self is the 
property of old age. 

To err is human. 

How long the life of any one of 
us will last is uncertain. 

It is a great thing to have the 
same monuments of ancestors. 

When will that to-morrow 
come ? 



De sui ipse dicere esse 
senilis, 

Humanus esse err are, 

Incertus esse guam longus 
ego guisque mta futurus 
7 esse. 

Magnus esse idem habere 
monumentum majores, 

Quando eras iste venire ? 



AN ADJECTIVE WITH A SUBSTANTIVE. 



71 



To recede from one's right is 
sometimes not only liberal but 
advantageous. 



Be suus jus decedere non- 
nunquam esse non modo Zi- 
leralis sed fructuosus. 



273. — The adjectives jt?Hmw5, medius^ ultimus^ &;c., are placed 
before their substantives, and often signify the first, the middle, 
the last, &c., part of a thing. 



At the entrance of the province. 

The middle of the night. 

To the farthest part of the pro- 
vince. 

On the top of the mountain. 

Behind these, he places the rest 
of the army. 



In primus 6 promncia, 

Medius 1 nox. 

In ultimus 4= provincia. 

In summus 6 mons. 
Post is {fern.) ceter exerci^ 
tus locare. 



274. — An adjective agreeing with a substantive, generally the 
subject of a verb, sometimes modifies the meaning of the verb 
itself, and is translated like an adverb. 



The Greeks drew near early in 
the morning, and gladly engaged 
in battle. 

We delivered up ourselves to 
thee entirely and altogether. 

An augury came to Kemus 
first. 

The Eomans assembled in great 
numbers. 

Avarice and luxury entered 
Kome at a late period. 



Grcecus mafutinus 3 appro- 
pinquare, IcetusquQ 4prce]ium 
3 inire. 

3 Tu penitus totusqne ego 
3 tradere. 

Frior 3 Remus augurium 
3 venire. 

Romanus frequens conve- 
nire. 

4 Boma serus avaritia at- 
que luxuria 3 immigrare. 



The following exercises correspond to the remaining observa- 
tions and exceptions under Kule II, to which reference is made 
by the numbers prefixed. 



275. — They gazed on the sta- 
tues and ornaments, some in one 
place and some in another. 

Living one in one way and an- 
other in another. 

The soldiers in their joy (joy- 
ful) address themselves one to one, 
and another to another. 



Signum et ornamentum 
alius alius in locus intueri. — 
Cio. ^ 

Alius alius mos vivcns. — 
Sall. 

Miles alius 4 alius laetus 
appellare. 



72 



SYNTAX, 



They at one time think one 
thing, at another time another, 
concerning the same things. 

The cavalry slip off, some in 
this way and some in that. 

276. — Those places which were 
less secure he fortified, some with 
ditches, others with ramparts, and 
others with towers. 

It is one thing to rail at, an- 
other to accuse. 

Of whom (which two) the one 
lost an army, the other sold one. 

He loves the one sister, I the 
other. 

277. — The hest men most re- 
gard posterity. 

Every learned man despises (or 
all learned men despise) the Epi- 
cureans. 

It is the custom to sow all the 
. heaviest grains. 

278. — Three thousand two hun- 
dred of the Samnites were slain. 

Lofty Ilium was consumed. 

Pergamus was destroyed by the 
sword. 

279. — A great part of the men 
were either wounded or kiUed. 

The slaves conspired to arm 
themselves and seize (that being 
armed they would seize) upon the 
citadel. 

281. — They are every one in- 
sane. 

On the same day they each of 
them lead forth the army from 
the stationary camp. 

Let them have each one what 
is his own. 

They were selected, every tenth 
man to punishment. 

282. — I do not want medicine, 
I console myself. 



Ille alias alius idem de res 
sentire. 

Eques alius alia dilabi. 

Qui minus tutus 2 esse alius 
fossa, alius vallum, alius tur- 
ns 2 munire. 

Alius esse maledicere, alius 
accusare. 

Qui alt 67' exercitus 3 per- 
dere, alter 3 vendere. 

Alter iUe amare soror, ego 
alter. 

Ojytijnus quisque maxime 
posteritas servlre. 

Epicureus doctissimus quis- 
que contemnere. 

Mos esse gravissimus quis- 
que granum serere. 

Samnis ccesus esse tres mille 
ducenti. 

Altus (fem.) creynatus (fem.) 
esse Ilion (soil. urbs). 

Excisus (fem.) esse Perga- 
mum ferrum. 

Magnus j^^rs homo milne- 
ratus aut occisus esse. 

Sermtium conjurare ut arx 
armatus 8 occupare. 



Uterque insamre. 

Idem dies uterque is ex 
castra stativus exercitus edu- 
cere. 

3 Sui quisque 7 Jialere qui 
suus esse. 

Decimus quisque ad sup- 
j)licium 3 iegi. 

ISTon egere 6 medicina ego 
ipse consolari. 



RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT, ^3 

He who knows liimself, will Qui sui ipse 6 nosc.^re all- 

teel that he has something in him qnis sentire sai habere (Gr 

^^Yi?^- Ori)divinus. ^ * 

We sometimes allow our own Foster ipse libertas inter- 

hbertj to be undermined. dum subrui pati. 

By his own power alone Mithri- Suusmet unus opera Mi- 
dates reduced Cappadocia. thridates Cappadocia 3 ca- 

pere. 

Aly prayers when present w^ill 3 Is tneus prmens preces 

not avail him to whom my name non profuturus 1 esse 3 qui 

when absent has been (for) an nomen metis absens 3 honor 

honor. 3 esse. 

I will be satisfied with our own Contentus esse nosier ipsa 

friendship. amicitia. 

Ifiscellaneoits Englisli Examples to le turned into Latin. 

I received many letters from you, all written with care. — 
The best laws, without any exception, will be taken away by this 
one. — Death is shameful in flight, glorious in victory. — ISTo for- 
getfiilness Avill ever blot out my remembrance of your favours to 
me (to us), — The city Eome, I foohshly supposed [to be] like 
this our [city]. — A great part of the men were either wounded 
or killed (Gr. 279). — The slaves conspired to arm themselves 
and seize upon the citadel.— In a free state the tongue and mind 
ought to be free. — Menelaus and Paris being armed, fought for 
Helen and [her] riches. — Gnats seek for acid things, but do not 
fly to sweet things. — To advance was difficult, to retreat hazard- 
ous. It is astonishing how much that availed to the harmony 
of the state. — ^o artist can by imitation attain to the skill of 
nature. — Of all the provinces, Spain was subdued last. — The 
river Marsyas flows through the midst of the city. — At break 
of da}^, the top of the mountain was occupied by Labienus.^— To 
take unceitain things for certain [things] is very foolish. 

The Eelative and Antecedent. 

28i. — EuLE III. The relative (jui^ quce,, quod, agrees 
with its antecedent in nnmber and person. See also 
Gr. 285, 286. 

Beware of jjleasure, wiiich 's a Cavere toluptas, qui esse 
deadly mischief to men, capitalis pestis homo. 

1 



14 



SYIsTAX. 



follow virtue, in which true 
honour consists (is phiced). 

The covetous man, who always 
wants, cannot be rich. 

He does valiantly, who is able 
to be miserable. 

Be sparing of time, which [being] 
once past never returns. 

Those things are scarcest which 
are best. 

Worldly (human) things are to 
be despised, which are frail and 
fading. 

Follow (cultivate) the study of 
letters (i. e. learning) which adorn 
prosperity (prosperous things) and 
afford succour and comfort to ad- 
versity (adverse things). 

They seem to take the sun out 
of the world, who take friendship 
out of the world. 

He is not blessed who knows, 
but he who does good (a good 
thing). 

There is one who has begun 
lately to dispute, that the soul 
dies at the same time with the 
body. 

He is more valiant that (who) 
[conquers] himself, than he that 
(who) conquers the strongest 
towns. 

Govern thy passion (mind); 
which, unless it obeys, governs. 

He is wise to no purpose (in 
vain), that (who) is not wise for 
himself. 

He that (who) has much, de- 
sires more. 

He confesses the fact, who a- 
voids the trial. 

He is happily wise, that (who) 
is wise by another's danger (or 
trial). 



Colere Tirttis. f. in qtd ve- 
rus decus n, positus esse. 

Avarus^ qui semper egere, 
non posse esse dives. 

Fortiter ille face^-e, qui mi- 
ser esse posse. — -Maet. 

Tempus n. (Gr. 405. 2d) 
par cere, qui semel prssteri- 
tus nnnquam reverti. 

Rarissimus esse is^ qui esse 
optimus. 

Despiciendus esse res hu- 
manus, qui fragilis et caducus 
esse, 

Colere studium litercp.^ qui 
secundjs res ornare, adversse 
[res] perfugium et sohitium 
prsebere. — Cic. pro Arch, 

Yideri tollere sol e mun- 
dus, qui tollere amicitia e 
vita.— Gig. Am, 

Non beatus esse qui scire 
bonus, sed qui facere. — Se:^. 
Ep. 75. 

Esse (quidam) qui conpisse 
nuper disserere, anima inte- 
rire simul cum corpus. — Oio. 
Am. 

Fortior esse qui sui, qnam 
qui fortissimus xincere oppi- 
dum. 

Animus regere ; qui^ nisi 
parere, imperare. — Hor. 

ISTequicquam sapere, qui 
sui non sapere, — Platit. 

Qui multum habere^ plus 
cupere. — SE:?Nr. 

Fateri facinus n, is, qui 
judicium fugere. 

Feliciter is sapere, qui 
alienus periculum scvpere, — * 
Platjt. 



RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT. 



15 



He that desires (who shall wish) 
to avoid error, will give (employ) 
time and diligence to the consider- 
ing of things (to things to be con- 
sidered). 

. What better nature is there in 
man than theirs (of those) who 
think themselves born to help 
men? 

Take example by (make trial 
from) others, which may be of 
use to thee. 

Those injuries that (which) hap- 
pen through some sudden pas- 
sion (motion) are less than those 
that (which) are done on purpose 
and designedly. 

The good things of fortune are 
just as his (of him) mind is that 
(who) possesses them : to him, 
. who knows [how] to use them, 
[they are] good [things] ; [to him] 
that does not use them well, [they 
are] bad [things]. 

He that (who) gives the great- 
est things that he could is abun- 
dantly grateful. 

Many contemn honours, with 
the desire of which some are in- 
flamed. 

Study for knowledge, than 
which nothing is more pleasant. 

A good man does good to 
whom he can [do good] ; hurts 
nobody. 

Some think nothing right but 
what (that which) they do them- 
selves. 

We are most lavish in throwing 
away of time, of which alone co- 
vetousness is laudable. 

God affords (iurnishes to) us 
abundance and plenty of all things 
which nature requires. 



Qui effugerc error velle^ 
adhibere ad res consideran- 
dus (Gr. 707) tempus et dili- 
gentia.— Cio. Of, 1. 

Quis esse melior in homo 
natura quam is, qui sui natus 
ad homo juvandus (Gr. 707) 
arMtrari'i — Cio. Tusc. 1. 

Periculum ex alius facere, 
tu qui ex usu esse, — Tee. 

Levior is esse injuria, qui 
repentinus aliquis motus ac- 
cidere^ quam is, qui consulto 
et cogitat5 Jieri. — Cic. Off, 
1. 

Bonum fortuna perinde 
esse, ut is animus qui is 
possidere : qui uti scii^e^ is 
bonum ; qui non uti recte, 
[ei] malum. — Tee. 



Is qui^ quam 3 posse dare 
maximus, gratus abunde esse. 
— Ov. 

Multus honor contemnere, 
qui cupiditas quidam inflam- 
mari. — Id, 

Studere scientia, 6 qui (Gr. 
467) nihil esse jucundior, 

Yir bonus prodesse, qui 
posse [prodesse'] ; nocere (Gr. 
40o-lst) nemo.— Cio. Off, 3. 

Quidam nisi qui \])^\ facere 
nihil rectus putare. — Tee. 

Profusissimus esse in tem- 
pus jactura, qui unus hones- 
tus acaritia esse. — Sen. 

Deus omnis res, qui natura 
desiderare^ abundantia et 
copia ego suppeditare. — Cic. 
Am. 23. 



16 



SYNTAX. 



Death is terrible to those witli 
whose life all things are extin- 
guished, not to those whose praise 
cannot die. 

Friendship is the only thing in 
the world (in human affairs), con- 
cerning the usefulness of which 
all agree with one mouth. 

They are unjust, both who do 
(who bring) injury, and who do 
not keep off injury from them to 
whom it is offered (brought). 

There is certainly a God, that 
(who) both hears and sees [those 
things] which we do. 



Mors terribilis esse is, qui 
cum vita omnis extingui ; 
non is, qui laus emori non 
posse. — Cic. 2 Par, 

Unus amicitia esse in res 
humanus, de qui zUilitas om- 
nis unus OS n. consentire. — 
Cio. Am. 

Injustus esse, et qui in- 
ferre^ et, qui ab hie, qui in- 
fer ri^ non propulsare injuria. 
— Oic. Off.l, 

Esse profecto Deus, qui^ 
qui ego gerere^ aiuUrequQ et 
'videre, — Plaut. 



285. — The relative with its clause is sometimes put before the 
antecedent and its clause. 



He is not truly rich, who is not 
endued with virtue. 

Even they hate (have for ha- 
tred to themselves) injustice, who 
do it. 

That which is honest is profit- 
able. 

[That] which is excellent, the 
same is ditficult. 

They who are blessed (endued) 
with v/ealth and plenty, ought to 
be liberal and charitable. 

Thou wilt always have those 
riches alone, which thou shalt 
have given to the poor. 

Every one thinks that which he 
himseff suffers, the most grievous 
of all. 

Let every one exercise himself 
in this [art], which art he knows. 

All things which are produced 
in the earth, are created for the 
use of men. 



Qui non esse prasditus (Gr. 
462) virtus, [ille] non esse 
vere dives. 

Etiam qui facere, [illi] 
odium (Gr. 427) habere inju- 
ria. — Sye. 

Qui honestus, is utihs esse. 
—Cic. 

Qui proeclarus esse, idem 
arduus esse. — Cic. Tusc. 3. 

^ Qui (Gr. 462) opes et co- 
pise esse praeditus, is debere 
esse (Gr. 826) hberalis et be- 
neficus. 

Egenus qui 6 dare, solus 
semper habere opes. — Maet. 

Qid ipse pati, is omnis 
gravissimus quisque putare. 

Qui quisque Onosse ars, 
in hie sui exercere. — Cic. 

Qiii in terra gigni, ad 
usus homo omnis creari. — 
Cio. Off, 1, c. 7. 



RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT. 



11 



Men judge that to be done well 
in another, which they cannot do 
tliemselves. 

Then, and not till then (at last), 
we all understand our blessings 
(good things), Avhen we have lost 
those things which we had in our 
power. 



Homo, qtii facere ipse non 
posse, is recfce fieri in alter 
judicare. — Cio. Am. 

Turn denique omnis noster 
intelligere bonura, quum qui 
in potestas 3 habere, is amit- 
tcre. — Plaut. 



The English relative that is rendered into Latin in the same 
manner as w7io and which (An. & Pr. Gr. 748). 



He gives twice that (who) gives 
quickly. 

He that (who) conquers passion, 
conquers the greatest enemy. 

He that (who) gives himself up 
to pleasures, is not worthy of the 
name of a man. 

Knowledge, that (which) is re- 
mote from justice, is to be called 
craft rather than wisdom. 

A burden that (which) is borne 
well, is made light. 



Bis dare, qui cito dare. 

Iracundia qui vincere, hos- 
tis vincere maximus. 

Qui tradere (Gr. 501) sui 
voluptas, non esse dignus (Gr. 
462) nomen homo. 

Scientia, qui reraotus esse 
a justitia, calliditas potius 
quam sapientia esse appellan- 
dus.— Cio. Off, 1. 

Levis fieri, qui bene ferri 
onus. — Ov. Am, 



Examples under Observations and Exceptions, 

The following examples illustrate the observations and excep- 
tions under Eule IH, indicated by the numbers prefixed. 



28T. — a. You are not reading 
my words (= the words of me) 
who have been banished to the 
Ister. 

A few conspired against the 
republic, concerning which (con- 
spiracy) I will speak as truly as 
possible. 

h. The Lacedoamonians killed 
their king Agis, which never be- 
fore happened among tliera. 

The slaves, which never been 
done before, were set free and 
made soldiers. 



[tsTec 7neus verbum legere 
qui submoveri ad Ister. 



Conjurdre paucus contra 
respublica, de qui quam veris- 
sime 5 posse 5 dicere. 

Agis rex Lacedcemonius^ qui 
nunquam antea apud is acci- 
dere, necdre, 

Servus^ qui nunquam ante 
fieri, manumitti et miles ZJic' 
ri, — C^s. 



IS 



SYNTAX. 



A thanksgiving of fifteen days 
■was decreed, which before that 
time happened to no one. 

288. — ^rhe Helvetians are bound- 
ed on one side by the river Khine, 
which separates the Helvetian ter- 
ritory from the Germans. 

Gsesar determined to advance 
to the Scheldt which flows into 
the Meuse. 

289. — Pausanias betook himself 
to Colon 83, which is a place in the 
territory of Troas. 

Mago enticed the Suffetes, which 
is the chief magistracy among the 
Carthaginians, to a conference. 

Men have fenced with walls 
their united dwelling-places, which 
we call cities. 

290. — Themistocles sent to Xer- 
xes the most faithful (one) of his 
slaves that he had. 

The Yolscians being conquered 
in battle, lost Yolscse, the best city 
which they had. 

291. — The ships and captives 
which had been taken in the na- 
val battle at Chios were restored. 

293. — Whomsoever (=all whom) 
I have heard complaining of you, 
I have satisfied in every possible 
way (in every way that I could). 

He joined himself to whatever 
standard (i. e. to any standard 
which) he had met with. 

Whatever things are needful 
for the attack of next day, are got 
ready during the night. 



Dies quindecim supplicatio 
3 decerni^ qui ante is tempus 
3 accidere 3 nuUus. — C^s. 

Helvetius contineri unus 
ex pars flumen Rheniis^ qui 
ager Helvetius a Germanus 
dividere. — C^s. 

Csesar ad fliimen Scaldis 
qui influere in Mosa ire con- 
stituere. — Cjes. 

Pausanias Colonoe^ qui locus 
in ager Troas esse, sui con- 
ferre. 

Mago ad colloquium Suffe- 
tes^ qui summus 3 Poenis oaa- 
gistratus esse, elicere. 

Homo domic ilium suus 
coujunctus, qui urhs dicere, 
moenia 3 sepire. 

Themistocles de servus suus 
qui habere fidelissimus ad 
Xerxes mittere. 

Yolsci, acies victus, Yolsc89 
utI)s qui habere optimus per- 
dere. 

JVavis captivusque^ qui ad 
Chius navaiis proelium capi, 
restitui. 

Quicunque de tu queri (Gr. 
668, jSTote 3) audire, quicun- 
que posse ratio 3 placitre. 

Quicunque signum occur- 
rere sui aggregare. — O^s. 

Qui'Cumque ad proximus 
dies oppugnatio opus esse, 
noctu comparari. — Ih. 



The Eelative in Latin used as tJie Demonstrative in EnglisJi, 

295-296. — In English, the relative and its antecedent must 
always be in the same sentence, and as the relative follows the 
antecedent it cannot begin a sentence. In Latin, however, the 



RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT. 



70 



relative often begins a sentence, and refers to some word or idea 
as its antecedent, in a sentence going before. When thus used, 
the relative, tcU/iout a noun following it, is usually rendered by 
the personal pronoun preceded by a connective ; and with a noun 
following it, by the demonstratives this^ that^ tliese^ those. 



By this battle the war of the 
Veneti was ended. 

And he sets forth the conster- 
nation of the Romans. 

And when he was heard. 

And he too could not deny t\\Q) 
young man. And Dion so ad- 
mired and loved him that he gave 
himself wholly up to him. 

This occurrence indeed was ve- 
ry opportune for putting an end 
to the business. 

"When this (viz. the fleet) ar- 
rived. 

And when Ariovistus saw these 
[men] near Mm in the camp, he 
cried out. 

In this thing Csesar revenged 
not only public but also private 
injuries. 

For this reason also the Helve- 
tii excel the rest of the Gauls in 
bravery. 

And this place they had forti- 
fied with a very high double 
wall. 

This state of things has gener- 
ally ruined great states. 



Qui proeliwn bellum Ye- 
neti 3 confici. — O^s. 

Qui timor Romanus 1 pro- 
ponere. — Ojss. 

Qui ubi 3 audiri. — CiES. 

Qui quidem adolcscens ne- 
gare non posse. Quern Dion 
adeo admirari atque adamare 
ut sui tot us is tradere. 

Qui quidem res ad nego- 
tium conficere (Gr. 70T) 
maxime 2 esse opportunus. — 
Cjes. 

Qui (classis) nbi 3 conve- 
nire. 

Qui cum apud sni in cas- 
trum Ariovistus 10 conspi- 
cere, 3 conclamare. — C^:s, 

Qui in 7'es O^sar non so- 
lum publicus sed etiam pri- 
vatus injuri^e 3 ulcisci. — II). 

Qui de causa Helvetius 
quoque reliquus Gallus virtus 
praecedere. — II), 

Qui locus duplex altissi- 
mus murus 4 munire. — lb. 

Qui res plernmque magnus 
civitas 3 pessumdiire. — Sall. 



To this belongs the construction of quod mentioned (Gr. 296). 



In regard to what yon write, 
that you wish to know what is 
the state of the republic ; there is 
very great discord. 

298. — At this age which we 
have mentioned, Hannibal went 
with his father into Spain. 



Qui scribere, 4 tu 11 velle 
(Gr. 671) scire qui 7 esse 
respublica status ; summus 
dissensio esse. 

Etc qui dicere CBtas^ Han- 
nibal cum pater in Hispania 
proficisci. 



80 SYNTAX. 

299,— The people "wliom yon Judex (sing.) qui noscere 

know being jndges. popnlns (Gr. 695). 

300. — No one was ever so jS'emo nnqnam tarn impn- 
sliameless, as silently to dare (lit-, dens esse qui a dens immor- 
wlio would silently^dare) to wish talis tot et tantiis res tacitus 
from the immortal gods, so many 8 audere (Gr. 6^5. 2d) optare 
and so great things as the immor- quot et quantiis dens immor- 
tal gods have bestowed on On. talis ad On. Pompeius de- 
Pompey. ferre. 

No ball is, in every thing, such NuUus esse pila omnis 6 res 

as another ball is. "^ tctlis qualis 7 esse pila alius. 

Our men slew as great a num- Tantus is multitudo noster 

ber of them as the length of the interficere quantus esse dies 

day permitted (was). spatium. — Cj^s. 

English Examples to 1)6 turned into Latin. 

How can lie praise temperance iclio 7 places his chief good in 
pleasure? — Who has been found that 8 blamed my consulship ex- 
cept Clodius ? — "What is so much according to nature as for old 
men to die^ which happens to young ones also (287, 1)). — Oonsider 
this animal which we call man (289). — They infer many (things) 
which will be said in these books. — All (persons) by nature fol- 
low those (things) which seem good. — He who does not fear death 
procures for himself a great security to a happy life. — The desires 
which arise from nature are easily satisfied. — Many (things) harass 
and trouble me which 1 can bring out in conversation. 

The consuls came to that army which I had in Apulia. — 
Friendship which has ceased, was never true friendship. — Virtue 
and learning are riches which no thief can take away. — Posterity 
will discover many arts which we have not yet discovered. — 
No animal which has blood can be without a heart. — He who 
easily believes, is easily deceived. — The things which are right, 
are deservedly commended. — They who"* seem to be doing no- 
thing, are often doing greater things than others. — ^It is ridiculous 
to ask what we cannot attain. 

I have received two letters from you, dated at Corcyra, in 
one of which, you congratulated me because you had heard that 
I preserve my ancient dignity ; in the other, you said, that you 
wished what I had done Avould turn out well and happily. But 
if it is dignity to think well of the state, and to commend to 
honest men what you think, I do preserve my dignity : but if 
dignity consists in this, if that either you are able in fact to 
accomplish what you thinkj or, in short, to defend it with a free- 



THE VERB AND ITS KOM [NATIVE. 



81 



dom of speech, there is not indeed any vestige of dignity remain- 
ing with me ; and I am well off, if I can master myself, so that 
I bear patiently those events which partly are at hand, and partly 
impend ; which is difficult in a war of this sort, the event of which 
exhibits slaughter on the one side, and slavery on the other. 



The Verb and its Nominative. 
303. — Rule IV". A verb a^-rees with its nomina- 



tive in number and person. 

I love truth ; I would have (I 
wish) the truth (to be) told to me ; 
I hate a liar. 

Thou hast done thy duty. 

The covetous man always 
wants. 

Wickedness reigns. 

Nobody is born without faults. 

Passion soon dies with a good 
man. 

We old men dote sometimes. 

Honour nourishes arts ; and we 
are all encouraged to our studies 
by glory. 

Years slip away. 



Ego verum amare ; verum 
mile ego dici ; mendax odisse, 
— Plaut. 

Tufacere officium tuus. 

Semper avarus egere, — 
HoR. 

JSFequitia regnare, 

Nemo nasci sine vitium. — 

HOR. 

Bonus apud vir cito mori 
iracundia. — Publ. 

Delirare inter dum {nos) 
senex. — Plaut. 

Honos alere ars ; omnisque 
{nos) incendi ad studium glo- 
ria. — Cio. 

Labi annus. — Cio. 



304. — The subject of a verb is sometimes an infinitive mood 
or part of a sentence. (Gr. 304 & 309.) 



To die is necessary. 

It is like a man (is human) to 
mistake. 

It is a kind of (some) pleasure 
to weep. 

To talk of one's self is the pro- 
perty of old age (is senile). 

To subdue the mind, to restrain 
passion, is an excellent thing. 

To excel in knowledge is thought 
noble ; but to be ignorant is ac- 
counted disgraceful. 



Necesse esse mori. — Cio. 
Humanus esse, errare. 

Esse quidamj'?6r^ voluptas. 
— Ov. 

De sui ipse dicere senilis 
esse. — OiG. Sen. 

Animus vincere^ iracundia 
coliibere preeclarus esse. — Cic. 

In scientia excellere^ pul- 
cher putari ; nescire autem, 
turpis duci. 



82 



SYNTAX. 



To be serviceable to (deserve 
■well of) tbe republic is glorious. 

It is contrary to duty not to 
' promises. 

To take uncertain things for 
certain (things) is very foolish. 

It is a great fault to speak things 
[that ought] to be kept silent. 

In great things it is enough to 
have been willing. 

How hard is it [for one] not to 
discover his crime by his looks 
(countenance) ? 

ISTot to know what happened 
before thou wert born, is to be 
always a child. 



Be respublica "bene mereTi^ 
prfficlarus esse. — Cic. 

Promissum iion servare 
contra officium esse. — Cic. 

Incertus jpro certus habere^ 
stultissimus esse. — II). 

Gravis esse culpa, tacendus 
loqui. — Ov. 

In magnum xelle sat esse. 
— Prop. 

Quam difficilis esse crimen 
non prodere xultus f — Ov, 

ISTescire quid accidere(34) 
antequam nasci (34), esse sem- 
per puerum esse. — Cio. Or, 34. 



SPECIAL EULES. 

312. — EuLE I. Two or more substantives singular 
taken together have a verb in the plural ; taken sepa- 
rately the verb is usually singular. 

iVo^e. — In the compound tenses of the passive voice, the participle 
must be made to agree with the subject of the verb, as in Gr. 265- 

267. 

(Taken together.) 



Justice and bounty procure 
friends. 

Kage and anger hurry on tbe 
mind. 

Easbness, lust, and idleness, 
always torment the mind, and are 
always turbulent. 

Eagerness, and covetousness, 
and boldness, make men blind. 

Gold and purple exercise tbe 
life of men with cares. 

The wicked and the covetous 
(man) are to be esteemed poor. 

Castor and Pollux were seen to 
fight on horseback in the Pwoman 
line. 



Justitia et 'benignitas con- 
ciliare amicus. 

Furor iraque mens prceci- 
pitare. — Yieo. 

Temeritas^ libido^ et ignaxia 
semper animus excruciare^ et 
semper turbulentce esse. — Cic. 

Csecus redder e cupiditas^ 
et avaritia et audacia. — lb. 

Aurum et purpura cur a 
exercere homo vita. — Lijce. 

Improbus et axarus inops 
existimandus esse. 

In acies Romanus Castor 
et Pollux ex equus pugnare 
xideri. 



THE VERB AND ITS NOMINATIVE. 



83 



Fineness, closeness, whiteness, Spectari in charta {pi) te- 
(and) smootliness are regarded in nuitas^ densitas^ candor^ l(£- 
paper. ' wr. 

313. — Exo. But after several nominatives, the verh some- 
times agrees with the one nearest it, and is understood to the 
rest. This occurs most frequently when the nouns denote things 
without hfe, or abstract ideas ; or when each of the nomi- 
natives is preceded by et^ or cum (quum)^ or turn. But if what 
is asserted is true of them only jointly, the verb must be plural : 
or if one of the nominatives is plural, the verb is commonly, 
though not always, plural. 



Every virtue draws us to itself, 
but justice and liberality effect 
that most of aJl. 

The bond of human society is 
reason and speech. 

The consciousness of a life well 
spent, and the remembrance of 
good deeds, is very pleasant. 

Understanding, reason, and pru- 
dence, is in old men. 

Praise, honour, and dignity, 
accrues to those who have got 
wisdom. 

Let us consider what excellency 
and dignity there is in the nature 
of man. 

Our application and carefulness 
is to be stirred up, that we may 
do nothing rashly and inconsider- 
ately. 

About the same time both Mar- 
cellus came to Rome, and the con- 
sul Q. Fulvius. 

There was in Miltiades both the 
greatest kindness and wonderful 
affability, great authority with all 
the states, an illustrious name, 
and the highest renown in mili- 
tary affairs. 

The forehead, the eyes, the 
countenance, often deceive. 



Omnis virtus ego ad sui al- 
licere sed justitia et liberali- 
tas is maxime efficere. — Cic. 

Societas humanus vincu- 
lum esse ratio et oratio. — Id. 

Conscientia bene actus vi- 
ta, et benefactum recordatio 
jucundissimus esse. — Id. 

Mens^ ratio^ et consilium^ 
in senex esse. — Id. 

Ad is, qui sapientia adi- 
pisci laus^ Tionas^ dignitas^ 
confluere. — Id, 

Considerare, quis (Gr. 62T- 
5) esse in natura homo excel- 
lentia et dignitas, — Oio. Off. 
1. 

Excitandus esse animad- 
"oersio et diligentia^ ut nequid 
temere ac inconsiderate (027- 
1, 2d) agere. — Id. 

Sub idem tempus et Mar- 
cellus et Q. Fulvius Roma 
(553) venire. 

In 6 Miltiades esse quum 
summus humanitas^ tum mi- 
rus comitas ; magnus auctori- 
tas., apud omnis ci vitas, nobi- 
lis nomei\ laus 2 res mihtaris 
maximus. 

Frons^ ooulus^ vultus seepe 
mentiriy pi. 



84 



SYNTAX. 



314. — Bocchus, witli Ms foot 
soldiers, attacks the rear of the 
Eoman army. 

The leader himself, with some 
chief men are taken. 

Romulus, with his brother Ee- 
inus, will give laws. 

315. — Both thou and all my 
friends have fallen into one com- 
mon ruin. 

Thou and I to-day speak to 
each other (between us) with the 
greatest frankness. 

You (sing.) and I were together 
aU that time. 

Both thou and I are in fault. 



Boc^Jiiis^ cum pedes.^ postre- 
mus Romanus acies (273) in 
xadere. — Sall. 

Ipse dux., cum aliquot ^^r 272- 
cejjs ca2oi. — ^Liv. 

Quiriniis cum frater Ee- 
miLs jus dure. 

Et tu et omnis mens ami- 
cus corruere. 

Ego ac tu simpliciter (su- 
2)erl.) inter ego hodie loqui. 

Ego atque tu omnis iHe 
4 tempus una esse, 

Et ego et tu esse in culpa. 



(Taken separately.) 



Either the temple of Jupiter or 
the town occupies a part of the 
plain. 

Whether a slave or a freeman 
shall do it, let it be done well. 

Erom the Cimmerii, some god, 
or nature, or the situation of that 
place which they inhabited, had 
taken away the sight of the sun. 

If a thrush or any other pecu- 
liar [delicacy] shall be given thee, 
let it fly thither. 



Pars planitiie aut Jupiter 
templum aut ojjjndum tenere, 
— Liv. 

Sive servus sive liberi' ^ fa- 
cere^ probe factum esto. — Id. 

Cimmerius aspectus sol, 
deus aliquis, sive natura., adi- 
mere^ sive is locus qui inco- 
lere situs. — Oio. 

Turdus sive alius pruus 
dari tu, 7 devolcD^e iUuc. — 
Hoe. 



Exc. — When the nominatives are disjunctively connected by 
aut^ neque^ (fcc, the verb is sometimes plural; and it is always 
so when the substantives are of different persons. (Gr. 313 in fin.). 



According as inclination or 
friendship took possession of them. 

If neither thou nor I have done 
these (things), poverty has not 
permitted us to do [them]. 



Ut stitdium aut gratia qui- 
que 3 occupdre (pi.) 

Hie si neque ego neque tu 
facere^ non sinere egestas ego 
facere. 



316. — Rule II. 1. A collective noun express- 
ing many as one whole, has a verb in the singular 
number. 



THE A^EllB AND ITS NOMINATIVE, 



85 



At til e same time both the army 
showed itself (was shown) and the 
fleet was entering the harbour. 

So great a multitude threw 
stones and darts. 

The greatest part of men labour 
nnder (are tossed to and fro by) 
the same malady. 

The fickle crowd are divided 
into opposite courses. 



Idem tcmpus et exercitus 
ostendi et classis intrdre por- 
tus. — LlY. 

Tantus multitiido lapis et 
telum conjicere. — CiEs. 

Maximus pars homo mor- 
bus jactdri idem. — Hoe. 

Scindi incertus studium in 
contrarius vulgus. — Vieg. 



EuLE II. 2. — When a collective noun expresses 
many as individuals, the verb ninst he plural. 



Part load the tables with food, 
and replace the full goblets. 

Part cut the flesh into pieces 
and fix it, while yet quivering on 
the spit. 

817.— "When the army of the 
enemy had been put to flight on 
the left wing, they pressed our 
army severely on the right wing. 

Gaul takes great delight in 
beasts of burden, and procures 
them at a great price. 

318. — Each of them leads forth 
his army from the stationary camp, 
on the same day. 

Both hasten on the work, and 
move their pliant arms. 

The rest of the multitude, every 
tenth man, were selected by lot 
for punishment. 

As one brought aid to another, 
they began to resist more boldly. 



Pars epulao onerdre mensa 
et plenus reponere poculum. 

-— ViEG. 

Pars viscera in frustum 
secdre veruque tremens jfi- 
gere, — Id, 

Cum hostis acies a sinister 
cornu in fuga 10 converti^ a 
dexter cornu vehementer nos- 
ter acies 2premere. 

Gallia maxime delectari 
Gjumentum, isque impensus 
par are 6 pretium. 

Idem dies uterque is ex 
castra stativus educere, — 
C^s. 

Uterque (fem.) festindre^ 
brachiumque doctus movent. 
— Ov. 

Ceter multitudo sors, deci- 
mus quisque ad supplicium 
lectus (esse). 

Quum alius alius subsi- 
dium. fei^re^ audacius resistere 
cceqjisse. 



EnglisTi Examples to "be turned into Latin, 

The liberty of the Eoman people is at stake.— The inclinations 
of the citizens have been different.— Fear 2 made you a good man. 



86 



SYNTAX. 



— Our reasoning agrees ; (onr) language differs. — The remem- 
brance of slavery will make liberty more pleasant. — Ko one 
interrupts me ; all respect me. — We wish to determine truly. — 
We, we the consuls are deficient (in our duty). — To do wrong is 
never useful (Gr. 270, 271). — To betray (our) country is a sin. 

Seleucus and Antiochus waged war on account of Asia. — 
Is'inus and Semiramis acquired great glory. — To separate the 
mind from the body is nothing else than to learn to die. — To 
salute kindly, and to address each one courteously, is never un~ 
l^leasing. — In the meantime, all Greece being divided into two- 
parties, turned their arms from foreign wars as it were upon 
their own bowels ; wherefore, two bodies are made out of one 
people, and the soldiers are divided into two hostile armies. — 
After the battle, no woman lamented her lost husband ; all 
lamented their own hap, because they had not fallen for their 
country. 

319. — EuLE Y. The j)redicate substantive or ad- 
jective after a verb, is put in the same case as the 
subject before it. 



Anger is a short madness. 
Anger is the beginning of mad- 
ness. 

Frugality is a great income. 

Drunkenness is a voluntary mad- 
ness. 

Virtue is the perfection of rea- 
son. 

Virtue is the sole and only 
nobility. 

A good life is the way to hea- 
ven. 

Honour is the reward of virtue. 

Envy is its own punishment. 

Deferring is the greatest reme- 
dy of passion. 

Justice is the mistress and queen 
of virtues. 

Revenge is the pleasure of a 
weak and little mind. 



Ira furor brevis esse, 
Ira esse initiwn insania. 

Magnus 'cectigal jparsirao- 
nia esse. 

Ehrietas esse voluntarius 
insania. — Sex. 

Virtus esse perfectio ratio. 

Nobilitas solus esse atque 
unicus xirtus. — Juv. 

Probus "cita esse ma in coe- 
lum. — Oio. Sonin. 

Honor esse prmmium virtus. 

Inmdia supplicium esse 
suus. 

Maximus ira remedium di- 
latio esse.—^-KE. 

Justitia esse domina et re- 
gina virtus. 

Infirmus esse animus exi- 
guusque voluptas uUio, — 

JlJV. 



THE PREDICATE SUBSTANTIVE, ETC. 



8/ 



A magistrate is a speaking law, 
and the law is a dumb magis- 
trate. 

A magistrate may (is able to) 
be called a speaking law. 

Patience too often offended be- 
comes fury. 

Socrates was judged tlie wisest 
man by the oracle. 

In every thing the agreement 
of all nations is to be thought the 
law of nature. 

Why am I called (sainted) a 
poet ? 



Magistratus esse lex lo- 
quens, et lex esse mutus ma- 
gistratus. — Cic. Leg, 3. 

Magistratus did posse lex 
loqueas. 

FiLTor fieri lassus soBpius 
patientia. — Publ. 

Socrates oraculum sa2nen- 
tissimus Sjudicari. 

Omnis in res omnis gens 
consensio lex naim'Si putand us 
esse. — Cio. 

Our ego poeta salutari f — 
Hoe. 



Note. — An infinitive mood may be put instead of a nominative 
after substantive verbs, &c., in the predicate. 



To live well is to live twice. 

To suppose is to assent to a 
thing unknown. 

To give wine to children is to 
increase fire with fire. 

To receive a benefit is to sell 
[one's] liberty. 

This is cheating (to deceive). 

321. — N'ot to believe rashly is 
the sinews of wisdom. 

To be content with what one 
has (with one's own things) is 
the greatest and most certain 
riches. 

It is great riches to a man to 
live sparingly with a contented 
mind. 

321, a. — Every mistake is not 
to be called folly. 

Inconstancy, which is a fault. 

Hate thou calumny, which is a 
great fault. 

Just glory, which is the fruit 
of true virtue, is not to be re- 
jected. 



Bene vivere esse bis xivere, 

Opinari esse assentiri res 
incognitus. — Oio. 

Vinum pner dare esse ignis 
ignis incitare, 

Beneficium accipere, liber- 
tas vender e esse. — Pub. 

Hoc esse decipere, — Cio. 

Non temere credere nermis 
esse sapientia. — Id, 

(4 Hominem) contentus esse 
res suus^ maximus esse certis- 
simusque divitice. — Cic. Far, 
6. 

BiviticB grandis homo esse^ 
vivere ^^^rce ceqims animus. 
— Luo. 

Kon omnis error stultitia 
esse dicendus. — Cio. 

Inconstantia^ qui esse xi- 
tium. — Oio. Leg. 1, 

6 Odisse caluiymia^ qui esse 
mtium magnus. 

Justus gloria^ qui esse fnic- 
tus verus virtus, non esse re- 
pudiandus. — Oio, 



SB 



BYl^TXX. 



That animal endued witli rea- 
son which we call man. 

Charity, which is a thing most 
conducive to the living happily. 



nie animal prseditus ratio, 
qui vocare homo,-^Cio. 

Caritas^ qui aptissimus 
esse ad quiete vivere. — Cio. 



325. — The accusative (Gr. 671) or dative hefore the infinitive 
of a copulative verb, requires the same case after it in the pre- 
dicate. 

Accusative lefore the Infinitive, 



The poet says, that anger is a 
short madness. 

Cicero says, that anger is the 
beginning of madness. 

It may (is able to) be truly said, 
that the magistrate is a speaking 
law, and that the law is a dumb 
magistrate. 

We have heard that Socrates 
was judged the wisest man by the 
oracle. 

I reckon frugality to be the 
best income. 



Poeta dicere, ira esse bre- 
vis insania. 

Cicero dicere, ira esse ini- 
tium insania. 

Yere dici posse, mag (stra- 
tus esse lex loquens, et lex 
esse mutus magisiratus, 

Accipere Socrates oracu- 
lum sapientissimus esse judi- 
catus. — Cio. 

Optimus vectigal ducere 
esse parsimonia. — Id, 



And so in the other examples under E. Y. 



Dative tefore the Infinitive, 



It is not given to aU to be noble 
and wealthy. 

It is permitted to all to be 
good if they wish. 

In an easy cause, any one may 
be (it is permitted to any one to 
be) eloquent. 



ITon dari omnis esse nobilis 
et opulentus. 

Licere omnis esse "bonus si 
velle. 

In causa facilis, Squivis 
licere esse disertus. 



Give the following examples according to both the forms 
mentioned (Gr. 326 & 327). 



326. — "We all desire and hope 
to become old men. 

Not so many desire to be en- 
dued with virtue as to seem so. 



Omnis velle et sperare fie- 
ri senex. — Cic. Sen, 

]^on tam inultus virtus esse 
prceditus, quam videri velle. 



GENITIVE GOVERNED BY NOUNS. 89 

I would clioose to live poor ho- Optarc (38)lioneste pauper 

nestly, rather than to get riches mvere potiijs, quam inhoneste 

dishonestly. parare divitias. 

I had (I wish) rather (to) he in Malle valcre, quam dives 

health than (to) be rich. esse. 

If thou desirest, in good faith, Si velle, bonus fides, esse 
to be a good man, suffer a man mr bonus, sinere (ut) 7 con- 
to (that some one) contemn thee, temnere tu aliquis. — Sen. Ep. 

327. — It is allowed to no one BN'emo licere esse negll- 

to be negligent. gens. 

It is given to the good only, to Bonus (Gr. 272) solus dari 

be truly happy. esse vere heatus. 

It is not given to all to be noble ISTon dari omnis esse nolnlis 

and wealthy; but all may (it is et opulentus ; sed licere (Gr. 

permitted to all to) be good if 409) omnis esse tonus si veUe. 
they wish. 

English Examp>les to te turnecl into Latin. 

He was afterwards made prsetor and consul. — He openly 
desires to be made a tribune of the people. — The countenance is 
a certain silent expression of the mind. — Experience is the best 
master. — To the consul, he 2 appeared a good quaestor ; and to 
you aU, a most excellent citizen.-^IsTothing is generous which is 
not just. — He seems to me most dignified, who arrives by his vir- 
tue at a higher station. — The opinion of Bibulus 3 was first given. 
— You will come, beloved and respected by all. — I love your 
little daughter, and know for certain her to be lovely. — A worthy 
man, with great difiiculty, suspects others to be Avicked. 



CONSTRUCTION OF THE GENITIVE. 

GENITIVE GOVEENED BY NOUNS. 

332.. — Rule VL One substantive governs anotliei 
in the genitive, when the latter substantive limits the 
signification of the former. 

The souls of men are immor- Animus homo esse immor- 
tal, talis. — Cio. Sen. 

There is a great scarcity of good Esse magnus ^:>^?z?^ri<3^ lo 

men. nus, — Cio. Am. 



90 



SYNTAX. 



The unsMlfulness of youth (of 
beginning age) is to be governed 
by tlie wisdom of old men. 

" Tlie remembrance of past evils 
is pleasant. 

Many Lad (wish) rather (to) 
snffer the loss of life, than of a 
good name (of fame). 

Pain is often the cure of pain. 

The manner of onr life and of 
human natm-e is so ordered, that 
one (another) age arises out of 
another. 

The anger of God is slow. 

The power of custom is great. 

The consent of all is the voice 
of nature. 

The body is as it were (as if) 
the vessel or receptacle of the 
soul. 

Forgetting is the remedy of in- 
juries. 

In my judgment piety (dutiful- 
ness) towards parents is the foun- 
dation of all virtues. 

Forgetfulness is the companion 
of drunkenness. 

The desires of riches, glory, 
pleasures (the desire of riches, the 
desire of glory, the desire of plea- 
sures), are diseases of the mind. 

It is the saying of Demetrius, 
Kothing seems to me more un- 
happy than he to whom nothing 
of adversity ever has happened. 

' The inventor of the brazen bull 
being first shut into [it], deserved- 
ly handselled the dismal work of 
his own art ; to whom Phalaris 
said, admirable inventor of pun- 
ishment, do thou thyself first 
handsel thy own work. 



Inscitia iniens cetas senex 
prudentia regendus esse. — 
Cic. Off. 1. 

Memoria prseteritus malum 
jucundus esse. 

Multus malle facere jae^^^^r*^ 
xita., quam fama. 

Dolor ssepe esse meclicina 
dolor, 

Ita ratio comparatus esse 
Tita noster et natura huma- 
nus, ut alius 83tas (liv.) oriri 
ex alius. — Cic. Am, 

Ira Beus lentus esse. 

Consuetudo magnus tIs 
esse. — Cic. 

Omnis consensus natura 
xox esse. — Id. 

Corpus quasi vas esse aut 
receptaculum animus, — Cio. 
Tusc, 1. 

Injuria remedium esse ob- 
livio. 

Meus judicium pietas erga 
parens esse fundamentum 
xirtus omnis. — Cic. PI, 

Comes elrietas esse oblivio. 
— Mac. 

Cupiditas divitice^ gloria^ 
Toluptas^ esse morbus animus, 
Cio. Fi7i. 

Demetrius vox esse, Nihil 
ego videri infelicior (xxiv.) 
is, qui nihil unquam evenire 
aidtersum, — Senec. 

^neus taurus re'pertor te- 
terrimus ars suus opus,, pri- 
mus inclusus, merito 3 auspi- 
cari ; Qui Phalaris, Po^na 
mirandus repertor., ipse tuns 
princeps imbuere, 3 dicere, 
opus. — Val, Max. 9, 2. & Ov. 
Trist, 3, 11. 



GENITIVE GOVERNED BY NOUNS. 



91 



Thou, O money, art the cause Solicitus tu causa, pecunia, 

of a solicitous life ; and thou, O mta esse ; Tuque homo m- 

money, affortlest nourishment to tium alimentum {pi,), pecu- 

the vices of men. nia, proobere. — Pkop. 



, 1. Sometimes, instead o^of, or the sign of the possessive, the 
Lxtter substantive has the preposition to, at, for, in, on, lyeticecn, 
&c., before it in English ; as, 



The descent to hell is easy. 

Yirtnc h llie only way to praise 
and honour. 

God has regard to the pious 
and the impious. 

The pleasures of the body are 
the baits and allurements to evils. 

Kiches are enticements to evils. 

Certainly the only way to a 
happy life is [lies open] by vir- 
tue. 



Descensus Avernus esse fa- 
cilis. 

Virtus esse unus via laus 
et Jionor. 

Deus habere ratio pins et 
impius. — Cio. Leg. 2. 

Voluntas corpus esse esca 
atque illecebra malum. 

Opes esse irritamentum 
malum. — Ov. 

Semita certe tranquillus 
per virtus patere nnicus mta, 
Juv. 



2. Sometimes the sign /6>r; as, 



Ambition and contention for 
honour is very miserable. 

Let alone light hopes and striv- 
ings for riches. 

Through anger for the virgin 
taken away. 



Ambitio et honor contentio 
miser rimus esse. — Oio. Off. 1. 

Mittere levis spes et certa- 
men divitice. — Hoe. 

Ereptus mrgo ira (xxxv.) 
—Vie. 



3. Sometimes the sign in ; as, 



I am wont to admire thy wis- 
dom in other things. 

Skill in the civil law. 

Faithfulness is steadfastness and 
truth in promises (words) and 
agreements. 

Justice consists (is employed) 
in giving to every one his own, 
and in faithfulness in contracts 
(things contracted). 



Caster a res sapientia tuus 
admirari solere. — Cio. 

Prudentia jus civilis. — Id, 

Fides es^e dictum convert- 
tumqRQ constantia et Veritas. 
--Id. 

Justitia versari in tribuen- 
dum suum quisque, et in res 
contractus j^cZ^^. — Cio. Off. 1. 



92 



SYNTAX, 



Temperance keeps a moderation 
in all things. 

Order, and constancy, and mo- 
deration, in all words and actions, 
gain (excite) the approbation of 
those with whom a man lives (it 
is lived). 

Friendship is nothing else, bnt 
a very great agreement [of opi- 
nion] in all divine and human 
things. 

The consciousness of a right in- 
tention (will) is the greatest com- 
fort in adverse affiiirs. 

Boldness in had things is called 
valour by some. 

So great carelessness in a thing 
very necessary is to be blamed. 



Temperantia servare res 
omnis modus. 

Ordo, et constantia, et mO' 
deratio^ dictum omnis atque 
factum^ movere (Gr. 813) 
approbatio is, qui cum (Gr. 
223-3) vivi.—Oio. Off, 1. 

Amicitia nihil aliud esse, 
nisi omnis res divinus atque 
humanus summus consensio, 
— Cio. Am, 

Conscientia rectus volun- 
tas maximus consolatio esse 
res incommodus. — Cic. 

Mains res audacia fortitudo 
vocari a quidam. — Sal. 

Ees maxime necessarius 
tantus incuria vituperandus 
esse. — Cic. 



4. Sometimes the sign letween ; as, 



Bistinctions are to be made be- 
tween kindnesses received. 



Acceptus Ijeneficium delec- 
tus esse habendus. 



335. — One substantive may govern two genitives ; as, 



Marius's insatiable greediness 
of honour (the insatiable greedi- 
ness of honour of Marius). 

God's love of [to] men. 

The infamy of the vices of the 
father often redounds on the son. 
^ Men sought the securities of ci- 
ties, with the hope of preserving 
(of the preservation of) their ef- 
fects. 

The backwardness of Sabinus 
in preceding days encouraged the 
Gauls. 

On account of the ancient inju- 
ries of the Helvetians to the Eo- 
man people, Caesar sought satis- 
faction from them in war. 



Inexplebilis Jionor Marius 
fames. — Floe. 

Deus amor liomo. 

Infaraia vitium pater saspe 
redundare ad filius. — Cic.^m. 

Homo spes custodia res suns 
urbs prgesidium quasrere. — 
Cio. Off. 1. 

Gallus hortari superus dies 
Sahintis cunctatio. 

Caesar, pro vetus Eehetii 
injuria populus Eomanus ab 
is poena bellum repetere. — 

C^s. 



GENITIVE GOVERNED BF NOUNS. 93 

336. — "Who is there Avho can Quis esse, qui 7posso con- 
compare tlie life of Trebonius with ferre vita Trehonius cum 
(that of) Dolabella Dolahella ? 

Agcsilaus, after he had entered Agesilaus quura 10 venire 

into the port, which is called [the in 4 portus, qui Menelaus vo- 

p'ort] of Menelaus, being attacked cari, in 6 morbus implicitus 

with disease, died. 3 decedere. 

337. — Ariovistus refused nei- Ariovistus neque suiis^ ne- 
ther his (Caesar's) friendship nor que populus Eomanus gratia 
(that) of the Roman* people. 3 repudiare. 

All mine is nevertheless thine. Omnis meus esse, autem 

tuus. 

Then the Salii celebrate in song Turn Salii 6 carmen Her- 

the deeds of Hercules. culeus factum. 

Tages seemed to have had (to Tages Jp^i6?'^7^s 6 species 

have been of) the appearance of 3 videri sed senilis esse 6 pru- 

a boy, but the prudence of an old dentia. (Gr. 339.) 
man. 

English Examples to le ticrnecl into Latin, 

Great is the power of conscience. — The proof of eloquence is 
the approbation of the hearers (of those hearing). — The privation 
of every pain has been rightly called pleasure. — The whole life 
of philosophers is a meditation on (of) death. — The body is in- 
deed as it were the receptacle of the soul. — A sudden , storm at 
(of the) sea frightens sailors (those sailing). — The weakness of the 
body 3 hindered not the vigour of the mind. — Frugality is the 
virtue of a private man, not of a Icing, — I assume to myself a 
father's authority. 

A love of pleasure and an attachment to (the desire of) vir- 
tue cannot easily exist (be) in the same person. — The meditating 
on future evils softens their approach. — The foundation of elo- 
quence, as of other things, is wisdom. — The love of the people is 
greatly excited by the very report and opinion of liberality, bene- 
ficence, justice, fideUty, and all those virtues which belong to 
gentleness of manners, and to good nature. 

The knowledge and the practice of virtue is the fittest defence 
of old age, not only because these never forsake us, even at the 
extremity of life ; but also because the consciousness of a well 
spent life, and the recollections of many kind actions are most 
pleasant. — Your remembrance of your father's friendship and of 
ins afiection, has given me (brought to me) incredible joy. — The 
gods of the people are many ; of nature, one. — This is mine and 
my brother's native country. 



94 



sy:<TAX. 



339. — Rule A'^II. A substantive added to another, 
to express a property or quality belonging to it, is 
pnt in the genitive or ablative. 



1. Genitive. 



-Live mindful of how short a 
life thou art. 

Pythagoras was a man of no 
mkth. 

The little ant [a creature] of 
great labour, draws with its 
month, and adds to its heap, 
whatever it can. 

It is evident, that there is some 
deity of a most surpassing wisdom 
(mind), by whom all things are 
governed. 

It is so evident that there is a 
God, that I can scarcely think 
him [to be] in his wits (of a sound 
mind) who denies it. 



Yivere memor quam (Gr. 
62T-5) esse Irevis cevum, 

Pythagoras esse vir nuUus 
Mlaritas. — Oio. 

Parvulus magnus formica 
Ictbor OS trahere quicunque 
posse, atque addere acervus. 
— Hoe. 

Perspicuus esse, esse nu- 
men aliquis prcestantisshnus 
mens^ qui omnis (Gr. 635) 
regi.— Oic. N, D, 2. 

Esse Deus ita perspicuus 
esse, ut, qui id (Gr. 635) ne- 
gare, vix is [esse] sanus mens 
existimare. — Cio. 



2. Ablative, 



Simonides was a man of a great 
memory. 

The mob is of an inconstant 
humour. 

God cannot be ignorant of what 
mind every one is. 

I know of what manners this 
age is. 

Themistocles was [a man] of so 
great a memory, that he knew 
the names of all the citizens ; 
but Cato, of a much better me- 
mory. 

They that (who) prefer them- 
selves before (to) all, are [persons] 
of intolerable arrogance. 



Simonides esse vir magnus 
memor ia. 

Vulgus esse ingeniwn mo- 
MUs, — Sall. 

Deus ignorare non posse 
quis mens quisque (Gr. 627- 
5) esse. — Cio. Dlv. 2. 

E'osse seculum hie quis m-os 
(Gr. 627-5) esse. — Plaijt. 

Themistocles esse tantus 
memor ia^ ut omnis civis no- 
men percipere (34) : Cato 
vero multo melior memoria, 
— Cic. Sen. 

Qui sui omnis (Gr. 899) 
anteponere, intoleratilis ar- 
rogantia esse. — Oio. Ad. Her 



GENITIVE GOVERNED BY ADJECTIVES. 



95 



Young men are commonly of 
a careless humour, and account 
[those things] the best (first) which 
are clelighttul at present, nor do 
they look a great way before them 
(provide for a long time). 

Wg may (it is allowed us to) see 
this, tliat they who were before 
good-humoured (of affable man- 
ners) are changed by prosperity 
(prosperous things). 

Scipio Africanus was [a man] 
of most courteous behaviour (man- 
ners), of very great dutifulness to 
his mother, liberality to his sisters, 
goodness to his [servants], justice 
to all. 

Of how great innocence ought 
generals to be? Of how great 
moderation ? Of how great fide- 
lity? Of how great skill? Of 
how great wit? Of hov/ great 
courtesy ? 



Adolescens fere animus 
esse omissus^ et, suavis in 
prfBsentia qui (Gr. 635) esse, 
primus habere, neque consu- 
lere in longitudinem. — Tee. 
Hcaut, 5, 2. 

Hie videre licet, is, qui 
antea commodus mores 3 esse, 
prosperjB res immutari. — Oio'. 
Am. 

Scipio Africanus esse mo- 
res facillimiis^ summus pie- 
tas in mater (l.), liheralitas 
in soror, honitas in suus, jus^ 
titia in omnis. — Id, 

Quantus innocentia debere 
esse imperator ? Quantus 
temperantia f Quantus fi- 
des f Quantus facultas f 
Quantus ingenium f Quan- 
tus humaiiitas f — Oio. 



Englisli Examples to 'be turned into Latin, 

The consul himself [a man] of little and mean mind. — They 
are endowed with (are men of) the best disposition, the greatest 
wisdom, the most perfect harmony. — Men of the lowest stations 
are delighted with history. — Oppianicus himself 2 was of a cruel 
and seveie disposition. — Farranius, a man of the highest inte- 
grity and innocence, was of the same opinion. — He is of a certain 
incredible streno;th of mind. 



313. — ^RuLE VIII. An adjective in the neuter 
gender without a substantive, governs the genitive. 



There is much good in friend- 
ship, much mischief in discord. 

We have not [too] little tune, 
but we lose a great deal. 



Multuni tonum esse in 
amicitia, imiltum malum in 
discordia. — Cic. 

JSTon Gxiguum t&^npus ha- 
bere, sed multnm pcr.dere. — 
Ben. 



SYNTAX. 



Take so mucli meat and drink, 
that your strengtli may be re- 
paired, not oppressed. 

How much good there is in 
friendship, may (is able to) be 
perceived from quarrels and dis- 
cords. 

One example of luxury or co- 
vetousness does a great deal of 
(much) mischief. 

How much of blind night have 
mortal minds ? 

What means (wishes to itself) 
the covetousness of old age (se- 
nile covetousness) ? for can any 
thing be more absurd than to 
seek so much the more provision 
by how much the less of the jour- 
ney remains ? 

We must resist passions with 
all our strength, if we would 
(we wish to) pass over that (this) 
life which is given [us] quietly 
and peaceably. 

In what darkness, and in how 
great dangers, is this life passed 
over ? 

The belly gives a very great 
deal of (very much) trouble to 
mankind (the human race), for 
the sake of which the greater part 
of mortals live. 

If the crow could eat silently 
(being silent), he would have more 
meat, and much less of quarrel- 
ling and envy. 

It is a miserable thing to see so 
many [people] living badly, nay 
rather perishing badly. 



Adhibere tantum cibus et 
fotio^ ut ref ici vires, non ut 
opprimi. — Cic. 

Quantum tonum (Gr. 627- 
5) esse in amicitia, ex dissen- 
sio et discordia percipi posse. 
— Oic. Am. 

Unus exemplar luxuria aut 
avaritia miiltum malum fa- 
cere. — Sen-. E]). 7. 

Quantum mortalis pectus 
71. csecus no?c habere ? — Ov. 

Avaritia senilis quid sibi 
velle ? Posse enim quid- 
quam esse absurdior, quam 
quo minus via restare, eo 
2jIus viaticum quasrere ? — 
Cic. Sen, 18. 

Omnis vires (lxi.) repug- 
nare esse (Gr. 403) pertur- 
batio, si velle Jioc^ qui Sdari 
vita^ tranquille placideque 
traducere. — Cio. Tusc. 

Qualis in tenebr^, quantus- 
que periculum degi hoc ccvum ? 
— LrcE. 

Plurimum iiegotium hu- 
manus genus alvus exhibere, 
qui (xxxv.) causa major pars 
mortalis vivere. — Plin. 26, 8. 

Si corvus 8 posse pasci 
taciturnus, habere plus da- 
pis^ et rixa multo minus in- 
vidiaque. — Hoe. 

Miser abilis esse videre tan- 
timi male vivens^ imo male 
periens. 



Englisli Examples to le turned into Latin. 

After the battle much gold and other riches were found in the 
camp of the Persians. — As much money as any one has in his 
chest, so much credit has he ; and he that has little money has 



GENITIVE GOVERNED BY ADJECTIVES. 



97 



likewise little credit. — Cicero had less courage than Julius Ca3sar, 
but he had more honesty. — What news is there in the city about 
Nero ? a little before his death he leaned down upon a bed and 
drank some warm water. 



349. — KuLE IX. Verbal adjectives, or such 
imply an operation of mind, govern the genitive. 

Live mindful of death. 

All men hate [those that are] 
unmindful of a good turn (kind- 
ness). 

Most men are desirous of new 
things. 

Be not more desirous of con- 
tention than of truth. 

If thou art conscious to thyself 
of no fault, do not fear. 

What nation does not love a 
mind grateful and mindful of a 
good turn (kindness) ? 

Be ye even now mindful of old 
age about to come, so no time 
will pass away idle to you. 

A mind solicitous about [that 
which is] future is miserable. 

A good conscience (a mind 
conscious of what is right) laughs 
at the lies of fame. 

The mind of men is ignorant 
of fate and future fortune. 

Our native soil draws us all 
with I do not know what sweet- 
ness, and does not suffer us to be 
forgetful of itself. 

Time that eats up all (devour- 
ing of) things. 

The heat of his countrymen bid- 
ding [him do] ill things, does not 
shake a just man, and [one that 
is] tenacious of his purpose, from 
his fixed mind (steady resolution). 
Virtue is a lover of itself. 



as 



Yivere memor mors. — Airs. 
Omnis odisse immhnor he- 
neficium. — Cic. Off, 2. 

Plerique homo esse cupi- 
dus res novus. 

Ne 7 esse cupidior conten- 
tio., quam Veritas. — Cic. 

Si nullus culpa tu conscius 
esse, ne (25) tiniere. 

Quis natio non gratus ani- 
mus et heneficium memor di- 
ligere? — Cio. L. 1. 

Venturus memor jam nunc 
esse senecta^ sic nullus vobis 
tempus abire iners. — Ov. 

Animus futurum anxius 
calamitosus esse. — Sen. 

Conscius mens rectum fama 
mendacium ridere. — Ov. 

Kescius mens homo fatum 
sorsqne futurus esse. — Virg. 

Nescio quis natalis solum 
dulcedo cunctus ducere, et 
immemor non sinere esse 
8uL — Ov. 

Tempus eda:t res. — Id. 

Justus et tenax propositum 
vir, non civis ardor pravum 
jubens, mens quatere solidus. 
—Hoe. 

Yirtus esse amans sui. — 
Cio. 



98 



SYNTAX. 



Every nature is a lover of it- 
self ; neither is any thing more 
desirous of things like itself than 
nature. 

Virtue is a reward to itself, not 
(nothing) wanting praise, not (no- 
thing) desiring outward help. 



Omnis natura esse diligens 
sui ; neque quicquam esse 
appetentior similis (Gr. 885) 
sui, quam natura. — Cic. 

Ipse sui virtue pretium 
esse, nil indigus (xi.) laus, 
nil opis f. externus cupiens. 
— Claud. 



English Examples to te turned into Latin, 

Posterity of all ages will never be unmindful of this affiiir. — 
The Greeks are more desirous of disputation than of truth. — ¥e 
have always been desirous of glory, and greedy after praise be- 
yond other nations. — Do I seem to you so forgetful of my own 
firmness, so unmindful of my own actions ?« — They were not so 
mindful of your merit as (they were) enemies of your glory. — 
All men hate him who is unmindful of a favor. 

855. — Rule X. Partitives and words placed par- 
titively, comparatives, superlatives, interrogatives, 
and some numerals govern the genitive plural. 



1^0 beast (none of beasts) is 
wiser than the elephant. 
Peace is the best of things. 

There is none (nobody) of us 
without fault. 

Nothing can be said so absurd, 
which is not said by some one of 
the philosophers. 

There is no man (nobody of 
men is) so savage, whose mind a 
belief (opinion) of a God has not 
possessed. 

Set before your eyes every one 
of these kings. 

The king did not know (was 
ignorant) whether of them was 
Orestes. 

The least of evils are to be 
chosen. 



Wulhis 'bellua prudentior 
esse elephantus. — Cio. 
Pax optimus res esse. — 

SiL. 

Nemo ego esse sine culpa, 
— Sein^. 

E'ihil tarn absurdus dici 
posse, quod non (Qr. 635. lv.) 
dici ab aliquis pMlosoplius. — 
Oic. 

Nemo Jiomo tam immanis 
esse, qui mens non (Gr. 635) 
imbuere Deus opinio. — Cic. 
Tusc, 

Ponere ante oculus umbs- 
quisque hie rex. — Cic. Par. 1. 

Eex ignorare ut^r is (Gr. 
627-5) esse Orestes. — Oio. 
Am. 

Minimus malum eligen- 
dns esse. — Oio. 



GENITIVE GOVERNED BY ADJECTIVES. 



99 



Nature covers man alone of all ITatura homo unus ani- 

living creatures (animals) with mans omnis alienus velare 

the riches of others (another's opes. — Plin. 7. 1. 
riches). 

I^ote. — ^Tbe partitive does not always take its gender from the 
genitive case, but sometimes agrees with the former substantive ; as, 
Albunea, nemorum qiice maxima^ Virg. ^n. Y. 83. JDulcissime rerum^ 
HoR. Maxime rerum. Ov. 



Oxen only of [all] animals feed 
walking backwards. 

The chameleon only of [all] ani- 
mals neither uses meat nor drink 
always, nor any other nourish- 
ment than [that] of air. 

All things are not alike fit for 
all. 

358. — The most excellent of the 
Persian kings were Cyrus and 
Darius, the son of Hystaspes : the 
former of these fell in battle among 
the Massagetae. 

359. — Give [me some] proof if 
you are [one] of these priestesses 
of Bacchus. 

360. — Thales was the wisest 
among the seven. 

I made myself one of those who 
had come to the waters. 

He was made tribune of the 
people first among noblemen. 

That was the second of the 
three things. 

Themistocles sent to the king 
by night, [one] of his servants 
whom he accounted the most 
faithful. 



Bos animal solus retro am- 
bulans pasci. — Pl. 8, 45. 

Chamaeleon m. solus ani- 
mal nee cibus (xxvi.) nee po- 
tus semper uti, nee alius quam 
aer alimentum. — Id. 33. 

Omnia non pariter r-es esse 
omnis aptus. — Peop. 

Excellens rex Persae esse 
Cyrus et Darius, Hystaspes 
filius ; prior Mc apud Massa- 
getae in proelium cadere. 

Cedere signum, si hie Bac- 
cha esse. 

Thales sapiens in septem 
esse. 

Ego unus ex is facere, qui 
ad aqua 10 venire. 

Tribunus plebs fieri pi^imus 
inter homo nobilis. 

Is esse de tres secundus. • 

Themistocles noctu de ser- 
mis suus, qui habere fidelis, 
ad rex mittere. 



EnglisJi Examples to le turned into Latin. 

Who of the Greelc rhetoricians ever drew any thing from 
Thucydides? — None of the leasts is wiser than the elephant.-— 
Set before your eyes every one of these Icings. — The least of^ evils 
are to be chosen. — No one (nemo) of mortals is wise at all times. 



100 



SYNTAX. 



— The last of all the Eoman kings was Tarquin the Proud, — 
Thales the Milesian, first of all among the Greeks, ascertained 
the reason of the eclipse of the sun. — Of these opinions, which is 
true ?— Nothing can be said so absurdly which 7 is not said by 
some of the philosophers. 

361.— Exile XI. Adjectives of plenty or want 
govern the genitive or ablative. 



1. Genitive. 



The fables of the poets are full 
of vanity. 

All [places] are fall of fraud 
and perfidiousness and snares. 

All [tliat are] endued with vir- 
tue are happy. 

Man, who is partaker of reason 
and speech, is more excellent than 
beasts, which are void of reason 
and speech. 

But the mind of man is endued 
with reason in vain, unless it be- 
come also endued with virtue. 

Virtue is made long-lived by 
verse, and free from the grave. 

We are not wanting, but prodi- 
gal, of time. 

All things are full of God. 

Solitude, and a life without 
friends, is full of snares and 
fear. 



Fabula poeta plenus esse 
futilitas. — Cic. N. D, 

Frans^ et perfidia^ et insi- 
dice., plenus esse omnis. — Cio. 

Omnis virtus compos esse 
beatus. — Cic. Tusc, 5. 

Homo, qui esse particeps 
ratio et oratio^ prsestantior 
esse fera, qui esse expers ratio 
et or alio. 

Sed animus homo frustra 
esse compos ratio., nisi SOeva- 
dere quoque compos xirtus. 

Carmen fieri vivax virtus, 
expersqaQ sepulcrum.—OY, 

Non inops tempus^ sed pro- 
digus esse. — Sen. 

JDeus plenus esse omnis. — 
Cio. 

Solitudo, et vita sine ami- 
cus, insidice^ et metus plenus 
esse. — Id, 



2. Ablatio. 



Human life is never free from 
troubles. 

Rich men have many nights 
full of fears. 

When one is loaded with wine, 
he is not master of himself. 



Yita hum anus nunquam 
molestia esse vacuus. 

!N"ox multus tiinor p>lenu8 
habere dives. 

Quum quis mnum grams 
esse, esse impos sui (gen.). — 
Sen. Ev, 83. 



GENITIVE GOVERNED BY VERBS. 



101 



Englislh Examples to he turned into Latin, 

Wliat word is there in the letter which is not full of huma- 
nity, duty, benevolence ? — Truly we shall he happy when we shall 
he, 6 our bodies being left, free from both passions and conten- 
tions. — A mind free from disorders makes men perfectly and 
absolutely happy.— His countenance 2wsi3full of fury ; his eyes, 
of wickedness ; his discourse, of insolence, — The mind during 
sleep is without {free from) sensations and cares. 



Genitive governed by Verbs. 

864. — RiJLE XII. Sum governs the genitive of a 
person or thing to which its subject belongs as a pos- 
session, property, or duty. 



It is not [the part] of a wise 
man to say, I will live well to- 
morrow. 

Doting is [the infirmity] of old 
men, but not of all old men. 

Eashness is [the property] of 
youth (blooming age), prudence 
of old age. 

It is [the part] of a vain person 
to commend, of a fool to disparage 
himself. 

It is [the property] of a great 
mind to slight injuries. 

It is [the part] of a generous 
and magnificent mind to help and 
to do good. 

It is [the part] of an arrogant 
person to neglect what every one 
thinks of him. 

It is [the property] of a great 
wit to apprehend beforehand (fore- 
see by reflection) things future, 
and not to suffer (cause) that he 
may be forced to say (that it may 
be to be said) at length, I had not 
thought it. 



IsTon esse sapiens dicere, 
eras bene vivere. — ^Mart. 

Deliratio esse senex^ sed non 
omnis senex, — Cio. 

Temeritas esse flor ens cetas^ 
prudentia senectu^, — Oic. Sen, 

Laudare sui vanus^ vitupe- 
rare stultus esse. — Sen. 

Magnus animus esse injuria 
despicere. — Id. 

Generosus et magnificus 
animus esse juvare et pro- 
desse. — Id. 

Arrogans esse^ negligere 
quid de sui quisque (Gr. 627- 
5) sentire. — Cic. Off. 1. 

Ingenium magnus esse, 
prsecipere cogitatio futurus, 
nee committere, ut aliquando 
dicendus (liv.) esse, non pu- 
tare.— /(i, 1, 23. 



102 



SYNTAX. 



There are two sorts of injustice ; 
one [is] theirs that do (who bring) 
injury, the other theirs who do 
not keep off injury from those to 
whom it is offered (done). 

It may happen to (it is the pro- 
perty of) any man to err ; [but] 
it is [the property] of none but a 
fool to persist in error. 

367. — If [my] memory perhaps 
shall fail me, it is your [part] to 
(that you may) put me in mind. 

It belongs to us (it is ours) to 
understand. 

It is your business, Cato, to look 
to it. 

It belongs to us to understand. 



Injustitia duo genus ti. es- 
se ; unus [esse] is, qui inferre, 
alter ^s, qui ab hie, qui in- 
ferri, non propulsare injuria. 
— Cic. Off. 1. 

Quivis Jiomo esse errare ; 
nullus nisi insipiens in error 
perseverare. — Oio. 

Si memoria forte deficere, 
tuu^ esse ut suggerere. — Cic. 
Fin. 

Noster esse intelligere. — 
Id. 

Esse tuus^ Cato, yidere. — 
Cio. 

Hosier esse intelligere. — Id. 



English Examples to de turned into Latin, 

It is the mark of a brave man not to be disturbed in adver- 
sity. — It is a wise man's business to determine who 7 is a wise 
man. — It is not becoming your gravity and wisdom to bear your 
misfortune too immoderately. — 366. The Pythagoreans relate 
that the Orphean poem was the work of one Cecrops. 



369.— Exile XIK. 
govern the genitiye. 



3fisereor^ miseresco^ and satHgOj 



Pity thy poor companions. 

Take [ye] pity, I pray you, 
upon the Arcadian king. 

Clinia is employed enough in 
(is busy with) his own affairs. 

Those who ought to take com- 
passion on me cease not to envy 
me. 

At length take compassion on 
the allies. 

3T1. — How he is deceived in 
his mind. 

He is disgusted at me. ' 



Misereri inops socius. — 
Jiiv. 

Arcadius, quasso, miseres- 
cere rex. — Yieg. 

Chnia satagere res suus. — 
Tee. 

Qui debere misereri ego 
non desinere invidere. — Cio. 

Aliquando misereri socius, 
—Cio. 

Ut ^falli animus. — Tee. 

Eastidire ego. — ^Plaitt. 



GENITIVE GOVERNED BY VERBS. 



103 



I did not hear suflficiently, and 
yet I am not mistaken as to their 
conversation. 

372. — Refrain from anger and 
fierce contention. 

Cease at length from tender 
complaints. 

It is time to give over the 
battle. 



Nee satis exaudire nee ser- 
mofalli tamen. 

Abstinere ira^ calidusque 
rixa. 

Desinere mollis tandem 
querela. 

Tcmpus desistere pugna^ 



373. — EuLE XIV. Hecordor^ memini^ ferninisGOVj 
and obliviscoi\ goyerii tlie genitive or accusative. 



1. Genitive, 



He will remember (reflect upon) 
his own villanies with sorrow. 

A good man easily forgets in- 
juries. 

It is a pleasant thing to remem- 
ber labours past. 

God himself commands thee to 
remember death. 

A man that (who) is pitiful 
towards a calamitous person, re- 
members himself. 

That which any one loves very 
much^ he cannot forget. 

Let young men, when they shall 
have a mind (shall wish) to give 
themselves to diversion, beware 
of immoderateness, and remember 
modesty. 



Iste cum dolor flagitium 
suus recordari. — Cio. 

Vir bonus facile oblivisci 
injuria, 

Dulcis esse meminisse labor 
actus. 

Ipse jubere mors tu memi" 
nisse Deus. — Mart. 

Homo qui in 6 homo cala- 
mitosus esse misericors, me- 
minisse sui. — PUBL. 

Qui quisque vehementer 
amare, is non posse oblivisci^ 

Adolescens, quum dare sui 
jucunditas velle, (25)cavere 
intemperantia, et meminisse 
verecundia, — Oio. Off. 1. 



2. Accusative, 

I remember all the stages of Omnis gradus setas recor- 

thy life (age). dari tuns. — Cio. 

Thou art [one] of a happy me- Tu esse (vii.) memoria fe- 
rnery, who usest to forget nothing licissimus, qui oUivisci nihil 
but injuries. solere, nisi injuria. — Cic. 

Bonus beneficium memir- 

Good men remember benefits- nisse. 



104 



SYNTAX. 



He ought to remember kind- 
nesses upon whom they are he- 
stowed, not he to mention, who 
bestowed them. 

Eemember those things, which 
are worthy of your character. 

376. — I wish to know whether 
you remember yourself. 

Eemember the palla. 

ISTever mention God but with 
caution, fear, and reverence. 



Officium meminisse debere 
is, in qui collatus esse, non 
commemorare is, qui 3 con- 
ferre. — Cic. Am. 

Eeminisci is, qui dignus 
(xxiii.) tuus persona esse. — 
Cic. 

Yelle scire ecquid de tu 
7 recordari. 

De palla 9 memini. 

E'e unquam 6 meminisse 
JDeus {de Deus) nisi caute, 
timide et reverenter. 



Englisli Examples to te turned into Latin. 

It^o one, Dolabella,ca/2, now J9i7y either you or jonr children^ 
whom you have left miserable in want and solitude. — It is pecu- 
liar to folly (Gr. 385) to discern the faults of others and to forget tier 
own. — Have jou forgotten your own (tuus) accusation? — He him- 
self shall certainly recognize and remember his own crimes with 
some pain. — The old man told us not only of all his actions, but 
even of his sayings. — It is a pleasant thing to remem'ber labours 
past. — The leader of the Helvetii exhorted Caesar to (that he 
should) remember both the former disaster of the Eoman people, 
and the ancient valour of the Helvetii. 



COl!TSTEUCTION OF THE DATIVE. 



DATIVE GOVEENED BY NOITNS. 



378. — Rule XY. Siibstantives frequently goYern 
tlie dative of their object. See also JSTos. 379-381. 



The cause of the poverty of 
Abdolonymus was (his) honesty. 

Are you my servant (a servant 
to me), or I yours (to you) ? 

They cast themselves weeping 
at the feet of Osesar. 



Causa AMoIonymus^ pan- 
penas^ esse probitas. 

Tu ego,^ aut tu^ ego ser- 

xus^ esse? 

Sui liens ad pedes'" Ccesar^ 
8 projicere. 



DATIVE GOVEIINED BY ADJECTIVES. 



105 



The knees of the boldest soldier 
have trembled a little when the 
signal of battle was given, and the 
heart of the greatest commander 
has palpitated. 

The same love is destruction to 
the herd and to the herdsman 
(the master of the herd). 

I know not what eye bewitches 
my tender lambs. 



6 Signum pugna datus (Gr. 
690) ferox miles ^ paululum 
genu* 8tremere, et magnus 
imperator^ cov- exsilire. 

Idem amor exitium * pecus ^ 
esse ; pecusque magister.^ 

ISTescire quis tener oculus 
ego ^ fascinare agnus.^ 



The Dative goveened by Adjectives. 

382. — Rule XVI. Adjectives signifying profit 
or disprofit, likeness or iinlikeness, govern the dative. 
Also 383. 



N^othing is so like death as 
sleep. 

Is there any thing more like 
madness than anger ? 

In the grave, the poor needy 
man will be equal to [those that 
are] rich. 

It is a hard thing to find words 
equal to great grief. 

Passionateness is an enemy 
(unfriendly) to prudence. 

Pleasure is an enemy (unfriend- 
ly) to reason and to virtue. 

Kothing is so much an enemy 
(so unfriendly) to the mind (un- 
derstandiog) as pleasure. 

Cruelty is a very great enemy 
(very unfriendly) to the nature 
of men. 

Nothing is more agreeable to 
the nature of man, than benefi- 
cence and liberality. 

Fortune is sometimes kind to 
me, sometimes to another. 

I am nearest to myself. 

5* 



Nihil esse tam similis mors^ 
quam somnus. — Cio. 

An esse quidquam similior 
insania^ quam ira ? — Cio. 
Tusc, 

In sepulchrum par dives 
pauper egenus esse. — Coen. 
Gall. 

Difficilis esse magnus dolor 
par verbum reperire. — Sejs". 

Iracundia esse inimicus 
consilium. — Cio. 

Yoluptas esse inimicus ra- 
tio et virtus. 

Nihil esse tam inimicus 
mens, quam voluptas. — Cio. 
Sen. 

Homo natura maxime esse 
inimicus crudelitas. — Cio. 
Off.^, 

Nihil esse natura homo ac- 
commodatior (xxiv.) beneti- 
centia et liberalitas. — Id. 1. 

Fortuna nunc ego, nunc 
alius denignus esse. — Hor. 

Froximus esse egomet ego, 
— Ter. An, 4. 1. 12. 



106 



SYNTAX. 



Let not your ears be easy to 
accusers. 

That is becoming, -wliich is 
agreeable to the excellency of 
man. 

The good things of fortune are 
common to the righteous and 
wicked. 

Some things are common to 
man with beasts. 

Death is common to every 
age. 

We are all easy to be taught 
(docile) to imitate base and naugh- 
ty things. 

Archytas, when he had been 
made [a little] too angry with his 
bailitf, says, How (in what man- 
ner) would I have dealt with 
(treated) thee, if I had not been 
angry ? 

I would have punished (taken 
satisfaction from) thee, says Ar- 
chytas to his bailiff, if I had not 
been angry with thee. 

A good conscience (a mind con- 
scious to itself of right). 

A plain diet (simple food) is 
best for man : a heaping together 
of tastes (of savoury dishes) is 
hurtful, and sauces are more per- 
nicious. 

Think yourself born for praise 
and glory, not for the belly, not 
for sleep and delight. 

We are born in this condition, 
creatures liable to no fewer dis- 
eases of the mind than of the 
body. 

If thou canst not (shalt have 
been unable to) be the best, at 
least (use thy) endeavour that 
thou mayest be next to the best. 

This is indeed common to all 
philosophers. 



Ise esse auris criminans 
facilis. — Sex. 

Decorus is esse, qui esse 
conserLtaneus excellentia ho- 
mo. — Cic. Off, 1. 

Bonum fortuna coimniinis 
esse jprohus et imjprol)us. — 
Cic. 

Quidam esse Jiomo cum 
bestia communis. — Id. 

Omnis cetas mors commit' 
nis esse. — Id, 

Docilis (Lxn.) imitandus 
turjns dQ pr-avus omnis esse. 
— Jrv. 

Archytas, quum xillicus 
(39) factus esse iratior, Quis 
tu modus, inquit, accipere, 
nisi iratus (32) esse? — Cio. 
Tusc, 4, 36. 

Sumere a tu supplicium, 
inquit Archytas villicus, nisi 
tu iratus (32) esse. — Yal. 
Max. 4, 1. 

Mens sui conscius (ix.) rec- 
tum. 

Homo utilhsimus esse ci- 
bus simplex : coacervatio sa- 
por pestifer, et condimentum 
perniciosior. — Plin. 

Arbitrari tu natus laus et 
gloria^ non abdomen^ non 
somnus et delectatio. — Cio. 

Hie conditio natus esse, 
animal o'bnoxius non paucior 
animus, quam corpus morbus, 
— Sex. de Ir. 2. 

Si 6nequire esse optimus, 
saltem dare opera ut oiJti- 
mus (liv.) esse proxhnus. — 
Platjt. 

Hie quidem communis esse 
omnis pMlosophiis, 



DATIVE GOVERNED BY ADJECTIVES. 



107 



EXCEPTIONS. 



385. — A good man seeks [one] 
like himself. 

The bad would have (the had 
■wish) the good be bad, that they 
may be like themselves. 

There is something like under- 
standing (reason) in a brute. 

Death is very like sleep. 

It is to be wished, that they that 
are over the commonwealth may 
be like the laws, which are moved 
(drawn) to punish (punishing), not 
by passion, but by equity. 

Temperance is the enemy of 
(unfriendly to) lusts ; and lusts 
are the enemies of (unfriendly to) 
the understanding and soul. 

Plain and open persons, who 
think that nothing ought (is) to be 
done underhand (secretly) or by 
stratagem, lovers of truth, enemies 
(unfriendly) to tricking, are be- 
loved. 

It is the common fault of all, 
that we are too intent upon 
wealth in old age. 

A certain care of those [crea- 
tures] which are procreated [by 
them] is the common [property] of 
aU animals. 

Cato the elder was almost of the 
same time (contemporary) with 
Scipio Africanus. 

The search of truth is proper to 
man. 

It is the property of the guilty 
to tremble. 

386. — Almost all men are prone 
to pleasures. 



Yir bonus sui similis quo9- 
rere. — Cio. de Am, 

Mains bonus mains esse 
velle, ut (liv.) esse sui simi- 
lis. — Plaijt. 

Esse quiddam similis mens 
in beUua. — Oio. 

Somnus simillimus mors 
esse. 

Optandus esse, ut is, qui 
praeesse (Gr. 393) respublica, 
lex similis esse, qui ad (Gr. 
704) punire non iracundia, 
sed sequitas duci. — Cic. Off. 1. 

Temperantia esse inimicus 
lihido ; libido autem esse ini- 
micus mens et animus, — Cio. 
Off. 3, 33. 

Homo simplex et apertus, 
qui nihil ex occulto, aut ex 
insidiaa agendus [esse] putare, 
Veritas cultor,/r<3^t^s inimicus.^ 
dihgi.— Oio. Off, 1. 

Yitium communis omnis 
esse, quod nimium ad res in 
senecta attentus esse. — Tee. 

Communis animans omnis 
esse cura quidam is [animans 
?i.], qui procreatus esse. — Cio. 
Off. 1, 4. 

Cato major Scipio Africa- 
nus fere cequalis esse. — Cio. 
Off. 8, 1. 

Homo proprzus esse verum 
inquisitio. — Cio. Off. 1. 

Proprius esse nocens trepi- 
dare. — Sen. 

Plerique omnis homo ad 
voluptas propensus esse. — 
Cio. Off, 1. 



108 



SYNTAX. 



The nature of almost all hoys 
is inclined to idleness and play. 

Let a prince be slow to punish- 
ment, .swift to [give] rewards; 
and let it grieve him as often as 
he is forced to be severe. 

Some are more liable to some 
diseases, and others to others 
(others are more liable to other 



We are by nature inclined to 
liberality. 



Ingenium omnis fere puer 
esse proclivis ad ctiiim et 
lusiis. 

Esse piger ad pounce prin- 
ceps, ad prcBmium velox ; et 
dolere quoties cogi esse ferox. 
— Ov. 

Alius ad alius morbus (Gr. 
275) proclivior esse. — Oio. 



ISTatura propensus esse ad 
liberalitas, — Cio. 



Examples oftlie Accusative with ad. 



387. — All [people] are not fit 
for friendship. 

The necks of oxen are naturally 
fitted for the yoke. 

Mankind (the race of men) is 
born for justice and honesty (ho- 
nour). 

A man good for nothing. 

Old age brings this vice to men ; 
we are more intent upon wealth 
than is sufficient. , 

A disturbed mind is not fit to 
discharge its duty. 



We all are too apt to learn to 
imitate naughty things. 

888. — Jugurtha stations his foot 
soldiers nearer the mountain. 

The Ubii live nearest to the 
Rhine. 

389. — This was agreeable to (in 
accordance with) the letters which 
I had received at Eome. 

Often you appeared somewhat 
impudent, which is very unlike 
you (foreign from you). 



Omnis ad amicitia idoneus 
non esse. — Oio. Am. 

Bos cervix natus esse ad 
jugum. — Oic. 

Genus homo ad justitia et 
honestas natus esse. — Id, 

Homo ad nullus res utilis, 
—Id. 

Hie vitium senectus afierre 
homo ; attentior esse ad res 
quam sat esse. — Tee. 

Oonturbatus animus non 
esse aptus ad (lxii.) exseqiierh" 
diis munus n. suus. — do. 
Tusc. 3. 

Ego ad pravus (lxii.) imi- 
tandus nimis docilis esse om- 
nis. 

Jugurtha propior mons pe- 
des collocare. 

Ubii proximus RJienus in- 
colere. 

Is esse consentaneus cum is 
literce qui ego Eoma 4reci- 
pere. 

Ssepe, qui a tu alienus esse 
subimpudens videri. 



DATIVE GOVERNED BY VERBS. 109 

390. — Homer has sunk to the Ilonierus idem alius sopiri 
same repose as others. 6 qiiies. 

English Examples to he turned into Latin. 

Your discourse against Epicurus was pleasing to our (friend) 
Balbus. — Antony is equal to Catiline in wickedness. — N'othing is 
so congenial to our intellectual faculties as metres (numbers) and 
tones (voices). — Good health is more pleasing to those who have 
recovered from a dangerous illness, than to those who have never 
been sick. — Men can be very useful to men. — The same labours 
are not equally painful to the commander and the soldier, because 
honour itself 7 renders the commander's labour lighter. — 385. Why 
dost thou always defend men unlike thyself? — I^or indeed do I 
understand why Epicurus 9 rather chose to pronounce the gods 
nice men, than men like the gods. 



The Dative governed by Yeees. 

general rule. 

391. — EuLE XVII. All verbs^ govern the dative 
of the object or end, to which the action or state ex- 
pressed by them, is directed. Also No. 392. 

Praise is due to virtue. Laus deleri virtus. 

The greatest reverence is due Maximus deUri puer reve- 

to a child. rentia. — Juv. 

TVe owe dutifulness to our pa- Parens noster deUre pie- 
rents, tas.— Sen. 

We must beware lest we open Oavere esse (Gr. 701) ne 

our ears to flatterers. (liv.) patefacere auris assen- 

tator. —Cio. Of, 1. 

That which thou dost well, Qui bene facere, facere tic, 

thou dost for thyself, not for an- non alius,— Flavt. 
other. 

Punishments are prepared for Impius apud inferi poena 

the wicked in hell (with the in- prceptaratus esse. — Cio. de 

fernal gods). Inv, 

Nature engages us to our pa- Parens et patria natura 

rents and country. ego conciliare. — Cic. 

The wise man makes a fortune Sapiens ipsQjlngere fortuna 

himself for himself. swi— Plaut. 



110 



SYNTAX. 



Has not nature set a bound 
(measure) to desires ? 

The sun sMnes even to the 
wicked. 

[That] which may happen to 
one body, may happen to any 
body. 

Let him wish for no (nothing) 
more, to whom that has happen- 
ed, which is enough. 

Many good things have hap- 
pened to many beyond expecta- 
tion. 

A return to heaven is open to 
every very good soul, when it is 
gone out of the body. 

"We were not born for ourselves 
only. 

The covetous man gets riches 
for others, not for himself. 

So you oxen carry plows not 
for yourselves. 

And you sheep bear fleeces 
not for yourselves. 

And you birds make nests not 
for yourselves. 

And you bees make honey not 
for yourselves. 



E'onne cupido statuere na- 
tura modus ? — ^Hor. 

Etiam sceleratus sol lucere, 
—Sen. 

Quivis posse accidere^ qui 
quisquam [accidere\ posse. — 

PUBL. 

Qui satis esse, qui contiri- 
gere^ hie nihil amplius op tare. 
— Hoe. 

Multus prater spes multus 
evenire bonum. — Plaut. 

Optimus quisque animus^ 
quum e corpus 6 excedere re- 
ditus ad codlmn. pater e. — Oio. 
Am. 4. 

!tTon ego solum 7iasci, — Cio. 

Avarus alius non sui divi- 
tisB parare. 

Sic tu non tu ferre ara- 
trum bos. 

Et tu non tu vellus ferre 
ovis. 

Et tu non tu nidificare 
avis. 

Et tu non tu mellificare 
apis. — DoNAT. tit, Virg. 



English Examples to he turned into Latin. 

It is the part of a wise man to please God, to do good to men, 
to take care of himself, to provide for his own safety, to be con- 
cerned for his friends and study their interest, to do harm to no 
one, to displease nobody, neither to hurt the miserable nor lay 
snares for the innocent. — A good man favours the good and re- 
joiceth with them upon any happy event ; he is always disposed 
to spare the vanquished and forgive what is past ; he neither 
entertains resentment nor flatters any one ; he envies nobody but 
imitates the worthy. — You must be the servant of (It behoves 
you to serve) philosophy, that true liberty may be your portion 
(may happen to you). — Why do you yield and give way to for- 
tune ? — ^0 man can serve pleasure and virtue at the same time. 



DATIVE GOVERNED BY VERBS. 



Ill 



SPECIAL EBXES. 

393.— I. Sitm and its compounds govern the 



dative (except ^c>55^^m). 

A word is enough to the wise. 

It can be well with no wicked 
man (to nobody wicked). 

That which is enough for na- 
ture, is not [enough] for man. 

A great fortune is a great sla- 
very to its master. 

The covetous man is rich to his 
heir, but poor to himself. 

There is in youth the greatest 
weakness of judgment. 

There is by nature in our minds 
an (a certain) insatiable desire of 
seeing truth. 

Scornf nines s is in the fair. 

Nature commands us to do good 
to men. 

We ought to do good one to 
another. 

There are [some] that (who) 
neither do good to themselves nor 
to others. 

Men may do very much good 
or harm to men (are able to do 
good or to do harm very much to 
men). 

It is a greater thing to do good 
to many, than to have great 
wealth. 

A little is enough to nature, 
nothing is enough to covetous- 
ness. 

As magistrates are above the 
people, so the laws are above ma- 
gistrates. 

Pollio was not only concerned 
in all [your] afiairs, but took the 
lead in them. 



Dictum sapiens sat esse. 

Bene esse posse nemo im- 
probus. — Oio. 

Qui natura satis esse^ homo 
non esse. — Id. 

Fortuna magnus magnus 
dominus esse servitus. 

Avarus Timres dives, pau- 
per at ipse sui esse. 

Adolescentia inesse maxi- 
mus imbecillitas judicium. — 
Cio. Off.l. 

Natura inesse mens noster 
insatiabilis quidam cupiditas 
verum visendus (Gr. 707). — 
Cio. 

Fastus inesse pulcher. — Ov. 

Somo prodesse natura ju- 
bere. — Sen. 

Debere prodesse alius a- 
lius. 

Esse [quidam] qui neque 
sui neo alius prodesse. — Oio. 
Off. 2. 

Homo plurimum prodesse 
aut ol)esse posse homo, — Id, 



Major esse prodesse multus^ 
quam magnus opes j^. habere. 
—Oio. 

Natura satis esse parum; 
cupiditas nihil satis esse. — 
Sen. 

Ut magistratus prmsse po- 
pulus^ ita lex prceesse magis- 
tratus. 

Pollio, omnis negotium non 
interesse solum, sed prceesse. 
—Cio. 



112 



SYNTAX. 



Let US do tliat strenuonsly wMcli 
is equally profitable (equally does 
good) to poor and (equally to) rich. 

The study of honest virtue 
equally profits (does good to) the 
poor and rich. 



Agere gnaviter is, qui 89- 
que pauper prodesse^ locu- 
ples seque. — Hoe. Ep. 1, 1. 

Yirtus honestus pauper 
prodesse studium et locuples 
seque. 



394. — II. The verb est^ signifying to he^ or to 'belong 
to^ governs the dative of the possessor. Also No. 395. 

Note. — In translating from English into Latin under this rule, the 
objective case in English becomes the nominative in Latin, and the 
nominative in English becomes the dative in Latin. See examples, 
Gr. 394. 



Kings have long hands (long 
hands are to kings). 

Art thou ignorant that kings 
have long hands (that long hands 
are to kings) ? 

So long as the sick man has 
life (as life is to the sick man) 
there is hope. 

Many animals have quicker 
senses (quicker senses are to 
many animals) than man. 

Man has some resemblance 
(some resemblance is to man) 
with God. 

The soul has a struggle (a strug- 
gle is to the soul) with this heavy 
flesh, lest it should be drawn away 
or depressed : it tends thither from 
whence it was sent down. 

The (Gr. 579) less wealth (by 
how much the less of things, by 
so much) the less covetousness the 
Eomans had (was to the Romans). 
Eiches brought in avarice. 

396. — Even if I have not want- 
ed, as you think, talent for this 
undertaking, I have certainly 
wanted learning and leisure. 

I have not this (lit. this is want- 
ing to me). 



Manns longus erne rex. 

An nescire longus rex esse 
manus? (Gr. 671.)— v. 

Dum cegrotus anima esse^ 
spes esse. 

Sensus agilior esse multus 
animal quam homo, — Sen. 

Esse homo similitudo qni- 
dam cum Deus. — Cio. 

Animus cum hie caro /. 
gravis cert amen esse^ ne (31) 
abstrahi aut sidere : niti illo 
unde 3 demitti. — Sen. 

Quantum minus (Gr. 343) 
res, tantum minus (Gr. 343) 
cupiditas 2 esse Eomanus. 
Divitise avaritia 3 invehere. 
— Lrv. 

Etiamsi ego ut tu putare 
ad hie opus ingenium non 
deesse doctrina certe, et otium 
deesse. 

Hie ego deesse. 



DATIVB GOVERNED BY VERBS. 



113 



Nothing was less wanting to 
Darius than multitude of sol- 
diers. 

Poverty wants many things, co- 
vetousness all things (many things 
are wanting to poverty, all things 
to covetousness). 

A covetous man wants as well 
that which he has, as that which 
he has not (as well, &c. is want- 
ing to a covetous man). 



Non quisquam parum Da- 
rius quam multitudo miles 
deesse, 

Deesse inopia multus, ava- 
ritia omnis. — Pub. Syr. 



Tam deesse avarus qui ha- 
bere, quam qui non habere. 
— Id, 



397. — III. Verbs compounded with satis^ hene^ 



and 7nale^ govern the dative. 

He does a kindness to himself, 
that (who) does a kindness to a 
poor man. 

If thou dost a kindness to the 
good, that kindness is not lost. 

If thou dost any kindness to a 
bad man, that kindness is lost. 

That kindness which is done to 
the good, is not lost. 

We are said to satisfy him 
whose desire we fulfil. 



Sui l)enefacere ipse, qui ege- 
nus henefacere. 



Si tenefacere honus^ is be- 
neficium baud peri re. 

Mains si quid (30) henefa- 
cere^ is beneficium interire. — 
Plaut. 

Qui tenejieri honus^ baud 
perire. — Id. 

Satis facere dici is qui de- 
siderium implere, — Cai. Dig. 



English Examples to he turned into Latin, 

The safety of his country was dearer to Mm than the sight of 
it. — [My] books now profit me nothing. — Men both profit and 
hurt men very much.— I have now no business with him. — I had 
not the opportimity of consulting with you when we were 
together. — 396. If any one possesses these things (if these things 
are supplied to any one) they assist him a little in (as to) others. 
— III. He satisfied both nature and the laws, — If any one reviles 
me, he seems to me petulant or absolutely mad. — Of what good 
man did Gellius ever speak well ? 

399. — lY. Many verbs compounded with these 
ten prepositions, ad^ ante^ con^ — m, inter^ obf—jpost^ 
prcB^ sicbj and suj^er^ govern the dative. 



114 



SYNTAX. 



Ad, 



Stick to justice and honesty. 

The good take to themselves 
the good [for] companions. 

Take care that thou dost not 
(lest thou) rashly assent to things 
unknown. 

Fame dehghts to add false things 
to true. 

Do not lay hands on other men's 
goods-. 

Give not thy mind to plea- 
sure. 

Ante, 

Prefer virtue hefore (to) riches, 
and those things which are honest 
to those things which seem pro- 
fitable. 

Where can you find him that 
(who) prefers the advantage of a 
friend before (to) his own [ad- 
vantage] ? 

Virtue excels all things. 

The least excellence of the 
mind excels all the good things of 
the body. 

Many have preferred private 
quiet before (to) public employ- 
ments. 

The unlearned and savage sort 
of men always prefer profit before 
(to) honour ; but the civihzed and 
polished sort prefer dignity before 
(to) all things. 

Always remember (have in rea- 
diness) how much the nature of 
man excels beasts. 

One day spent well, and accord- 
ing to the precepts of virtue and 
religion, is to be preferred to a 
einning immortality. 



AdJicerescere justitia et ho- 
nes tas. 

Bonus bonus sui (i.) socius 
adsciscere. 

Cavere ne temere (30) as- 
sentiri incognitus. — ^Cic. Off, 
1. 

Fama gaudere falsus ad- 
dere verus. — Ov. 

l^Q (25) afferre manus alie- 
nus 'bonum, — Cio. 

Ne (25) addicere animus 
Tohcptas, — Sen. 



Anteponere virtus divitice^ 
et is qui esse honestus is qui 
videri utiHs. 

Ubi iste invenire qui com- 
modum amicus (liv.) antepo- 
nere suus f — Oio. Am, 

Yirtus anteire omnis res, — 
Plaut. 

Minimus animus prsestan- 
tia omnis corpus tonum ante- 
ire, — Cio. 

Multus privatus otium ne- 
gotium pubhcus anteferre, 

Indoctus et agrestis genus 
n, homo anteferre semper 
utilitas honestas ; sed urba- 
nus et politus genus res om- 
nis dignitas anteponere, — Cio. 

Semper in promptu habere, 
quantum natura homo lestia 
(Gr. 627-5) antecedere, — Cio. 
Off.l, 

Unus dies bene, et ex prae- 
ceptum virtus et religio ac- 
tus, peccans i7nmortalita8 
anteponendus esse. 



DATIVE GOVERNED BY VERBS. 



115 



Con, 

Themistocles killed himself 
(procured death for himself). 

A sword is ill trusted with (to) 
an angry man. 

Socrates durst not trust himself 
with anger : I would beat thee, 
says he to his servant, if I were 
not angry. 



Themistocles sui mors con- 
sciscere, 

Male iratus ferrum com- 
mitti. — Sen. de Ir, 

Socrates non 3 audere sui 
ira committer 6 : (33) CsBdere 
tu, servus ait, nisi 8 esse ira- 
tus. — Id, ibid, 1. 15. 



In, 

Many dangers hang over us 
continually. 

Death hangs over men always, 
as the stone over Tantalus. 

A good man envies nobody. 

!N'othing is happy to him, over 
whom some terror always hangs. 

To indulge pleasure is the be- 
ginning of all mischiefs. 

So does the sick man hanker 
after waters being forbidden him. 

It is a wretched thing to depend 
(lean) upon another man's repu- 
tation. 

Indulge your body so much as 
is sufficient to good health. 

Bitter enemies deserve better 
of us than those friends that (who) 
Indulge sins, and drive us into 
mischief (fraud) by obsequious- 
ness. 

Fern [that is] to be burned 
grows in neglected fields. 

He must (it behoves him to) de- 
nounce war against his lusts and 
pleasure, who would (who may 
wish to) be good. 



Multus ego impendere peri- 
culum perpetuo. 

Mors homo^ quasi saxum 
Tantalus^ semper impendere, 
— Cio. Fin. 

Probus invidere nemo, — 
Cio. 

Nihil esse is beatus, qui 
semper aliquis terror (Gr. 636) 
impendere. — Id. 

Voluptas indulgere initium 
esse malum omnis. — Sen. 

Sic interdictus imminere 
seger aqua. — Ov. 

Miser esse alienus incum^ 
here fama. — Ju v. 

Corpus tantum indulgere.^ 
quantum bonus valettido sa- 
tis esse. — Sen. 

Melius de ego mereri acer- 
bus inimicus, quam is amicus 
qui peccatum indulgere^ et 
obsequium ego in fraus im- 
pellere. — Oio. Am, 

Neglectus urendus filix in- 
nasci ager. — Hoe. 

(Gr. 423) Oportere is qui 
(Gr. 636) velle esse bonus, 
beUum indicere cupiditas et 
voluptas. 



116 



SYNTAX. 



Inter. 

God is amongst us. 

God is present to our minds, 
and intervenes in the midst of our 
thoughts (to our middle thouglits). 

God, the beholder of all things, 
is present in darkness ; is present 
also in our thoughts, [which are] 
as it were (as if) another darkness. 

Youth creeps upon childhood, 
old age upon youth. 

Many uneasinesses (displeasing 
things) are met with by him that 
lives (occur to him living) long. 

It is not [the part] of a coura- 
geous man to expose himself to 
dangers without cause, than which 
nothing can be more foolish. 



Children commonly value all 
things less than (postpone all 
things to) play. 

Dost thou wonder, seeing thou 
valuest all things less than (post- 
ponest all things to) money, that 
nobody loves thee ? 

Prm, 

Friendship is better than (ex- 
cels) relationship. 

A good name is better than 
(excels) riches. 

The soul is much better than 
(much excels) the body. 

Man far excels other living 
creatures (other animals), and 
[one] man [another] man, an un- 
derstanding man a fool. 



Interesse ego Deus. — Sei^. 

Deus interesse animus nos- 
ter, et cogitatio medius inter- 
"cenire. — Sen. 

Deus speculator omnis te- 
nehrm interesse ; interesse et 
animus noster, quasi alter 
t^nebrce, — Min. Felix. 



Adolescentia pueritia, ado- 
lescentia senectus olrepere, — 
Cic. Sen, 2. 

Multus poenitendus occur- 
rere vivens diu. — Publ. Syb. 

Non esse (Gr. 364) magnani- 
mus vir, off err e sui periculum 
sine causa, (Gr. 467) qui nihil 
posse esse stultior. — Cic. 
Off.l. 



Post. 



Puer fere omnis lusus p)Ost' 
ponere, 

Mirari, quum tu ^ postpo- 
nere omnis {pi.) nummus^ 
quod tu nullus (30) amare ? — ■ 
Hob. 



Amicitia proBstare propin- 
quitas. — Cic. Am, 5. 

Existimatio bonus proestare 
die it ice. 

Animus corpus multum 
proestare. — Cic. Leg, 

Homo longe proestare ca3- 
ter animans^ et vir mr^ in- 
telligens stultus. 



DATIVE GOVERNED BY VERBS. 



117 



Prefer virtue to riches, friend- 
ship to money, and profitable 
things to pleasant. 

Prefer not thyself to others, 
because of abandance of fortune. 

Mars presides over arms. 

Sub. 

Nothing flourishes always : age 
succeeds age. 

One world does not suffice the 
Peilean young man. 

It is a king-like thing, believe 
me, to help [those that are] 
fallen. 



PrcBferre virtus dimtice^ 
SLmicitisi, pecunia^ et ntilisju- 
cundus. 

Ne (25) prcBferre tu alius^ 
propter abundantia fbrtuna? 
— Cio. 

Mavs jprmsidere arma, — Ov. 



Mhil semper florere ; setas 
succedere setas. — Oio. 

Unus Pellaeus juvenis non 
sufficere or bis. — Juv. 

Eegius, credere (Gr. 403) 
ego, res esse succurrere lap- 
sus, — Ov. 



Super. 

Mourning often comes in the 
midst of mirth. 



Luctus S99pe IcBtitia super- 
Denire. 



402.— Some verbs compounded with these prepositions, some- 
times, instead of the dative, govern the case of the preposition ; 
such as ante-eo^ -cedo^ -cello^ -venio^ -verto ; prce-cedo^ -curro^ 
'Verto, -sto^ -gredior ; sub-eo^ &c. 



EXAMPLES. 



The nature of man exceeds all 
living creatures (all animals). 

They affect us with a kind of 
(with a certain) admiration, who 
are thought to go before others in 
virtue. 

Many have gone before us to 
death, all the rest will follow us. 

"We are angry at God, because 
some one goes beyond us, forget- 
ting how many men are behind 
us. Consider how many (by how 
much) more thou goest before 
than thou followest. 



ISTatura homo omnis ani- 
mans anteire, — Oio. 

Admiratio quidam afficere, 
qui anteire cceter virtus pu- 
tari.—Cio. Off. 2. 

Multus ego antecedere ad 
mors, omnis reliquus sequi. — 
Sen. 

Deus (Gr. 403) irasci, quod 
ahquis ego (30) antecedere, ob- 
litus quantum (viii.) homo re- 
tro (Gr. 627-5) esse. Consi- 
der are quanto plures (Gr, 
627-5) antecedere quam (Gr. 
627-5) sequi.— Jc?. 



118 SYNTAX. 



English Examples to le turned into Latin. 

We are all partakers of that reason and superiority by whicli 
we excel the trutes. — These adjoining gardens Iring his memory 
^ my mind. — These things are reputable to those whose ranh 
they suit. — "Who can prefer impious [persons] to religious? — 
The spear of Oassar hrings both hope and confidence to many 
wicked men. — ^Antony desired to place a diadem on Ccesar. — 
Many and various kinds of death hang over manTcind. — This I 
cannot commend, that he did not relieve such men, — The poets 
make a rock hang over Tantalus in the shades below. — Who first 
gave names to all things ? — He prefers the pleasures of the belly 
to the gratification of the eyes and ears. 

403. — ^V. Verbs govern the dative which signify 
to profit or hurt ; — to favor or assist, and the contra- 
ry ; — to command and obey, to serve and resist ; — to 
threaten and to be angry ;--to trust. Also JSTos. 404, 405. 

One ungrateful [person] does Ingratus unus miser omnis 

harm to (hurts) all the miserable, nocere. 

Whosover shall spare the bad, Bonus nocere^ quisquis 

does harm to the good. Q par cere malus. — Id, 

Flattery can harm nobody, but Assentatio nocere posse 

him who dehghts in it (is dehght- nemo.^ nisi is qui is delectari. 

ed with it). — Cio. de Am. 

Many of our good things hurt Multus bonum noster ego 

us. nocere. — Sen. 

If you do good to any one for Si tuus ob causa quisquam 

your own sake, it is not to be (30) commodare^ beneficium 

reckoned a favour, but usury. ille habendus non esse, sed 

foeneratio. — Cio. 

Other men's things please us Alienus ego., noster plus 

more, our things others. alius placer e. — Pfb. 

[That] is kept with great dan- Magnus periculum custo- 

ger, which pleases many. diri, qui multus placer e, — Id. 

It is a commendation to dis- Malus displicere laus esse, 
please the bad. 

Let whatever has pleased God Placere homo., quicquid 

please man. Deus placere. — Sen. 

Phrases. — Consulo tihi., I consult for thee [thy good], or, I 
take care of thee. TiM consuUum volo I wish thy good. 



DATIVE GOVERNED BY VERBS. 



119 



We ought to consult for peace. 

Human affairs are taken care 
of (it is consulted for human af- 
fairs) by the providence of God. 

We ought to consult [for the 
good] of men, and to he service- 
able to human society. 

Nature teaches this, that [one] 
man should wish the good of (wish 
to consult for) [another] man. 

It is not so well [acted] with 
human affairs, that the best (bet- 
ter) things should please the major 
part ; a multitude is an argument 
of the worst. 



Pax consulere debere. 
Deus providentia consuli 
res humanus. — Cio. 

Consulere Jiomo^ et servire 
societas humanus, debere. 

ITatura hoc praascribere, ut 
homo homo consuUum (31) 
veUe.— Oio. Off, 3. 

Non tarn bene cum res hu- 
manus agi, ut melior plures 
(liv.) (ZV) placer e ; turba esse 
argumentum pessimus. — Sen. 



2. Yerbs signifying to favour or assist^ and their contraries. 



Pardon thou another often, ne- 
ver thyself. 

Pardon others many things, 
thyself nothing. 

All men love (study for) liberty 
by nature. 

Every one favours (studies) his 
own advantage. 

We are soon satisfied in (please) 
ourselves ; we easily assent to those 
that affirm (affirming) that we are 
very good or very Avise : We are 
so fond of (so indulge) ourselves, 
that we are willing to be praised. 

He that (who) hath taken this 
upon (to) himself, to correct the 
manners of others, and reprove 
sins, who would pardon him, if he 
himself should deviate from his 
duty in any thing ? 

They are easily pardoned (it is 
easily pardoned to them) who do 
not endeavour to persist in, but 
to recall themselves from their 
error. 



Ignoscere seepe alter^ nun- 
quam tu. — Pub. Syr. 

Ignoscere alius multus, ni- 
hil tu, — Aus. 

Omnis liber tas natura stu- 
dere, 

Quisque suns studere com- 
modum, 

Cito ego placere ; optimus 
ego esse aut sapientissimus 
affirmans facile assentiri : 
Adeo indulgere ego^ ut lau- 
dari (liv.) velle. — Sen. 

Qui sui (xvii.) hoc sumere, 
ut mos (liv.) (30) corrigere 
alius, ac peccatum reprehen- 
dere, quis Mc (31) ignoscere^ 
si quis in res ipse ab offi- 
cium (38) declinare ? — Oio. 
Ver, 3. 

Ille facile (impers.) ignosciy 
qui non perseverare, sed ab 
erratum sui revocare moliri. 
—Oio. 



120 



SYNTAX. 



Many great men liave lamented 
that favour did not answer their 
merits. 



Plorare suns non respondere 
favor multns homo summus 
meritum. — Hoe. 



3. Yerbs signifying to command^ ohey^ serve^ or resist. 



To govern thy passion and thy 
tongue, when thou art angry, is 
[a piece of] great vnisdom. 

He is not happy, who does not 
think himself to he so, though he 
commands the world. 

Wise men command their lusts, 
which others serve. 

Temperance commands plea- 
sures. 

Rule thy tongue. 

How shall he command others, 
who cannot command his own 
lusts? 

To obey God, is liberty. 

Every thing obeys riches. 
Let the appetite obey reason. 

Honesty at the present offends 
those whom it opposes; after- 
wards it is commended by those 
very persons. 

ifo power can withstand the 
hatred of many. 

The mind ought to obey rea- 
son, and to follow whither that 
leads. 

Let arms give place (yield) to 
the gown. 

Dissembling is repugnant to 
(opposes) friendship. 

Be not a slave to passion, which 
you ought to resist. 

He is to be accounted free who 
is a slave to no baseness. 



Moderari animus et oratio 
quum (Gr. 630) esse iratus, 
magnus sapientia (xn.) esse. 
— Oio. 

ISTon esse beatus, esse sui 
[beatum] qui non putare, licet 
(liv.) imperare mundus. — S. 

Sapiens imperare cupiditas 
suns, qui cfeter servire. — Oic. 

Temperantia volup^tas irn- 
perare. — Sen". 

Lingua temperare. — Pl. 

Quomodo aliics imperare^ 
qui non posse imperare cujn- 
ditas suus ? — Cic. Par, 5. 

Deus parere^ libertas esse. 
—Sen. 

Omnis res diviiice par ere, 
— Hoe. 

Appetitus oMemperare ra- 
tio, 

Fides in prsesentia is qui 
resistere^ offendere ; deinde 
ab ille ipse laudari. — Plin. 
Up. 3. 9. 

Odium multus nuUus opes 
posse odsistere, — Cic. 

Parere debere animus ra^ 
tio^ et quo ilia (liv.) ducere 
sequi.— Oio. Tusc, 2. 

Cedere arma toga. — Cio. 

Simulatio repugnare ami- 
citia, 

]^e servire iracundia^ qui 
debere resistere. 

Liber is existimandus esse, 
qui nuUus turpitudo servire, 
—Ad Her. 



DATIVE GOVERNED BY VERBS. 



121 



He is not to be accounted a 
free [man] who obeys his lusts. 

"We do not easily withstand the 
allurements of pleasure. 

Do not (be unwilling to) com- 
ply [with] a friend requiring any 
thing of thee which is not right. 

All is in this, that thou shouldst 
command thyself. 

When it is advised, that we 
should command ourselves, this is 
advised, that reason should re- 
strain rashness, and should com- 
mand the inferior part of the 
soul. 

He that (who) shall not mode- 
rate his passion (anger), will wish 
that to be undone which resent- 
ment shall put him upon (shaU 
have advised). 

He that does not withstand in- 
jur}", if he can, is in fault as well 
as if he should do injury. 

"Withstand beginnings : a cure 
is prepared too late, when mis- 
chiefs are grown strong through 
long delays. 

The body must (is to) be exer- 
cised, and so disposed, that it may 
(be able to) obey reason. 



Non esse liber habendus, 
qui cupiditas ohedire. — Cio. 
Far, 

Non facile obsistere Idan- 
ditim voluptas. — Cic. Sen. 

Nolle ohsequi amicus pos- 
tulans a tu aliquis qui non 
(lv.) esse rectus. — Cic. deAm. 

Totum in is esse, ut tu 
(liv.) imperare. — Cio. 

Quiim prcecipi, ut egomet 
ipse (31) imperare^ hoc pr^- 
cipi, ut ratio (31) coercere te- 
meritas, impera?'eque inferior 
pars animus. — Cio. Tusc, 2. 

Qui non moderari ira^ in- 
fectus velle esse, dolor qui 
6 suadere. — Hoe. 



Qui non obsistere injuria^ 
si posse, tarn esse in vitium 
quam si injuria (31)inferre. 
—Cic. Off. I. 

Principium obstare : sero 
medicina parari, qniim ma- 
lum per longus (14) invales- 
cere mora. — Ov. 

Exercendus esse corpus, et 
ita afficiendus, ut obedire ra- 
tio posse. — Cic. Off. 1. 



Verbs signifying to threaten^ or to be angry with. 



He threatens many who does 
injury to one. 

There is a great part of men 
which is not angry with the 
faults, but with the oifenders. 

It is [the part] of a madman 
to be angry with those things 
which are without (want) life, or 
with dumb animals. 



Multus minari., qui unus 
facere injuria. — Pub. 

Magnus pars homo esse, 
qui non peccatum^ sed pec- 
cans irasci. — Sen. 

Demens (xii.) esse hie Ira- 
sci, qui (xxv.) anima carcre, 
aut mutus animaL — Id, 



122 



SYIsTAX. 



How foolish a tlimg is it to "be 
angry with those things which 
neither have deserved, nor are 
sensible of our anger ? 

It signifies (it is for) nothing to 
be angry with him who does not 
value thee a rash. 

Anger is nothing better^ often 
worse, than those faults at which 
it is angry. 

Thou onghtest not to have been 
very angry at so small a fault. 

It is recorded (it is transmitted 
to memory), that Pisistratus, when 
a certain drunken guest had said 
many things against his cruelty, 
said, that he was no more angry 
at him, than if one had run against 
him being blindfolded (with his 
eyes tied up). 

A partial esteem of ourselves 
makes us passionate, and we are 
not willing to sufi:er those things 
which we would (wish to) do. 
But let us set ourselves in that 
place in which he is with whom 
we are angry. 



Quam stultus esse Mc iras- 
cL qui ira noster nee merere^ 
nee sentire ? — ^Sejt. 

De nihilo esse ille irasci, 
qui tu non fiocci (Gr. 498) 
facere. — Pl. 

Ira nihilo melior (xxiv.), 
sfepe pejor esse, hie delictum 
qui irasci. — Sen. 

ISTon (36) debere graviter 
(Gr. 668. n. 2) irasci tantulus 
2oeccatuin, 

Memoria prodi (xxxii.) Pi- 
sistratus, quum multus in cru- 
delitas is, ebrius quidam con- 
viva (39) dicer e, dicer e, non 
magis sui ille succensere^ quam 
si quis obligatQs oculus in sui 
(39) incurrere. — ^Sen. 

Iniquus ego sestimatio ira- 
cundus. ego facere, et qui fa- 
cere (33) (lv.) velle, pati nolle. 
Quin is locus ego constituere, 
qui ille esse qui irasci. — Id, 



5. Yerbs signifying to trust. 



Beware, lest thou trust thyself 
too much. 

Let nobod}^ trust too much to 
prosperity (prosperous things). 

Believe not any one more than 
yourself of yourself. 

We are wont not to believe a 
lying person even when he speaks 
(speaking) truth. 

Men believe their eyes more 
than their ears. 

'Eo fortune is more dangerously 
trusted (it is trusted to no fortune 
less well) than [to] very good. 



Oavere, ne nimium tu (liv.) 
confidere. — Oic. 

Nemo confidere nimium se- 
cundse res. — Sen. 

ISTe quis de tu plus quam 
tu (25; credere. — Hoe. 

Mendax homo ne verum 
quidem dicens credere solere. 
— Oio. Div. 2. 

Homo amplius oculus quam 
auris credere. — Sen. 

1^ wllxxs fortujia minus bene 
(imp.) credi^ quam optimus. 
— Ben. 



DATIVE GOVERNED BY VERBS. 



123 



Giiardiansliip is to bo managed 
to the advantage of those who are 
committed to trust, not [to the 
advantage] of them to whom it is 
committed. 

It is not safe to believe (it is not 
well trusted to) fame ; she is often 
a liar, and feigns many things. 

We ought not quickly to believe 
those things, which are told us 
concerning any one's backbitings. 

406. — So great calamities threat- 
en you. 

Though on every side all ter- 
rors threaten me. 

They wish their days and months 
to agree with the course of the 
sun and moon. 



Tutela ad is utihtas qui 
commissus esse (ahcui), non 
ad is, qui commusus esse^ ge- 
rendus esse. — Cio. Off, 1. 

ISTon bene fama (imp.) cre- 
di ; esse mendax is saepe, et 
plurimus fingere. 

JSTon debere cito credere 
Mc^ qui narrari de quisquam 
obtrectatio. — Sen. de Ir. 

Tantus in tu impendere 
ruina. 

Licet undique omnis in ego 
terror limpendere. 

Suus dies mensisque con- 
gruere velle cum sol lunaque 
ratio. 



408. — The English word to, after a verb of motion, is com- 
monly made by the preposition ad or in followed by an accusa- 
tive ; thus, 



A part of Gaul inclines to the 
north. 

The desire of dominion incites 
two kindred and neighbouring 
nations to arms. 

It belongs to parents and teach- 
ers to exhort children to patience, 
peace, and concord, though they 
be provoked to fightings. 

Apply thyself to the study of 
learning and virtue, which tends 
to thy praise and happiness. 

The loadstone draws iron to it- 
self. 

Later or sooner we [all] haste 
to one place. 

"We are all drawn to the desire 
of knowledge. 

It is very laudable to apply 
riches to beneficence and libera- 
lity. 



Pars Gallia vergere ad Sep- 
tentrio. 

Cupido imperium duo cog- 
natus vicinusque populus ad 
anna stimuldre. 

Attinere ad parens et pra3- 
ceptor hortari puer ad pati- 
entia, pax, et concordia etiam- 
si (30) lacessi ad pugna. 

AppUcare tu ad studium 
doctrina et virtus, qui spec- 
tare ad laus et felicitas tuus. 

Magnes ferrum ad sui alii- 
CGve. — Oio. 

Serins aut citius sedes pro- 
perare ad unus. — Ov. 

Oinnis train ad cognitio 
cupiditas. — Cio. 

ilonestissinius esse divitifB 
ad beneficentia et liberaUtas 
conferre, — Cio. Off, 1. 



124 



SYIsTAX. 



"We vrere born for society and 
the community of mankind (of the 
human race), and therefore we 
ought always to contribute some- 
thing to the common advantage. 

There are two things that most 
of all put men upon (which chief- 
ly impel men to) mischief, luxury 
and covetousness. 

Thou oughtest to apply thy 
prudence and understanding to 
the good of men. 



Ad societas et communitas 
genus humanus 8 nasci^ ita- 
que semper aliquid ad com- 
munis utilitas deb ere afferre. 
— Cic. 

Duo res esse qui homo 
maxime impellere ad male- 
ficium, luxuries et avaritia. 
— Ad Heren, 

Ad homo utilitas pruden- 
tia et intelligentia tuus con- 
ferre debere. 



English Examioles to te turned into Latin, 

I desire to assist that company in whatever things 71 can. — 
It is not allowable for the sake of one's own advantage to hiirt 
another. — I favoured the commonwealth which I have always 
favoured, and your dignity and glory. — I will overcome my dis- 
position and command myself, — He commands those desires ichich 
others ohey. — He opposed the designs of the daring with authori- 
ty. — That softer part of his soul submits to reason as a modest 
soldier [submits] to a severe commander. — He obeys himself and 
follows his own rules. — Re threatens the same punishment to the 
l)est citizens. — Marcellinus was angry with you. — I am by no 
means accustomed to be rashly angry with my friends. — You say 
indeed many things, but no one believes you, — I recommend my- 
self entirely to your love and affection. 



409.— EuLE XYIII. 
the dative. Also 410. 



An impersonal verb governs 



Thou may est (it is lawful for 
thee to) be good and happy. 

Thou may est not (it is not law- 
ful for thee to) hurt another for 
the sake of thy own advantage. 

A good man is not at liberty 
(it is not lawful for a good man) 
not to return a kindness if only 
he can do it. 

A man may (it is lawful for a 
man to) keep a holiday without 
luxurv. 



Licere tu esse (Gr. 327) to- 
nus et heat us, 

ISTon licej'e tu commodum 
tuus (xxxv.) causa nocere 
(Gr. 403) alter.— Cic. 

Vir bonus non licere non 
reddere beneficium, si modo 
is facere (31) posse. — Id, 

Licere homo sine luxuria 
agere festus dies, — Se2^. 



DATIVE GOVERNED BY VERBS. 



125 



He that (to whom it) agrees 
well with poverty, is rich. 

That only which is honest is 
good, as the Stoics are of opinion 
(honesty only is good as it pleases 
the Stoics). 



Qui cum paupertas hene 
convenire^ dives esse. — Sen. 

Honestum solus bonus esse, 
ut Stoicus placer e, — Cio. Off. 



411. — These verbs potest^ cmpit^ incipit^ desinit^ debet^ and 
solet before the infinitive of impersonals, become impersonal also ; 
as, non potest credi tibi, " you cannot be believed." 



Through virtue men may go to 
heaven (it may be gone to the 
stars). 

A man cannot live (it cannot be 
lived) safely without friendship. 

A man cannot live (it cannot 
be lived) pleasantly, unless he live 
(unless it be lived) wisely, honest- 
ly, and justly. 

Men are wont to sin (it is wont 
to be sinned) every where. 

It uses to concern the public. 

I begin to be ashamed (it be- 
gins to ashame me) of my fault. 

I ought to be sorry (it ought to 
grieve me) for my fault. 

Cease to be dissatisfied with 
(let it cease to repent thee of) thy 
condition. 

Do nothing which thou mayest 
repent of (it may repent thee of). 

They ought to be sorry for (it 
ought to repent them of) their 
fooleries. 

The praise and glory of others 
uses to be envied (it uses to be 
envied to the praise, &c.). 

Thou oughtest to pity (it ought 
to pity thee of) the needy. 

It often uses to happen ill to 
good men, and very well to the 
bad. 

Fame cannot well be believed 
(it cannot be well trusted to fame). 



Per virtus posse iri ad as- 
trum. 

IsTon posse mvi tuto sine 
amicitia. — Oio. Mn, 2. 

Non posse jucunde mvi^ 
nisi sapienter, honeste, juste- 
que {BO)vivi, — Cio. Fin. 1. 

Solere peccari ubique. 

Bolere inter esse respublica. 

Incipere pudere ego pecca- 
tum meus. 

Dehere pmnitere ego pecca- 
tum meus. 

Desinere pc&nitere tu sors 
tuus. 

Nihil (25)facere, qui tu 
pcenitere (lv.) posse. — Oio. 

Ineptis9 suus is podnitere 
debere. 

Alius laus et gloria (Gr. 
403) invideri solere. — Cio. 

Debere miserere tu egenus. 

Sa3pe solei^e male evenire 
bonus, et optime improbus. 
(Gr. 398.) 

Non posse bene credi (Gr, 
403) lama. 



126 



SYNTAX. 



It is very great folly to be af- 
flicted with grief, when thou art 
sensible (under standest) that no 
good can be done (by it). 

One cannot come (it cannot be 
come) to wisdom without the libe- 
ral studies. 

Long time demolishes every 
thing: But wisdom cannot be 
harmed (it cannot be hurt to wis- 
dom). 

Men cannot dispute (it cannot 
be disputed) well with passionate- 
ness or obstinacy. 

I could never be persuaded (it 
could never be persuaded to me) 
that souls died when they were 
gone out of these mortal bodies. 

God uses to consult and provide 
not only for all mankind, but also 
for each particular man (it uses 
to be consulted and provided by 
God not only for the whole race 
of men, but also for pai'ticular 
persons). 



Summus esse stultitia moe- 
ror confici, quum (30)intel- 
ligere nihil posse profici. — 
Cic. Tusc, 3. 

Sine liberalis studium ad 
sapientia veniri non posse, — 
Sen. 

Nihil non longus demoliri 
aatas : At sapientia (Gr. 403) 
noceri non posse. 

Cum ira aut pertinacia rec- 
te disputari non posse, — Cio. 
1. Fin. 

Ego nunquam persuaderi 
posse^ animus, quum ex hie 
corpus mortalis (39) exire, 
emori. — Cio. de Sen, 

Non universus solum ge- 
nus homo, sed etiam singuli, 
a Deus consuli et provideri 
solere, — Oio. J^at, D, 



412. — Impersonal verbs have sometimes a nominative case 
before them. 



Candid peace becomes men, 
cruel anger wild beasts. 

If any thing is unbecoming in 
others, let us avoid it ourselves. 

We see more in others than in 
ourselves, if any fault is com- 
mitted. 

Beware the day before, lest thou 
shouldst (mayest) do that which 
may trouble thee the day after. 

That which is allowed is un- 
pleasing. 

Hah' of our time is slept away. 
In the longest life there is very 
little time that is lived. 



Candidus pax homo, trux 
decere ira fera. — Ov. 

Si quid dedecere in alius, 
vitare ipse. — Cio. Off, 2. 

Magis in alius cernere, 
quam in egomet ipse, si quid 
delinqui. — Id, 

Pridie (25) caver e, ne fa- 
cere qui tu pigere postridie. 
— Plaut. 

Qui licere^ ingratus esse. — 
Ov. 

Dimidium setas noster 
edormiri. In longissimus vi- 
ta minimum esse qui vivi, — 
Sen. Fp. 99. 



DATIVE GOVERNED BY VERBS. 



121 



Whatever sin is committed by 
many is unpunished. 

In injuring the life of a father, 
man3^ sins are committed. 



Quicquid multus peccari^ 
inultus esse. — Luo. 

In pater vita (72) violandus 
multa ^eccari. — Oic. Far, 3. 



IST. B. Most impersonal verbs have a nominative case expressed 
or understood, or something in place of it. Eefert^ interest^ decet^ 
delectat^ juvat^ oportet^ lihet^ lieet^ &c., have an infinitive mood 
or clause answering to the question who or wJiat^ that supplies 
the place of a nominative case to them ; as, What is the concern 
of subjects ? Ans. To obey the laws. And so in the other ex- 
an:iples at Eule xviii, Ex. i, ii, iii. There are, however, some 
impersonal verbs that have no nominative or subject understood, 
such as 2^^uit^ gelat^ and the like ; but especially passive imper- 
sonals ; as curritiir^ statur^ &c., the design of these verbs being 
nothing else but to express the bare thing or action itself, with- 
out tlie least regard to any person or suppositum. (Gr. 413. 
Obs. 3.) 



Note.—A.Ti intransitive verb may be changed into the impersonal 
in tur (Gr. 223-3), when the subject of the verb is a word signify- 
ing a multitude (as, multi, omnes, <fec.); or any one whoever (as, qui- 
vis, ullus, aliguis, quisqnam, <fec.) ; sl&, fletur, i.e. ah omnibus, iov Jient 
omnes, they all A^eep. Vivltur exiguo melius^ for Homo vivit exiguo 
melius, a man (i. e. any one) lives better with a little. (Gr.410. JExpL) 



Through virtue men go to hea- 
ven (it is gone to the stars). 

A man does not live (it is not 
lived) safely, and without fear, 
without friendship. 

A man does not live (it is not 
lived) pleasantly, unless he live 
(unless it be lived) wisely, honest- 
ly, and justly. 

War is to be undertaken, that 
w^e may hve (that it may be lived) 
in peace without injury. 

The advantages of others are 
envied (it is envied to, &c.). 

Men sin (it is sinned) every 
where. 

They sin (it is sinned) within 
the Trojan walls and without. 



Per virtus m ad astrum ; 
for homines eunt. 

Non tut5 et sine metus mvi 
sine amicitia ; i. e, Non ullus 
vivit. 

Non jucunde mvi^ nisi sa- 
pienter, honeste, justeque 
(30) mvi. 

Suscipiendus esse helium, 
ut in pax sine injuria (liv.) 
mvi. — Cio. 

Invideri commodum (Gr. 
403) alius.— /<:Z. 

Feccari ubique. 

Iliacus intra murus peccari 
et extra. — Hoe. 



128 



SYNTAX. 



'Ro prudent man (nobody pru- 
dent) punishes, because an offence 
has been committed (it has been 
sinned), but that offences may not 
be committed (lest it may be 
sinned). 

Men offend (it is sinned) against 
justice two ways, both by doing 
injury and by omitting of defend- 
ing. 

The foundations of justice are, 
first, that nobody be hurt (that it 
be hurt to no one), then that the 
common good be consulted (that 
service be done to the common 
good). 

The discourse shows a fault to 
be in the manners, w^hen people 
are forward to speak (it is spoken 
forwardly) of the absent for the 
sake of detraction (of detracting). 

Through the vices of men they 
come (it is come) to battles. 



l!Temo prudens punire, quia 
S peccari^ sed ne (lit.) pec^ 
cari, — Sen. de Ir, 



Peccari in justitia duo 
(xxxv.) modus, et inferendus 
(lxii.) injuria, et prfBtermit- 
tendus (lxii.) defensio. — Cic. 

Fundamentum esse justi- 
tia, primum (Gr. 403) nequis 
(31) noceri^ deinde ut com- 
munis (Gr. 403) utilitas (31) 
serviri. — Oic. . 

Sermo vitiuni inesse mos 
indicare, quura studios^ de 
absens detrahere (xxxv.) cau- 
sa did. — Id, 

Homo (xxxv.) vitium ad 
prasHum 3 veniri. — Frop, 2. 



The pupil may be accustomed to vary these passive impersonals 
by the active voice. 



415.- 
genitive. 



EXCEPTIONS. 



-Exc. I. Refert and interest govern tlie 



It is the concern of (it con- 
cerns) subjects to obey the laws. 

It is the concern of (it concerns) 
all men to endeavour (to use en- 
deavour) for virtue. 

It very much concerns the pub- 
lic, that all should consult for 
peace and concord. 

It much concerns the common 
good, that youth be well edu- 
cated. 



Civis Teferre lex (Gr. 399) 
obtemperare. 

Interesse omnis dare opera 
virtus. 

Yehementer interesse res- 
publica^ ut omnis (31) con- 
sulere pax et concordia. 

Multum interesse utilitas 
communis, juventus probe 
institui. 



DATIVE GOVERNED BY VERBS. 



129 



It is of very great importance 
in composing (it very much con- 
cerns composition), which [words] 
yon put before others (which). 

When king Lysimachus threat- 
ened the cross to Theodorus, It is 
all one to (it nothing concerns) 
Theodorus, says he, whether he 
rots on the ground or on high. 



Plurimum referre composi- 
tio quis (Gr. 399) quis (Gr. 
627-5) anteponere. — Quinct. 

Quum rex Lysimachus 
(xxix.) Theodorus crux 
(32) minari, Theodorus^ in- 
quit, nihil interesse (Gr. 559) 
humusne, an sublime (Gr. 
627-5) putrescere. — C. Tusc.l. 



416. — But instead of tlie genitives Tiiei^ tui^ sui,, 
&c., the possessives "tnea^ tiia^ sua^ nostra^ vestra^ are 
nsecl. 



It concerns thee not to believe 
rashly. 

That which thoii dost well, 
thou dost for thyself ; it concerns 
thee most. 

AVho is there that does not love 
modesty in youth, though it does 
nothing concern him ? 

Cease to ask that which nothing 
concerns thee. 



Tuus referre non temere 
credere. 

Bene qui facere, tu facere ; 
tuus is referre maxime. — 
Plaut. 

Quis esse, qui pudor in 
adolescentia, etiamsi suits ni- 
hil (30) interesse^ non (lv.) 
diligero? — Cic. Fin, 

Tuus qui nihil interesse^ 
percontari desinere. — Tee. 



419. — Exc. II. These five, miseret^ foanitet^ jpudet^ 
tcedet^ and piget^ govern the accusative of the imme- 
diate, with the genitive of the remote object. Also 
No. 420. 



I am ashamed (it ashames me) 
of my fault. 

He that is sorry for (he whom 
it repents of) a fault is almost 
innocent. 

I judge him worthy of punish- 
ment, who is not ashamed (whom 
it does not asharae) of his fault. 

He doubles the sin, that is not 
ashamed (whom it does not a- 
shame) of his fault. 



Pudere ego jpeccatum mens. 

Qui jpcenitere peccatum^ 
psBne esse innocens. — Se:;^. 

Qui non pudere peccatum^ 
hie poena dignus judicare. — 
Cio* de Or. 

Geminare pecoatum, qui 
delictum non pudere. — Cio, 



ISO 



SYNTAX. 



I am sorry for and ashamed 
(it grieves and ashames me) of 
my folly. 

Is he concerned for (does it 
ashame him of) the fact ? 

There are some men that are 
neither weary nor ashamed (whom 
it neither wearies nor ashames) 
of their lust and infamy. 

Pity thou (let it pity thee of) 
the needy. 

They that have lived otherwise 
than became them, are most sorry 
for (it most repents those who 
have lived, &c. of) their sins 
when death approaches (death 
approaching). 

I am not very much dissatisfied 
with (it does not repent me very 
much of) my fortune. 

Every one is dissatisfied with 
(it repents every one of) his own 
lot. 

If thou art sorry for (if it re- 
pents thee of) thy fault, thou wilt 
take care not to (lest thou) com- 
mit any such thing hereafter. 



Ego stultitia mens pigere 
et piidere, — Cio. 

ls"um factum (eiirn) 'pu- 
dere f — Tee. 

Esse homo, qui libido in- 
fconiaqne suus neque (lv.) 
tcedere^ neque (lv.) pudere. — 
Cic. 

Miserere tu egenus, 

Is^ qui, secus quam 3 de- 
cere, vivere, peccatum suus, 
(lx.) mors appropinquans, 
maxime pcenitere. — Cic. JJiv. 
1. 

Bgo mens fortuna non ni- 
mis pcenitere. — Oio. 

Suus qiiisque sors posnitere, 
—Cio. 

Si tu peccatum tuns pani- 
tere^ cavere ne quid talis post- 
hac (Bl) conirnittere. — Cio. 
Qf.l. 



Note. — An infinitive mood sometimes supplies the place of the 
genitive. (Gr. 421, Obs. 1.) 



He is almost innocent, w^ho re- 
pents (whom it repents) that he 
has sinned. 

Art thou not ashamed (does it 
not ashame thee) to allot the re- 
licts (leavings) of life to virtue 
and a good mind ? 

I am not ashamed (it does not 
ashame me) to confess that I do not 
know that which I do not know. 

There is no fear lest thou 
shouldst repent (lest it should re- 
pent thee) that thou hast striven 
in kindness first. 



Qui pcenitere peccare., paene 
esse innocens. — Sex. 

Non pudere tu reliquiae 
vita virtus et bonus mens 
destinare f — Id. 

IN'on ego pudere fateri [me] 
nescire [id] qui (Gr. 656) ne- 
scire. — Cic. 

ISTon metus, officium ne ^i^ 
certare prior (liv.) pcBnitere, 

— -YlEO. 



DATIVE GOVERNED BY VERBS. 



131 



423. — Exc. III. Decet^ delectat^ juvat^ and oportet^ 
govern tlie accusative of a person with tlie infinitive. 



* It becomes a young man to be 
modest. 

There are [some] that delight 
(whom it delights) to lead an idle 
life. 

And there are [some] that de- 
light (whom it delights) to ply 
their studies. 

We must (it behoves us to) 
choose the least of evils. 

He ought (it behoves him) to 
obtain, who asks a reasonable 
thing. 

Integrity and innocence ought 
(it behoves integrity, &c.) to be in 
him that (who) accuses another. 

He that accuses another of dis- 
honesty ought (it behoves him 
who, (fee.) to look upon himself. 

Men ought (it behoves men) to 
reckon that God sees all things, 
that all things are full of God. 

Thales said that men ought 
(that it behoved men) to reckon 
that God sees ail things, &c. 

All people ought (it behoves all 
people) then most of all to medi- 
tate with themselves how to (by 
what means they may) bear ad- 
verse calamity when things are 
most prosperous. 

Thou oughtest (it behoves thee) 
to eat, that thou mayest live ; not 
to live, that thou mayest eat. 



Decere adolescens esse vere- 
cundus. — Plaut. 

Esse qui (Gr. 638) delec- 
tare segnis traducere vita. 

Et esse qui (Gr. 399) stu- 
dium invigilare (Gr. 638) 
jwDare, 

Ex malum minimus opor- 
tire (nos) eligere, — Oio. 

Impetrare oportet is^ qui 
ffiquus postulare. — Plaut. 

Integritas atque innoeentia 
esse oportere in is, qui alter 
accusare. — Cic. 

Qui alter incusare probrum, 
is ipse sui intueri oportere, — 
Plaut. 

Homo existimare oportere^ 
Deus omnis cernere, omnis 
Deus plenus esse. 

Thales 3 dicere, houio ex- 
istimare oportere^ Deus om- 
nis cernere, &;c. — Cic. 2 Leg. 

Omnis^ quum secundus res 
esse maxim e, tum maxim e 
sui cum meditari oportere^ 
quis pactum (xxxv.) adversus 
serumna (Gr. 627-5) ferre. — 
Ter. 

Esse oportere (te)^ ut vi- 
vere ; non mvere ut esse. — 
Ad Jleren, 



Oportet elegantly has the subjunctive {iit being understood) 
with a nominative. (Gr. 425.) 

Thy mind must (it behoves that Animus tuus oportere sui 

thy mind) judge itself rich, not (SO) judicare dives, non homo 

the speech of men, not thy pos- sermo, non possessio tuus. — 

sessions. Cio. Par, 



132 



SYNTAX. 



Thou must (it behoves that 
thou) love me myself, not my 
things, if Ave are (about) to be 
true friends. 

Every one must take care (it 
behoves that every one consult) 
for himseK. 

Place not the hope of thy af- 
fairs in the rewards of men (in 
human rewards) ; virtue itself 
ought to (it behoves that virtue 
itself) draw thee to true honour 
by its own charms. 



Ego ipse [ut tu] (S0)a7nare 
02:)07'tere^ non mens, si verus 
amicus faturus sum. — Cic. 
Fin. 1. 

Sui quisque (30) consulere 
oporter'e. — Oic. 

ISTec spes ponere res tuus 
in prsemium humanus ; suns 
tu illecebr^e oportere ipse vir- 
tus (30) traJiere ad verus de- 
cus. — Oic. Sorn. Sci^). 



Things to de odserved concerning Impersonal Verhs. 

Note 1. — The word that seems to be the nominative ease in Eng- 
lish is frequently such case in Latin as the impersonal verb has after 
it ; as, I may, licet mihi ; I am at leisure, vacat mihi ; I repent, poe- 
nitet me ; I am ashamed, pudet me; I am weary, toedet me; If you 
please, si placet tibi. 

Note 2. — But if onust or ought be rendered by oportet, the nomi- 
native case to must or ought in English must in Latin be put to the 
verb following, and made sucli case as that requires before it ; as, I 
must go, oportet me ire, or ut ego earn. 

See examples above in Exe. IIL 

Note 3, — If the verb following be impersonal, the nominative case 
to must or ought must be such case in Latin as the impersonal requires 
after it ; as, Oportet credi mihi, I ought to be believed. 



A witness being an enemy must 
not be believed. (It ought not to 
be trusted to a witness being an 
enemy.) 

When one shall have once for- 
sworn himself, he ought not to be 
believed afterwards (it ought not 
to be trusted to him afterwards). 



Inimicus testis 
oportere. — Cic. 



credi 



non 



Ubi semel quis 6pejerare, 
is credi postea non oportere. 
— Cio. 



English Examples to le turned into Latin. 

It by no means lecomes an orator to be in a passion. — Honesty 
is the only excellency as the Stoics are of opinion (as it pleases 



DATIVE GOVERNED BY VERBS. 



133 



the Stoics). — It is laiofalfor no man to sin. — If you are tired of 
such citizens, show it.—Icim quite tired of my life, all things are 
so very full of the utmost distress. — Neitlier myself nor others 
shall repent of my industry.— Indeed lam not ashamed of you, 
wliose memory I have always admired, but (I am ashamed) of 
Chrysippus. — I am grieved for the xery walls and huildings.^^ 
It is of great consequence^ to Cicero that I should he present (Gr. 
671) at his studies. — It is of great consequence to your private 
affairs that you come (Gr. 67l) as soon as possible.— /i pleases 
w 6 very much that you are of a cheerful mind.— 2. You ought 
long since, Catiline, 11 to have been dragged to death at the com- 
mand of the consul.— F(?2^ ought to be well furnished with the 
precepts of philosophy. 



427.— Rule XIX. Tlie verbs simr^ do, habeo, and 
some others, with the dative of the object, govern also 
the dative of the end or design. Also No, 428. 



Note. — Some other verbg, as, forem., 
relinquo, tfec, also govern two datives. 



'o, duco, verto, tribuo, haheo^ 



Letters are a remedy for forget- 
fulness. 

Covetousness is a great mischief 
to men. 

Every one minds his own plea- 
sure (his own pleasure is for a care 
to every one). 

Cruelty is hated by (is for ha- 
tred to) all, and piety and cle- 
mency beloved by (for love to) all. 

There is nothing that (which) 
can be a greater advantage, and a 
greater glory to thee, than to do 
kindnesses to (to deserve well of) 
as many as may be. 

Go on, young men, as you do, 
and pursue (apply to) the study 
of learning ; that you may (be 
able to) be an honour to your- 
selves, and a benefit to your 
friends, and an advantage to the 
public. 



Literse ^^ sulsidium ^ olli- 
mo ^ esse. 

Magnus ^^ malum ^homo 
* esse avaritia. 



^^ Our a * esse suns 
que voluptas. — Ov. 



' quis- 



^ Omnis ^ esse ^^ odium cru- 
delitas, et ^^ amor pietas et 
dementia. 

Nihil esse, qui tu major 
^^fructus, et major ^^ gloria 
" esse (Gr. 639) posse, quam 
bene mereri de quam pluri- 
mus. — Cio. Ep, Fam. 10, 5. 

Pergere, ut focere, adole- 
scens, atque incumbere in 
studium doctrina ; ut ^ tu 
^^ honor, et ^amicus ^^ ntili- 
tas, et ^respullica ^^ emolu- 
mentum esse (liv.) posse. — 
Cio. de Or, 



134 SYNTAX. 

It is not only to be reckoned Qui nocere alius (Gr. 403) 

(given) not a commendation, but nt prodesse alius, ^ hie non 

even a fault, to them that (who) modo non ^^ laus^ veriim 

injure one, that they may do good etiam ^^ vitium * dandus esse. 

to another. — Oio. Off, 1. 

The dative of the person is sometimes understood. (Gr. 482.) 

EXAMPLES. 

That which thou spendest in Qui in res divinus (Gr. 644) 
religion [divine things] is gain. sumere, ^^lucrum ^esse P^^J^]. 

— Plaijt. 

All men hate injustice (have in- Omnis ^^ odium ^hadere in- 
justice for hatred to themselves), ^nvisi [^ sidi], 

English Examples to "be turned into Latin, 

I wish that thing *lmay de a satisfaction to Mm. — ^ Let Jiim 
have myself/6>r his example, — Apply then for (seek) that oflSce in 
which 7 you can he of great service to me. — He was of great use 
loth to me and my brother Quintus. — A large house often becomes 
a disgrace to the owner. — To go upon the stage and to be a spec- 
tacle to the people.^ was a disgrace to nobody in these nations. 



COXSTEUCTIOX OF THE ACCUSATIYE. 

ACCTJSATIVE GOVEEXED BY VERBS. 

^436. — EuLE XX. A transitive verb in the active 
voice governs tlie accusative. 

SPECIAL EULES. 

437. — I. A transitive deponent verb governs the 
accusative. 

Beware of intemperance. Cavere intemperantia. 

Wealth finds friends. Ees ainicus in^enire. 

Complaisance begets friends, Obsequium amicus^ Veritas 

[plain] truth hatred. odium pare re. —Teii. 



ACCUSATIVE GOVERNED BY VERBS. 



135 



A life well spent makes old ago 
pleasant. 

Benefits get friends, and [one] 
good turn begets [another] good 
turn. 

Use makes artists. 

Anger begets hatred. 

Love overcomes all diflSculties. 

Time consumes iron and stone. 
Care follows increasing money. 
One night awaits all men. 
Can riches make a man wise ? 

Riches change [men's] minds, 
breed pride and arrogance, pro- 
cure envy. 

Men see the advantages of 
base things with fallacious judg- 
ments, they do not see the pun- 
ishment. 

Virtue both gives quiet of life, 
and takes away the terror of 
death. 

Do not thou lay down thy eyes 
for sweet sleep, before (sooner 
than) thou hast recounted all the 
actions of the long day. 

Keep thy mind, eyes, hands, 
from other men's things. 

A stomach, seldom fasting, dis- 
dains ordinary things. 

We ought to beware lest those 
vices deceive us which seem to 
imitate virtue. For knavery imi- 
tates prudence, pride greatness 
of mind, prodigality liberalness, 
fool-hardiness valour, and super- 
stition religiousness. 

I will leave your dreams ; I 
will proceed to your crimes. 



Vita bene actus jucundus 
efficere senectiis, 

Beneficium parere amicus^ 
et gratia gratia parere, 

TJ^Visfacere artifex. — Ov. 

Ira odium generare. 
Vincere amor omnis diffi- 
cultas. — Cio. 

Consumere ferrum lapis- 
que vetustas. — Ov. 

Crescens seg[ui cura pecu- 
nia. — Hoe. 

ISTox manere unus omnis. — 
Id. 

Divitiaene liomo prudens 
reddere posse ? — Id. 

DivitisD mutare animus^ 
superhia et arrogantia pa- 
rere^ invidia co7itrahere. 

Emolitmentum res turpis 
fallax judicium mdere homo, 
poena non mdere. — Oio. Off. 
3. 

Virtus et vita tranquillitas 
largiri^ et terror mors tol- 
Ure. — Oio. 

ISTe prius in dulcis (25) de- 
clinare lumen somnus, om- 
nis quam longus Qreputare 
actum dies. — Aus. 

Ab ahenus mens.^ oculus, 
manus^ alstinere. — Cio. 

Jejunus raro stomachus 
vulgaris temnere. — Hor. 

Cavere (Gr. 699) esse, ne 
(liv.) fallere ego is vitium, 
qui virtus videri imitari. 
Nam prudentia malitia, mag- 
nitudo animus superhia, II- 
Ijeralitas effusio, fortitudo 
audacia, et religio superstitio 
imitari. — Cic. Or. Fartit. 

Eelinquere somnium tuus ; 
venire ad scelus. — Oio. 



136 



SYNTAX. 



438. — II. An intransitive verb may govern a 
noun of kindred signification in the accusative. Also 
1^0. 439. 



He that will live a liappy life, 
must (it behoves him who shall 
wish to live a happy life, that he) 
be endued with virtue. 

It is but a small part of life 
which we live. 

[That time] which we live is 
but a moment, and less than a 
moment. 

He serves a very miserable sla- 
very who serves his lusts. 



Qui beatus mta mvere 5 voi- 
le, is virtus prseditus (31) esse 
oportere. — Sen. 

Exiguus pars esse vita qui 
ego vivere. — Sen. 

Punctum esse, qui mvere^ 
et punctum minus. — Sen. 

Miserrimus servire servitus^ 
qui servire (Gr. 403) cupidi- 

tas suus. 



English Examples to le turned into Latin, 

The voluntary virtues surpass the mrtues not voluntary. — 
!N"o one avoids pleasure itself, because it 7 is pleasure. — All men 
Z admired his diligence and acknowledged Ms genius. — When he 
says '' Know thyself^'''' he says " Know thy own raind^ — Drive 
that rascal from those places. — Observe the sorrow and grief of 
all these persons. — They lost not only their goods but their ho- 
nour also. — Your ancestors first conquered all Italy. — Time does 
not only not lessen this grief., but even increases it. — There is no 
one so old who 7 does not think he may live a year, — They will 
live a safer life under my protection. — Why have they not run 
the same course at this time which they ran before f 



440. — Obs. 1. Verbs signifying to name., choose., appoint., 
constitute., and the like, besides the accusative of the object, take 
also the accusative of the name^ office., character., &c., ascribed to 
it. All such verbs, in the passive, have the same case after, as 
before them, (Gr. S20.) 



Antony called his flight victory, 
because he had escaped alive. 

The Julian clan calls lulus the 
founder of their name. 
^ The people made Ancus Mar- 
cius kina:. 



Antonius fuga suus quia 
vivus exire victoria vocdre, 

lulus gens Julius autor no- 
men suus nuncupdre. 

Ancus Marcius rex popu- 
lus credre. 



ACCUSATIVE GOVERNED BY VERBS. 



137 



The recollection of pleasures 
enjoyed renders life happy. 

Wisdom offers herself to us as 
the surest guide to pleasure. 

Ancus Marcius was made king 
by the people. 

Thunder on the left is reckoned 
a very good omen on all occasions 
except at elections. 

Homer, Virgil, and Horace, are 
justly esteemed most excellent 
l)oets. 

4il.— Obs. 2. A certain Ely- 
si us was bitterly lamenting the 
death of his son. 

Permit me first to give vent to 
this fury. 

What fish would taste like the 
sea itself. 

The sweet muses have usually 
smelt of wine in the morning. 

442. — History ought not to go 
beyond the truth. 

We will go hence, some to the 
parched Africans, part to Scythia, 
and we will come to the rapid 
Oaxis of Crete, and to the Britons 
far separated from the whole 
world. 



Yoluptas perceptus recor- 
datio vita heatus facer c. 

Sapientia certus sui ego 
dux prcBhere ad voluptas. 

Ancus Marcius rex a popu- 
lo creari, 

Fulmen sinister auspicium 
optimus Jiaberi ad omnis res 
prseterquam ad comitia. 

Homerus^ Virgilius^ et Ho- 
ratius^ bonus poeta merito 
existimari. 

Elysius quidam graviter 
filius mors raodrere. 

Hie sinere ego fur ere ante 
furorem. 

Quis piscis sapere ipse 
mare. 

Vinum (pi.) fere dulces 
olere mane Camense. 

Historia non debere egredi 
supra 'Veritas, 

Ego hinc, alius sitiens ire 
Afri ; pars Scythia, et rapi- 
dus Cret89 Oaxes venire, et 
penitus totus divisus orbis 
Britannus. — Yieq. Sup, ad. 



443. — The accusative after many verbs depends on a prepo- 
sition with which they are compounded. 

1st. The planet Yenus is called Stella Yenus Lucifer dici 

Lucifer when it goes before the quum antegredi sol, 
sun. 

The Yenetians dwell around a Yeneti sinus circinncolere 

gulf of the sea. mare. 

Apollonius laughed at philoso- Apollonius irridere philo- 

phy. sojyhia, 

the Samnites descend into the Samnis descendere in plani- 

plain which lies between Capua ties qui Capua Tifataque in- 

and Tifata. terjacere. 

The Euphrates flows through Euphrates Babijlonia me- 

the midst of Babylon. dius permeare. 



138 



SYNTAX. 



2d. Caesar leads Ms army across 
the Loire, and reaches the terri- 
tories of the Bituriges. 

Hannibal led ninety thousand 
infantry [and] twelve thousand 
cavalry across the Ebro. 

Caesar conveyed a great part of 
the cavalry across the river. 



Caesar exercitus Liger trans- 
ducere atque in Bituriges finis 
pervenire. 

]Sronaginta^n27Z6 pedes, duo- 
decim onille eques Hannibal 
Iherus traducere. 

Equitum magnus pars flu- 
men Caesar trajicere. 



445. — EuLE. The infinitive mood or part of a sentence is 
often used as the object of a transitive verb instead of the accu- 
sative. 



Tarquin resolved to send to 
Delphi. 

Caesar gave orders to advance 
the standards, and extend the 
maniples. 

I wish to leave the city before 
it dawns. 

Dicaearchus wishes to make out 
that souls are mortal. 

The philosopher will show that 
the sun is great. 

I desire to know what you 
think of these things. 

I wish to be a judge, not a 
teacher. 

I wish you would answer me. 



Tarquinius Delphi mittere 
statuere. 

Signum inferre et mani- 
pulus laxare Caesar ^judere, 

Exire ex urbs priusquam 
lucescere 'celle, 

Dicaearchus xelle efficere 
animus esse mortalis. 

Magnus esse sol philoso- 
phus probare. 

Quis de is 1 cogitare scire 
velle. 

Judex 4 ego esse^ non doctor 
velle. 

Velle utS ego 7respondere, 



COI^STEUCTIQ]^ OF THE YGCATIVE. 

The vocative is used to designate the person or thing ad- 
dressed, but forms no part of the proposition with which it stands, 
and it is used either with or without an interjection. (Gr. 448.) 

449. — EuLE XXL The interjections, 0^ heu^ and 
^proh {pro\ are construed with the vocative. 

^ Then thou, O Jupiter, wilt drive Tum tu, Jupiter^ hie et Mo 
him and his associates from thy socius, a tuus ara arcere. 
altars. 



ABLATIVE AFTER NOUNS. 



139 



You, Hannibal, know liow to 
conquer. 

What is there, Catiline, which 
now can delight you in this city. 

Wherefore, Romans, celebrate 
those days with your wives and 
your children. 

Good gods I what is there long 
in the life of man ? 

Some fraud is concealed ; trust 
not the horse, Trojans. 

What more important affair, O 
holy Jupiter ! ever occurred not 
in this city only, but in any 
country ? 

451. — O fortunate republic, if 
indeed it shall have thrust forth 
this refuse of this city. _ 



Yincere scire Hannibal, 

Quis esse, Catilina^ qui tu 
jam in hie nrbs delectare 
7 posse. 

Quamobrem, Quirites^ ce- 
lebrare'ille dies cum conjunx 
ac liberi vester. 

O deus bonus, quis esse in 
homo vita diu ? 

Aliquis latere error ; equus 
ne credere, Teucri. 

Qui res unquam, pro sanc- 
tus Jupiter^ non modo in hio 
urbs, sed in omnis terra geri 
major ? 

O fortunatus respublica^ si 
quidem hie sentina hie urbs 
6 ejicere. — Oio. 



CONSTRUCTIOIsr OF THE ABLATIVE. 



THE ABLATIVE AFTEE NOUNS. 



456.— EuLE XXII. Ojpus and usus^ signifying 
need, require tlie ablative. Also 457. 



Let him give pardon easily, 
who has (to whom there is) need 
of pardon. 

There is no need of passionate- 
ness to punishing. 

There is no need of an angry 
chastiser for the restrainment of 
those that err (of the erring), and 
of the bad. 

459.— First, there is need of 
consultation ; and when thou hast 
consulted, [there is] need of time- 
ly execution. 

What need is there of more ? 



Dare ille venia facile, qui 
(Gr. 394) i^enia esse opus, — 
Sen. 

Iracundia non opus esse ad 
(Gr. 704) punire. — Id. 

Ad correctio errans scele- 
ratusque iratus castigator non 
esse opus, — Id. 

Prius consuUum ; et ubi 
(21) consulere, matuYe factum 
esse opics, — Sal. 

Quid opus esse plura? 



140 



SYNTAX. 



He that (who) always desires 
more, confesses that he has (there 
is to him) need of getting. Now 
who can ever truly call him rich 
that has (to whom there is) need 
of £>'ettin^ ? 



Qui semper appetere am- 
plius, confiteri (Gr. 394) sui 
qucBsltum oj)iis esse. Qui au- 
tem qiimitum opus esse, quis 
hie unquam vere (38) dicere 
dives ?— Cic. Par, 6. 



Ablative goveened by Adjectives. 

462. — ^EuLE XXIII. The adjectives dignus^ in- 
dignits^ contentus^ pixeditits^ captus^ and fretus / also 
the participles natus^ satics^ ortus^ editus^ and the like, 
denoting origin, govern the ablative. Also 463. 



They are men in name only, 
not in reality, who do [things] 
unbecoming a man. 

Bear a mind worthy of praise. 

Nobody is fit for (is worthy of) 
friendship, who is not endued 
with virtue. 

Nothing is more becoming a 
great and brave man, than cle- 
mency and being soon pacified 
(placabihty). 

Who would call him a gentle- 
man, who is unworthy of his 
family ? 

How comes it to pass, that no- 
body lives contented with his 
condition (lot) ? 

Nature is content with a little. 

I can live contented with a 
little. 

Wisdom is always contented 
with that which is present. 

Let him be both blind and deaf 
(seized both in his eyes and ears). 

He is descended of illustrious 
ancestors. 



Esse homo nomen tantum, 
non res, qui homo indignus 
facer e. 

Gerere animus laus dignus, 
— Cio. 

Nemo esse dignus amici- 
tia^ qui non esse prceditus 
virtus . 

Nihil magnus et prseclarus 
mr dignior esse, dementia et 
placabilitas. — do. Off. 1. 

Quis generosus (38) dicere 
hie, qui indignus genus esse ? 
— Juv. 

Qui fieri, ut nemo sors suus 
contentus (liv.) vivere ? — 

HOR. 

Natura parvum contentus 
esse. — Cio. Fin. 

Possum contentus vivere 
parvum. — Tib. 
. Sapientia semper is con- 
tentus esse qui adesse. — Oio 
Tusc, 

Esse et oculus et auris cap 
tus. — Cio. 

Illustris majores natus esse. 



ABLATIVE GOVERNED BY ADJECTIVES. 



141 



I rely (am relying) upon liis 
conduct (the conduct of him). 

lie that shall know himself, 
will be sensible that he has some- 
thing divine, and will always do 
soniethins^ worthy of so great a 
gift of God. 

Nothing is more unworthy of 
a man than the pleasure of the 
body : nature has begotten and 
formed us for some (certain) 
greater things. 

Only they who are endued with 
virtue are rich ; for they only 
possess things both advantageous 
and everlasting ; and they only 
are content with what they have 
(with their own things), which is 
the property of riches. 

Xerxes would not have been 
contented with a new pleasure 
being found out ; for lust shall 
never (not ever) find a bound. 



ITic consilium fretus esse. 
— Tee. 

Qui sui ipse Gnosse, sen- 
tire aliquid sui habere divi- 
nus, tantusque mumis Deus 
semper dignus aliquid facere. 
— Cio. Leg. I. 22. 

Nihil homo indignior esse, 
quam corpus voluptas : ad 
major quidam natura ego 
gignere et conformare. — Oic. 

Qui virtus prceditus esse, 
solus esse dives ; solus enim 
possidere res et fructuosus et 
sempiternus ; solusque con- 
tentus esse res suus, qui esse 
proprium divitise. — Cio. Fa- 
rad. 6. 

Xerxes novus voluptas in- 
ventus non esse contentus ; 
neque enim unquam finis in- 
venire libido. — Cio. Tuso. 5. 



English Examples to le turned into Latin. 

Philosophy is content with few judges. — Philippus, a man 
most iDorthy of his father^ grandfather^ and ancestors^ did the 
same thing. — Those by whom you were declared consul did not 
think you loorthy of the light. — These things are worthy of thee. — 
I see nothing in this Sulla deserving hatred^ many things worthy 
of compassion. — I think these things shameful and unworthy of 
me. — He was a wise man and endued with a certain lofty mind., 
and afiected with compassion. — Relying on your discernment, I 
say less than the cause requires. — 465. Undertake the care and 
attention most worthy of your virtue. 



The Ablative after the Compaeative Degeee. 

467. — EuLE XXIV. The comparatiye degree with- 
out a conjunction, governs the ablative. Also 468. 

Nothing is more lovely than Nihil esse amalilior vir- 
virtue. tus. — Oio. 



142 



SY>^TAX. 



"What is more desirable than 
wisdom ? what more excellent ? 

There is nothing more pleasant 
to a man than the sweetness of 
knowledge. 

"What is better than kindness 
(goodness) and doing good (bene- 
ficence) ? 

IsTothing is greater than use 
(custom). 

JSTothing can be more intolera- 
ble than a fortunate fool. 

ITo thing is pleasant er to the 
mind than the light of truth. 

Wisdom is often better than a 
sharp right hand. 

Nothing is sweeter than li- 
berty. 

Deeds are more difficult than 
words. 

Nothing is swifter than years. 

Peace alone is better than in- 
numerable triumphs. 

Nothing is more foolish than 
foolish laughter. 

The anger of God is more pow- 
erful (avails more) than human 
strength. 

The wise man thinks all things 
less than virtue alone. 

The poor man lives a securer 
life than the lords of the world. 

Old age is more to be feared 
than death. 

One (another) man is more pas- 
- sionate than another. 

Nothing dries up sooner than a 
tear. 

Base manners defile fine clothes 
(clothing) worse than dirt. 

469. — There is no vice worse 
than covetousness. 



Quid esse optabilior sapi- 
entia ? Quid praestantior ? 

Nihil esse homo jucundior 
suavitas scientia. 

Quid esse prcestantior to- 
nitas et leneficentia ? 

Nihil assuetudo majo7\ — 
Ov. 

Nihil intolerdbilior fieri 
posse insipiens fortunatus. 

Mens Veritas lux nihil dul^ 
cior esse. — Cio. 

Ssepe acer potior prudentia 
dextra esse. — Yal. Flag. 

Libertas nihil esse dulcior. 
—Cio. 

Factum verhum difficilior 
esse. — Cio. 

Nihil esse mlocior annus, 
— Ov. 

Pax unus triumplius innu- 
merus potior. — Sil. 

Bisus ineptus res ineptior 
nullus esse." — Cat. 

Phis valere humanus vires 
ira Deus. — -Ov. 

Cunctus putare sapiens 
unus mrtus minor. — Hoe. 

Pauper agere mundus do- 
minus securioi^ eevum. — 
Lijo. 8. 

Moi's magis metuendus se- 
nectus esse. 

Alius alius magis iracun- 
dus esse. — Cio. Tusc. 4. 

Lacryma nihil citius ares- 
cere.— -Oio. 

Pulcher ornatus turpis mos 
ccenum pejils collinere. — 
Plaut. 

Nullus mtium tetrior esse 
quam avaritia. 



ABLATIVE GOVERNED BY ADJECTIVES. 



143 



Certainly the ignorance of fu- 
ture evils is better than the know- 
ledge. 

It is fit that our country 
should be dearer to us than our- 
selves. 

-470. — The Koman people saw 
nothing with more pleasure than 
the elephants with their towers. 

Xerxes was defeated by the 
counsel of Themistocles more than 
by the arms of Greece. 

The multitude, when they have 
been seized with a groundless su- 
perstition, are more obedient to 
(obey better) their prophets than 
their leaders. 

471. — I am more than thirty 
years old. 

The camp extended more than 
eight miles in breadth. 

The soldiers fought very brave- 
ly more than four hours. 

473. — Many feel their own 
wrongs more deeply than they 
onght (right). 

The consuls had turned the 
thoughts of the citizens more than 
usual to themselves. 

Ciesar is said to be about to 
come sooner than was expected. 

Old age is naturally rather lo- 
quacious. 

Most of the exploits of Datames 
are too little known. 

474. — The besieged engaged in 
battle more fiercely than stea- 
dily. 

The design of Maraces was not 
more sagacious in its plan, than 
fortunate in its issue. 

475. — One arose braver than 
the rest. 



Certe ignoratio futurus 
malum utilior quam scientia. 

Decet carior esse patria 
ego quam egomet ipse. 

Nihil libentius populus 
Eomanus adspicere quam ele- 
fhantuB cum turris suus. 

Yinci Xerxes Themistocles 
magis consilium quam arma 
Gr^cia. 

Multitudo, nbi vanus reli- 
gio capi, melius 'cates quam 
dux suus parere. 



Plus triginta annus (Gr. 
565) nasci. 

Castra amjpUus mille (Gr, 
373) passus octo in 4 latitudo 
patere. 

Miles amplius Jiora (Gr. 
565) quatuor fortissime pug- 
nare. 

Multus injuria suus gravius 
cequus habere. 

Consul plies solitus conver- 
tere in sui civitas animus. 

Caesar opinio celerius ve- 
nire dici. 

Senectus esse natura loqua* 
cior. 

Ohscurior esse Datames 
gestum plerusque. 

Obsessus acriter (magis) 
quam constanter proelium 
inire. 

Consilium Maraces non ra- 
tio ^^ri^fZe/is quam eventus 
felix esse. 

\5\mspraicmterlLOVi\or 3ex- 
surg(ire. 



144 



SYNTAX. 



Galba ordered a miicli higher 
cross (a cross higher by much) 
than the rest to he erected. 

The Suevi labour to obtain corn 
and other productions more pa- 
tiently than would be expected, 
according to the usual inactivity 
of the Germans. 

477. — The Po is inferior to no 
river in clearness. 

"Wisdom accounts all human 
[things] inferior to virtue. 

478. — We have sought nothing 
else than the common liberty. 

479. — [His] opinion Tvas under- 
stood [as] more severe than he 
had intended. 



Galba multus 'printer cmte- 
rus altior statui crux jubere. 

Suevi frumentum c^terus- 
que fructus patientius quam 
pro solitus Germanus inertia 
laborare. 

Padus esse nuUus amnis 
(gen. pi. 355) claritas inferior, 

Sapientia humanus omnis 
inferior virtus duel. 

I^ec quisquam alius Wber- 
tas communis quaBrere. 

Sententia gravius at que 
ipse sentire excipi. 



English Examples to de turned into Latin, 

Who hath ever been more Tcnowing than this man? — "What 
is 7nore shameful than rashness 1 — Those things are clearer than 
the sun itself — What is more desirable than wisdom ? — Nothing 
is onore commendable^ nothing more worthij of a great and illus- 
trious 6 man (Gr. 462), than mildness and clemency, — My coun- 
try is much dearer to me than my life. — What is more pleasing 
than literary ease? — !N"othing is more inconstant than the common 
people,^ nothing more uncertain than the inclination of mankind. 
— There is nothing more pleasing to man than the light of truth, 
— What is better in man than a sagacious and good mind ? — Of 
all things by which any profit (any thing) is acquired, nothing is 
better than agriculture, nothing more advantageous, nothing 
more pleasing, nothing more worthy of a free man. 



Ablative govee]st:d by Yeebs. 

480. — EuLE XXY. Verbs of plenty and scarce- 
ness for the most part govern the ablative. Also 481. 



!N"aturo wants few and small 
things. 

Souls are free from (want) 
death ; and verses are free from 
(want) death. 



E'atura paucus res et par- 
vus eg ere. 

Mors carere anima ; et 
carmen m o rs carere, — v. 
Am. 



ABLATIVE GOVERNED BY VERBS. 



146 



He ought to be without (to 
want) fault, that (who) is pre- 
pared to speak against anotlier. 

Eminent things are never free 
from (never want) envy. 

Dost thou think thou canst find 
any woman that is without (who 
wants) fault? 

The belly has no (wants) ears. 

To be innocent (to be free from 
fault) is a great comfort. 

AU punishment and chastise- 
ment ought to be without con- 
tumely (reproach). 

Nothing can be honourable 
that is without (which wants) 
justice. 

Fortune frees many bad men 
from punishment, none from fear. 

Men abounding in wealth are 
often puffed up with disdainful- 
ness. 

We see some men flowing with 
money and wealth, yet to desire 
those things most with which 
they abound. 

Tantalus, they say, always 
wants, always abounds with clear 
waters. 

Themistocles was more willing 
to have (rather wished) a man 
that (who) wanted money, than 
money that [wanted] a man. 

He enjoys riches most, that 
(who) wants riches least. 

483 . — A madman needs a keeper. 

Nature decreed (wished) that 
one man should stand in need of 
(should need) another. 

We ought to help those rather 
than others, who most want re- 
Hef. 



Carere debere mtium^ qui 
paratus esse in alter dicere. 
— Cio. 

Nunquam eminens invidia 
carere. — Vell. Pat. 

Censer ene tu posse reperire 
ullus mulier, qui (Gr. 038) 
carere culpa ? — Tee. 

Venter carere auris. 

Vacare culpa magnus esse 
solatium. — Cio. 

Omnis animadversio et cas- 
tigatio contumelia vacare (Gr. 
315) debere.— Cic. Off, 1. 

Nihil honestus esse posse, 
qmjustitia vacare, (Gr. 639.) 
—Cio. 

Multus malus fortuna libe- 
rare poena^ metus nemo. — 
Sex. Up, 98. 

Homo diviticB affiuens^ sre- 
pe efferri fastidium. — Cio. 
Am, 

Videre quidam homo cir- 
cumfluens pecunia ope^q^Q^ 
tamen is desiderare maxime 
qui abundare. — Cio. Far. 1. 

Tantalus, aio, semper ege- 
r<?, liquidus semper alundare 
aqua. — Ov. 

Themistocles 3 malle vir, 
qui pecunia (32) (Gr. 644) 
egere.^ quam pecunia, qui vir. 
—Cio. 

Is maxime divitisQ (xxvi.) 
frui, qui minime divitio} in- 
digere. — Sen. 

Insanus custos eg ere. 

jSTatura velle alter alter in- 
digere. — Cio. CEcon. 1. 

Is (Gr. 403) potissimum 
opitulari debere, qui opi^^ 
maxime indigere, — Cio. Off\ 
1. 



146 



SYNTAX. 



It is most certain poverty wlien 
you want something. 

We have drawn understanding 
sent down from the heavenly tow- 
er, which [creatures] inchning 
downwards and looking upon the 
earth want. 



Gertissimus paupertas esse, 
quiim aliquid (dO) indigere. 
— Cio. CEco7i, 

Sensus a coelestis deraissns 
trahere arx, qui eg ere pro- 
nus, et terra spectans. — Juv. 
15. 



Englisli .Examj^les to de turned into Latin. 

While they are free from one Mnd of injustice, they fall into 
another. — You will show that death is free from ecery evil. — 
While we 1 are free from guilt 7 let us hear all human [events] 
with patience and moderation. — How long then shall he who has 
exceeded all enemies in wickedness he without the name of an 
enemy? — The one, as Isocrates said, wants a bridle^ the other, spurs, 
— His oration abounded with every grace. — We have pursued this 
quiet and easy life which, as it is without honour.^ 7 may also Ipe 
without trouble, — I^ature herself daily admonishes us how few, 
how little, how common things she ^ wants, — 483. He expects 
you, and wants you. — I want your advice. 

484. — Rule XXVI. Uto}\ aljutor^fruoi\ fmigcn'*^ 
fotior,^ vescor^ govern tlie ablative. Also 485. 

Note. — To the verbs contained in the Hule may be added, nitor, 
gaudeo, d^suesco, muto, verto, dono, nnmero, comniunico, victito, heo, 
confido, impertior, dfynor, iiascor, creoVy afficio^ consto, prosequor, whicli 
are also followed by the ablative. 



Most [people] use too much 
indulgence towards their children. 

They that (who) practise hbe- 
rality, procure good- will to them- 
selves. 

We cannot make use of (use) 
our understanding well, being 
filled with much meat and drink. 

The conveniences which we 
use, the liglit which we enjoy, 
the breath which we draw, are 
given and bestowed upon us by 
God. 



Plerique nimius indulgen- 
tia in lil3eri suus uti. 

Qui liheralitas uti.^ bene- 
volentia sui conciliare.— Cio. 

Mens recte uti non posse, 
multus cibus et potio (xxv.) 
completus. — Id, Tiisc. 5. 

Commodum qui uti., lux 
qui frui^ spiritus qui ducere, 
a Deus ego (Gr. 315) dari 
atque impertiri. — Cio. 



ABLATIVE GOVERNED BY VERBS. 



147 



The good enjoy eternal life in 
heaven. 

Do not think (beware lest thou 
believe) that thou wert born for 
this thing only, that thou might- 
est enjoy pleasures. 
' Use thy ears oftener than thy 
tongue. 

Men may make use of (may use) 
beasts for their profit without in- 
justice. 

The young man delights in 
horses and dogs. 

Delight not in vain things. 

It is a savage cruelty to delight 
in blood and wounds. 

Good men delight in equity and 
justice. 

He that delights in punishing 
is savage. 

Certainly nothing can be better 
for man than to be free from all 
pain and trouble, and to enjoy the 
greatest pleasures both of mind 
and body. 

There would be no exportation 
of those tilings wherein (with 
which) we abounded, and no im- 
portation of those things that 
(which) we wanted, unless men 
performed these offices. 

What is more glorious than to 
change anger [into] friendship ? 

It becomes thee to rely on vir- 
tue rather than on blood. 

Jason got the golden fleece. 

486. — Clean thes thought the 
sun was chief ruler and (ruled and 
Was) lord of all things. 

The Helvetii hoped that they 
Sould obtain the command of all 
Gaul. 



Bonus in coelum cBVum sem- 
piternus frui. — Cio. Somn. 

(24) Cavere (31) credere ad 
hie unus res tu natus esse, 
ut frui voluntas. — Cio. Fin, 
2. 

Auris frequentius quana 
lingua uti. — Sen. 

Bestia homo ad utilitaa 
suus uti posse sine injuria. — 
Cio. 

Juvenis gaudere equus ca- 
msque. — Hor. 

Ne (25) gaudere 'canus, — 
Sen. 

Ferinus rabies esse sanguis 
gaudere et 'vulnus, — Id, 

JEquitas et justitia gau- 
dere idelectari) vir bonus. 

Qui pmna frui {gaudere)^ 
ferus esse. — Claud. 

Certe nihil homo posse me- 
lior esse, quam vacare omnia 
dolor et molestia, perfruifiwQ 
maximus et animus et corpus 
voluntas. — Cio. Fin, 1. 

Is res, (xxv.) qui (32) abun- 
dare, exportatio, et is, (xxv.) 
qui (32)egere, iuvectio, nul- 
lus esse, nisi hie rnunus homo 
(32)/i^7^^i.— Cio. Of, 2. 

Quid esse gloriosior quam 
ira amicitia mutare f — Sen. 

Tu (Gr. 423) mrtus decere 
potiiis quam sanguis niti, — 
Claud. 

Jason aureus 'cellus n. 3 
jpotiri, 

Cleanthes sol dominari et 
res potiri putai*e. — Cio. Acad, 

Helvetii totus Gallia 4 ^li 
potiri posse eperare. — O^s. 



148 



SYNTAX. 



Men, Tvlio could not be a matcli 
for other animals, if thej were 
separated, being strengthened by 
society, are lords of all. 

The Roman people got [the go- 
vernment] of all lands by defend- 
ing their allies. 

48 T. — Datames performed the 
part of a soldier. 

I will feed upon sacred laurels. 



Homo, qui caster animal 
par esse non (Gr. 638) (33) 
posse, si (32) seduci, societas 
munitus, res potiri. — Seis". de 
Belief. 4. 

Populus Romanus socius 
(72) defendendus terra omnis 
i ]3otiri. — Oic. de JRep. 

Datames miiitaris munus 
fungi. 

Sacer laurus vesci. 



Englisli Examples to te turned into Latin. 

7 Let him discJiarge tlie proper duty of philosophy. — Your uncle 
has done his duty. — Why do I raaJce u.^e of these icitnesses^ as if the 
affair 7 were doubtful or obscure ? — That is every one's own (the 
property of every one) which every one enjoys and uses. — That 
which malces use of reason is nobler than that which does not 
mal'6 use of reason. — God has not permitted (willed) us to know 
these things, but only to enjoy them. — 7 Use the good while it 
7 is present; 7 seek not for it when it 7 is absent. — ISTo one has 
lived too short a time (little long) who has discharged the entu*e 
duty of perfect vii'tue. 



Yeebs goveexdsg the Accusative and Genitive. 

-4S9. — Rule XX YII. Verbs of accusing.^ condemn- 
ing.j acquitting., and admonisiiing., govern the accusa- 
tive of a person with the genitive of a thing. Also 
490. 



I condemn myself of laziness, 
i. 6. upon the account of, &c. 

Afflictions (adverse things) put 
men in mind (remind men) of 
religion (religions). 

Our time slides away silently, 
it makes no noise, it does not put 
us in mind (remind us) of its swift' 
ness. 



Condeninare ego ipse iner^ 
tia. — Cic. 

Res adversus admonere ho- 
mo religio. — Liv. 5. 51. 

Tacitus labi setas, nihil tu- 
multuari, nihil admonere linos'] 
velocitas suus. — Sex, 



ACCUSATIVE AND GENITIVE AFTER VERBS. 



149 



Our infirmity often reminds us 
of mortality. 

Fannius accused Yerres of 
covetousness. 

491. — You cannot accuse me of 
negligence in writing (of my let- 
ters). 

I excuse myself to you in that 
very thing in which I accuse you. 

Persons condemned to die (con- 
demned of a capital crime) are 
punished with death. 

All mankind (the human race) 
is condemned to die (death). 

llTobody has condemned wisdom 
to poverty. 

Nature, by a fixed law, has con- 
demned degenerate souls to infer- 
nal darkness ; but to the pious the 
gate of heaven is open. 

All the works of mortals are 
condemned to mortality. 

He accused him of assassination. 
He accuses the idleness of the 
young men. 



Imbecillitas noster srope 
ego admonere mortalltas, — 
Id. 

Fannius Verres 2 insimu- 
lare avaritia. — Cio. 

Ego accusdre de epistola 
negligentia posse. 

Ego tu excusare in is ipse, 
in qui tu accusare. 

Homo caput damnatusmors 
multari. — Oio, Tusc, 

Omnis humanus genus mor^ 
damnatus esse. — Sen. 

iSTemo sapientia pav/pertas 
damnare. — Id, 

IN'atura foedus certus dege- 
ner anima tenebrce damnare 
Avernus ; at pius coelum por- 
ta patere. — Sil. 15. 

Omnis mortalis opus n, 
mortalltas damnatus esse. — 
Sen. Bp. 91. 

Is inter sicarius accusdre. 

Inertia adolescens accu- 
sdre. 



EnglisJi Examples to le turned into Latin, 

Thrasybulus proposed a law, that no one should accuse nor fine 
another for things previously done. — The judges were so provoked 
with the answer of Socrates, that they capitally condemned a 
most innocent man. — Coehus, the judge, acquitted of injury him 
who had libelled the poet Lucilius by name upon the stage. — 
The soldiers were in a rage, and began to charge the tribunes 
with treason and treachery, and to accuse the centurions of 
avarice. — He that accuses another of a crime, ought to look well 
to himself. 

495._IiuLE XXVIII. y^rh^oi valuing, with their 
own case, and sometimes withont a case, govern such 
genitives as magni^ parvi^ nihili. Also Nos. 496- 
498. 



150 



SYNTAX. 



A wise man values pleasure at 
a very low rate. 

Epicurus valued pleasure at a 
very high rate. 

If cunning valuers of things es- 
teem meadows and closes at a 
great rate, because that sort of 
possessions can least be damaged 
(because least injury can be done 
to that sort of possessions) ; at 
how great a rate is virtue to be 
esteemed, which can neither be 
taken away by force, nor be 
stolen ? 



Sapiens voluptas minimum 
fcwere, 

Epicurus voluptas quam 
magnum cestimare, — Cic. 

Si callidus res sestimator 
pratum et area magnum cesti- 
mare^ quod is genus pos- 
sessio minime {im2^.) noceri 
posse ; quaMum esse cesti- 
mandus virtus, qui nee eripi 
nee surripi posse ?— Cio. Fa- 
rad, 6. 



499. — So consulo toni^ ^qid lonique facio^ I take in good part. 



Whatever happens to good men, 
they take it in good part, they 
turn it to good. 

My mind is very calm, which 
takes all that in good part. 

500. — He set a high value on 
his meadows. 

These things he reckons as 
fiilse. 



Quicquid bonus accidere^ 
tonus consider e^ in bonum 
vertere. — Sen. 

Tranquillissimus esse ani- 
mus mens, qui totus iste €$^ 
quus dojiusquLG facere. — Gio. 

JPrata multns cestimdre. 

Is pro falsus ducere. 



English Examples to te turned into Latin. 

Corn was in no place <?/ so much ralue «5 that fellow (Gr. 118. 
3. 3d) reckoned. — I can willingly die for Pompey ; of all men, 
I esteem no one more. — I am not ignorant of what consequence 
you 7 esteem (Gr. 627-5) his name. — He greatly values money. 
— He rates his own authority very highly. — The mind ought now 
to grow callous and esteem every thing (all things) as of little 
value. — I do not regard m the least^ the Marsian Augur, nor the 
Soothsayers. — If you esteem me as much as you certainly do. 



YeEBS GOVEENTNa THE ACCUSATIVE AND DatIVE. 

501. — ^RuLE XXIX, Yerbs of covvparing^ giving^ 
declaring^ aud tahing away^ govern the accusative 
and dative. Also No. 602. 



ACCUSATIVE AND DATIVE AFTER VERBS. 



151 



1. Yevhs of ^07n2Kirw(/. 



lie compares his old age with 
that (to the old age) of a strong 
and victorious horse. 

If I may (if it is lawful to) com- 
pare great things witli small. 

Thus I used to compare great 
things to small. 

I should compare nothing with 
a pleasant friend, being in my 
senses (sane). 



Equus fortis et victor s^- 
nectus comparare suus [sup. 
senec tu tern] . — Cio. Sen, 

Grandis si parvus assimi- 
lave licet. — Ov. Trist. 

Sic parvus componh^e mag- 
nus solere. — Vieg. 

Nil ego (38) conferre ju- 
cundus sanus amicus. — Hon. 



503. — But these verbs more usually have after them an abla- 
tive with cum. 



Compare the longest age of 
men with eternity, and it will be 
found very short. 

AVhen I compare my action 
with yours, I am much more de- 
lighted witli mine than yours. 

"When Jugurtha had compared 
the words of Metellus with his 
actions. 



Conferre longissimus cetas 
homo cum ceternitas^ etbrevis- 
simus reperiri. — Oio. 2'usc. 1, 

Quum mens factum cum 
tuus comparare^ multo ma-' 
gis mens delectari qu^m tuu& 
— Cio. 

Jugurtha ubi Metellus dic- 
tum cum factum Zcomponere. 
—Sal. 



2. — Verbs of ^iz;m^, to which maybe referred verbs of re- 
storing^ prormsing^ paying^ sending^ and bringing. 



We all easily give right coun- 
sels to the sick, when we are 
well. 

Give not thyself to i)leasures 
nor to sloth. 

Intemperate youth transmits a 
wasted body to old age. 

He gives a benefit twice to a 
poor man, who gives soon. 

Life has given nothing to mor- 
tals without great labour. 

"We must impart [something] 
of our family estate to indigent 
[persons]. 



Facile omnia, quum valere, 
rectus consilium mgrotus dare. 
—Tee. 

Ne tu (25) dedere voluptas^ 
neque desidia, 

Intemperans adolescentia 
efi:betus corpus tradere senec- 
tus, — 0. Sen, 

Inops henefcium bis dare, 
qui dare cito. — Ptjbl. 

Nil sine magnus vita laboi 
dar^e mortalis. — Hoe. 

Homo indigens do res fa- 
miliaris esse (lxi.) imp er tiro 
— Oio. Off. 



152 



SYNTAX. 



Justice is employed in giving 
(to) every one Ms own. 

i^obody can promise (to) him- 
self to-morrow. 

If tliou hast promised any thing 
to an enemy, thou oiightest (it 
behoves thee) not to break the 
promise made to him. 

Those promises are not to be 
kept which are hurtful (useless) 
to those to whom you have 
promised them. 

Thou sinnest twice when thou 
affordest compliance to [one] sin- 
ning. 

What ? do you, then, when you 
are angry, yield up the govern- 
ment of your mind to that pas- 
sion? 

Give not the reins to thy mind 
[when it is] warm (i. e. in a pas- 
sion) ; allow a space, and a short 
delay. 

When thou hast (shalt have) 
given thyself up to carelessness 
and idleness, do not thou call upon 
the gods. 

W^hen thou givest a benefit to a 
deserving [person], thou obligest 
all. 

Antipater says that it is not 
(denies that it is) the part of a 
good man to pay any one coun- 
terfeit money for good : and Cicero 
agrees with him [in it]. 



In tribuere suum qukque 
justitia versari. — Cic. 

]N"emo posse sui crastinus 
[dies] 2^oUiceri. — ^Sen. 

Si quid host is _prom2*^;^6r^, 
fides is datus fallere non 
oportere. — Oic. Ojf, 1. 

Promissum non servandus 
esse is, qui (Gr. 644) esse is, 
qzd (Gr. Q4A:) 2J7'07nitte}'e^ in- 
utilis.— Cic. Off, 1. 

Bis peccare quum peccans 
obsequium accomodare, — Syk. 

Quid? tunc quum esse 
iratus, permittere iUe ira- 
cundia dominatus animus 
tuus ? — Cic. de Eep, 

ITe frcenum animics (25) 
permittere calens ; dare spa- 
tium, tenuisque mora. — 
Stat. 

Ubi socordia tute atque 
ignavia 6 trader e^ neutiquam 
Deus (25) implorare. — Sall. 

Beneficium dignus ubi 
dcire^ omnis obligare. — Pub. 

Esse bonus vir (xii.) sol- 
vere quisquam adulterinus 
nuramus (pliir,) pro bonus, 
negare Antipater ; isque 
(Gr. 399) assentiri Cicero. 
— Cio. Of. 3, 



Gratiam referre aliciti^ to requite any one. Gratificari all- 
quid alicui^ to gratify one in any thing. Dcire ojperctm rei^ to 
mind or study a thing. 



Parents often gratify their chil- 
dren in (with) that which does 
harm to them. 



Parens saepe gratifieari id, 
liberi, qui ille (Gr. 899) 
obes^e. 



ACCUSATIVE AND DATIVE AFTER VERBS. 



153 



They say [that] Tarquinius 
eaid, that he had understood then 
when lie was in banishment (was 
an exile) what faithful friends he 
had had, and w^hat unfaithful 
ones, when he could now requite 
(return a favour to) neither. 



Tarquinius dicere ferre, 
turn quum exul (33) esse sui 
intelligere, quis fidus amicus 
(39) habere, quisque infidus, 
quum ja.m neuter referre 
gratia (33) posse. — Cio. Am, 



3. — Verbs of declaring^ to which belong verbs of explaining^ 
sliowing^ denying^ &c. 



I declared my thoughts to you 
in my former letter. 

The boy discovered the whole 
matter to his mistress. 

If cross Nature hath denied (to) 
me beauty, I make up (repay) the 
defects of my beauty by [my] 
wit. 



Meus cog i ta tio 3 exp lica re 
tu superior literso. — Cio, Att, 

Puer res omnis domina 
indicare. — Id. 

Si ego difficilis forma Na- 
tura negare^ ingenium forma 
damnum rependere meus. — 
Ovid. 



4. — ^Verbs of talcing away. 



Time takes away grief from 
people. 

Take not away from another 
[what is] his own. 

Pain takes away from a man 
the enjoyment of all good things. 

From whom would not solitude 
take away the enjoyment of all 
pleasures ? 

Should not a wise man, if he 
be ready to die with (should be 
exhausted by) hunger, take away 
meat from another man [who is] 
good for nothing? No, by no 
means. 

The Nile falling down (pre- 
cipitating itself) takes away hear-^ 
ing from those that dwell near it 
(from the dwellers near) with its 
noise. 

To take away from another, is 
both against (foreign from) justice 
and against nature. 



Dies adimere cegritp^do 
homo, — Tee. 

Ne suus (25) adimere alter, 
— Plaitt. 

All ferre homo fructus bo- 
num omnis dolor. 

Qids non(31) avferrefruc- 
tns voluptas omnis solitudo ? 
— Cio. Am. 

Nonne sapiens, si fames 
(30) conficior, (38) auferre 
cilms alter homo ad nuUus res 
utilis? Minime vero. — Id. 
OS 3. 

Nilus prsecipitans sui, fra- 
gor auditus accola aiferre, — 
Plin. 



Detrahere alter^ et alienus 
a justitia et contra natura 
esse. — Oio. 



154 



SYisTAX. 



If every one of us should take 
away what he could from every 
one, for the sake of his own ad- 
vantage, the society of men must 
needs (it is necessary that the 
society of men) be overturned. 

Every one (not nobody) can 
take away life from a man, but 
nobody virtue. 

The labour of poets delivers all 
things from fate, and gives eter- 
nity to mortal nations (peoples). 

Kaughty folly is thought to de- 
part from him to whom God gives 
an estate. 



Si unusquisque ego (31) 
detrahere qui qicisqiie (31) 
posse emolumentum suns 
(xxxv.) gratia, societas homo 
[ut] (liv.) everti necesse esse. 
—Id. Off. 3. 6. 

Eripere vita nemo non ho- 
mo posse, at nemo virtus. 
Sen. 

Yates labor oinnis fatwn 
eripere^ et populus donare 
mortalis 83vum. — Lire. 9. 

Qui res dare Deus, hie de- 
cedere pravus putari stultitia. 
—Hoe. Ep. 2, 2. 



503. — Verbs of tahing away have frequently the ablative with 
a, al^ e, ex^ de ; as, 



Death takes us away from 
evils. 

Clodius took away the consular 
money from the senate. 

Use your endeavour to (that 
yoii may) bring them oif from 
their lewd temper (depravity of 
mind. 

Philosophy has dispelled dark- 
ness from the mind as from the 
eyes. 



Mors a malum ego aljdu- 
cere. — Oio. Tusc. 1. 

Clodius pecunia consular is 
auferre a Senatus. — Id. 

Dare opera ut ille de pra- 
vitas animus dxducere. — Id. 



Philosophia ah animus^ tan^ 
quam ah oculus^ caligo dispel- 
lere. — Oio. 



English Examples to~be turned into Latin, 

He compares himself to me. — He compares his old age to ths old 
age of a strong horse. — 503. I do not compare him with tM 
greatest men. — What shall I say of Democritus ? — Whom can we 
compare icith himf — Your ISTicanor gives [to] me excellent assist- 
ance. — I impart a share of my trouble to no one ; of my glory, 
to all good [men].— I will most religiously observe and carefully 
do lohat I promise to you. — I have sent to thee a copy of 
Csesar's letter.— I have sent to thee the eulogy of Porcia, in a 
corrected state.^He has told the whole affair to his master. — 
It is the pai't of a fool to declare his sentiments to every body. — 
What is Sicily if thou take from it (Gr. 502) the culture of the 
soil ? — He took away credit from the merit of those. 



TWO ACCUSATIVES AFTER A VERB. 



155 



VeEBS GOVEENINa TWO AcOUSATIVES. 

508. — Rule XXX. Yerbs of asJcing and teacJdng^ 
govern two accusatives, the one of a person, and the 
other of a thino-. Also Nos. 509, 510. 



I ask pardon of thee, confessing 
my crimes. 

We all beg peace of thee. 

Ask God for life and safety. 



some persons 



TVant teaches 
temperance. 

Friends advertise us of many 
things. 

I request this of you, so as (so 
that) I cannot request it with 
greater earnestness. 

See that you also conceal this 
very thing from my wife. 

511. — We flee to thee, we de- 
sire help of thee, we give up our- 
selves wholly to thee. 

Ask nothing of a friend but 
[what is] honest and right. 

Staberius began to demand hos- 
tages from the inhabitants of 
ApoUonia. 

You will see what your past 
life, what your studies demand of 
you. 

The whole province demanded 
of me this service. 

I inquired of Massinissa con- 
cerning his kingdom ; he inquired 
of me concerning our republic. 

512. — CfBsar detains Liscus ; 
he inquires of [him] alone [re- 
specting] those [things] which he 
had spoken in the assembly. He 
asks the same things privately of 
others. 



^ Tu ^^ venia^ confessus 
(63-2 in fin.) crimen, poscere. 
— Claud. 

^^ Pax ^tu poscere omnis. 

— ^YlEG. 

^ Deus ^b mta rogare et 5a- 
lus. — Sen". 

Egestas ^ aliquis ^^ tempe- 
rantia docere. 

Amicus ^ ego ^^ multiis ad- 
monere, 

JSoG tu ita rogare^ ut 
(xxxv.) major studium rogare 
non posse. — Cio. ad Q. fr. 

Uxor quoque ipse hie res 
ut (SO) celare^ facer e. — Tee. 

Ad tu confugere, a tu ojns 
petere, tu ego totus tradere. 
— Oic. Tusc. 5. 

Nihil nisi honestus et rec- 
tus al) amicus postulare. — 
Oic. Am, 

Staberius olses al) Apollo- 
nidtes exigere coepisse. 

Quis actus tuus vita, quis 
studium a tu *Jflagitdre^ tu 
videre. 

Hie a ego munus universus 
provincia poscere. 

Ego Masinissa de suus reg- 
nwn ; ilia ego, de noster res- 
publica percontari. 

Osesar Liscus retinere : quoi' 
rere ex solus^ is qui in con- 
ventu dicere. Idem secreto 
ad alius qucerere. 



156 



SYNTAX. 



Englisli Examples to le turned into Latin, 

I ask this favour of you by my right.— He first asks you your 
opinion. — If 61 shall ask you any thing, will you not answer ? — ■ 
Though we may (7 posse) conceal the thing (Gr. 687) from all 
gods and men ; yet we ought to do nothing (nothing is to he 
done) unjustly.— He admonished me of that thing. — 511. I beg 
this of you in such a manner that I cannot (7 posse) beg more 
earnestly. — This I beg and insist on from you. — 512. The Athe- 
nians entreated aid from the Lacedasmonians. — He entreats this 
of (from) the king in many words. 



Yeebs goteexixg the Accusatite and Ablative. 

514. — EuLE XXXI. Verbs of loading^ hindrng^ 
clothing^ dejmving^ and their contraries, govern the 
accusative and ablative. Also ITos. 515, 516. 



The poet fills the mind (breast) 
with imaginary terrors. 

God has filled the world with 
all good things. 

The inhabitants of Crotona de- 
sired to enrich the temple of Juno 
with choice paintings. 

ISTature has adorned Germany 
with armies of very tall men. 

He loads the ships with provi- 
sions. 

^olus had resolved, when night 
should cover the earth with dark- 
ness, to bury them under the 
waves. 

But when indisposition deprived 
me of sleep, I determined to write 
this I knoAV not what. 

Thou hast stripped and plun- 
dered Apollonius of all his money 
(silver). 

Nature has clothed and pro- 
tected the eyes with the most 
delicate membranes. 

Here the air is more extended, 
and clothes the fields with re- 
splendent light. 



Poeta pectus falsus terror 
imjolere, 

Deus l)onum omnis explere 
mundus. 

Crotoniatse templum Juno 
egregius pictura locupletare 
velle. 

In atura Germania decorare 
altissimus homo exercitus, 

Commeatus navis onerdre, 

^olus statuere, cum nox 
8 o'bruere terra tenelyrm^ is 
fluctus opprimcre, 

Sed cum ego segritudo som- 
num S pruai^e^ hie nescire 
quis scribere instituere. 

Apollonius omnis argen- 
tum spoUare ac depeculari, 

I^atura ociilus membrana 
tenuissimus xestire et sepire. 

Largior hie campus aether 
et lumen vestire purpureus. 



GENITIVE GOVERNED BY PASSIVE VERBS. 



157 



518. — The earth aboimds with 
wild beasts. 

They had now filled the prison 
with merchants. 



Terra f era scattre. 

Comi^lere jam mercator 
career. 



Construction with Passive Verbs. 

519. — EuLE XXXII. Verbs that govern two cases 
in the active voice, govern the latter of these in the 
passive. Also JSTos. 520-523. 



rule sitbdivided. 



I. Verbs of accusing^ condemning^ acquitting^ and admonisJi- 
ing^ in the passive, govern the genitive (Gr. 520). 



He was accused of a fault, of 
which he was innocent. 

He was condemned for [keep- 
ing np] the public money. 

Do not (be unwilling to) take 
it ill that you are put in mind of 
your duty. 

He that is accused of a [wicked] 
action, or he that is called in 
question about any thing, is called 
reus (an accused person). But he 
that is accused of a fault, is not 
consequently in fault. 

For many very innocent persons 
have been brought to trial for life 
(have been accused of a capital 
crime), and condemned to death 
(of a capital crime). 

II. Verbs of valuing^ in the passive, govern such genitives as 
magni^ parvi^ niJiili (Gr. 521, and 498). 



Culpa argui, qui esse in- 
sons. 

3 Oondemnari pecunia ipuh- 
licus. — Cio. 

ISToUe segre ferre tu offi- 
cium tuus commoneri. 

Qui accusari /acinus^ aut 
qui postulari de res aliquis, 
vocari reus. Sed qui reus 
esse culpa, non continuo in 
culpa esse. 

Multus enim homo inno- 
centissimus caput accusatus^ 
et caput damnatus fuisse. 



ISTo possession is to be valued 
at a higher rate than virtue. 

Money is esteemed of great va- 
lue by the miser. 

The favour of a worthless man 
is lightly esteemed. 



!N"ullus possessio plus cesti- 
mandus esse quam virtus. 

Pecunia avarus magnus 
cestimari. 

ISTequam homo xmrdus pen- 
di. 



158 



SYNTAX. 



Pleasure is estimated at a very 
low rate by a wise man. 



3 Sapiens voluptas mini- 
mum cestimari. 



III. — Yerbs oicom2yaring^ giving^ declaring^ and tahing away^ 
in the passive, govern the dative. (Gr. 522.) 



Death is rightly compared to 
sleep. 

What virtue is to be compared 
to charity and liberality ? 

Epicurus was too much given 
to pleasure. 

The way to true happiness is 
showed to us from the word of 
God only. 

Virtue can neither be taken 
away nor stolen from any one. 



Mors recte comparari som- 
nus, 

Quis virtus comparandus 
esse lyeneficentia et UberaU- 
tasf 

Epicurus nimis 'voluntas 
3 dedL—Cio. 

Via ad verus felicitas ex 
solus Deus verbum ego os- 
tendi. 

Virtus nee eripi nee sumpi 
quisquam posse. — Cio. 



We are advertised of many 
things by friends. 

The virgin takes pleasure (de- 
lights) to be taught Ionian dan- 
ces. 

Cato being asked his opinion, 
made a speech to this effect. 



IV. — Verbs of ashing and teaching^ in the passive, govern the 
accusative. (Gr. 623.) 

Let God be asked for life and Deus rogari vita et solus, 

Admoneri muUus ab ami- 
cus. — FlulN. 

Virgo motus doceri gSiudeTQ 
lonicus. — Hoe. 

Cato rogatus sententia hu- 
juscemodi oratio habere. 

V. — Verbs of loading^ linding^ clotliing^ depriving^ and their 
contraries, in the passive, govern the ablative. (Gr. b24c.) 

All the cities are filkd with 
grief and slaughter. 

The neck of the bull is loaded 
with the plough. 

The ships are loaded with pro- 
visions. 

The tree is clothed with vines, 

526. — The old man is girded 
with his useless sword, i. e. girds gi, — Vieg. 
himself (Gr. 136-3). 



Litctus atque coedes omnis 
oppidum compUri, 

Taurus cervix onerari ara- 
truni, 

Commeatus navis onerari, 

Amiciri vitis arbor. 
Senior inutile ferrum cin- 



DATIVE GOVERNED BY PASSIVE VERBS. 



159 



Thus having spoken, he is then 
arrayed in the long-haired helmet 
of Androgeos, and in the beautiful 
ornament of his shield. 

527. — In Greece, to go upon the 
stage is considered a disgrace to 
nobodj. 



Sic fatus, deindc comans 
Androgeos galea^ clypeusque 
insigne decorus indui, — 

VlRG. 

Ire in scena in Graacia, nc- 
mo^^ turpitudo^ duel. 



Eaglisli Examples to le turned into Latin, 

I was not first asked [my] opinion. — All things must (are to) 
be intrusted to fortune, we struggle without [any] hope. — That 
province was given to him. — Parcion and impunity were granted, 
to the others. — Cluentius was asked his opinion concerning the 
decisions. — The duties of justice are to be preferred to the pur- 
suit of knowledge. — The glory of virtue is transmitted by fathers 
to their children as their best inheritance. — A proper (its own) 
season has been assigned to every part of life. — The prisoner is 
accused of a crime so great, that that (viz., the trial) being post- 
poned (Gr. 690), the State could not exist. — Good reputation was 
preferred by Agesilaus to the most wealthy kingdom. — His cloak 
of gold was taken off from Olympian Jupiter, and a woollen robe 
was put upon him. 

528. — Exile XXXIII. Passive verbs frequently 
p-overn the dative of the doer. See also 529, 530. 



I had rather (I am more willing 
to) be approved by one good man 
than by many bad men. 

(I had rather (I am more willing) 
that one good man should like 
me, than many bad.) 

By whom has not the wealthi- 
ness of rich Croesus been heard 
of? 

Who has not heard of the 
wealthiness of Croesus ? 

Glory has been gotten by many 
(many have gotten glory), by in- 
genuous arts. 

To [people that are] sailing, 
those things that (which) stand 
seem to move (to be moved). 



1£qX[q probari unus honus^ 
quam multus malus. — Aus. 

(Malle unus ho^iiis ego pro- 
lare^ qua.nft multus malm.) 

Dives audiri quis non opu- 
lentia Croesus ? — Ov. 

Quis non audire opulentia 
Croesus ? 

Ars ingenuus qu(e?'i gloria 
multus {multus qucsrere glo- 
ria). — Ov. 

Navigans moveri mderi is, 
qui stare. — Cio. 



160 



SYNTAX. 



[People that are] sailing think 
those things to move (to be mov- 
ed) that (which) stand. 

It is not perceived by [one] 
that always lives (always living) 
in laudable exercises, (one that al- 
ways lives (always living) in lau- 
dable exercises does not perceive), 
when old age creeps upon him. 



ITamgans 'putare is moveri, 
qni stare. 

Semper in studium honestns 
vivens non intelUgl (semper 
in studium honestus vivens 
non mtelUgere)^ quando (liv.) 
obrepere senectus. — do. Sen, 



531. — The passive participle in dus has the agent or doer al- 
most always in the dative (Gr. 182-6) ; sometimes also, the per- 
fect participle. 



The path of death must once 
be trod (is to be trod) by all. 

Consider, that nothing is to 
be desired by thee in the world 
(in life), but that which is lauda- 
ble and excellent. 

Let us always live so, as to 
think that an account must be 
given by us. 

"Wars detested by mothers. 

Glory has been gotten by many 
by ingenuous arts. 

I must read Oato Major more 
frequently. 

And now the weather is to be 
feared by the ripe grapes. 



Semel omnis calcandiis esse 
via letum. — Hor. 

Cogitare, nihil in vita tu 
expetendus esse, nisi qui lau- 
da bills et prseclarus (liv.) 
esse. — Cio. 

Semper ita vivere, ut ratio 
ego reddendus [esse] Slarbi- 
trari. — Cio. 

BeUum mater detestatus. — 
Hoe. 

Ars ingenuus qucesitus esse 
gloria multus, — Ov. 

Legendus ego saspe esse 
Cato Major. 

Et jam mattirus metuendus 
(esse) Jupiter uva. 



English Examples to he turned into Latin, 

I am here a barbarian, because I am not understood by any 
one. — By whom has not the nocturnal studies (wakefulness) of 
Demosthenes been heard of? — The desire of glory is the last to 
be laid aside (is last put off) even by wise [men]. — None of thy 
sisters have been heard of, or seen by me. — In governing a re- 
public (Gr. 707), a continual remaining in one opinion has never 
been commended (praised) by eminent men. — On account of the 
same prodigy, a nine-day festival was undertaken by the Eomans, 
at the public cost. — Often has it been fought successfully by a 
few active [men] against a multitude. — Virtue must (is to) be 
reverenced by all. — The labours of the body should (are to) be 



AGENT IN THE ABLATIVE, ETC. 



161 



diminished by old men. — This orator, if any [other], ought to be 
read by a young man (by youth). 

After passive verbs, the principal agent or actor, if vohm- 
tary, is usually expressed in the ablative with the preposition a 
or ah (Gr. 530). 



Poverty shows by whom thou 
art loved. 
Poverty shows who loves thee. 

He is miserable, who neither 
loves any one, nor is himself be- 
loved of any one. 

He is miserable, who loves 
not any one, and whom nobody 
loves. 

N"othing can be well done by 
an angry person. 

An angry person can do nothing 
rightly. 

Not only the mind, but also 
the body, is discomposed by pas- 
sion. 

Passion not only discomposes 
the mind, but also the body. 

The affairs of a good man are 
never neglected by God. 

God never neglects the affairs 
of a good man. 

Care is taken (it is consulted) 
both for states, and for particular 
persons by God. 

God consults both for states 
and for particular persons. 

It was excellently written by 
Plato (Plato wrote excellently), 
that we were not -born for our- 
selves only. 

The vulgar [sort] think that 
honest which is commended by 
most (which most commend). 

Perdiccas is slain at the river 
Nile by Seleucus and Antigonus. 



Paupertas ostendere a quis 
(Gr. 627-5) amari, — Sen. 

Paupertas ostendere qui& 
(Gr. 627-5) amare tu. 

Miser esse, qui neque dili- 
gere quisquam, nee ipse ab 
ullics diligi. — Oio. Am, 

Miser esse, qui non dili- 
gere quisquam, quique nemo 
diligere. 

Nihil recte fieri posse db 
iratus.- — Cio. 

Iratits nihil recte faccre 
po88e, 

Non mo do animus db ira 
perturbari^ sed etiam corpus. 
— Cic. 

Ira non modo animus per- 
turbare^ sed etiam corpus. 

Bonus vir res nunquam a 
Deus negligi. — Oio. 

Deus nunquam negligere 
res vir bonus. 

A Deus et ci vitas et singu- 
lus homo consiUi. — Oic. 

Deifs consulere et civitas et 
singulus homo. 

Prasclare Sscribi a Plato 
(pra3clare 3 scribere Plato)^ 
ego non ego solum natus esse. 
—Cio. Off. 1. 

Vulgus is honestus putare, 
qui a plerique laudari^ (qui 
plerique laudare). — Cio. 
Tusc. 2. 

Perdiccas apud flumen Ni- 
lus interfici a Seleucus et 
Antigonus, 



162 



SYNTAX. 



We are so formed by nature 
(nature hatli so formed us), that 
we do not seem to be made for 
sport and jest. 

The pleasures of the body were 
truly called by Plato the allure- 
ments and baits to evils. 

Plato truly called the pleasures 
of the body, &c. 

Snares are laid for souls by 
pleasure, (pleasure lays snares for 
souls.) 

The covetous man does not pos- 
sess riches, but is possessed by 
riches, (riches possess him.) 



It a ^generari a natur^a^ 
(natura ita ego generare)^ ut 
non ad Indus jocusque factus 
esse (30) videri. — Oic. Off. 1. 

Yoluptas corpus vere a 
Plato 8 did illecebrsa et esca 
(vi.) malum. — Oic. de PML 

Plato vere 3 dicer e volup- 
tas corpus, &c. 

Animus (Gr. 403) tendi in- 
sidisa a voluptas^ [wluptas 
tendere insidise animus.] — C. 

A varus non possidere divi- 
tiaB, sed a divitice possideri^ 
[divitice possidere ilie.] — Yal. 
Max. 



2^ote. — The preposition before the ablative case is sometimes 
omitted, especially when the ablative expresses the cause, manner, or 
instrument, as well as the agent, and that agent is not a living being. 



EXAMPLES. 



"We are forbidden by the law 
of nature to do injury. 

The law of nature {oi\ nature 
by its law) forbids us to do in- 
jury. 

All things are governed by the 
divine mind and providence. 

The divine mind and provi- 
dence govern all things ; or, God 
governs all things by his provi- 
dence. 

Excellent tempers (wits) are 
excited by glory. 

Glory excites excellent tem- 
pers. 

ISTobody was ever made immor- 
tal by idleness. 

Idleness never made any one 
(ever made nobody) immortal. 

Prosperity is (prosperous things 
are) adorned, and adversity is 
(adverse things are) helped by 
learning. 



Lex natura proJiiberi fa- 
cere injuria. — Cic. Off, 1. 

Lex natura {^el^ natura lex 
suus) proliibere ego facere in- 
juria. 

Omnis regi divinus mens 
et promdentia, — Cio. 

Divinus mens et promden- 
tia regere omnis ; vel, Deus 
T eg ere omnis providentia 
suus. 

Prseclarus ingenium gloria 
incitari. — Oic. 

Gloria incitare j)r8eclarus 
ingenium. 

JSTemo unquam ignavia im- 
mortalis ^ fieri. — Sall. 

Lgnavia nemo unquam im- 
m or talis % facere. 

LitercB res secundaa ornari^ 
adverse adjuvari, — Oio, 



AGENT IN THE ABLATIVE. 



163 



Learning adorns prosperity 
(prosperous things), helps adver- 
sity (adverse things). 

Griefs are mitigated by time. 

Time mitigates griefs. 

Men are deceived by the ap- 
pearance of good. 

An appearance of good deceives 
men. 

We are all drawn by the desire 
of praise. 

The desh'o of praise draws ns 
all. 

Good- will is got by benefits. 

Benefits get good-will. 

Men are catched with pleasure, 
as fishes with a hook. 

Pleasure catches men as a hook 
does fishes. 

Profit is outweighed by ho- 
nesty. 

Honesty outweighs profit. 

Fortune is formed to every man 
by his own manners. 

His own manners form fortune 
to every man. 

Every man forms fortune to 
himself by his own manners. 

The manners of men are changed 
by adversity (adverse things), as 
well as by prosperity (prosperous 
things). 

Adversity (adverse things) 
changes the manners of men, as 
well as prosperity (prosperous 
things). 

The good delight in (are de- 
lighted with) the conversation of 
the good. 

The conversation of the good 
delights the good. 



Liter m ornare res secunda3, 
adjuvare adversto. 

Dolor mitigari vetustas, 

Vetustas mitigare dolor. 

Homo declpi sjjecies bo- 
num. 

Species bonum decipere 
homo. 

Ti'aM omnis laus studium, 
— Oio. 

Laus studium trailer e ego 
omnis. 

Benevolentia leneficium 
capi. — Oio. 

Beneficium capere bene- 
volentia. 

Voluptas capi homo, ut 
Jiamus piscis. — Oio. 

Voluptas capere homo, ut 
liamus piscis. 

Oommodum prmponderari 
Jionestas, — Oio. 

Honestas prmponderare 
commodum. 

Fortuna suus quisque jingi 
mos. — Oio. 

Suus quisque mos fingere 
fortuna. — Ooe. I^ep. 

Quisque sui fortuna fingere 
suus mos, 

M atari mos homo adverscs 
res^ perinde atque prosperoi, 
— Cio. Am, 

Adverser res mutarc mos 
homo, perinde atque proS" 
percB. 

Bonus bonus fainiliaritas 
delectari. — Oio. Am. 

Bonus familiaritas delec- 
tare bonus. 



164 



SYN/AX, 



Every one is most drawn by liis 
own delight. 

His own deliglit draws every 
one most. 

Stones are made hollow by wa- 
ter : A ring is worn away by use. 

Water makes hollow stones : 
Use wears away a ring. 

The wicked are always tor- 
mented by their conscience (the 
consciousness of their mind). 

Conscience (consciousness of 
mind) always torments the wick- 
ed. 

God gave reason to man, by 
which the appetites of the mind 
might be governed, (which might 
govern the appetites of the mind.) 



Suns quisque studium 
maxime duct. 

Suus studium quisque du^ 
cere maxime. 

Saxum cavari aqua: con- 
sumi annulus ^isus, — Ov. 

Aqua cavare saxum: usus 
consumere annulus. 

Improbus animus conscien- 
tia semper cruciari, — Cio. 

Animus conscientia semper 
cruciare improbus. 

Deus ratio homo 3 dare, 
qui (Gr. 641, 642) regi ani- 
mus appetitus, {qui (Gr. 641, 
642) r^o-m- animus appetitus). 
-— Oic. N. D. 2. 



JEnglish Examples to l)e turned into Latin, 

I have indeed been provoked by thee to write (to writing, 
gerund), — Philosophers wish all things to be their own, and to 
be possessed by themselves. — Deiotarus, the son, was called 
king by the Senate. — The traveller is not always killed by the 
robber ; but sometimes the robber [is killed] by the traveller. — 
Priendship was given by nature [to be] the assistant of virtues, 
not the companion of vices. — A public slave was sent with a 
sword to kill Marius (Gr. 707), who had been taken by that com- 
mander in the Cimbrian war. — {Note.) Alexander was carried off 
by disease at Babylon. — N"o tree can be planted, of such long du- 
ration, by the culture of a husbandman, as by the verse of a 
poet. — The King of the Parthians, terrified by the fame of jSTero, 
sent his childi'en as hostages to Caesar. 



C0NSTEUCTI0:N" of CIECUMSXAlNrOES. 

CIEOUMSTAXCES OP LIMIT ATI02T. 

634. — EuLE XXXIY. Eespect wherein and the 
part affected, are expressed in the ablative. Also 
Nos. 535-537. 



CONSTRUCTION OF CIRCUMSTANCES. 



1G5 



On the other part, 0. Antonius, 
being diseased in his feet, com- 
mits the army to his lieutenant. 

Ennius was very eminent in 
respect of genius, but unskilled in 
art. 

The thing seems to me to be in 
practice excellent ; in theory, or- 
dinary. 

I am indeed gi-ieved in mind. 

I tremble in my whole mind and 
in every joint (lit. all joints). 

[He] who is prior in respect of 
time is preferable in point of 
right. 

He is to me in age, a son ; in 
kindnesses, a father ; in affection, 
a brother. 

538. — ^neas remained, in coun- 
tenance and shoulders, like a god. 

I am covered over as to my 
broad shoulders and stooping neck 
with the skin of a tawny lion. 

In all things like Mercury, 
both in voice, and complexion, 
and golden locks, and the grace- 
ful limbs of youth. 

639. — As to Naucrates, whom 
I wished to meet, he was not in 
the ship. 

But as to that person whom 
you seek, I am he. 

Except the name, Bocchus, as 
to other things, was ignorant of 
the Roman people. 

As to other things, keep quiet. 

As to that, I fear that you sus- 
pect that he is somewhat angry 
with you. 

540. — The man of upright life 
(upright in respect of life), and 
free from wickedness, needs not 
Moorish javehns. 

I am distracted in mind (as to 
my mind). 



Ex alter pars 0. Antonius, 
j)e8 (Bgei\ legatus exercitus 
permittere. 

Ennius ingenium maximus^ 
ars rudis esse. 

Ees ego videri esse, facul- 
tas prceclarus^ ars^ mediocris. 

Equidem angi animus, 
Oontremiscere totus mens^ 
et omnis artus. 

Qui tempus prior, jt^^ potior 

esse. 

Hie ego esse, cetas^ filius ; 
heneficium^ pater ; amor^ fra- 
ter. 

Eestare JSneas, os liuine- 
ri^^que Deus similis. 

Latus humerus subjectus- 
que collum fnlvus insterni 
pellis leo. 

Omnis Mercurius similis, 
voxque, color que, et crinis 
flavus, et membrum decorus 
juventa. 

Naucratis^ qui conveniro 
velle, in navis non esse. 

Sed iste qui qua^rere, ego 
esse. 

Bocchus, prseter nomen, 
ceterus ignarus populus Ro- 
manus. — Sall. 

Ceterus Tquiescere. 

Iste^ vereor ne tu ille suc- 
censere aliquis Tsuspicari. 

Integer mia scelusqne pu- 
rus, non egere Maurus jacu- 
lum. — HoK. 

Discruciari animus. 



166 



SYXTAX. 



541. — A shield of hollow brass 
I fix on the opposite door-posts. 
A statue of marble. 



^s cavus clypens postis 
adversus figere.^ — Yikg. 
Statua de marmor. 



JEnglish Examples to de turned into Latin^ 

In eloquence, Cains Gracchns has nobody his equal ; he is grand 
in diction, wise in sentiment, and dignified in his whole style. — 
The wild bees are rough in their appearance, much more passion- 
ate, but excellent in labour. — Pamphilus was a Macedonian by 
nation. — Tullia, the wife of Tarquin, was not dissimilar in her 
character. — How long shall he who excels all enemies in wicked- 
ness, be without the name of an enemy? — The Lacedaemonian 
Agesilaus was king in name, not in power. — 0. Marius, born of 
equestrian rank, was pure in his hfe, excellent in war, [but] most 
pernicious in peace. 



The Ablative of Cause, Mannee, &o. 

542. — KuLE XXXY. The ca^nse, manner, means, 
and instrument, are put in tlie ablative. Also 543. 



An incurable limb must be 
(is to be) cut off with iron. 

All things may be done with 
money. 

Men are catched by pleasure, no 
less than fishes with a hook. 

Years go on after the manner 
of running water. 

The year ruus on full gallop 
(with horses put on). 

You will imitate any thing 
with wet clay. 

All agree with one mouth con- 
cerning the usefulness of friend- 
ship. 

Injury is done two ways, either 
by force or fraud. 

Bear patiently (with a patient 
mind) that which thou canst not 
help (alter). 



Immedicabilis membrum 
ferrum exscindendus esse. 

Omnis ])ecunia eff ici posse. 
— Cio. 

Volu2otas capi homo, non 
minus quam hanius piscis. 

Ire annus mos fluens aqua. 
— Ov. 

Admissus labi annus eqmts, 
—Id. 

Argilla quidvis imitari 
udus. — Hoe. 

De amicitia utilitas omnis 
unus OS n. consentire. — Cio. 
Am, 

Duo modus fieri injuria aut 
vis Siutfi'am. — Cic. Off. 1. 

^quus animus (25) ferre, 
qui mutare (Gr. 644) nequire. 



CIKCU^^ISTANCES MANNER. 



167 



Let 113 always worship God 
with a pure, sincere, and honest 
mind. 

He that sincerely (in good 
faith) worships God, loves priests 
also. 

What madness is it to bring 
on death by wars ? It is at hand, 
and comes privately with a silent 
foot. 

Many (much) more men have 
been destroyed by violence of 
men, than by all other calamities. 

Covetousness of money affects 
many men with great inconve- 
niences. 

By what steps, I pray, did 
Komulus ascend to heaven ? Was 
it not by his actions (by things 
done) and virtues ? 

Who would not extol the friend- 
ship of Pylades and Orestes with 
the greatest praises ? 

They live hke (after the man- 
ner of) brutes, who refer all 
things to pleasure. 

Money lost is lamented with 
true tears. 

Our religion teaches that we 
should love (be affected towards) 
our neighbours as (in the same 
manner in which towards) our- 
selves. 

Among the causes of our evils 
one is, that we live according to 
examples, and are carried away 
by custom. 

That which is done by prece- 
dent, men think is also done 
rightly. 

Drunkenness often pays for the 
jolly madness of one hour with 
the wear isomen ess of a long time. 



Deus semper purus, integer 
et incorruptus mens venerari. 
Cic. de N. 2. 

Qui bonus fides Deus co- 
lore, amare et sacerdos. — 
Stat. 

Quis furor esse 'bellum ar- 
cessere mors ? Imrainere, et 
tacitus clam venire ille 'pes, m. 
—Tib. 

Multo plus homo homo 
impetus deleri quam omnis 
reliquus calamitas, — Cio. 
Off. 2. 

Multus magnus incommo^ 
dum afficere pecunia cupidi- 
tas. — Cio. 

Quis tandem gradus Eo- 
mulus 3 ascender e in coelum ? 
JSTonne res gestus atque mr- 
tus f—Cio. Far. 1,3. 

Quis amicitia Pylades et 
Orestes non maximus laus 
(31) efferre ?—Cw. Am. 

Yivere pecudis ritus^ qui 
omnis ad voluptas referre. — 
Oio. Am. 

Plorari lacryma amissus 
pecunia verus. — Juv. 

Religio noster pr^cipere, 
ut idem modus erga proxi- 
mus affectus (31) esse, qui 
erga egomet ipse. — Cic. Am, 
16. 

Inter causa malum noster 
(una) esse, quod vivere ad 
exemplum, et consuetudo ab- 
dCici. — Sen. 

Qui exemplum fieri, is e- 
tiam jure fieri putare homo. 
—Oio. 

Ebrietas unus hora hilaris 
insania (xx.) longus tempus 
n. t(vdinm ScTpo pensare. — 
Sen. 



168 



SYNTAX. 



The divine anger proceeds to 
vengeance witli a slow pace, and 
compensates the slowness of the 
punishment with the greatness 
(heaviness) of it. 

Injuries are overcome by good 
turns much more genteelly than 
they are repaid with the obsti- 
nacy of mutual hatred. 

We are all worse by liberty. 

There are some [who are] men 
not in reality, but in name. 



Lentus gradus ad vindicta 
divinus procedere ira, tardi- 
tasque supplicium gravitas 
compensare. — Yal. Max. 1, 
1. 

Speciosius multo 'benefi- 
cium vinci injuria, quam 
mutuus odium jpertinacia 
pensari. — Id. 4, 2. 

Deterior omnis esse Ucen- 
tia. — Tee. 

Esse quidam homo, non res^ 
sed nomeii, — Cio. 



The cause. 



Men were born for the sake of 
men. 

Wrong nobody for thy own 
interest's sake. 

Malice (ill-will) is glad at an- 
other's misfortune, and envy is 
troubled at another's good. 

The greater part of men is de- 
stroyed (perishes) by pleasures. 

A whole herd falls in the fields 
through the scab and mange of 
one hog. 

Do thy endeavour that nobody 
may (do this lest any one should) 
hate thee through thy own desert. 

What is more foolish, than that 
one should value (be pleased with) 
himself for that, which he him- 
self did not do ? 

It is inquired, through what 
thing ^gisthus became an adul- 
terer : The cause is evident (is in 
readiness) ; he was idle. 

The manners of men are 
changed by adversity (adverse 
things), as well as prosperity 
(prosperous things). 



Homo homo causa Sgene- 
rari.— Cio. Off. 1. 

Kemo violare tuus com- 
modum gratia. — Oic. 

Malevolentia l^tari (gau- 
dere) alienus malum^ et {©mu- 
latio angi alienus ionum, — 
Cic. 

Voluptas homo pars major 
perire. — Sen. 

Grex m. totus in ager unus 
scaMes cadere et porrigo por- 
cus. — Juv. 

Id (25) agere, ne quis tuus 
tu meritum (36) odisse. — 
Pub. 

Quid stultior esse quam 
(lviii.) aliquis is sui (Gr. 405) 
placere, qui ipse non 3 facere. 
— Sen. 

Qugeri, ^gisthus quis res 
(Gr. 627-5) esse factus adul- 
ter : In promptu causa esse ; 
desidiosus 2 esse. — Ov. 

Mutari mos homo adversse 
res perinde atque prosperse. 
— Cio. 



CIRCUMSTANCES — CAUSE. 



169 



It is folly to die for fear of 
death. 

It is no excuse of sin, if you 
should sin for the sake of a 
fi*iend. 

Some young men, either by a 
certain felicity, or through good- 
ness of nature, or the manage- 
ment of their parents, follow a 
right course of life. 

All men love themselves natu- 
rally (by nature). 

Virtue is neither lost by ship- 
"wreck nor by fire, nor is it changed 
by the alteration of seasons and 
times. 

Pythagoras thought it to be a 
"wickedness, that body should be 
fattened with body, and [one] ani- 
mal live by the death of another 
animal. 

Minds grow wanton most com- 
monly by prosperity (prosperous 
things) ; nor is it easy to bear 
good fortune (advantages) with 
an even mind. 

544. — He suffers either from 
avarice or miserable ambition. 

The grains were not ripe in 
the fields on account of the 
colds. 

Care should be taken lest some 
should be punished, others not so 
much as called in question for the 
offences (causes). 

545. — I did not hesitate to ask 
that from thee by letter. 

Is it not better to die bravely, 
than^to lose a miserable life in a 
disgraceful manner ? 

Those things that (which) ai^ 
done with passion, can neither 
be done well, nor approved by 
those that are by (who are pre- 
sent). 

8 



Stultitia esse timor mors 
mori. — Sen. Ep. 70. 

Nullus esse excusatio pec- 
catum, si amicus causa (38) 
jpeccaix. — Cio. 

Nonnullus adolescens sive 
felicitas qui dam, sive bonitas 
natura, sive parens discipli- 
na^ rectus vita via sequi. — 
Cic. Off, 1. 

Omnis natura sui ipse dili- 
gere. — Cic. 

Virtus neque naufragium 
neque incendium amitti, nee 
tempestas, nee tempus permu- 
tatio mutari. — Cio. Far. 6. 

3 Credere esse scelus n, 
(lviii.) pinguescere corpus 
corpus, alterque animans m. 
animans vivere letum^ Py- 
thagoras. — Ov. 

Luxuriare animus res ple- 
rumque secundaa ; neo faci- 
lis esse sequus commodum 
mens pati. — Ov. Art Am, 
lib. 2. 

Aut ob avaritia, aut miser 
ambitio laborare. — Hoe. 

Propter frigus, frumentum 
in ager maturus non esse. — 
Cjes. 

Cavere 701 esse, ne idem 
de causa alius plecti (Gr. 627), 
alius ne appellari (Gr. 627) 
quidem. — Cio. 

Non dubitare is a tu per 
literse petere. — Cio. 

Nonne emori per virtus 
prsestare, quam vita miser 
per dedecus amittere. — Sall. 
Qui cum perturbatio fieri, 
is neque recte fieri posse, nee 
ab hie, qui adesse, approbari. 
—Cio. Off.l, 



170 SYNTA:^'. 

Nothing can be well done witli Cum ira nihil recte fieri 
anger. posse. — Cic. Off. 1. 

Who would say, that it is bet- Quis (38) dicere, melius 
ter to do any thing basely with esse turpiter aliquid facere 
pleasure, than honestly with pain ? cum ^coluptas^ qu .m honeste 

cum dolor f — Cic. de Fin, 5. 

English Examples to 1)6 turned into Latin, 

Some are moved by grief, others by passion (cupidity). — It 
cannot be told how much 9 1 was delighted with your yesterday's 
discourse. — I am not so much pleased with news as with your 
letters. — Our 'morals have been corrupted and vitiated by the 
admiration of wealth. — Every one is attracted most by ]ns own 
pursuit. — 81 should think envy, procured by virtue, not envy, but 
glory. — All these things are regulated by nature. — He who fears 
that which cannot be avoided, can, on no account, live with a 
quiet mind. — Some amusement is allowed to youth by the con- 
sent of all. — All Italy has been inflamed with the love of liberty. 
— He offended no one in word^ deed^ or loolt. — The Roman people 
expressed [their] pleasure by a very great shouting. — We are in- 
clined by nature to (Gr. 707) love (loving) mankind (men). — 
(Obs.) I cannot write the rest, by reason of my tears. — The a3di- 
les, with the greatest fidelity and acceptableness, divided a large 
quantity of corn to the people. 

ClECIJMSTANCES OF PlACE. 

The place wheee, or in which. 

548.— EuLE XXXVI. The name of a town denot- 
ing the place lohere, or hi which^ is put in the genitive. 

549. — Exc. But if the name of the town where^ or 
in which, is of the third declension, or plural num- 
ber, it is expressed in the ablative. Gr. 548-550. 

Genitive, 

It is said that Milo walked Ohjmpia per stadium in- 

(Milo IS said to have walked) gressus esse Milo (57) dici 

through the course at Olympia, quum humerus (32) sustinere 

carrying (while he carried) an ox bos.— Cio. Sen. 
on his shoulders. 



CIKCUMSIAXCES PLACE. 



171 



In that taxation which the Yes- 
pasians [being] censors made, 
three persons at Parma gave in 
120 years ; at Brixellum one 125 ; 
two 130 at Parma; one 131 at 
Placentia; one woman 132 at 
Faventia ; at Bononia one, but at 
Ariminum three 137. 



Hear, O young men, the speech 
of Archytas the Tarentine, which 
was delivered to Oato when he 
was at Tarentum, [being] a young 
man : He said, that tliere was no 
mischief more pernicious given to 
men by nature, than the pleasure 
of the body. 



Is census qui Yespasianus 
censor 3 agere, centeni viceni 
annus Farma tres 3 edere ; 
Brixellum unus centum viginti 
quinque ; Parma duo centeni 
triceni ; Placentia unus cen- 
tum triginta et unus ; Faven- 
tia unus mulier centum tri- 
ginta duo ; Bononia unus, Ari- 
minum vero tres centeni 
triceni septeni. — Plin. 7, 50. 

Audire, adolescens, oratio 
Archytas Tarentinus, qui 3 
tradi Cato, quum (32) esse 
adolescens Tarentum : JSTullus 
capitalior pestis, quam corpus 
voluptas, homo 2dicere esse 
a natura datus. — Oio. Sen, 



Ablative. 



There was one Arganthonius 
at Gades, that (who) reigned 
eighty years. 

Such an one as the learned are 
wont to call a wise man, we have 
heard of none (nobody) in [all] 
the rest of Greece ; at Athens, but 
one. 

So much [respect] was nowhere 
given to age as at Lacedasmon; 
old age was nowhere more hon- 
oured. 

At Athens an action was allow- 
ed by law (was appointed) against 
ungrateful persons. 



3 Esse Arganthonius qui- 
dam Gades^ qui octoginta 
annus regnare. — Cic. Sen, 

Qualis eruditus solere ap- 
pellare sapiens, in reliquus 
Gr83cia nemo; Athence^ unus 
accipere. — Oic. de Am, 

Nusquam tantum 2tribui 
aetas quantum Lacedmmon ; 
nusquam 2 esse senectus hono- 
ratior. — Cio. de Senec, 

AthencB ad versus ingratus 
actio 3 constitui. — Yal. Max. 



The -place whithee, or to which. ■ 

553.— Rule XXXVII. The name of a town denot- 
ing the place whither^ or to which^ is put in the 
accusative. 



\ 



112 



SYNTAX. 



Let him sail to Anticyra. 

He went (he betook himself) 
to Syracuse. 

I thiuk we must remove to 
Rhodes. If better fortune shall 
happen, we will return to Rome. 

Anystis the Lacedaemonian, and 
Philonides, the footman of Alex- 
ander the Great, ran from Sicyon 
to Elis, 1200 furlongs, in one day. 

555. — The Albans carry these 
tidings home. 



Navigare Anticyra. — Hoe. 
SyracusoB se 3 confer re. 

(lxi.) Migrare (esse) Rhodus 
arbitrari. Si melior casus 
(21) esse, reverti Ronta. — Rl. 

Anystis Lacedsemonius, et 
Philonides Alexander Mag- 
nus cursor, a Sicyon Elis^ 
unus dies mcc stadium (xlii.) 
3 currere.— Plin. 7, 20, 20. 

Hie nunciare domus Alba- 
nus. 



The place whexce, c?' feom which. 

556.— EuLE XXXYIIL The name of a town 
lohence., or fro7n which^ or hy or through ivhich^ is put ^ 
in the ablative. 



I received a packet of letters 
from Rome. 

I made my journey by Laodicea. 

An old and constant opinion had 
spread in all the East, that it 
was in the decrees of fate (in the 
fates), that some coming from Ju- 
dea should obtain the government 
of the world at that time. 



SAccipere Roma fascicu- 
lus liter83. — Cic. 

Iter Laodicea 3 facere. 

Percrebrescere totus Ori- 
ens m, vet us et constans opi- 
nio, esse in fatis, ut is tem- 
pus Judcea profectus (aliqui) 
res potiri. (xxvi.) — Suet, in 
Vesj). 4. 



DOMUS and bus. 

558. — Rule XXXIX. Domus and rus are 
strued in the same way as names of towns. 



con- 



There is always enough for one 
to be uneasy at (that it may be 
uneasy), at home and abroad. 

I call [the man] living in the 
country, thou callest [the man 
living] in the city, happy. 

I retm*n home sad. 



Domus et foris segre quod 
sit, satis semper esse. — Plaut. 

Rus ego vivens, tu dicere 
in urbs beatus. — Hoe. 

Domus reverti mcestus. — 
Ter. 



CIRCUMSTANCES PLACE. 



173 



I will go to the country. 

They did not stir (move them- 
selves) from home. 

I see the old man retrn'mng 
from the country. 

559. — Tullus Hostilius thought 
that the bodies of the youths 
would be more healthy in service 
than at home. 

The saying of Plato is too sub- 
lime for us, lying on the earth, to 
look up to it. 

562. — We came (it was ap- 
proached by us) to Britain with 
all our ships about noon (meri- 
dian time). 

While Cinna tyi-annized (Oinna 
tyrannizing) in Italy, the greater 
part of the nobility fled to Sylla 
into Achaia, and then afterwards 
into Asia. 

From Europe thou goest to 
Asia, from Asia thou passest into 
Europe. 

I wait for you [at my country- 
house] in Tusculum. 

564. — The Lacedsemonians sent 
Pausanias with a fleet to Cyprus 
and the Hellespont. 

Memmius relates the crimes of 
Jugurtha at Rome, and in ISTumi- 
dia. 



Rm ire. — Tee. 

JDomus sui non 3 commo- 
vere. — Cio. 

Video Tus rediens senex. — 
Ter. 

Credere Tullus Hostilius 
saluber militia quam domus 
juvenis corpus fore. 

Plato vox altus esse quam 
ut is ego, humus stratus, sus- 
picio posse. 

Accessum (Gr. 530) esse (a 
nobis) ad Britannia omnis 
navis meridianus fere (xl.) 
tempus. — Cjes. 

Dominans (lx. and 694) in 
Italia Cinna, major pars no- 
bilitas ad Sylla in Achaia^ ac 
deinde post in Asia perfu- 
gere. — Vell. Pat. 

Ah Europa petere Asia, ex 
Asia transire in JEuropa, — 

Q. CUET. 

Ego in Tusculanum tu ex- 
pectare. — Oio. 

Lacedsemonius Pausanias 
cum classis Cyprus atqae 
Hellespontus mittere. 

Memmius Roma j^umidia" 
que facinus Jugurtha memo- 
rare. 



Rules XXXVI— XXXIX. 

English Examples to he turned into Latin, 

The expectation of letters detains mo at Thessaloniea.— -It had 
not been doubtful to me, that I should see you at Tarentum or 
Brundusium. — Dionysius taught children at Corinth. — When 
you were at Athens, you were often in the schools of the philo- 
sophers. — There is a strong (great) report atPuteoli [that] Ptole- 
my is in his kingdom. — Alexander died at Babylon. — ^sop was 
sent by Croesus to Delphi. — The consul Laavinus led his legions to 



174 



SYNTAX. 



Agrigentnm. — Dion besonght Dionysins to Bend for Plato to Syra- 
cuse. — Timoleon sent for colonists from Corinth. — Cimon set out 
from Athens for Lacedaemon. — Manlius spent his youth in the 
country. — Marius died an old man in his own house (at home). — 
When Tullus shall have returned from the country, I will send 
him to thee. — He who comes from home, knows not whether he 
is to (may) return home. — ^Yhose excellence had been known at 
home and in war. — There is neither (nothing of) gold nor silver 
in Britain. — What is doing in hither Gaul ? — They did not go 
into Britain. 



ClECUMSTAXCES OF TniE. 

565. — Rule XL. Time lo/ie/i is put in the abla- 
tive. Also Xos. 566, 567. 



Death hangs over us every 
hour. 

Plato died writing in his one 
and eightieth year. 

Let the ground rest on a holi- 
day, let the ploughman rest. 

Wicked men carry their wit- 
ness in [their] breast night and 
day. 

God pours out gifts day and 
night [days and nights] without 
intermission. 

K tliou shalt lavish away any 
thing on a holiday, thou rnayest 
(it may be allowed to you to) 
want on a working day. 

As swallows in summer time, 
so false friends are at hand in the 
serene time of life ; as soon as 
they see (shall have seen) the 
winter of fortune, they all liy 
away. 



Mors (Gr. 399) ego omnis 
tiora impendere. — Cic. Sen. 

Plato unus et octogesimus 
annus scribens 3mori. — Id. 

Lux sacer requiesct-re hu- 
mus, requiescere arator. — 
Tib. 

Homo sceleratus nox dies- 
que suus gestare in pectus 
testis. — Juv. 13. 

Deus munus sine inter- 
missiu dies et iiox fundere. — 
Sex. 

Test us dies m. si quid (21) 
prodigere, ■]j''^(>fo^i^^ egere 
(31) licere.— Plaut. Aul. 2, 
7. 

Ut hirimdo CEsticus temims^ 
sic falsus amicus serenus vita 
tempus prsesto esse; simul 
atque fortuna hyems (36) vi- 
dc're, devolare omnis. — Ad 
Her en. 4. 



565. — EuLE XLI. Time hoio long is put in the 
accusative or ablative. Also 566, 567. 



CIRCUMSTANCES TIME. 



1^5 



1. Accusative^ 



The covetous man is tormented 
night and day (days and nights). 

We ought to consider day and 
night (days and nights) that we 
must die. 

Fatal accidents (fates) surround 
us on all sides day and night 
(days and nights). 

Demosthenes was almost 3G0 
years before Cicero. 

Tliere is nobody so old, who 
does not think that ho may live a 
year. 

No man is certain (nobody 
has it ascertained) that his riches 
shall remain to him one day. 

Arganthonius came to the gov- 
ernment 40 years old (aged), 
reigned 80 years, and lived 120. 



They that (they who) prayed 
and sacriticed whole days, that 
their children might outlive them, 
were called superstitious persons. 



A varus dies noxque cruel- 
ari. — Cio. 

Dies et nox cogitare (lxi.) 
esse, mori (lxi.) esse. — Cio. 
Tusc. 1. 

Dies et nox fatum ego un- 
dique circumstare. — Id. 

Demosthenes annus prope 
trecenti ante Cicero esse. — C. 

Nemo esse tam senex, qui 
sui annus non (Gr. 641) pu- 
tare posse vivere. — Cic. Sen, 

Nemo exploratum habere, 
divitisQ suus sui permansurus 
[esse] unus dies. — Cio. P<xr, 

Arganthonius ad imperium 
quadraginta annus natus ac- 
cedere, octoginta 3 regnare 
annus^ et centum et mginti 
3 vivere. 

Qui totus dies 2 precari et 
2immolare, ut suus liberi 
(xvi,) sui superstes esse, su- 
perstitiosus 3 appellari. — Oio, 
J^at. D. 2, 



2. Ablative^ 



With Pythagoras, scholars were 
obliged to be silent five years. 

All our life we must learn to 
live ; and all our life we must 
learn to die. 

It is in a manner (it is almost) 
certain, that Arganthonius reign- 
ed 80 years. 

569. — T. Larcius was appointed 
dictator, about ten years after the 
first consuls. 



Apud Pythagoras, discipu- 
lus quinque annus (xli.) ta- 
cere esse. — Seit. 

Totus vita vivere (67) dis- 
cere esse ; et totus vita (67) 
discere esse mori. — Sen. 

Arganthonius octoginta an- 
nus (52) regnare prope certus 
esse. — Plin. 

Dictator institui, dccem 
fere annus post primus con- 
sul, T. Larcius. 



176 



SYNTAX. 



Pythagoras first reached Italy, 
one hundred and forty years after 
the death of Numa. 

570. — The first Olympiad was 
established 108 years after Ly- 
curgus undertook to enact his 
laws. 

In a few days after he arrived 
at Caprea. 

571. — The death of Eoscius, 
fonr days after he was killed, is 
announced to Chrysogonns. 

Four days after these things 
were done. 

572. — It was done sixteen years 
ago. 

Carthage was destroyed 177 
years ago, when it had stood 6^7 
years. 



Annus fere centesimns et 
qnadragesimus post mors Nu- 
ma, primus Italia Pythagoras 
attingere. 

Centum et octo annus 
postquam Lycurgus lex scri- 
here instituere primus ponere 
Olympias. 

In paucus dies qiiani Ca- 
prese attingere. 

Mors Koscius, quatriduum 
qui is occidi, Chrysogonus 
nuntiari. 

Quatriduum qui hie geri. 
— Cio. 

AbJiinc annus fieri sede- 
cim. 

Carthago dirui, quum stare 
annus sexcenti sexaginta sep- 
tem, dbMnc annus centum 
septuaginta septem. 



EuLES XL, XLI. 

English Examples to le turned into Latin, 

The origin of all this wickedness shall be explained in its pro- 
per time. — The senate was, at the same time^ in the temple of 
Concord. — There are three things which, at this time, 7 may 
stand in the way of Eoscius. — I have now been at war (I now 
carry on war) for twenty years with wicked citizens.— Pansetius 
lived thirty years after he had published those books. — The cove- 
tous are tormented night and day. — You wrote me a letter on 
your birth-day. — Philotimus brought it to me the day after he 
had received it from you. — I call to mind, in the evening^ what- 
ever 9 1 have said, heard, or done, every daj.— -During all that 
time.^ I was employed night and day in the study of all the 
sciences. — They who have been many years bound with chains, 
step the slower. — Who would choose to exist in that species of 
pleasure one whole day ? 

ClEOUMSTANCES OF MeASIIEE. 

573. — ^EuLE XLII. Measure or distance is put in 
tlie accusative, and sometimes in the ablative. Also 

Nos, 574, 675, 



CIRCUMSTANCES MEASURE. 



Ill 



1. Accusative. 



"We ouglit (it behoves us) not to 
depart a nail's breadth from a 
good conscience. 

Italy is 120 miles from Sardinia 
(Italy is distant from Sardinia 
120,000 paces); Sardinia is 200 
miles from Africa (Sardinia is dis- 
tant from Africa 200,000 paces). 

The city of Saguntum was sit- 
uated nearly a mile from the sea. 

Zama is distant five days' jour- 
ney from Carthage. 



A rectus conscientia non 
oportere transdersus unguis 
m. discedere. — Cio. 

Abesse Italia ab Sardinia 
centum viginti mlllia passus ; 
Sardinia abesse ab Africa 
ducenti millia passus. — 
Plin. 

Urbs Saguntum situs esse 
passus mille ferme a mare. 

Zama quinque dies iter ab 
Carthago abesse. 



2. Ablative, 



The island Pharus being once 
a day's sail distant from Egypt, is 
now joined to it by a bridge. 

The nation of the Menismini is 
distant twenty days' journey from 
the ocean. 

576. — The Arabs have slender 
swords, each four cubits long. 

The men were each six feet 
high. 

577. — On the same day he 
moved forward his camp, and sat 
down six miles from the camp of 
Caesar. 

578. — They pitched their camp 
two miles off. 



Pharus insula, quondam 
dies navigatio distans ab ^- 
gyptus, nunc is pons junctus 
esse. — Plin. 5. 31. 

Gens Menismini abesse ab 
oceanus, dies iter viginti. 

Arabs gladius habere tenuis, 
longus quaterni cubitum. 
Yii'i altus esse seni pes. 

Idem dies, castra promo- 
vere, et mille passus sex a 
Csesar castra considere, 

A mille passus duo castra 
ponere. 



579. — Rule XLIII. The measure of excess or defi- 
ciency is put in the ablative. 



The towers on the walls of 
Babylon are higher by ten feet 
than the walls. 

The sun is many times (parts) 
larger than the earth. 



Turris in murus Babylon 
deni jpes quam murus altus 
esse. 

Sol esse muUus pars major 
quam terra. 



178 SYNTAX. 

It is a custom of the Sicilians Esse consuetudo Siciilus nt 
sometimes to make the month nonnunqiiam imus dies Ion- 
longer by a single day, or by two gus mensis Tfacere ant lidu- 
days. ^^^m. 

580. — Augustusbore the deaths AUqiiantiis patienter mors 

of his family a good deal more quam dedecus suns ferre Au- 

patiently than their disgrace. gustus. 

How ^ much more widely the Quajitiis late officium pa- 
rule of duty extends than that of tere quam jus regula. 
law. 

By so much the happier every 1 Tantus brevior omnis 

period is, by so much the briefer tempus, quantus felicior esse. 
is it. 

The more difficult any thing is, Qui quis esse prxclarior, 

the more honourable [is it]. Mc difficilior. 



Rules XLII, XLIII. 

English Exami^les to de turned, into Latin, 

He ordered that he should be two hundred miles from the 
city. — He did not dare to tell a second time how many miles his 
farm was distant from the city. — It is incumbent on every ono 
not to swerve, in his whole life, a nail's breadth (a nail across) 
from a good conscience. — Persia extends in length, one thousand 
six hundred stadia. — The plain of Marathon is ten miles distant 
from Athens. — Babylon has a citadel including twenty stadia 
in its circuit ; the foundations of the towers are sunk thirty feet 
into the earth ; walls, twenty feet wide, support the hanging 
gardens. — The temple of the Ephesian Diana is said to have been 
four hundred feet long, and two hundred broad. — The more men 
have, the more they desire. — Ireland is less than Britain by half. 
— The higher the sun, the less is the rainbow. — Thou art in no 
greater danger than any one of us. 

ClECUMSTANCES OF PeIOE. 

581. — EuLE XLIY. Tke price of a thing is put in 
the ablative. 

I will not buy hope with a Spes pretium non emere. 

price. —-Tee. 

Virtue is valued at a great Magnus ubique pretium 

price every where. virtus cestimari, — Y. Max. 



CIRCUMSTANCES PRICE. 



179 



Anger and madness are [occa- 
sioned] to men by this (from 
hence) because they value little 
things at a great [rate]. 

Nothing costs dearer than that 
which is bought with prayers. 

Despise pleasures : pleasure 
does harm (hurts) being bought 
with pain. 

Bad pleasures cost a man dear 
(a great price). 

Plato says excellently, that 
[those things] are too much, which 
men buy with life. 

Many a place of honour is (very 
many an honour is) sold for gold. 



Inde homo ira et insania 
esse, quod exiguus magnum 
ce^ timare, — Sen. 

Nullus res car i us con stare 
quam qui preces emi. — Sen. 

Spernere voluptas : no- 
cere emptu% dolor voluptas. — 
Hoe. 

Homo (Gr. 399) magnum 
mains gaudium constare, 

Egregie Plato dicere, ni- 
mius esse qui homo (Gr. 656) 
emere vita. — Sen. 

Plurimus aurum venire 
honos. — Ov. 



582. — Exc. But tantij quanti^ jpluris, minoins^ are 



used ill the genitive. 

Those things please more which 
are bought at a dearer rate. 

To act considerately is of more 
[value] than to think wisely. 

That which is necessary, is well 
bought, at how much soever. 

He taught no man for less than 
a talent. 

Nothing shall cost a father less 
than his son. 

They never (they do not ever) 
consider how dear their pleasures 
cost them. 

583. — Chrysogonus bought a 
vessel of Corinthian brass for so 
great a price, that those who 
heard the price reckoned, thought 
a farm was selling. 

584. — It is for the interest of 
the seller that the thing should 
sell for as much as possible. 



Magis illud juvare, qui pliis 
emi, — Juv. 

Considerate Bl^qyq plus esse^ 
quam cogitare prudenter. — 
Cio. Off. 1. 

Quantum quantum bene 
emi^ qui necesse est. — Cio. 
Att. 12, 23. 

Docere nemo minus talen- 
tum. — Plin. 35. 

Ke9 nullus minus constare 
(Gr. 399) pater, quam filius. 
— Juv. 

Non unquam reputare, 
quantum (Gr. 399) sui gau- 
dium (Gr. 627, 5) constare. — 
Juv. 6. 

Chrysogonus vas aliquis 
Corinthius tantus pretium 
mercari, ut qui pretium enu- 
meratus audire, fundus venire 
arbitrari. 

Venditor expedire, res ve- 
nire quam plurimus. 



180 



SYNTAX, 



EnglisJi Exm^yles to le turned into Latin. 

He pnrchased the rank of a senator witTi money.— Rq sold it 
to some one/^r a large sum of money.— -1 would most willingly 
have averted the misfortune from the state, at 7ny oicn private 
loss.—Thej valued the Tusculan villa at five hundred thousand 
■sesterces^ the Formian [estate] at two hundred and fifty thousand, 
— As any one possesses what is of most value., so he is to be 
reckoned richest. — The land is now of much more ralue than it 
then was. — Of what consequence do you think this is to the char- 
acter of men ? — I sell my goods for no more than other persons, 
probably /<?r less. 



COXSTRUCTIOlSr OF ADVERBS. 

685. — EuLE XLY. Adverbs are joined to verbs, 
adjectives, and other adverbs, to modify and limit 
their signification. Also Nos. 586, 587. 



He immediately both adopted 
Jugurtha, and, by his will, made 
him his heir equally with his 
sons. 

But why do we speak so long 
about one enemy ? 

I have spoken with brevity and 
simphcity. 

That was done justly, mode- 
rately, wisely. 

Therefore wise men ne'cer un- 
willingly, brave men often even 
willingly, have sought for death. 

At no previous time did such 
consternation take possession of 
the senate. 

586. — Julius Csesar mari-ied 
Cornelia, the daughter of Cinna 
(who was) a fourth time consul. 

588. — Vibius is an absurd poet, 
but still he is not wholly ignorant 
nor useless. 



Statimque Jugurtha adop- 
tare et testamento pariter 
cum filius hasres instituere. — 
Sall. 

Sed cur tamdiu de unus 
hostis loqui f — Oio. 

Breviter simpliciterqaQ di- 
cere. — Cic. 

Is juste., moderate.^ sapien- 
ter^ fieri. 

Itaque mors sapiens nun- 
quam invitus, -fortis scepa 
etiam libenter^ appetere. 

Non unquam alias ante 
tantus terror senatus inva- 
dere. 

Julius Caesar, Cornelia, Cin- 
na quater consul filia ducere 
uxor. 

Yibius esse poeta ineptus ; 
nee tamen scire nihil.^ et esse 
non inutilis. 



CONSTRUCTION OF ADVERBS. 



181 



This thing also occasions some 
deformity. 

The people are wont sometimes 
to neglect worthy men. 

Every one perceives an open 
flatterer. 

- 589. — Epicrates owed no money 
to any one. 

I never offended Scipio, not 
even in the smallest particular. 

590. — In the consulship of Piso, 
not only was it not permitted to 
the senate to aid the state, but 
not even to mourn for it. 



Hie res etiam non melius 
afferre deformitas. 

Populus solere non nun- 
quam dignus prseterlre. 

Aperte adulans nemo non 
videre. 

Epicrates debere nullus 
nummus nemo, 

Nunquam Scipio, ne parvus 
quidem res offendere. 

Piso consul (Gr. 690) sena- 
tus non solum juvare res pub- 
licus sed ne lugere quidem 
licet. 



Cases goveened by Adverbs. 

592. — EuLE XLVI. Some adverbs oi time^ place^ 
and quantity^ govern tlie genitive. Also Nos. 593- 

597. 



He that does well, has abettors 
enough (enough of favourers). 

Never any man had friends 
enough (enough of friends have 
never been to any one of men). 

Every one has strength enough 
to do harm (enough of strength 
for hurting is to every one). 

I must remove to some part of 
the world (to somewhere of lands). 

Nothing is more amiable than 
virtue ; which he who shall have 
gotten, will be beloved by good 
men in what nation soever (where- 
soever of nations) he shall be. 



Satfautor habere, qui rec- 
te facere. — Plaut. 

Nunquam quisquam (x.) 
homo satis^ amicus 3 esse 
(xxv.) — Sall. 

Nullus non ad nocere satis 
vires esse (Gr. 394). — SEif. 

(67) Migrare esse aliquo 
terra. — Oio. 

Nihil esse amabilior virtus ; 
qui qui (21) adipisci, uMcun- 
que gens esse, a bonus vir 
diligi. — Oic. de Nat, D, 



600. — EuLE XLVn. Some derivative adverbs 
govern the case of their primitives. Also 601. 



I hear that Csesar speaks Latin 
the most elegantly almost of all 
orators. 



Audire Caesar omnis fere 
orator Latine loqui (x.) ele 
gantissime. — Cio. GL 0, 



182 SYNTAX. 

I do not ask what he says, bnt Kon qnasrere qnid (Gr. 
what he can say agreeably to 627-5) dicere, sed quid con- 
reason and his own opinion. 'cenienter (xyi.) ratio (Gr. 

627-5) posse et sententia 
suns dicere. — Cio. Fin, 
Nothing dries sooner than a Lacryma nihil (xxiv.) ci- 
tear. tius arescere. — Id, Inv, 



EuLEs XLYI, XLYII. 
English Examples to le turned into Latin, 

XL VI. — In wliat part ( Wliere) of the world are we ? — ye 
immorUil gods ! Of what nation are we f — In what city do we 
live ? — What government have we ? — Good men have no one to 
take the lead (no leader) ; our avengers of liberty are far off. — 
^gypta came to me the day lefore the ides of April. — Philotimus 
came the day before that day.— I have less strength than either 
of you. — You have not as yet sufficient strength. — There is protec- 
tion sufficient in virtue to live (living) well. — XLYII. We sent to 
Athens to meet him. — Though they went (were) out of the way 
they went down to meet him. — Csesar fortified a camp as near 
as jJOssiMe to the eamio of the enemy. — The quaestors of the pro- 
vince were in attendance upon me. — It can be well with no wicked 
onan. — Which of us two offends in a manner more worthy of 
torture f — Little gowns were ready for the lictors at the gate. 

Cases goyeened by Prepositions. 

602. — Rule XLVIII. Twenty-eight prepositions, 
ad^ ctf>iid^ ante^ &c. (SSo-l), govern the accusative. 

603. — EuLE XLIX. Fifteen prepositions, a, ab^ 
abs, &c., govern the ablative. 

607. — EuLE L. The prepositions in, sub, super, 
and subter, denoting motion to, or tendency towards, 
govern the accusative. 

608. — EuLE LI. The prepositions in and sub, 
denoting situation, govern the abhative ; sujyer and 
siibtev, either the accusative or ablative. 



CASES GOVERNED BY rREPOSITIONS. 



183 



N". B. — ^Examples of these four rules are to be found in very 
many of the preceding exercises. The pupil of course must be so 
familiar with them already, as to render special examples un- 
necessary. 

The following are examples in which the preposition is 
understood. Gr. 611. 



A master is in the place of a 
parent. 

One thing is produced in one 
place, and another in another 
(another thing is produced in 
another place). 

Nobody tries to descend into 
himself; but the wallet on the 
back that goes before them is 
looked on. 

Look back upon those things 
that hang (things hanging) on thy 
own back. 

Vice deceives us in the shape 
of virtue. 

Man consists of soul and body. 

Time consists of three parts, 
the past, present, and future. 



God does not account it [a 
thing] inconsistent with his majes- 
ty to take care of the world and 
the aifairs of men. 

Leave off to debar philosophers 
from money. 

Fathers that manage their es- 
tate badly use to be debarred 
from meddling with their goods. 
(It uses to be debarred from their 
goods to fathers managing their 
estate badly.) 

Fool, dost thou think any other 
happy besides the wise and good 
man? 



Prseceptor esse parens lo- 
cus. 

Alius alius locus nasci. — 

YiTEUV. 



In sui sui tentare descen- 
dere nemo : at prcBcedens 
spectari mantica tergum. — 
Pees. 4. 

Tuus pendens respicere 
tergum. — Vide Hoe. Sat. 2, 
3, 299. 

Sui. 

Fallere ego vitium species 
virtus. — Juv. 

Ex. 

Homo constare corpus et 
anima. — Cio. Tusc. 

Tempus tres ;:'ar5 constare, 
prceteritum^ prcesens^ et futu- 
rum. — Sen". 

Ab. 

Deus non ahenus ducere 
majestas suus^ mundus et res 
homo curare. — Cio. deDivin, 

Desinere (Gr. 399) philoso- 
phus pecunia interdicere. 

Pater male res gerens 
(Gr. 399) lonum interdici 
(Gr. 411) solere.— Cio. Sen. 



Stultus, putare alius sa- 
piens honusqvLQ beatus ? — 
Vide HoR. Ep. 1, 16. 



184 



SYNTAX. 



In is frequently understood before words signifying ]?lace ; 
as, tero'd^ mari^ domo^ ccelo^ caynpis^ libro^ &c. 

613. — ^EuLE Ln. A preposition in composition 
often governs its own case. Also 61i. 



Abstain from things forbidden. 

Pythagoras is said to have ab- 
stained from all animals. 

An honest man refrains from 
injustice, even when impunity is 
(impunity being) proposed. 

Friendship is excluded out of 
no place. 

Thou canst exclude death (the 
fates) out of no place. 

Let him go out of the court, 
who shall desire to be pious. 

Others' disgraces often deter 
tender minds from vices. 

Hercules chose to enter into the 
way of virtue, rather than that 
of pleasure. 

Many inconveniences surround 
the old man ; the wretch often 
gets, and abstains from the things 
[he has] gotten, and is afraid to 
use them. 

An heir comes upon the heir of 
another, as wave upon wave. 

A house and land, a heap of 
brass (money), and gold, will not 
take off fevers from the sick body, 
nor cares fi'om the mind of the 
owner, 

615. — The soul exists after it 
has quitted the body. 

He will never keep his sacrile- 
gious hands from me. 

The Lacedaemonians desisted 
from their long contention. 

The law orders us to approach 
the gods devoutly. 



Froliibitus ABStinere. — 
Sen. 

Pythagoras cunctus animal 
ABStinere dici. — Jut. 

Yir probus, etiam impuni- 
tas, (lx.) propositus, ABsti- 
nei^e injuria. 

Amicitia nullus locus EX- 
cludi. — Cio. Am, 

KuUus fatum locus (31) 
posse -Excluder e. — ^Mart. 

BXire aula qui velle esse 
plus. — LUOAN. 

Tener animus alienus op- 
probrium s8Bpe ABSterrere 
mtium, — Hoe. 

Prseoptare Hercules via 
virtus, quam voluptas usgi^e- 
di. 

Multus senex circumxenire 
incommodum : saepe quas- 
rere et i7ive?itus miser ahsti- 
nere^ et timer e uti. — Hoe. 

Haeres hceres alter, velut 
unda sujpervenire unda. — Id, 

ISTon domus et fundus, non 
aes acervus et aurum, aegrotus 
dominus deducere corpus 
febris, non animus cura. — 
Id. 

Animus manere e corpus 
cum excedere. 

Kunquam a ego sacrilegus 
manus dhstinere. 

Lacedsemonius de diutinus 
contentio desistere. 

Lex jubere adire ad deus 
caste. 



CONNECTION OF TENSES. 185 

English Examples to he turned into Latin, 

The wisest philosophers have properly looked for the origin 
of the chief good in (from) nature, — From particular virtues cer- 
tain kinds of duty arise. — Where then is virtue, if nothing is 
implanted in ourselves f — We are ready to refute without obsti- 
nacAj^ and to be refuted without anger, — He threw the rest of the 
body into the sea, — She married into a very distinguished /(X^/ziZ?/. 
— 7 Let us quit the theatre^ 7 let us go (come) into the forum, — 
The Porcian law has removed the rods j'Vc'm the lody of all Roman 
citizens. — Men can scarcely Iceep their hands from you. 



SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 

CONNECTION OF TENSES. 618. 

619. — Rule LIIL Any tense of the subjunctive 
mood, may follow a tense of tlie same class in the in- 
dicative. Also 620. 

I. Primary tenses with their sequents of the same class, (Gr.618.) 

1. Present. — ^In the epistles of In Cicero ad Atticus epis- 
Cicero to Atticus, every thing re- tola sic omnis de mutatio 
lating to the changes of the respublica 2jerscrit)i^ ut nihil 
republic is so described, that there in is non apparere, 

is nothing which does not appear 
in them. 

There is not a province, I think, !N"on esse provincia ut opi- 

which Augustus did not visit. nor qui Augustus non adire. 

So great is the corruption of Tantus esse corruptela ma- 
bad habit, that the sparks of vir- lus consuetudo, ut ab is tan- 
tue are extinguished by it. quam igniculus virtus extin- 

gui, 

2. Perfect Definite. — !N'aturehas Tantus res ubertas natura 
lavished so great an abundance of largiri ut is qui gigni donfiri 
things, that those which are pro- consulto ego, non fortuito 
duced appear to have been be- nasci videri, 

stowed upon us intentionally, not 
to have originated accidentally. 



186 



SYNTAX. 



I have attained this by my ex- 
ploits, that I am thought a safe 
clehtor. 

Few have been found who have 
exposed their hves to the weapons 
of the enemy with no reward in ~ 
view. 

3. Future. — I shall find many 
whom I can easily persuade of 
whatever I wish. 

They could not destroy all wit- 
nesses (even) if they wished, for 
as long as the human race shall 
exist there will not be wanting 
some one to accuse them. 

I will try to escape hence. 

If the conversation of Curio 
shall produce any thing of such a 
kind that it requires to be writ- 
ten to you, I will subjoin it to 
my letter. 

II.- 



Ego res 
assequi ut 
timarL 

Paucus 
praemium 
690J vita 
objicere. 

Heperin 
quis veUe, 



mens gestus hie 
bonus nomen exis- 

reperl qui nullus 
propositus (Gr. 
suus hostis telum 

e multus qui quis- 
facile persuader e. 



Testis omnis si cupere in- 
terficere non posse ; nam dum 
homo genus esse qui accu scire 
is, non deesse. 

Experiri ut hinc avoJdre. 

Si quis Curio sermo ejus- 
modi afferre^ qui ad tu (Gr. 
687) scriM is liters mens ad~ 
jungere. 



-Secondary tenses^ with their sequents of the same class. 
(Gr. 618.) 



1. Imperfect. — On the other side 
of the Ehine, Tiberius observed 
such a mode of life, that he took 
his food sitting on the bare turf, 
and often passed the night with- 
out a tent. 

I did not suppose that when a 
consul elect was defended by the 
son of a Eoman knight, his accu- 
sers would speak of the newness 
of his family. 

Other dissensions were of such 
a kind, that they tended, not to 
the destruction, but to the change 
of the state. 

2. Perfect Indefinite. — ^Some fa- 
thers of families provided by their 
will, that victims should be led to 
the Capitol, and vows discharged 
for them, because they had left 
Augustus alive. 



Trans Rhenus, Tiberius ita 
vita institi(e?'e^ ut sedere in 
cespes nudus cibus sumere., 
et ssepe sine tentorium per- 
rooctare. 

'EonarMtrare^ quum consul 
designatus ab eques Romanus 
filius defendi, de genus no vi- 
tas accusator dicere. 

Alius dissensio esse ejus- 
modi, qui non ad delere (Gr. 
707) sed ad commutare res- 
publica pertinere. 

J^onnuUus pater-familias 
testamentum cavere, ut vic- 
tima in Capitolium duci^ 
votumque pro sui solvi, quod 
superstes Augustus reliu' 
quere. 



CONNECTION OF TENSES. 



187 



Hannibal promised the Gauls 
that he would not draw his sword 
till he came into Italy. 

The State was so arranged by 
the skill of Servius Tullius, that 
all the distinctions of patrimony, 
dignity, age, trades, and offices, 
were registered. 

3. Fhiperfect. — I had heard from 
himself how generously he had 
been treated by you. 

Neither by letter, nor by de- 
cree of the senate, had the consuls 
commanded me what I should do. 

The soldiers of Alexander had 
cut down a great deal of wood, 
that they might make a passage 
through the rocks. 

621. — They celebrate the spec- 
tacle with as much splendour as 
they could, that they might make 
the affair brilliant and expected. 

622. — 1^0 one ought to doubt 
that CaBsar, if it could be done, 
would call up many from the 
dead. 

The shouts were so great, that 
I think they were heard to that 
place. 

623. — Infinitixe. Socrates was 
accustomed to say that all men 
were sufficiently eloquent in that 
which tliey understood. 

Tiberius replied to" the people 
of Ilium, that he also grieved for 
their misfortune, in having lost 
(because they had lost) their illus- 
trious citizen Hector. 

They say that Pyrrhus, the 
greatest master of gymnastic ex- 
ercises, used to give as a precept 
to those whom he was training, 
that they should not be angry. 



Promittere Hannibal Gal- 
lus, sui non stringere (Gr. 671) 
ante gladius quam in Italia 

venire. 

Servius Tullius sollertia 
ita ordindre respublica ut 
omnis patrimonium, dignitas, 
86tas, ars, officium(}ue, discri- 
men in tabula referri. 

Ego ex ipse audire quam a 
tu liberaliter tractdri. 

Consul neque senatus con- 
sul tum neque WtQvsd prcecip ere 
ego qms facer e, 

Multus materies ccedere 
Alexander miles, ut aditus 
per sSiXMrn. facer e, 

Spectaculum 1 concelebrdra 
quantus adparatus, 2 posse ut 
res clarus exspectatusque /«- 
cere. 

ITemo dubitare 1 delere 
qiiin multus, si ^Qviposse^ C33- 
sar ab inferi excitare. 

Clamor tantus ^esse ut is 
usque exauditus 7putdre, 

Socrates dicere solere omnis 
in is qui scire satis esse elo- 
quens. 

Hienses populus respondere 
Tiberius, sui (Gr. 671) quoque 
vicis is doUre quod egregius 
civis Hector amittere. 

Pyrrhus, magnus praecep- 
tor certamen gymnicus, solere 
aio hie qui exercere prceci- 
pere^ ne irasci. 



188 SYNTAX. 

In the meantime I shall delight Interea cnm musa ego (pi.) 

myself with the muses ; and it delectare ; nee ego (Gr. 380) 

will never occur to me (come into unquara venire in mens Cras- 

mv mind) to envy Crassus or to sus invidere, neque poenittre 

regret that I have not departed quod a ^go ipse non desci- 

from my own course of conduct. scere. 

Farticiples. — Parmenio reached Parmenio Damascus quar- 

Damascus on the fourth day, the tus dies pervenire jam me- 

prefect already fearing that no tuens prsefectus ne sui fides 

trust had been reposed in him. non habere. 

"VThen I doubt what is right for JDulitaiis ego quis ego fa- 
me to do, my affection for Pom- cere par esse^ magnus pon- 
pey has great weight. dus afferre benevolentia erga 

Pompeius. 

English Examp)les to le turned into Latin, 

There are some who have related^ that Marius fell engaging 
with Telesinus. — Sinus has done well in hanng come to terms. — 
Sisygambis said, '•'- O king, you d^eserte that we should pray for 
those things for you which we prayed for formerly for our 
Darius ; and, as I perceive, you are worthy of having surpassed 
(Gr. 645) so great a king, not in good fortune only, but in equity."' 
— I think that Ooesar will talce care to withdraw his troops; for 
he will gain a victory if he is made consul. — This affair made it 
very dithcult for Gsesar to determine what plan to adopt (brought 
great difficulty to Cassar for (aA) taking a plan) lest if he led his 
troops rather early (Gr. 473, 2d par.) from their winter quarters, 
he should le in straits (he should labour) for provisions. — Augus- 
tus Ir ought up his daughter and grand-daughters in such a way, 
that he even accustomed [them] to spinning, and forbade [them] 
to say or do any thing, but what might be inserted in the daily 
register. — / see you are c-ollecting every thing respecting tne 
republic, which you thinlc can give me any hope of a change of 
affairs (changing affairs). — I lorote back immediately to Pompey, 
that I icas not seeJcing where I might be most safely. 

IIs^DICATIYE AIGOD. 

The indicative mood is used in Latin, to express what is 
actual and certain, in an absolute and independent manner (Gr. 
624). 

1. Thebes was now standing. — Jam stare Thebae. — Romu- 
Eomulus founded Eome. lus Roma condere. 



INDICATIVE MOOD. 



180 



The liberty of the Roman peo- 
ple is at stake. 

Our reasoning agrees ; otir lan- 
guage dilFers. 

What are you doing ? 

Did YOU dare to speak against 
me before the conscript fathers ? 

Ancus reigned twenty-four 
years. 

Consar levied two legions ; he 
led forth three from winter quar- 
ters ; he divided his army into 
two parts. 

We will write letters to-mor- 
row. 

2. In requiting a favour we 
ought, if we believe Hesiod, to 
imitate fertile fields which give 
much more than they have re- 
ceived. 

If you are poor, ^milianus, 
you will always continue poor. 

If these things are not given up, 
he thus declares war. 

If thou art a god, said the Scy- 
thian ambassadors to Alexander, 
thou oughtest to bestow benefits 
on mortals, not to take away 
theirs. 

3. I will satisfy you if I can. 

Yolumnia ought to have been 
more attentive to you, and even 
that w^hich she did she might 
have done more carefully. 

You ought long since to have 
been led to execution by the com- 
mand of the consul. 

The army might have been de- 
stroyed if any one had dared to 
conquer. 

4. If men apply reason to fraud 
and malice, it would have been 
better that it had not been given 
than given to the liUtnan race. 



Libertas agi populus Ro- 
manus. 

Ratio noster consentiro 
oratio pugnare. 

Quis agere ? 

Tu apud pater conscriptus 
contra ego dicere audere f 

3 Regnare Ancus annus 
quatuor et viginti. 

OsBsar duo legio conscri- 
bere ; tres ex hiberna edu- 
cere ; exercitus in duo pars 
dividere. 

Cras litersB scribere. 

In referre gratia (Gr. 707) 
si modo Hesiodus credere de- 
bere imitari ager fertilis qui 
plus multus afferre quam ac- 
cipere. 

Semper esse pauper, si pau- 
per esse^ ^milianus. 

Si non dedi hie, bellum ita 
indicere. 

Si deus esse^ legatus Scy- 
thicus Alexander dicere, tri- 
buere mortalis beneficium 
debere, non suus eripere. 

Ego, si posse^ facere tu sa- 
tis. 

Yolumnia debere in tu oflS- 
ciosus esse, et is ipse qui fa- 
cere, posse diligens facere. 

Ad mors tu duci, jussus 
consul, jampridem oporUre. 

Deleri posse exercitus si 
quis audere vincere. 

Si homo ratio in fraus ma- 
litiaque convertere, non dari 
ille quam dari humanus genus 
bonus esse. 



190 



When it would have become 
them to stand in the line of battle 
and fight, then they took refuge 
in the camp. 

5. The Sublician bridge had 
almost afforded a path to the 
enemy, if there had not been one 
man, Horatius Codes, of distin- 
guished valour. 

The populace would have torn 
down the eflQgies of Piso, had 
they not been protected by the 
order of the prince. 



Quum in acies stare ac 
pugnare decere^ tum in cas- 
tra refugere. 

Pons Sublicius iter pene 
hostis dare^ ni unus vir esse 
Horatius Codes eximius vir- 
tus. 

Populus eflSgies Piso 2^6- 
xellere^ ni jussus princeps 
protegi. 



SUBJUitTCTIYE MOOD. 

The subjunctive mood is used sometimes in independent, but 
for the most part in dependent propositions. 



THE SUBJUI^CTIVE IN INDEPENDENT PEOPOSITIONS. 

The subjunctive mood is used, apparently at least, in indepen- 
dent propositions (Gr. 625). 



1st. I can relate, I think, on 
sufficient evidence, that Augustus 
was surnamed Thursinus. 

Brother, with thy good leave I 
would say it, this is a sentiment 
most pernicious to the republic. 

I am inclined to accede readily 
to those who relate that Eomulus 
founded Eome. 

Thou canst scarcely [I think] 
find a man of any nation, age, or 
rank, whose felicity thou mayest 
compare to the fortune of Metellus. 

I would not deny that my lan- 
guage appeared to you harsh and 
atrocious. 

Thou knowest not, [I think,] 
whether anger be a more detest- 
al)le or unsightly vice. 



Thursinus cognominatus 
esse Augustus satis certus 
probatio tradere, 

Frater, bonus tuus venia 
dicere {perf.) iste sententia 
maxime obesse respublica. 

Libenter hie qui ita pro- 
dere accedere (perf.) Romu- 
lus Roma condere. 

Yix ullus gens, aetas, ordo, 
homo invemre {peo^f,) qui 
felicitas fortuna Metellus 
comparare. 

Non negare {perf.) tristis 
atroxque tu visus oratio meus 
esse. 

Hescire {pres.) utrum ma- 
gis detestabilis vitium esse 
ira, air deformis. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



191 



I would wish thee to be per- 
suaded (that I may persuade thee) 
that I ask nothing from thee with 
more earnestness. 

I wish [for my part] that you 
would consider with Pomponius 
whether you can honourably re- 
rdain at Rome at present. 

Assuredly I should not a little 
prefer the mind of Socrates to the 
fortunes of all those who sat in 
judgment upon him. 

2d. (Gr. 145) So live with an in- 
ferior, as thou wouldst wish a su- 
perior to live with thee. 

Do not allow it to happen, that 
tbou shouldst seem to have been 
wanting to thyself. 

Let every one become acquaint- 
ed with his own disposition, and 
show himself a severe judge both 
of his own good qualities and 
faults. 

If I have defended my own 
safety against your brother''s most 
cruel attack upon me, be satisfied 
that I do not complain to you too 
of his injustice. 

Let the Stoics look to it whe- 
ther it be an evil to be in pain. 

You will say, write nothing at 
all. 

3d. What wise man will trust 
to a fragile good ? 

AVho will deny that all wicked 
men are slaves? 

Who can doubt that there are 
riches in virtue? 

Who hereafter will adore the 
divinity of Juno ? 

What can seem great to him in 
human affairs, to whom an eter- 
nity, and the magnitude of the 
universe, is known ? 



Velle 3tu persuadere ni- 
hil ego magnus studium a 
tu petere. 

Velle tu cum Pomponius 
considerare utrum honeste 
tu Roma esse posse. 

^89 ego baud paulum 
Socrates animus malle quam 
is omnis fortuna qui de is 
judicare. 

Sic cum inferior vivere^ 
quemadmodum tucum su- 
perior velle vivere. 

Ne 7 committere ut tu dees- 
se videri. 

Suus quisque noscere inge- 
nium, acerque sui et bonum 
et vitium suus ^MdiQx prcebere , 



Si meus salus contra frater 
tuus impetus in ego crudelis 
defendere, satis habere nihil 
ego etiam tucum de is injuria 
conqueri. 

Esse ne malum dolere 
necne, Stoici mdere. 

"• Nihil, " inquam '' omnino 
scrihere.^^ 

Quis sapiens bonum con/l' 
dere fragilis ? 

Quis negare omnis impro- 
bus esse servus ? 

Quis dubitare^ quin in vir- 
tus divitiae esse ? 

Quis posthac numen Juno 
adordre 1 

Quis videri is magnus in 
res humanus, qui seternitas 
totusque mundus notus esse 
magnitudo ? .... 



192 



SYIsTAX. 



Why should I ennmerate the 
multitude of arts, without which 
life could not have at all existed ? 

4th. They report that Alexan- 
der said, " If I were not Alexan- 
der, I would willingly be Dioge- 
nes." 

These things I could not endure, 
if I had not my friend Atticus as 
a partner of my pursuits. 

These things seem ridiculous to 
you, because you were not pre- 
sent, which, if you were to see, 
you could not help weeping. 

If any one were to dig around 
these plane trees and water them, 
their branches would not be 
knotty, and their trunks unsightly. 

If the gods were to make philo- 
sophy a vulgar good, if we were 
born wise, wisdom would lose 
what is the best part of it; it 
would be among accidental things. 



Quid enumerare ars mul- 
titudo, sine qui vita omnino 
nullus esse posse ? 

Alexander dicere ferre, 
" IN'isi Alexander esse^ esse 
libenter Diogenes." 

Hie quidem non ferre nisi 
habere socius studium mens 
Atticus noster. 

Hie tu ridi cuius videri, 
quia non adesse, qui si 'videre 
lacryma non tenere. 

Si quis hie platanus oir- 
ciunfodere^ si irrigare^ non 
nodosus esse ramus et squali- 
dus truncus. 

Si deus philosophia bonum 
vulgaris facere^ si prudens 
nasci^ sapientia, qui in sui 
bonus habere lyerd'ere ; inter 
fortuitus esse. 



Englisli Exami^les to he turned into Latin. 

Grant indeed that these are (Let those be) good things which 
are so esteemed. — Let these things be so. — I rather think that 
wild beasts which have (to which are) their food from prey 
(things taken), are better the more furious they are ; but (I con- 
fess) I admire the patience of oxen and horses. — The third mode 
of mining outdoes, in my opinion, the works of the giants. — 
Who will not with reason wonder that the plane tree has been 
brought from another hemisphere, only for the sake of its shade ? 
— Buy what is necessary. — Let us remember that justice is to be 
observed even towards the lowest. — E ven in causes in which we 
have to do (all things are to us) only with the judges, and not 
with the people, yet, if I were deserted by the audience, I should 
not be able to speak — If wisdom were given me with this limi- 
tation, that I should keep it shut up, and not give it utterance, 
I would regret it. — Finally, I will so conduct myself in the state, 
as to rememher always what I have done, and to provide that they 
shall appear to have been accomplished by virtue, and not by 
accident. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 193 

Subjunctive Mood in Dependent Propositions. 

The subjunctive mood is used for the most part in dependent 
clauses, and is preceded by another verb in the indicative, impera- 
tive, or infinitive mood, expressed or understood, with which it 
IS connected by a conjunction, a relative, or an indefinite term, 
and may generally be rendered by the potential in English (142- 
2d, and 143). 



Siibjunctive after Conjunctions, 

627. — KuLE LIV. The conjunctions ut^ quo^ licet^ 
ne, ictina77i, and duvimbdo^ ifec, and words used indefi- 
nitely in dependent clauses, for the most part require 
the subjunctive mood. 

1. Ut^ quo^ " that," ne, qiiommm, *' that not," referring to 
the result^ end^ or design^ take the subjunctive. 

It happens to a wise man alone 
that he does nothing against his 
own will. 

We eat that we may live, not 
live in order that we may eat. 

Your generals triumphed in such 
a way that he, though driven back 
and conquered, still reigned. 

Hannibal so united his troops 
by a sort of bond,, that no mutiny 
[ever] existed either among them- 
selves or against their general. 

The harangues of Thucydides 
contain so many obscure and in- 
volved sentences, that they can 
scarcely be understood. 

It behoves a law to be brief, 
in order that it may be the more 
easily retained by the ignorant. 

The throng (numerous attend- 
ance) of men and women at funer- 
als was abolished, that lamentation 
might be diminished. 

It may happen that a man may 
think justly, and not be able to 
express tersely what he thinks. 



Solus contingere sapiens 
ut mhil facer e invitus. 

Edere ut mvere^ non vi- 
vere ut edere. 

Vester imperator ita tri- 
umphare, ut ille pulsus su- 
peratusque regnare. 

Hannibal vinculum quidam 
ita copia copulare, ut nullus 
nee inter ipse, nee adversus 
dux, seditio extdre, 

Thucydides concio ita mul- 
tus habere obscurus abditus- 
que sententia, vix ut intelligi. 

Lex brevis esse oportere 
quo facilius ab imperitus 
teneri. 

Tolli celebritas vir ac mu- 
lier in funus, quo lamentatio 
minui. 

Fieri posse ut recte quis 
sentire, et is qui sentire (30) 
polite eloqul non posse. 



194 SYNTAX. 

It happens to most men, tliat Pleriqne accidere, ut prc^- 

throuG:li the assistance of the art sidiiim literc^, dihgentia m 

of writing (letters), they relax perdiscendum r^,'?i2i/^6r^. 
their diligence in committing to 
memory. ^ . , 

Take care that thon fall not ^ Curare 7?^ deniio m morbus 

anew into sickness. incidere. 

Death will not deter a wise Fon deterrere sapiens mors 

man from (Gr. 172-3) considering quominm commodum respub- 

the interests of the repuhiic and iica, suusqne consulere. 
his own. 

Parmenio wished to deter the Parmenio deterrere rex 

king from drinking (that he might velle, quommus medicamen- 

not drink) the potion which the tum Mbere^ qui medicus dare 

physician had determined to give, constituere. 

So great is the force of probity Tantus vis probltas esse, 

that we love it even in an enemy, ut is in hostis etiam cUUgcre, 

English Examples to le turned into Latin. 

We read tliat we may learn, — It is a custom of mankind tJiat 
they are unwilling that the same person should excel in many 
things. — Oratory moves the minds of judges, and impels them, so 
that they either hate^ or love^ or envy^ or loish (the culprit) safe^ 
or 2^iiy^ 01' '^2*^^ ^o punish. — It happens, somehow or other, that 
if any fault is committed, we perceive it more readily in others 
than in ourselves. — It very often happens, that utility is at vari- 
ance (contends) with virtue. — Trees are covered with a rind or 
bark, in order that they may le safer from the cold and from the 
heat. — It was no obstacle to Isocrates (from) being esteemed (Gr. 
172-3) an excellent orator, that he was pre-cented from speaking 
in public by the feebleness of his voice. — It happened that in one 
night all the Mercuries which were in the town of Athens were 
thrown down. 

^ 627. — 2. Bi^ "if," %it si, quasi, ac si, csque ac si, perinde iit si^ 
aliter ac si, velut si, tanquctm, ceu, "as if," expressing a condi- 
tion or supposition, commonly take the subjunctive mood. 

Live so as if God saw thee. Sic vivere, tanquam Deus 

videre. — Set^. Ep. 10. 

As if there was but a little dif- Quasi vero paulum inter- 
ference (as if it differed but a esse, — Teb. Eun. 4. 4. 
little). 



SUCJL'XCTlVi:: MOOD. 



195 



We ought to live so, as if we 
lived in view ; to think so, as if 
somebody could see into the bot- 
tom of our breast (our inmost 
breast). And there is one that 
can (some one can). 

,As though I had discovered 
whatever I knew. 

As if I did not know. 

If thy neighbour have a garden 
of more value than thou hast, 
wouldst thou rather have thine 
own, or his ? 

The Stoics give us trifling argu- 
ments why pain is not an evil ; 
as if the diihculty were about the 
word, and not the thing. 

As if their own atfair or honour 
were at issue. 

Fabius mentions the capture of 
M. Atilius in Africa, as if Atilius 
miscarried at his first landing in 
Africa. 

As if I did not know, that even 
a woman wrote against Theo- 
phrastus. 

Some think that God does not 
exist, because he does not appear 
nor is perceived ; just as if we 
could see our own mind itself. 

The Pythagoreans abstained 
from the bean, as if, forsooth, the 
mind were puffed up by that 
food. 



Sic vivere (xlvi.) esse, tan^ 
quam in conspectus 'civere ; 
sic cogitare, (lxi.) tanquam 
aliquis in pectus intimus in- 
spicere 2^0^^^ • Et posse ali- 
quis. — Sex. Ep, 83. 

Tanquam prodere quicquid 
scire. — Juv. Sat. 9. 

Ceu vero nescire. — Plix. 

Si vicinus tuus pretium 
major liabere quam tu, habere 
tuusne an ille malle ? 

Concludere ratiuncula Stoi- 
ci cur dolor non esse malum ; 
quasi de A^erbum, non de res 
UtboTa.re, 

Quasi suus res aut honos 
agi. 

Fabius M. Atilius captus 
(Gr. 684) in Africa comme- 
morare, tanquam M. Atelius 
primus accessus ad Africa 
offendere. 

Ceu vero nescire^ adversus 
Theophrastus scribere etiam 
femina. 

Quidam idcii'co Deus esse 
non putare, quia non appa- 
rere nee cerni : proinde quasi 
noster ipse mens vidGre posse. 

Faba Pythagoreus absti- 
nere, quasi vero is cibus mens 
inflare. 



3. Ut^ licet^ etiamsi^ quamvis^ ^' although ;" quin for qui non, 
or ut non or quominus^ take the subjunctive. 



Though truth should obtain no 
patron or defender, yet she is de- 
fended by herself. 

A dwarf is not great, though 
he stand on a mountain. 



Veritas licet nullus patro- 
nus aut defensor obtintre, 
tamen per sui ipse defendi. 

IlTon esse magnus pumilio, 
licet in mens consistere. 



i9er 



SYNTAX. 



Althougli ambition "be itself a 
vice, yet it is frequently the cause 
of virtues. 

I deny that there was any jewel 
or pearl which Yerres did not 
search for, examine, [and] carry 
off. 

There is no doubt that he who 
is called liberal and kind, aims at 
the discharge of duty, not at profit. 

There is no one who does not 
wish to be any where, rather than 
where he is. 

Caligula was very near (not far 
from) removing the writings and 
statues of Livy and Yirgii from 
all the libraries. 

Hortensius did not hesitate to 
defend P. Sulla. 

There is scarcely a day that 
this Satrius does not resort to my 
house. 



Licet ipse vitium esse am- 
bitio, frequenter tarn en causa 
virtus esse. 

Negare ullus gemma aut 
margarita esse, quiri Yerres 
conquirere^ inspicere^ au- 
ferre, 

Non esse dubius quin is 
qui liberalis benignusve dici, 
officium non fructus sequi. 

Nemo esse quin ubivis, 
quam ubi esse malle, 

Livius ac Yirgilins imago 
et script um paulum abeise 
quin Caligula ex omnis bib- 
liotheca amovere. 

Hortensius non dubitare 
quin P. Sulla defender e. 

Dies fere nullus esse quin 
hie Satrius domus meus ven- 
titdre. 



English Examples^ under JVos, 2, 3, to de turned into Latin. 

The Roman prodigies, Horatius, Mucins, Cloelia, if they were 
not in the annals, would seem at this day fables. — He who sees 
these things from a distance, even though he do not hnow what is 
going on, knows however that Roscius is upon the stage. — If 
thou wert here thou wouldst think otherwise. — The day would 
fail if I should enumerate to what good [men] it has happened 
ill ; to what bad [men] it has happened very well. — Here indeed 
we behold a great battle, as if other battles were nowhere, as if 
none were dying in all the city [besides]. — Life is short, even if 
it should extend beyond a thousand years. — I would wish you to 
undertake this business, just as if it were an affair of mine. — The 
Sequani stood in awe of the cruelty of Ariovistus [when] absent 
as much (just) as if he were present before them. 



4.^ Antequam^ priusquam^ "before;" dum^ donee, quoad, 
''until;" modo, dum, dunimodo, ''provided;" and the particles 
of wishing, utinam^ si^ ut or uti^ for utinam^ commonly take 
the subjunctive. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



19Y 



In all kinds of business, diligent 
preparation must be made before 
you set about it. 

Come hither as soon as possi- 
ble, before all the troops of the 
enemy collect. 

I will return before the moon 
has twice filled her orb. 

Fabius sends the cavalry before, 
so prepared, that they might en- 
gage and delay the whole army 
till he himself should come up. 

If they have not yet gone, there 
is no reason why they should 
move till we see how affairs stand. 

The Rhine retains its name and 
the force of its current where it 
flows by Germany, until it min- 
gles wath the ocean. 

Thou wilt deliver me from 
great fear, provided there be a 
w^all between me and thee. 

Nor did Catiline have any con- 
cern, provided he could obtain 
for himself supreme power, by 
what means he obtained it. 

I wish he could in some way, 
however false, repel this accusa- 
tion. 

The language of Varro gives me 
hope of C^sar, and I wish Varro 
himself would ajjply to the cause. 

O that some portion of ancient 
valour would appear. 

Would that all the gods and 
goddesses w^ould destroy thee. 



In omnis negotium prius- 
quam aggredi adhibere pra3- 
paratio diligens. 

Hue quam primum venire 
antequam omnis copia adver- 
sarius convenire. 

Ante reverti quam luna 
bis implere orbis. 

Fabius eques prfemittere 
sic paratus ut confligere at- 
que omnis agmen morari, 
diim consequi ipse. 

Si nondum proficisci, nihil 
esse quod sui movere, quoad 
perspicere qui locus 7 esse res. 

Rhenus servare nomen et 
violentia cursus, qua Ger- 
mania praevehi, donee ocea- 
nus miscere. 

Magnus ego metus liberare, 
dummodo inter ego atque tu 
murus inter esse. 

Neque Catilina qui modus 
assequi, dum sui regnum 
parare^ quisquam pensum 
habere. 

Utinam posse aliquis ratio 
hie crimen defendere, quam- 
vis falsus. 

Varro sermo facere expec- 
tatio Caisar, atque utinam 
ipse ^Varro incumhere in 
causa. 

0^ si solitus quisquam vii*- 
tus adesse, 

Ut tu omnis deus deaque 
'perdere. 



English Examples to he turned into Latin. 

He was unwilling to leave the place till he (Milo) came up.— 
lie was even desirous to be put to torture himself, provided only 
an investigation took place about his father's death.— I desire 
while beautiful to become the food of tigers, before unsightly 



198 



SYNTAX. 



leanness takes possession of my comely c"heeks, and the moisture 
of the tender prey escapes. — Oalpnrnius Flamma with a chosen 
band of three hundred [men] occupied the hill on which the 
enemy were posted (lit. kept possession of (insessum) by the 
enemy) and thus delayed them till the whole army escaped. — 
O that Paris had then been overwhelmed in the raging waters, 
when with his fleet he was directing his course (steering) to 
Laced^mon. 

5. Interrogative words used indefinitely in dependent clauses, 
or containing an indirect question, take the subjunctive. (Gr. 
627-5.) 

The Athenians sent to Delphi 
to inquire what they should do. 

Pyrrhus asked his ambassadors 
what they thought concerning 
the abode of their enemies. 

The brothers Lydus and Tyr- 
rhenus being compelled by famine, 
are said to have cast lots which 
of the two should quit the coun- 
try with a part of the population. 

It is uncertain whether it would 

have been more beneficial to the ^ 

State, that Csssar should be born, i^vodesse annon nasci. 
or not be born. 

It is asked why the most learn- 
ed men disagree on the most im- 
portant subjects. 

Who I am you wiU find out 
from him whom I have sent to 
you. 

See that you think in how great 
a calamity you are. Consider 
what your circumstances demand. 



Atheniensis mittere Delphi 
consulere quisnam facer e. 

Pyrrhus legatus interro- 
gare, quis ([q hostissedes sen- 
tire. 

Lydus et Tyrrhenus frater, 
fames compulsus, sortiri dici, 
iiter^ cum pars multitudo, 
patria discedere. 

In incertum esse iitrum 
G^sar magis nasci respublica 



Qu83ri, cur doctus homo de 
magnus res dissentire. 

Quis esse ex is qui ad tu 
mittere cognoscere. — Sall. 



Learn what it is to live. 

The mind itself knows not what 
the mind is. 

Learn, good [people], what a 
virtue and how great it is to live 
with a little. 

Hear thou now what advan- 
tages a slender diet brings with it. 



Pacere 7 cogitare (Gr. 657 
-3) in quantus calamitas esse. 
7Considerare quis tuns ratio 
postulare, 

Discere quis esse vivere. 

Qualis esse animus, ipse 
animus nescire. 

Quis virtus et quantus.^ 
bonus, esse vivere parvus, 
discere. — HoPw. Sat, 2, 2. 

Accipere nunc tenuis vic- 
tus quis commodum sui cum 
afferre. — Tb, 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



199 



Behold what cities, once flour- 
ishing, kixiiry has destroyed. 

Consider thou, what the laws 
warn thee of, what the senate 
(court) commands, how great re- 
wards await the good. 

Let us look al30ut us and con- 
sider wliat we are, and wliat we 
dilfer from the other animals, and 
let us pursue those things for (to) 
which we were born. 

If we consider what excellence 
and dignity there is in human na- 
ture (the nature of man), we shall 
be sensible that the pleasure of 
the body ought to be contemned. 

Avoid inquiring (to inquire) 
what shall be to-morrow. 

It is not allowed to (it is un- 
lawful for) man to know what 
the morrow (to-morrow's age) 
brings. 

They say that Hercules, as soon 
as he grew up towards manhood, 
went out into a solitary place ; 
and there sitting, deliberated with 
himself a long while, seeing (as he 
saw) two ways, the one [that] of 
pleasure, the other [that] of vir- 
tue, whether of them it were best 
(better) to enter upon. 

Youth (beginning age) is the 
time given by nature for the 
choosing what way of life (of liv- 
ing) every one will (is about to) 
enter into. 

Consider how short life is. 

It is uncertain how long the life 
of every one of us will be. 

Learn ye with how little a man 
may (it is possible to) prolong life, 
and how much nature requires. 



Aspicere florens quondam 
qids vertere urbs luxus. — 
SiL. 15. 

Respicere, quid monire 
lex, qicid curia mandare^ 
prasmium quantus bonus ma- 
Qiere. — Juven. Sat. 8. 

Dispicere et cogitare qnid 
esse^ et quid ah animans ca3ter 
dlfferrey et is sequi ad qui 
3 nasci. — Cio. Fin, 5. 

Si (30) considerare qids esse 
in natura homo excellentia 
et dignitas, intelligere corpus 
voluptas contemni oportere. 
-Id. Off. 1. 

Quid esse futurug eras, fu- 
gere quaerere. — Hoe. 

Scu-e nefas homo esse, setas 
quid crastinus vohere, — Stat, 
TheK 

Hercules dicere, quum pri- 
mum (32) pubescere, (52) ex- 
ire in solitudo ; atque ibi 
sedens, diu sui cum (52) deli- 
berare, quum duo (32) cer- 
nere via, unus voluptas, alter 
virtus, uter (lii.) ingredi me- 
lior esse. — Cio. Off, 1. 

Iniens setas tempus esse a 
natura datus ad dehgere, 
quis quisque via vivere in- 
gressurus esse, 

Yita qudm brevis esse cogi- 
tare. — Plaut. 

Incertus esse quam longus 
ego quisque vita (42) futurus 
esse. — Cio. 

Discere qudm parvum Zi- 
cere producere vita, et quan- 
tum natura ]peterc. — Luo. 4. 



200 



SYNTAX. 



Dost tlion not see how God has 
raised the lofty conntenances of 
men towards the stars ? 

Kature teaches us not to neglect 
how we carry ourselves towards 
men. 

It is hard to say how much 
courtesy and affability of speech 
engage the minds of men. 

Behold how much wickedness 
advances daily, how much sin is 
committed publicly and privately. 

"Who knows, whether the gods 
above may add tomorrow's times 
to this day's sum ? 



Konne videre homo ut cel- 
sus ad sidus vultus tollere 
Deus?— SiL. 15. 

Ego natura docere non ne- 
gligere quemadmodum ego 
adversus homo gerere.—Qio. 

Difficilis esse (75) dicere, 
qiiantopere conciliare animus 
homo comitas et affabilitas 
sermo. — Oic. Off. 2. 

Aspicere quantum quoti- 
die nequitia proficere^ quan- 
tum pubhce privatimque 
(xxxiii.) peccari. — Sen. 

Quis scire, an adjicere ho- 
diernus crastinus summa tem- 
pus Deus superus ? — H. 



UnglisJi Examples to le turned into Latin. 

It is often not even useful to know what wiU be on the mor- 
row. — Caesar calls Dumnorix to him, brings in his brother, shows 
him what [things] he tlames in him ; what he himself hnows^ 
what the state complains of., he sets before him. He places guards 
over Dumnorix that he may know what he does., with whom he 
speaks.- — It is uncertain what each day or night may Iring forth. 
— I have told you (lit. you have) what I fear, what I hope, what I 
design, for the future ; write to me in return what you have 
done, what you are doing, what you mean to do. — It is hard to 
tell what the reason is why we are soonest alienated with a kind 
of (certain) disgust and satiety from those things which most sti- 
mulate our senses with pleasure. 

Exercises under Ol)servations, 



INDICATIVE. 



628-630.— If a good reputation 
is better than riches, and money 
is so eagerly desired, how much 
more ought glory to be desired ? 

Catiline in a fury said, '' Since 
I am driven headlong by my ene- 
mies, I will extinguish my own 
conflagration in ruin." 



Si bonus existimatio divi- 
tisD prcestare., et pecunia tan- 
topere expeti^ quanto magis 
gloria esse expetendus ? 

Catilina furibundus, " Quo- 
niam., inquam, ab inimicus 
agi., incendium meus ruina 
exstino^uere." 



.SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



201 



1^0 one (lances when sober, un- 
less perhaps he is out of his senses, 

I was grieved because I lost an 
associate and partner of my glo- 
rious career. 

It is a great kindness of nature, 
that we must die. 

Every one is involved in a cer- 
tain plan of life (living) before he 
has been able to judge what is 
best. 

As long as the state exists, trials 
will take place. 

The Tarquins fought till Brutus 
killed, Avith his own hand, Aruns 
the king's son. 

The enemy, while they think 
that they are conquering, began 
to follow more boldly. 

When he heard these things, he 
was inflamed with anger. 



Nemo saltare sobrius, nisi 
forte insanire. 

Dolere quod socius et con- 
sors gloriosus labor amittere, 

Magnus beneficium esse 
natura, quod necesse esse mori . 

A7ite implicare quisque ali- 
quis genus vivere quam posse 
qui bonus esse judicare. 

Tamdiu fieri judicium 
qiiamdiu esse civitas. 

Tarquinius tamdiu dimi- 
cdre^ donee Aruns, filius rex, 
manus suus, Brutus occidere. 

Hostis, dum sui putare 
vincere, fortiter sequi. 

Ut hie audlre, exardescere 



QuuM (Cum), referring to time only. 



G31. — He lived when Sicily was 
flourishing in resources. 

When it is enjoined that we 
should control ourselves, it is en- 
joined that reason should restrain 
rashness. 

When the consul Carbo was 
defending the cause of Opimius 
before the people, he did not deny 
the death of Gracchus. 

I will sail when I shall be able 
to sail in safety. 



Yivere quum Sicilia fiorere 
opes. 

Quum prcecipi ut egomct 
ipse Timperare, tum hie prse- 
cipi ut ratio 7 coercere teme- 
ritas. 

Quum Opimius causa de- 
fendere apud populus, Carbo 
consul, nihil de Gracchus nex 
negare. 

Quum secure navigare pos- 
se, navigare. 



Quum (Cum), referring to cause. 



631. — When the scouts returned, 
a great multitude was seen from 
afar : then fires began to blaze 
throughout the whole plain as the 
disorderly multitude encamped in 
a scattered way. 

9* 



Quum speculator reverti 
procul in gens multitudo cou- 
spici : ignis deinde totus cam- 
pus conlucere coepisse, quum 
inconditus multitudo laxius 
tendere. 



202 



SYNTAX, 



"When Alcibiades was carrying 
on these projects, Oritias and the 
rest of the tyrants of the Athe- 
nians, sent trusty men to Lysan- 
der in Asia. 

There was a vast number of 
prisoners made in the Punic war, 
whom Hannibal had sold, since 
they were not ransomed by their 
friends. 

Since there is in us design, rea- 
son, forethought, it is necessary 
that God himself have these in 
greater measure. 

632.— What do you wish I 
should do ? 

I would wish you would love 
and defend me as you have been 
accustomed (to do). 

I would rather thou hadst given 
me riches. 

There are letters extant of Ci- 
cero to his brother Quintus, in 
which he exhorts and admonishes 
him to imitate his neighbour Oc- 
tavius. 

See that you do (it). 

633. — I fear that you have un- 
dertaken labour in vain. 

I am afraid that while I wish 
to lessen the labour, I may in- 
crease [it]. 

Flatterers, if they laud any one, 
say they are afraid that they can- 
not by their words come up to 
his exploits. 

It is to be feared that, in a short 
time, there will be a famine in 
the city. 

I was fearing that those things 
would happen which have come 
to pass. 

I fear that Dolabella himself 
may not be able to be of any effec- 
tual service to us. 



Hie qiium moliri Alcibia- 
des, Critias ceterique tyran- 
nus Atheniensis, certus homo 
ad Ly Sander in Asia mitt&re. 

Ingens numerus esse hel- 
ium Punicum captus, qui 
Hannibal, quum a suus non 
redimi^ venundare. 

Quum esse in ego consi- 
lium, ratio, prudentia, ne- 
cesse esse Deus hie ipse ha- 
bere magnus. 

Quis xelle ^facere ? 

Tu Telle^ ut consuescere ego 
dill g ere et defender e, 

Malle divitise ego dare, 

Extare epistola M. Cicero 
ad Quintus frater, qui is lior- 
tari et monere imitari vici- 
nus suus Octavius. 

Facere facere. 

Metuere ne frustra labor 
suscipere, 

Vereri^ ne^ dum minuere 
7 velle labor, augere. 

Adulator, si quis laudare, 
'vei^eri sui dicere, ut ille fac- 
tum verbum consequi posse. 

Vereri ne^ brevis tempus, 
fames in urbs esse. 

Timere ne evenire is qui 
accidere. 

Vereri ut Dolabella ipse 
satis ego prodesse posse. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 203 

I add this also which I am Addere etiam illo, qui ve^ 

afraid I shall not justify [even] to reri tu ipse ut j^robare, 
yourself. 

I fear that perhaps I may not Vereri ne forte 7ion alius 

appear to have consulted other utilitas, sed proprius laus 

men's benefit, but my own glory, servire videri, 

I fear that thou may est not be Vereri ne prsesens for tuna 

able to meet thy present fortune, tuus sufficere non posse, 

English Exam;ples to he turned into Latin. 

When Gyges had turned the stone of the ring to his palm, he 
was not seen by any one, but he himself saw all things ; and 
again, he was not seen when he had turned the ring into its 
place. — When the Helvetii understood that he had done, in one 
day, what they themselves had accomplished with great difficulty 
in twenty days, they send ambassadors to him. — When he had 
observed these things he accused them vehemently. — To me in- 
deed men seem in this respect (thing) especially to surpass the 
brutes, in that they are able to speak. — However full thy coffer 
may be, I shall not think thee rich while I see thee unsatisfied. 
— Thou wilt deliver me from great fear, provided only there be 
a wall between me and thee. — I fear that thou wilt not be able 
to endure all the labours which I see that thou dost undertake. 
— A bad man fears that his wickedness may get abroad (emanate). 

635. — Rule LY. The relative qui^ qxm^ quod^ re- 
quires the subjunctive, when it refers to an indefinite^ 
negative,, or interrogative word, — to words implying 
comparison^ — or assigns the reason^ cause^ or end^ of 
that which precedes, and also in all cases of oblique 
narration. 

This general rule is divided into the following 

Special Ktiles. 

636. — ^EuLE I. When the relative qui,, quce^ quod^ 
refers to an indefinite^ negative^ or interrogative word, 
it requires the subjunctive mood. (Gr. 637.) 

Do you ask what it is that has Qids esse, qui egodelectare^ 
given me pleasure ? quaerere ?— Sen. 



204 



SYNTAX. 



Hear what (it is that) is main- 
tained by these [philosophers]. 

Who knows not how few play- 
ers there are, and have been, 
npon whom we conld look with 
patience ? 

Whoever finds fault with the 
study of philosophy, I cannot truly 
comprehend what (that is which) 
he thinks worthy of being com- 
mended. 

It is of no consequence what (it 
is which) is shewed (presented) 
to the mirror. 

There are some who blame this. 

There were some who surren- 
dered immediately. 

That in my opinion is not 
enough, though there are people 
that think difierently. 

There were persons who be- 
lieved that the sound of the trum- 
pet was heard on the lofty hills 
around. 

Every age will find something 
to do. 

ISTor as yet has any one been 
found who refused to die. 

Many more things are found in 
the writings of the ancients that 
merit our approbation, than our 
rejection. 

In his case (lit. in whom, viz» 
Homer) the most singular circum- 
stance is this, that neither before 
him has any one been found whom 
he might imitate, nor after him, 
who could equal him. 

The watery element has where- 
with it may encircle the earth, 
not wherewith it may overwhelm 
it. 



Qids esse qui ab hie dici^ 
audire. — Sen. 

Quis ignorare quam pauci 
histrio esse, esseque, qui 
agquus animus spectare posse f 
— Cio. 

Sapientia studium qui vi- 
tuperare, baud saneintelligere 
quisnam esse qui laudandus 
putare. — Cio. 

Nihil refer t quis esse qui 
speculum ostendi. — Sex. 

Esse, qui hie carper e, — 
Y.Pat. 

Esse^ qui sui statim dedere, 
—Tag. 

Is mens opinio, quamqnam 
^ esse qui dAssentire^ non satis 
esse. — Quint. 

Esse^ qui credere sonitus 
tuba collis circum editus au- 
diri.— Tag. 

Omnis jetas qui agere inve- 
nire. — Sen. 

Xeque adhuc repertus esse 
quisquam^ qui mori recusare, 
— O^s. 

Multo plus reperiri apud 
vetus qui ego probandus esse 
quam qui repudiandus. — 
Col. E. K. 

In qui hie maximus esse 
quod neque ante ille qui ille 
imitari^ neque post file, qui 
is sequare p6>ss6 inventus esse. 
— Y. Pat. 

Habere humor qui amdire 
terra (pL), non qui obruere. 

—Sen. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



205 



It is useful to have persons 
whom jo\i wisli first to imitate, 
and afterwards to excel. 

These seem to most people to 
have nothing better (Lat. no good 
thing) to do. 

Nor are there wanting, to so 
noble a contest, leaders who may 
animate you to similar exertions. 

There are none who weep. 

So long as the race of men shall 
exist, there will not be wanting 
some one to accuse them. 

There are persons present who 
exiiort you to abandon us. 

There are some here who do 
not approve of these things. 

There was one Bebius Massa 
present who knew [him]. 

A day will come which will 
demand [of us] the exercise of 
this one virtue [thing]. 

A time will come which will 
reunite and blend us together. 

"Who is there that does not hate 
Tarquinius Superbus ? 

Is this, soldiers, the fight that 
you have demanded ? What man, 
what god is there whom you can 
blame ? 

Who is the^e that does not 
wish to appear beneficent ? 

What kind of war can there be 
in which the fortune of the repub- 
lic has not found him employ- 
ment? 

Does any body listen to our 
conference ? 

You ought not to (there is no 
reason why you should) believe 
that any one is made happy by 
another's misfortune. 

I see nothing else that we can 
do. 



Utilis esse haherc qui imi- 
tari primum, mox vincSre 
velle. — Quint. 

Hie plerique videri nil bo- 
nus negotium habere qui 
agere. — Sen. 

Nee deesse tarn pulcher 
certamen dux, qui ad similis 
tu cohortari. — Sen. 

Qui lacrimare deesse. — Ov. 

Dum homo genus esse, qui 
acciisare is non deesse. — Cic. 

Adesse qui tu Jiortari ut a 
ego desciscere. — Ojes. 

Adesse^ qui hie non pro- 
hare. — Cio. 

Adesse qui noscere Bebius 
Massa. — Tao. 

Hie unus res usus qui exi- 
gere dies venire. — Sen. 

Venire aliquis tempus qui 
ego iterum jungere ac mis- 
cere. — Sen. 

Quis esse qui Tarquinius 
Superbus non odisse ? — Cio. 

Hie esse, miles, pugna, qui 
poscere? Quis homo, quis 
deus esse, qui accusare posse ? 

Quis esse qui non beneficus 
videri xelle f — Sen. 

Quis genus bellum esse 
posse, in qui ille non exercere 
fortuna respublica. — Cio. 

Numquis esse, sermo noster 
qui aucupare f — Plaut. 

Non esse^ qui credere 4 quis- 
quam fieri alienus infelicitas 
felix. — Sen. 

JSfiJiil alius videre qui 
agere posse. — Cio. 



206 



SYNTAX. 



Have you any occasion for my 
services ? (Lat., Is there any thing 
on account of which there is need 
to you of my services ?) 

There is nobody among us (Ro- 
mans) who has attempted the 
same thing ; no one author among 
the Greeks who has handled all 
these subjects. 

There was not one man of Nu- 
mantia that was led in chains. 

There is nothing that is not 
forced to be somewhere. 

There was scarcely a shield that 
v/as not pierced by several arrows 
at once. 



Numquis esse^ qui opera 
mens tu opus esse f — Tee. 



Is'emo apud ego, qui idem 
tentare ; nemo apud Gr^cus 
qui nnus omnis is tractare. — 

TJnus vir ISTumantinus non 
esse qui in catena duci, — 
Floe. 

HiMl esse qui non alicubi 
esse cogi. — Cic. 

Yix ullus esse scutum qui 
non plures simul spiculum 
jjerforari. — Cuet. 



In all the preceding sentences it will be noticed that the condi- 
tions mentioned in the Explanation (Gr. 637) occur, i. e. the ante- 
cedent is something indefinite, and the relative clause belongs to 
the idvedicate. The examples which follow, though resembling 
the preceding, yet differ in this, that the antecedent is something 
definite^ and the relative clause belongs to the subject^ and of 
course has the verb in the indicative. This nice but important 
distinction should be carefully noted by every student. 



I will by and by show what it 
is which follows (lit. what that 
which follows is). 

They are bad men who speak 
ill of the good, i. e. they who 
speak ill of the good are bad men. 

Nor ought Cynics to be heard 
Tv^ho find fault. 

The persons who teach vices, 
and transfer them from one place 
to another, are these (belong to 
this class). 

Many who went to join Cati- 
line at first, were not concerned 
in the conspiracy. 

Those things which for so many 
years have consumed the state, 
were then first discovered. 



Quis 7 esse qui sequi^ paulo 
post prosequi. — Sen. 

Ifalus esse homo, qui (de) 
bonus dicere male. — Plaut. 

j^ec audieudus esse Cyni- 
cus, qui reiweJiendere, 

Hio esse qui vitium ti^a- 
dere^ et alio ahunde trans- 
ferre. — Sen. 

Esse tamen extra conjura- 
tio complies qui ad Catilina 
initium projicisci. — Sall. 

Tum primum repertus esse, 
qui per tot annus respublica 
exedere. — Tao. 



SUIUUNCTIVE MOOD. 207 

Those who do not bestow but Multus esse qui non donare 

squander are many. sed projicere. — Sen. 

Those [slaves] who took up JJeesse ille qui opera tuus 

(wasted) all your attention, are eonterere.- — Sen. 
lost (wanting) to you. 

ISTobody is free, who is a slave Nemo liber esse^ qui corpus 

to his body. servire. — Id. 

Nothing can please which is Nihil posse placere qui 

not becoming. non decere. — Quint. 



Englisli Examples to le turned i7ito Latin, 

A Ci^sar shall be born Avho will bound his empire with the 
ocean, his fame with the stars. — There is no other Cicero living 
who can, in a manner sufficiently worthy of the subject, deplore 
Cicero's unhappy fate. — There is no individual of any nation, 
who, if he take (having taken) nature for his guide, may not 
attain to virtue. — Is there any one of all mortal [men] of whom 
you entertain a more favourable opinion (think better) ? — Who 
is there that prefers not a general to an orator ? — He was sad, 
and saw me sorroAvful ; for we had heard things which caused 
solicitude. — There often occur many causes which perplex [men's] 
minds. — There are some Avho blame this. — There are very many 
excellent men who, for their health, resort to these places. — 
Certain philosophers have been found who denied that the deity 
had care of human things. — These things I had to remark (say) 
concerning old age. — Nor, on the other hand, were there wanting 
persons who, from a foolish vanity, bought superb armour, and 
magnificent horses, as implements of war. 

- 641. — EuLE II. The relative is followed by tlie 
subjunctive when the relative and antecedent clauses 
involve a comparison ; or when the latter expresses 
the purpose, object, or design of something expressed 
by the former. 

N. B. In explanation and illustration of this rule, see Nos. 
G42-644. 

1st.— The Fathers, if you shall Pater, si dignus qui secun- 

have chosen a person worthy to dus ab Komulus^ nuinerari 

be the successor of Komulus, wiU creare, auctor fieri. — Liv. 
confirm. 



208 



SYNTAX. 



You deserve not (are not wor- 
thy) to possess things that display 
such exquisite workmanship. 

However much I may deserve 
such an affront, yet it was inde- 
corous in you (you were unwor- 
thy) to offer it. 

Perhaps you had nohody fit to 
he imitated (whom you should 
imitate). 

Csesar had judged Yihulhus 
Eufus a proper person to send to 
Pompey. 

2d. — There is no pestilence so 
execrable as not to be brought 
upon man by man. 

Nothing is so mean, nothing so 
common, of which they have left 
any part. 

No acuteness of human under- 
standing is (so great as to be) able 
to penetrate the sky [or] enter 
into the earth. 

No force is so great, that it 
cannot be weakened and broken 
by the sword and strength. 

Innocence is such a disposition 
of mind as hurts nobody. 

Thou oughtest to (be such as 
to) separate thyself from the so- 
ciety of impious citizens. 

My zeal was not of such a na- 
ture that it could be passed over 
in silence. 

These dissensions were of such 
a nature as to have for their ob- 
ject not the overthrow, but a 
change of (Lat., to pertain not to 
destroying, but to changing) the 
commonwealth. 

I am not such a one as to say 
(i. e. one of those who say) that 
whatever is seen is such as it 
seems. 



Non esse dignus tu qui lia- 
tere^ qui tarn bene factus 
esse (Gr. 644). 

Si ego dignus {fern) hie 
contiimelia esse maxime, at 
tu indignus qui facer e tamen. 
—Tee. 

Tu fortasse idoneus esse 
nemo, qui imitari, — Cic. 

Yibullius Eufus Caesar ju- 
dicare idoneus qui ad Pom- 
peius mittere, — O^s. 

Nullus tarn detestabilis pes- 
tis, qui non homo ab homo 
nasci, — Cio. 

Nihil tarn vilis, neque tarn 
vulgaris esse, qui pars ullus 
relinquere. — Id, 

NuUus acies humanus in- 
genium tantus esse, qui pene- 
trare in coelum, terra intrare 
posse, — Id, 

NuUus esse tantus vis, qui 
non ferrum ac vires debilitari 
frangique posse. — Id, 

Esse innocentia affectio ta- 
lis animus, qui nocere nemo. 
--Id, 

Talis tu esse oportet qui 
tu ab impius civis societas 
sejungere, — Id, 

Non esse mens studium 
ejusmodi qui silentium posse 
prajteriri. — Id, 

Hie dissensio esse Tiujus- 
modi^ qui non ad delere sed 
ad commutare respublica per- 
tinere, — Id, 



Non is esse qui, quisquis 
videri, talis dicere esse, qualia 
videri. — Id, 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



209 



You are not such a person as 
not to know what you are. 

Your period of life (age) [is] such 
that it has now made its escape 
from the passions of youth; — your 
(past) hfe [has heen such] that in 
it you have done nothing that 
needs an apology. 

3d. — I am too great for fortune 
to be able to harm me. 

I have done more [exploits] 
than it is easy for me to comprise 
in words. 

To Philip not accustomed to 
hear the truth, the speech of ^- 
milius seemed too arrogant to be 
addressed to a king. 

4:th. — I remember that [certain 
persons] came to me to say that 
too great allowances were decreed 
to the deputies. 

The Lacedgemonians sent am- 
bassadors to Athens to accuse 
Themistocles in his absence. 

Laws have been invented, that 
they might at all times discourse 
with all men in one and the same 
language. 

Anchors were cast to secure 
the steadiness of the bridge. 

At present all have mules to 
carry their vessels of crystal, &c. 

644. — It belongs not to a good 
man to love what (such a thing 
as) is not of itself lovely. 

I liave set apart the reign of 
ISTerva and the imperial rule of 
Trajan for my old age, when by 
the rare felicity of the times you 
are permitted to think what (such 
things as) you please, and to speak 
what you think. 



Kon tu is (Gr. 123-2, b.) 
esse qui quid esse nescire. — 

Cl€. 

Is a^tas tuus qui cupiditas 
adolescentiajam effugere ; — is 
vita in qui nihil excusandus 
Jicibere, — Tag. 



Major esse quam Sqtii 
posse fortuna nocere. — Ovid. 

Plus facere quani qui com- 
prendere dictum in promptu 
ego esse. — Ovid. 

Insuetus Phihppus verum 
audire, ferocior jEmilius ora- 
tio visus esse quam qui ha- 
bendus apud rex esse. — Liv. 

Ad ego adire meminisse 
qui dicere^ nimis magnus 
sumtus legatus decerni. — 
Cia 

Lacedeemonius legatus A- 
thense mittere^ qui Themis- 
tocles absens accusare. — Nep. 

Lex esse inventus^ qui cum 
omnis semper unus atque 
idem vox loqui, — Cio. 

Esse j actus ancora qui fir- 
mitas pons continere, — Tao. 

Omnis jam mulus Jiahere 
qui crystallinus &c. (vasa) 
portare. — Sen. 

Non esse bonus vir (Gr, 
364) diligere qui per sui non 
esse diligendus. — Cio. 

Principatus Nerva, et im- 
perium Trajanus senectus 
seponere ; ubi, rarus tempus 
felicitas, sentire qui velle^ et 
qici sentire dicere licet. — • 
Tao. 



210 



SYNTAX. 



It Tvas a reqnest, but one wMcli 
(sncli a one as) could not be re- 
fused. 



Preces esse, sed qui contra- 
dici non posse. — Tao. 



EnglisTi Examples to he turned into Latin. 

At present there is not only nobody so unskilful as to say 
that the things whicli were done in my consulship were blun- 
ders ; hut there is nobody so inimical to his country as not to 
own, that his country was preserved by my counsels. — There is 
nothing so important which I ought not, on your account, to 
perform. — The nature of war is such as should (ought to) animate 
and fire your minds to an earnest purpose of prosecuting it. — 
Upon the herald's voice being heard (Gr. 690), the joy was too 
great (greater than) for the people to contain. — There were per- 
sons who thought (Gr. 638) that Letilius had come from Yerres 
as an ambassador, to tell him of his favour and friendship. — Are 
you the man to follow in disputing, not your own judgment, but 
to yield to the authority of others ? — Many miracles happened by 
which (such that by them) the favour of heaven, and a particular 
partiality of the gods (divinity) for Vespasian, was manifested. 

645. — SuLE m. "When the relative with its 
clause assigns the canse or reason of the action or 
event announced by the antecedent clause, it requires 
the subjunctive. 



See also Nos. UQ., 647. 



646. — You must be a worthless 
fellow to (inasmuch as you) mock 
a foreigner and a stranger. 

Sihus has done well to conclude 
(the business). 

I pity you for making so great 
a man as this your enemy. 

The king, because he had not 
known that man, gave most will- 
ingly without any suspicion. 

Many have been disapproved 
of because they spent their life at 
home. 

O miserable man! to think 
(because he thought) a barbarian 
more faithful than his wife. 



Nequam tu esse oportere, 
homo peregrinus atque ad- 
vena qui ir r icier e. — Plaut. 

Bene facere Silius qui 
trans igere, — Cic. 

Miser et ego tu qui hie tan- 
tus homo facere inimicus tu. 
—Tee. 

Eex, qui iste non nosse.^ 
sine uUus suspicio libentis- 
sime dare. — Oic. 

Mult us qui domi sstas 
agere propterea esse impro- 
batus. — Cio. 

O 4 miser, qui fidelior bar 
barns jputdre quam coniux! 
—Cio. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



211 



Is a man called an enemy be- 
cause ho has been [armed] with a 
weapon? — because he has killed 
a man ? — because he has raised a 
fire ? — because he has taken pos- 
session of a temple ? 

C47.— We are constrained there- 
fore not to know our master, be- 
cause we know not v/hether we 
are tlie servants of the Sun or of 
the ^Ether. 

There Co?.>iar complained bit- 
terly of my motion (opinion) ; 
for he had seen Orassus at Ea- 
venna before, and had by him 
been incensed against me. 

^ The Britons display more fero- 
city as (inasmuch as) a long peace 
has not yet effeminated them. 

N'or was Antonius far distant, 
for he was pursuing with a nu- 
merous army. 

At the first onset the moun- 
taineers were cut to pieces and 
dispersed — for to them there was 
neither honour in victory, nor dis- 
grace in flight. 



N'um appellari inimicus, 
qui cum telum e&8ef — qui 
homo occidcre ? — qui incen- 
dium facer e ? — qui tempi um 
occupare ? — do. 

Itaque cogi dominus noster 
ignorare ; quippe qui nescire 
Sol, an /Ether sermre. — Cio. 



Ibi multus dc mens sejiten- 
tia queri Ca3bar, qui])2:)e qui 
Eavenna Crassus ante viderc^ 
ab isque in ego esse incensus. 

Plus ferocia Britannus pra3- 
ferre, ut qui nondum longus 
pax emolUre. — Tao. 

liTeque Antonius procul 
abesse ; utpote qui magnus 
exercitus sequi. — Sall. 

Primus impetus csesus dis- 
jectusque montanus, ut Squi 
neque in victoria decus, esse^ 
neque in fuga flagitium. — 
Tao. 



Mjuglisli Examples to "be tiirned into Latin, 



Behold the fellow's cruelty vv^ho (inasmuch as he) does not dis- 
guise-that he wished (his having wished) to injure an exile. — 
You blame the idleness of the young men because they do not 
learn that art thoroughly. — I do not in the least wonder if he 
hates you, because you call him Tyndarus instead of Philocrates. 
— I maintain (say) that Crassus is miserable, because by death he 
has lost his great riches, — that On. Pompey is miserable, because 
he has been bereft of so much glory, — that, in a word, all are miser- 
able, because they enjoy not this light. — To him succeeded Perti- 
nax, already far advanced in life, for he was on the verge of seventy 
(Lat. had now nearly reached the age of seventy). — The Eoman 
knights, as they had the fates and fortunes of the leading men in 
their power, robbed the state at their pleasure. — I am a dolt in 
not having (since I have not) begun to fall in love till to-day. 



212 



SYNTAX. 



qm possesses a power 



64:8.— EuLE lY. When 
equal to quanquam^ or etsi is, or to si, modo, or dum- 
modo, " although — if— provided that he, she, it," &c., 
it requires the subjunctive mood. 



A thing may be bnrned tliougli 
it is not kindled. 

In fact even Tiberius, though 
he disliked public liberty, was 
disgusted with the abject servility 
of his creatures. 

It is certain that nobody is 
struck who has (i. e. if, provided he 
has) first seen the flash or heard 
the thunder. 

There is nothing disagreeable 
provided you do not set your 
heart upon it. 

Kothing can be considered as 
an evil, if the necessity of nature 
occasion it. 

Can any thing be vexatious to 
me if (provided) it will be agree- 
able to you. 

There is nothing so easy but it 
becomes difficult if you do it un-- 
willingly. 



Posse aliquis esse combus- 
tus, qui non esse accensus, — 
Sex. 

Scilicet etiam Tiberius, qui 
libertas publicus nolle tam 
projectus serviens, patientia 
tiedere. — Tag. 

Certus esse non quisquam 
tangi, qui prior mdere ful- 
men, aut tonitru audire. — 
Plix. 

Nihil molestus, qui non de- 
siderare. — Cic. 

Nihil posse malum videri, 
qui natura necessitas afferre, 
—Id. 

An ego posse quisquam esse 
molestus, qui tu gratus futu- 
Tus esse. — Id. 

Nullus esse tam facilis res, 
quin difficilis esse qui invitus 
facer e. — Tee. 



649. — Rule Y. The relative qui takes the sub- 
junctive after unus and solus, v/hen thej restrict the 
affirmation to a particular subject. 



You will be the only person on 
whom the safety of the state will 
depend. 

It is wisdom alone that dispels 
gloom from our minds, that does 
not suflPer us to be greatly shocked 
with fear. 

This is the only doctrine of the 
Academics of which no one of the 
other philosophers approves. 



Tu esse unus in qui niti 
civitas salus. — Cio. 

Sapientia esse unus qui 
moestitia pellere ex animus, 
qui ego exhorrescere metus 
non sinere. — Id. 

Hie Academicus esse unus 
sententia qui reliquus philo- 
sophus nemo probare, — Id, 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



213 



In those ages of whicti we now 
speak, it is the memory, almost 
alone, that can aid the diligence 
of teachers (those teaching). 

Pleasure is the only thing that 
by its own nature invites and al- 
lures us to itself. 

Thou, CfBsar, art the only per- 
son in whose victory none has 
fallen but he who bore arms. 



In is de qui nunc loqui 
aotas, memoria prope solus 
esse qui juvare cura docens 
posse. — Quint. 

Yoluptas esse solus qui ego 
vocare ad sui et allicere 
suapte natura. — Cio. 

Solu^ esse, Caesar, qui in 
victoria cadere nemo, nisi 
armatus. — Id, 



English Examples under Rules IV, Y, to de turned in Latin, 

To you also, among many extraordinary [events], this ought 
not to appear among the last of your glories, that Hannibal, 
though the gods had granted him victory over so many Roman 
generals, has yielded to you. — For though he so much disre- 
garded the gods, he used on the least thunder and lightning to 
close his eyes, muffle up his head, and hide [himself] under a bed. 
— What can be natural if (provided) the same thing is capable 
of being excessive. — The nation of the Gauls is the only one* left 
which seems both to be able, and not to be unwilling, to make 
war on the Roman people. — Pompey is the only man who has 
surpassed by his valour, not only the glory of those men who 
now exist, but even the memory (i. e. all that is recorded) of 
antiquity. 

650. — EuLE VI. In oblique or indirect discourse 
the relative requires the subjunctive mood. 

J^ote. — Under this rule special attention should be paid to the 
explanation and observations connected with it in the Grammar, 651- 
654:. Note also that in the following sentences, in the oblique or in- 
direct part, the Latin words are printed in Italics, and the words 
under the rule in small capitals. 



Cingonius Varro had given his 
opinion that the freedmen also, 
who had been under the same 
roof, should be banished from 
Italy. 

Plato remarks excellently, that 
those objects are the least impor- 
tant which men purchase at the 
expense of life. 



Censere Cingonius Yarro, 
Ut lihertas quoque qui sul) 
idem tectum esse, Italia de- 
portari. — Tao. 

Egregie Plata dicere. Mi- 
nimus esse^ qui homo emere 
vita, — Sen. 



214 



SYNTAX. 



Many have heard you say that 
nobody was rich but the man who 
could maintain an army with his 
revenues. 

Socrates used to say that all 
men were sufficiently eloquent in 
subjects which they understood. 

The Corsicans reflected that it 
was an island which they inha- 
bited, that those even whom the 
cohorts and squadrons of cavalry 
defended, had been plundered and 
ravaged by [Otho's] fleet. 

Zeno used to say that that man 
was happy who enjoyed present 
pleasures, no pain interrupting 
them. 

He maintains that it is unjust 
that a man who is not a soldier 
should fight with the enemy. 

Alexander said that they were 
worthy of praise, not who visited 
the [Eleusinian] mysteries of the 
Samothracians, but they who by 
the grandeur of their exploits had 
exceeded belief. 

Antonius laid the blame on 
Mucianus by whose accusations 
[he observed] his perils had been 
undervalued. 

Arcesilaus denied that there 
was any thing whatever that 
could be known, not even that 
which Socrates had reserved to 
himself : That there was nothing 
whatever that could be discerned 
or comprehended. 

His wife alarmed his fears [by 
reminding him] that many freed- 
men and slaves had been standing 
by, vvho saw the same things — 
and that the rewards would be 
conferred on him alone who 
should be the first to make the 
discovery. 



Multus ex tu audire, quum. 
dicere, Nemo esse dives nisi 
QUI exercitus aUre posse suus 
fructus, — Cic. 

Socrates dicere solere, Oin- 
nis in is qui sciee satis esse 
eloqiiens. — Id. 

Corsi reputare insula esse 
QUI incoleee; direptus xas- 
tatusque elassis etiam qui 
cohors alaque peotegeee. — 
Tao. 

Zeno dicere solere, Is esse 
deatiis QUI jprcBsens wluptas 
FEui, dolor non intervenieiis, 
— Cic. 

Negare, Jus es,se qui miles 
non ESSE, jpugnare cum Jios- 
tis. — Id, 

Alexander dicere, Laus 
dignus esse non qui Samo- 
tJiraces initia viseee ; scd is 
QUI magnitudo res fides ante- 
cedeee. — OUET. 

Antonius culpa in Mucia- 
nus conferre (Gr. 655, note). 
Qui crirninatio evilesceee 
periculum suus. — Tag. 

Arcesilaus negare, esse quis- 
quam^ qui sciri posse, ne ille 
quidem ipse qui Socrates sui 
EELiXQUEEE I ncquc cssc quis- 
quam qui cerni aut intelligi 
POSSE.— Oio. 

Uxor metus intent are Mul- 
tus oAstare liberties ac servus 
QUI idem videei — et prce- 
mium penes unus fore^ qui 
indicium pe^veniee (Gr. 
654).— Tag. 



S'JUJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



21c 



Thales, who was the wisest of 
the seven, said, that men ought to 
think tliat all the things w^hich 
were seen were full of the gods, 
for that all would be more reli- 
{aIous, just as if they w^ere in the 
most sacred temples. 

055. — The Africans sent ambas- 
sadors to Laceda3moii to accuse 
Lj'sander of having endeavoured 
(that he endeavoured) to corrupt 
the priests of the temple. 

A plane tree is shown there 
from which Marsyas is said to 
have been suspended [when] con- 
quered by Apollo. 

656. — They say that good men 
cultivate that justice which is 
. [justice] not that which is thought 
[to be so]. 

Critius sent confidential persons 
into Asia to Lysander to inform 
him that unless he dispatched 
Alcibiades, none of those things 
which he himself had established 
at Athens could remain in force. 

They (the chiefs) said that they 
strove and laboured not less for 
this, that those things which they 
had said should not be made pub- 
lic than that they might obtain 
those things which they wished. 



Thales qui sapientissimus 
in septem esse dicere. Homo 
existimare oportere^ omnis 
QUI OERNi deu8 esse jylenus ; 
fore enim omnis castior xeluti 
QUI infanuni ESSE7naxime re- 
Ugiosus. — Cio. 

Afer legatus Lacedsemon 
mittere qui Lysander accu- 
sare (Gr. 643, 4th) quod sa- 
cerdos fanum corrumpere co- 

NARI. — IN'eP. 

Ibi ostendi platanus ex qui 
9pendere (act.) Marsyas ab 
Apollo victus. 

Dicere vlr domts is just It la 
sequi qui esse non is qui 

PUTARI. 

Critius certus homo ad Ly- 
sander in Asia mittere qui 
is certus facere (Gr. 643, 4th) 
nisi Alcibiades sustollere^ ni-- 
hil is res fore ratiis . qui ipse 
Athence oonstitueke. 

Dicere sui non minus is 
contendere et Idborare.^ ne is^ 
QUI dioeke, enunciari^ quam 
uti is Qpi TELLE impetrare, — 
O^s. 



English Exaraplcs to le turned into Latin, 

Then at length Liscus discloses what before he had concealed. 
— That there are some whose authority is of very great weight 
(avails very much) with the common people, [and] who can do 
more [thougli] in a private station than the magistrates them- 
selves.— ^Divitiacus said that he was the only one who could not 
be induced to (that he should) swear or give his children as hos- 
tages. — Aristotle says that certain small animals are produced 
near the river Hypanis, which live but a single day. — They say 
that Tarquin remarked that, being in exile, he had ascertained 
what faithful, and what unfaithful IVienda he had, since now he 



216 SYNTAX. 

could return a favour to neitlier. — [He said] That it had happened 
worse to the victorious Sequani (to the Sequani being victors) 
than to the conquered jEdui, because that Ariovistus had settled 
down in their territories, and had seized upon a third part of the 
territory of the Sequani, which is supposed to be the best of all 
Gaul. — Themis tocles informed Xerxes that it was contemplated 
that the bridge which M had made over the Hellespont should 
be destroyed. 



CONSTEUOTIOK OF THE IMPERATIVE. 

657. — Tlie imperative mood is used to command, 
exhortj entreat, or permit. (Gr. 14:9, &c.) 



Weep not ; and that, whatever 
it is, let me know, conceal it not, 
fear not, trust me. 

But in the mean time lay down 
those mattocks, do not toil. 

Hush, hush, I beseech you, we 
ifem.) are safe. 

Take this fan ; fan her gently 
{Lat, Make a little breeze to her) 
thus. 

Eemove far hence ye profane, 
and retire from the whole grove. 

Let the first victor have a steed 
adorned with trappings. 

Begin Damoetas. 

Let industry be praised. 

Trust not too much to beauty. 

See that you care for nothing 
else except to recover your health 
as perfectly as possible. 

Take care of your health. 

Do not wish for that which 
cannot be done. 

There is great efficacy in the 
vii'tues ; arouse these, if perchance 
they slumber. 



I:^e lacrymare ; atque iste, 
quisquis esse, facer e ego ut 
scire, ne reticere^ ne xereri 
credere ego. — Tee. 

At iste raster interea de- 
joonere^ ne laborare. — Tee. 

Tacere^ tacere^ obseorare 
salvus esse. — Tee. 

Capere hie flabellum, ven- 
tulus hie QiQfacere, — Tee. 

Procul, O, procul esse pro- 
fanus totusque a'bsistere In- 
cus. YiEG. 

Primus equus phalera in- 
signis victor hoMre, — YiEa. 

Incipere Damoetas. — Yisa. 

Laudari industria. 

Kimium ne credere color. 

Facere^ ne quis alius curare 
nisi ut quam commode con- 
valescere. 

Curare ut valere. 

JSFolle [ut] is TveUe, qui 
fieri non posse. 

Magnus vis esse in virtus : 
is excitare^ si forte dormire. 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 2l7 



English Examples to he turned into Latin. 

O Jupiter, preserve, I beseech thee, these blessings for us. — 
Conscript fathers, by the majesty of the Roman people, and an 
unlbrtunate [man], oppose injustice. — Let kings be honoured. — 
Send ye a present to the Pythian Apollo, and keep yourselves 
from licentious joy (licentious joy from yourselves). — Do no vio- 
lence to Ceres. — Go, lictor, bind [those] hands which a little ago 
acquired empire for the Roman people ; veil the head of the de- 
liverer of this city ; hang him on the accursed tree ; scourge 
him, either within the Pomoerium, provided [it be] amidst those 
javelins and spoils of the enemy ; or without the Pomoerium, 
provided [it be] among the tombs of the Curiatii. — Liv. 



CONSTRUCTION OF THE INFINITIVE. 
The Infinitive without a Subject. 

659, — The infinitive without a subject may be regarded as a 
verbal noun in the singular number, neuter gender, and, in form, 
indeclinable, but differing from all other nouns, inasmuch as it 
involves the idea of time, and has all the power of governing that 
belongs to the verb. — Construed with other verbs, the infinitive 
may be regarded as in the nominative, and the subject of the 
verb ; or in the accusative as its object. After adjectives, the 
infinitive may be regarded as in the case which the adjective 
governs. (Gr. 667.) 

The Infinitive as the subject of the Yerl. 

660.— EuLE LYI. One verb being the subject of 
another, is put in the infinitive. See also Nos. 661, 
662. 

To do wrong is never useful, ^xmo^uom esse ut\\\^ peccare 
because it is always disgraceful. quia semper esse turpis.— Cio. 

Not to show gratitude for fa- Nonr^/m^ebenehcmmgra- 
vours is both base, and is so esteem- tia et esse turpis, et apud 
ed among all men: not to love omnis habcri:^ parens suus 
one^s parents is impiety. non aviare impms me, 

10 



218 



To be shipwrecked, to be over- 
tnrned in a carriage, though se- 
vere, are uncommon accidents. 

It is disgraceful to say one 
thing and think another ; how 
much more disgraceful to write 
one thing and think another. 

To speak beautifully and ora- 
torically is nothing else than to 
use the best arguments and the 
choicest words. 

To ■svi'ite a histoiy seems to me 
indeed (a work) especially diffi- 
cult. 

To act well for the state is ho- 
nourable, even to speak well is 
not inglorious ; to become re- 
nowned either in j^eace or in war 
is permitted. 

To sutfer that which thou may- 
est prevent is foohsh. 

659. 8. — The whole of this phi- 
losophising displeases. 

The very speaking in Latin is 
to be regarded as a great source 
of praise. 



Earus es^e casus, etiamsi 
gravis, naufragiura/ac^rg, ve- 
hiculum e'cerUre, 

Turpis esse alius loqui alius 
sentire ; quantus turpior alius 
Bcribere alius sentire. 

IsTihil esse alius pulchre et 
oratorice dicere^ nisi bonus 
sententiam verbumque lectus 
dicei'e. 

Ego quidem in primis ar- 
duus (esse) xideri res gestus 
scribere. — Sall. 

Pulchrum esse dene face re 
respublica; etiam bene dicrro 
baud absurdum esse ; vel pax 
vel bellum clarus fieri licere. 
— Sall. 

Qui cavere T posse, stultus 
admittere esse, — Ter. 

Totus Mc philosopTiari 
displicere. 

Ipse Latine loqui in mag- 
nus laus ponendus esse. 



For other examples, see IsTo. 304, p. 81. 



EnglisJi Examples to be turned into Latin, 

To betray our country is a sin. — To separate the mind from 
the body is nothing else than to learn to die. — To be entirely 
unacquainted with our own poets is [a mark] of the most indo- 
lent sloth (Gr. 865). — To employ reason and language prudently, 
to perform what you undertake with deliberation, and, in every 
circumstance, to discern and to defend what is [of the] true, 
is becoming; on the other hand, to be mistaken, to blunder, 
to fail, to be deceived, is as disgraceful as to be delirious. — To 
think this is [a mark] of prudence (Gr. 365) ; to do it, of forti- 
tude ; [but] both to think and to do it, of perfect and complete 
virtue. 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



219 



The Infinitive as the object of a Verd, 

663. — liuLE LVIL One verb governs anotlier as 
its object, in the infinitive. See also Nos. 664:^ 6tJ5. 



All desire to know. 

iSTobody makes haste enough 
to live, i. e. to live well. 

Money cannot (knows yot to) 
change nature. 

A good man delights to be ad- 
monished. 

Friendship cannot be, but a- 
mongst the good. For friendship 
cannot be without virtue. 

He that does not know how to 
hold his tongue (to be silent), 
does not know [how] to speak. 

Physic cannot (knows not to) 
take away the knotty gout. 

A word let go cannot (knows 
not to) return. 

Nobody can be happy without 
virtue. 

Love, if thou wouldst (if thou 
wishest) to be loved. 

Csesar makes haste to depart 
from the city. 

Demosthenes is said to have 
carefully perused Plato. 

The bridge over the Iberus was 
reported to have been nearly fin- 
ished. 

667. — The city was aiSicted, 
being unaccustomed to be van- 
quished. 

Agricola was accustomed to 
obey, and taught to mingle the 
useful with the honourable. 

Each prince possessed the high- 
est excellence ; one was worthy 
to be elected, the other to elect. 



jScire velle omnis. 

JProperare vivere nemo sa- 
tis. — Maet. 

ISTatura mutare pecunia ne- 
scire. — Hoe . 

Admoneri bonus gaudere, 
— Sen. de It, 

Amicitia, nisi inter bonus, 
esse non posse, Nam sine vir- 
tus amicitia esse non posse, — 
do. Am, 

Qui non nosse tacere^ ne- 
scire loqui. 

Toller e nodosus nescire me- 
dicina podagra. — Ov. 

Nescire vox missus reverti, 
— Hoe. 

ISTemo posse esse beatus sine 
virtus. — Oic. 

Si xelle amctri^ am are. — 
Sen. 

Csesar maturcire ab urbs 
proficisci. 

Lectitare Plato studiose 
Demosthenes did. 

Pons in Iberus prope ejfici 
nuntiari, 

Moestus civitas esse, mnci 
insuetus. 

Agricola esse pei^itus obse- 
qui^ eruditusquQ utilis hones- 
tus miscere. 

Uterque princeps bonus 
esse ; dignusquQ alter eligi^ 
alter dig ere. 



220 



SYNTAX. 



668. Kote 1, 2.— ]^o one can 
avoid that which is to come. 

Cities could neither have been 
built nor peopled without the 
concourse of men. 

How can we have an idea of 
God except as eternal. 



IvTemo posse effugere is qui 
futurus esse. — Cic. 

Urbs non 10p6>6'S^ ne^ (Bdifi' 
cari nee freqventari sine 
coetus homo. — Cio. 

Qui ego posse intelligere 
Deus nisi sempiternus. — Cic. 



See more examples, Fo. 46, p. 39. 



668. Notes. — He sees the moon ' Surgere videre luna. — Cio. 



rismg. 

Do you not hear the zephyrs 
blowing ? 

I see the heaven parting asun- 
der in the middle, and the stars 
wandering in the firmanent. 

669. Historical Infinitive. — A 
short time having intervened, the 
enemy, upon a signal being given, 
rushed dowm from all parts and 
hurled stones and darts within 
the rampart. Our soldiers at 
first, with unimpaired vigour, 
bravely resisted, and fi'om their 
more elevated station dispatched 
no weapon in vain. 

Meanwhile CB3sar was daily 
demanding corn from the ^dui. 



ITec zephyr us audire sjn- 
rare. — Yieq. 

Medius videre discedere 
coelum palansque polus stella. 

YlRG. 

Brevis spatium interjectus 
(Gr. 690) hostis, ex omnis 
pars, signum datum, (Gr. 
690) decurrere^ lapis g«- 
sumque in vallum . conjicere. 
Foster primo integer vis 
fortiter rejmgnare^ neque ul- 
lus frustra telum ex locus 
superior mittere. — C^s. 

Interim quotidie Caesar 
^dui frumentum flagitare. 



English Examples to he turned into Latin. 

Let not the wicked presume to appease the gods by gifts. — I 
have now determined to think nothing upon public affairs. — He 
hesitated not to erect an edifice upon another man's [ground]. — 
I (we) did not begin to philosophize on a sudden. — Fo art, no 
hand, no workman, can, by imitating, come up to the skill of 
nature. — The mind always desires to be employed about (to do) 
something, nor can it endure perpetual inactivity. — I desire t3 
know what you think of these things. — The full moon used to 
produce the greatest tides in the ocean. — Pelopidas did not hesi- 
tate to engage as soon as he saw the enemy.— The man hesitated, 
turned to and fro, blushed. — Her mental powers were of no con- 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 221 

temptible character ; she could compose verses, tell a pleasant 
story [move a jest]. — The king at first feared nothing, suspected 
nothing. 

TnE Infinitive vith a Subject. 

670. — The infinitive with a subject possesses the character of 
the verb, and affirms of its subject, as in the indicative or sub- 
junctive mood, but only in subordinate and dependent proposi- 
tions. These propositions have a substantive character, and may 
be regarded sometimes as the subject of a verb ; as, Te non istud 
avduisse mirum est^ ''that you have not heard that is wonder- 
ful ;" but more commonly as the object after a verb, or in some 
way dependent upon it ; as, Miror te non scrihere^ " I wonder 
that you do not write." See also Note, 670. 

671. — EuLE LYIIL The subject of the infinitive 
is put in the accusative. See also JSTos. 672-674. 

Note 1. — Me^ te, se, ilium, are often understood, and esse ov fuisse 
is frequently omitted after participles. See Gr. 179, 6, and Note 1. 

Let tlie pupil state whether the infinitive clause is the subject or 
the object of the preceding verb. 

^N". B. — For the various ways of rendering the different tenses 
of the infinitive mood after different tenses of the indicative or 
subjunctive, see at length Gr. 180. 

Do not take it ill that you are No (25) ferre moleste, tti 

advised. moneri. 

Eemember that passion is the (27) Meminisse iracundia 

vice of a weak mind. esse vitium animus infirmus. 

I confess that I have sinned, Fateri ego peccare^ et ego 

and I know that I have deserved commereri culpa scire. — 

blame. Plaut. 

Tliey say, that men see more Aio, homo plus in alienus 

in another man's business than negotium cernere quam in 

in their own. suus. — Sej^. 

The young man hopes that he Adolescens sui sperare 

shall live long. But nobody can diu victurus (esse), Sed nemo 

be sure (it can be ascertained by (xxxiii.) posse exploratum 

nobody) that he shall live till the esse sui ad vesper victurus 

evening. (esse). — Cio. de Sen. 

Do not think that any virtue Ne (25) existimare ullus 

is without labour. sine labor esse Tirtu8,—SE^, 



222 



SYNTAX. 



Believe tlioii that every day is 
come (has sMned forth) the last 
to thee. 

Cato wrote that Scipio Africa- 
niTS was wont to say that he was 
never less at leisure (idle), than 
when he was at leisure (idle) ; 
nor less alone, than when alone. 

It is requisite that you be well 
in mind that you may (be able to) 
be well in body. 

Do you think that such excel- 
lent men did such things without 
reason ? 

I desire that you should under- 
stand this. 

We think that you can very 
easily explain that. 

You know, Piso, that I think 
the same thing. 

I suppose that you prefer to ex- 
perience our sdence. 

It is evident that man consists 
of body and soul. 

It is innate to all, and as it 
were engraven on the mind, that 
there are gods. 

We all know that there are 
gods. 

Alexander ordered the tomb of 
Cyrus to be opened. 

To be (that a man should be) 
content with his own possessions 
is the greatest riches. 

It is always advantageous to be 
a good man, because it is always 
honourable. 

It is right that a victor should 
spare the vanquished. 

It is agreed that laws were in- 
vented for the safety of citizens. 

675. — I deem it not improper 
that I should write to you. 



Omnis credere dies tu di- 
lucere supremus. — Hoe. 

Scipio Afrimniis dicere 
solitus {esse) Sscribere Cato, 
sui nunquam minus otiosus 
esse^ quam quum otiosus ; nee 
minus solus, quam quum so- 
lus (32) esse.— Cio. Off. 3, 1. 

Opus esse tu animus xalere 
ut corpus valere posse. — Cic. 

Tu censGre tarn egregius 
Tiomo gerere res tantus slue 
causa ? — Cio. 

Yelle tu iiitelligere hie. — 
Cic. 

Censere tu faciUime posse 
explanare is. — Cio. 

Scire, Piso, ego sentire iste 
idem. — Cic. 

Arbitrari tu malle expe- 
riri taciturnitas noster. — Cic, 

Esse perspicuus ho77io con- 
stare e corpus animusque. — 
Cio. 

Omnis innatus esse, et in 
animus quasi insculptus, deas 
esse. — Cic. 

Omnis scire, deus esse. 

Sejndcrum Cyrus operiri 
Alexander jubere. 

Contentus suus res esse^ 
magnus esse divitige. 

Semper esse utilis vir bonus, 
quia semper esse honestus. 

Victor imrc&re 3 victus se- 
quum esse. 

Ad sahis civis inventus esse 
lex constat. 

I^on puto esse alienus (ego) 
ad tu scrilere, — Cio. 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



223 



\V"e all desire and hope to be- 
come old men. 

Not so many desire to be en- 
dued with virtue as to seem so. 

I would choose to live poor 
honestly, rather than to get riches 
dishonestly. 

I had (1 wish) rather (to) be in 
health than (to) be rich. 

If thou desires t in good earnest 
(fiiith) to be a good man, siiiier a 
man to (that some one) contemn 
thee. 



"Oinnis velle et sperare 
fieri ^senex. — Cic. Sen, 

Non tam '^multus virtus 
esse ^prceditus^ quam viduri 
velle. 

(38) Optare honeste ^j^az^- 
2oer vivere potius, quam in- 
honeste parare divitioo. 

Malle valere, quam ^ dives 
esse. 

Si velle bonus fides esse 
^vir bonus, sinere [ut] (30) 
contemnere tu aliquis. — Sen. 



71 

Note 2. — AVhcn the former verb has a dative case after it, the 
word folio whig the infinitive is commonly ia the dative likewise. 
(Gr. 327, 328.) 

It is not given to all to be no- 
ble and wealthy ; but all may (it 
is in the power of all to) be good 
if they will (if they wish). 

In an easy cause, any one may 
(it is in the power of any one to) 
be eloquent. 

Kevertheless it may be also made the accusative case, to agree 
with the accusative wiiich is understood before the infinitive ; as, 
. Licet omnibus esse bonos. SciL eos esse bonos. Cuivis licet esse dlser- 
tum. Soil, eum esse disertum. 



ISTon dari ""omnis esse ^nobi- 
lis et ^opulentus ; sed licere 
(xviii.) ^omnis esse ^bonus^ si 
velle. 

In causa facilis (xvni.) 
^guivis licero esse ^disertits. — 
Ov. 



676. — Miltiades, having been 
long engaged in commands and 
magistracies, appeared unable to 
be a private (citizen), especially 
as he seemed to be drawn by 
habit to the desire of command. 

Silius Italicus was lately report- 
ed to have put an end to his life, 
on his Neapolitan (estate) by 
abstinence from food. 



Miltiades^ multum in im- 
perium magistrat usque ver- 
satus, non videri 2>osse esse 
privatus, praesertim quum ad 
imperium cupiditas trahi vi- 
deri. 

Modo nuntiari Silius Ita- 
licus in Neapolitanus suus 
inedia vita finire. 



English Exam'ples to be turned into Latin, 

I am very glad that yon have got (come) safe to Epirus,^ and 
that, as you Avrite, you have had a pleasant voyage.— For it is, in 



224 



SYNTAX. 



my opinion (as it seems to me), highly decorous that the houses 
of illustrious men be open to illustrious guests. — See how I have 
persuaded myself that you are another self (me). — I think that 
these four qualifications (things) ought to exist in an accom- 
plished general : a knowledge of the art of war, courage, autho- 
rity, and good fortune. — For I not only allow that you know 
these things better than I, but also readily permit it. — All believe 
that there is a divine power and nature. — I add this also, that 
nature without education has oftener tended to glory and virtue 
than education without nature. — I 8 could swear by Jupiter, both 
that I burn with a desire of finding out the truth, and that I 
think what I say. 

677. — Instead of the accusative with the infinitive, in a subor- 
dinate clause, the subjunctive with ut or qicod, " that," " in order 
that," preceding it, is used in certain cu'cumstances ; viz., 



1st. When the dependent clause expresses purpose or design^ 
or when '-^ thaV^ is equivalent to ^'- in order thaV^ (Gr. 627, 1, 
2d.) 



Scarcely ever can a parent pre- 
vail on himself to conquer nature, 
so as to banish love towards his 
children from his mind. 

Before old age, I took pains to 
live well ; in old age to die well. 

"We must take care to use that 
hberality which may benefit our 
friends, may harm no one. 

Every animal loves its own self, 
and, as soon as it has arisen, 
strives to preserve itself. 



N'unquam fere parens posse 
animus inducere ut natura 
ipse xincere^ ut amor in liberi 
ejicere ex animus. 

Ante senectus curare ut 
bene There; in senectus, ut 
bene 7no7'i, 

Yidere esse (Gr. 699) ut is 
liberalitas uti qui 7prodesse 
(Gr. 643, 2d) amicus, obesse 
nemo. 

Omnis animal sui ipse dili- 
gere, ac simul ac oriri, is 
agere ut sui conservare. 



2d. This is the case especially after verbs signifying to endea- 
vour, to aim at, to accomplisli., such as facere, efficere, perficere. 

If virtue can produce this effect Si posse virtus efficere ne 

tbat one be not miserable, it will miser aliquis esse, facHe eM- 

more easily cause that he be most cere ut beatus esse 
happy. 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



225 



The sun causes every thing to 
flourisli, and grow to maturity in 
its respective kind. 

Every virtue attracts us to it- 
self, and makes us love those in 
whom it appears to be found. 

UnwiUingly indeed I cast L. 
Flaminius out of the senate. 

By his eloquence he effected 
that the Lacedasmonians should 
be deprived of the aid of their 
allies. 



Sol efficere ut omm3 Jlor ere ^ 
et in suus quisque genus pu- 
tescere. 

Omnis virtus ego ad sui 
allicere, y^cercque, ut is dill- 
gere in qui ipse inesse vidGri. 

In Vitus quidem facer e ut 
L. Flaminius e senatus ejicere. 

Eloquentia perficere ut 
auxilium socius Lacedssmo- 
nius privari. 



3d. The infinitive, in English, after verbs signifying to request, 
demand^ admonish^ advise^ commission^ encourage^ command^ and 
the like, is usually rendered into Latin by the subjunctive with 
lit ; sometimes without ut. 



I admonish scholars to love 
their preceptors not less than their 
studies. 

I strongly exhort thee to read 
carefully, not only my orations, 
but also these treatises on philo- 
sophy. 

If we are not induced to be ho- 
nest men by honourable feeling, 
but by some benefit and profit, 
we are not honest but cunning. 

We have not ceased to admon- 
ish and exhort Pompey to avoid 
this great infamy. 

I advise them to be quiet. 

Ca3sar had given a strong charge 
to Trebonius not to suffer the town 
to be taken by storm. 

Piso dared to make proclama- 
tion that the senate should resume 
their [ordinary] dress. 

Cassar gives it in charge to 
Labienus to visit the Remi and 
ether Belg8Q, and keep them in 
their allegiance. 

He exhorts and admonishes him 
to imitate his neighbour Octavius. 

10^ 



Discipulus monere ut prse- 
ceptor suus non minus quam 
ipse studium amare. 

Magnopere tu Tiortari ut 
non solum oratio mens, sed 
hie etiam liber de philosophia 
diligenter legere. 

Si non ipse honestas mo- 
mri ut bonus vir esse^ sed uti- 
litas aliquis ac fructus, calli- 
dus esse, non bonus. 

Pompeius monere et hor- 
tari non desistere itt magnus 
hie infamia/z^^er^. 

Monere ut conquiescere. 

Cassar Trebonius magno- 
pere mandare^ ne per vis op- 
pidum expugnari pati. 

Edicere audere Piso ut se- 
natus ad vestitus redire. 

Cassar Labienus mandare 
Remus reliquusque Belgoe 
adire^ atque in oliicium con- 
tinere. 

Hortari et monere imitari 
vicinus suus Octavius. 



226 



SYNTAX. 



4t]i. Ut with the subjunctive, and not the infinitive with its 
subject, usually follows verbs signifying to Tia^pen^ to occur ^ &c. ; 
^^^Jit^ incidit^ occurrit^ canting it ; est^ restate swjperest^ &c., (Gr. 
627, 1, 4th.) 



It happens somehow or other, 
that if any fault is committed we 
perceive it more readily in others 
than in ourselves. 

It happens to most men that 
through the assistance which let- 
ters (i. e. the art of wriring) give, 
they relax their diligence in com- 
mitting to memory. 

It happens to (it is the fortune 
of) the wise man alone, to do no- 
thing against his will. 

It often happens, that utility is 
at variance with virtue. 

It is best to speak every day, 
many hearing us ; for it is rare 
that any man stands in awe suffi- 
ciently of himself. 

It is the main thing in an ora- 
tor to seem to those before whom 
he pleads, such as he himself 
would v/ish. 



Fit^ nescire quomodo, ut 
magis in ahus cernere quam 
in egomet ipse si quis delin- 
quere. 

Plerique accidit ut prsesi- 
dium literas diligentia in per- 
discendum remittere. 



Solus hie contingit sapiens, 
lit mhSlfacere invitus. 

Persrepe evenit^ ut utilitas 
cum honestas eertare. 

Optimus est ut quotidie 
dicere^ audiens plures (Gr. 
690) ; rarus est enim ut satis 
sui quisquam vereri. 

Caput esse 2 orator 2ct ille 
apud qui agere talis qualis sui 
ipse optare videri. 



5th. Verbs signifying willingness^ unwillingness^ _2^^r??2zs-52(?7i, 
necessity, &c., sometimes take the subjunctive with ut or with- 
out it ; but more commonly they take the accusative with the 
infinitive. So also, generally, verbs denoting seeing^ Jiearing^ 
feeling, tJiinhing, saying^ &c. The following sentences may be 
made both wavs. 



Those who gave to Greece the 
forms of her repubhc, wished the 
bodies of the youths to be strength- 
ened by toil. 

When I shall have praised some 
one of thy friends to thee, I wish 
that he should know that I have 
done it. 

Caligula wished that the Eo- 
man people had but one neck. 



Ille qui Grsecia forma res- 
publica dare, corpus juvenis 
firmari labor ^celle, 

Quum aliquis apud tu lau- 
dare tuns familiaris, %6lle ille 
scire ego is facer e. 

Optare Caligula ut populus 
Eomanus unus cervix habere. 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



227 



^tTature does not allow that we 
increase our own means by the 
spoils of otliers. 

Ph^thon wished to he taken into 
the chariot of his father. 



Natura non /ja^-^ ut alius 
spoliuin facultas noster au- 
gere. 

Phaithon optare ut\xi cur- 
rus pater tollu 



6th. "When the dependent clause expresses a fact simply, that 
is made by quod followed by the indicative. 



Besides the dread of a Latin 
war, this also had been added,, 
that it was sufficiently clear that 
thirty [different] nations had en- 
tered into a conspiracy [against 
them]. 

Of all that was praiseworthy 
[in the conduct] of Kegulus, that 
is worthy of admiration, that he 
gave his opinion that the captives 
(of the Carthaginians) should be 
retained. 

But (in this) you are mistaken 
that you think that I rival Aga- 
memnon. 



Supra bellum Latinus me- 
tus, is quoque accesserat^ quod 
triginta jam conjurasse popu- 
lus satis constare. — ^Liv. 



Ex totus laus Eegulus, ille 
esse admiratio dignus, quod 
captivus (Poeni) retinendus 
3 censere. — Cio. 



Quod autem ego Agamem- 
non semulari putare^ falU. — 

Nep. 



7th. After verbs denoting a feeling of pain or pleasure, and 
the outward expression of those feelings, such as gaudeo^ delcctoi\ 
angoi\ doleo^ and the like, tliat^ in the sense of lecause^ is made by 
quod followed by the indicative or subjunctive, according as the 
proposition expresses a fact, or only a conception of the mind ; 
or the infinitive with its subject is used. 

The following sentences may be made both ways. 



I am sorry (it grieves me) that 
you are displeased. 

I rejoice that my conduct is 
approved by you. 

They are indignant that you 
breathe, that you speak, that you 
have the forms of men. 

Cato said he wondered that a 
soothsayer did not laugh when he 
saw a soothsayer. 

678. — I hope you will be wise. 



Doleve ego quod - stom- 
acliari. 

Mens factum probari abs 
tu gaudere, — Oio. 

Quod spirdre^ quod vox 
emittere^ quod forma homo 
liabere^ indignari, — Liv. 

Cato sui mirari aio quod 
non ridere haruspex, harus- 
pex quum videre. — Cio. 

Sperare futurus esse {fore) 
iiyt sap ere. 



228 



SYNTAX. 



I see that you wish to depart 
into heaven, and I hope that that 
will be our lot (happen to us). 

I was not ignorant (I knew 
well) that this undertaking of 
mine would lead to various cen- 
sures. 

Ptolemy the astrologer had per- 
suaded Otho that he would be 
called to the government. 

The king did not know that the 
town would have been surrender- 
ed to him, if he had waited one 
day longer. 

679, — That you, my Terentia, 
should now be so harassed, should 
lie so in tears and mourning, and 
that this should be through my 
fault. 

That there should be any man 
so unhappy as I am ! 

That I vanquished should desist 
from my undertaking, nor be 
able to turn away the king of the 
Trojans from Italy. 



Yidere tu velle in coelum 
migrare, et sperare fore ut 
contingere is ego. — Cic. 

ISTon esse nescius fore ut 
hie noster labor in varius re- 
prehensio incurrere. — Cio. 

Ptolemseus mathematicus 
Otho persuadere, fore ut m 
imperium adscisci. — T\c, 

^exignor are futurusfuisse^ 
ut oppidum ipse dedi^ si unus 
dies expectare. 

Tu nunc, mens Terentia, 
sic vexari^ ^lajacere in lacri- 
ma et sordes ! isque fieri mea 
culpa. — Cio. 

Adeone esse liomo infelix 
quidam, ut ego esse. — Teb. 

Eg one inceptum desist ere 
victus {fern.) nee posse Italia 
Teucri avertere rex. — Yieg. 



COXSTRUOTIOK OF PAETICIPLES. 

681. — EuLE LIX. Participles, like adjectives, 
agree with their substantives in gender, number, and 
case. (Gr. 264.) Also 6S2. 

The praise due to virtue. 



Remember the punishments 
prepared for the wicked. 

Our ears are to be shut to bad 
speeches. 

Anger will do me more (is 
about to hurt me more) harm 
than an injury. 

AYe ought to take care that we 
make our desire obedient to rea- 
son. 



Laus deMtus virtus. (Gr. 
522.) 

Meminisse pcenc^ improlus 
p rcej:) ara tus. — Ih . 

Claudendus esse auris ma- 
ins vox. — Ih. 

Plus ego (Gr. 403) nocitu- 
TUS esse ^m quam injuria. — 
Sex. 

89 Curare esse, ut appetitus 
ratio (Gr. 403) olediens prse- 
here.— Cio. Off, 1. 



PARTICIPLES. 



229 



Temperance is a moderating of 
the desires governed by (obedient 
to) reason. 

A man that follows (following) 
pleasure does not much benefit 
his heir. ^ 

I reckon those the most wretch- 
ed of mortals, [that are] addicted 
to their belly and lust. 

The shadow of the earth hin- 
dering the sun makes night. 

There are some animals void of 
reason, others having the use of 
(using) reason. 

All good men will respect (will 
prosecute) with great honour and 
benevolence a good magistrate, 
consulting for his countrymen, 
and seeking (serving) the common 
good, forgetting his own interests 
(advantage), observing the laws, 
favouring virtue, restraining im- 
piety and debauchery. 

Law is right reason, command- 
ing what is right, and prohibiting 
the contrary. 

How wretched is the bondage 
of virtue in slavery to pleasure. 

I saw Cato sitting in the library 
surrounded with many books of 
the Stoics. 

Alexander [when] dying had 
given his ring to Perdiccas. 

683. — Hold this as certain, that 
nothing could have come into 
being without a cause. 

The Sicilians have recourse to 
my aid, which they have long 
proved and known. 

The Romans have large sums 
of money invested in Asia. 

I wish you to be relieved from 
domestic care. 



Temperantia esse moderatio 
cvpidAtaH ratio (Gr. 403) old- 
die7is. — Cio. 

Homo xoluptas (Gr. 403) 
olsequens baud multum hoe- 
res juvare. — Tee. 

Miserrimus mortalis judi- 
care, venter ac libido dedltus 
(xxxii.) — Sejst. 

Umbra terra sol (Gr. 403) 
officiens nox efficSre. — Cic. 

Animal (x.) alius ratio 
(xi.) expers esse, alius ratio 
(xxvi.) iUe7is. — Cic. Off, 1. 

Magistratus bonus civ is 
suus (Gr. 403) consulens^ et 
utilitas communis (Gr. 403) 
serviens^ oblltus (xiv.) commo- 
dum suus, lex^ (Gr. 403) pa- 
rens^ virtus (Gr. 403) favens^ 
irnpietas et nequitia (xx.) 
coercens^ magnus honor et 
benevolentia omnis bonus 
pi'osecuturus (xx.) esse. 

Lex esse rectus ratio impe- 
rans honestus^ prohihens con- 
trarius. 

Quam miser esse mrtns 
famulatus serviens voluptas 
(Gr. 403). 

Cato videre in bibliotheca 
sedens^ multus circumfusus 
Stoicus liber. 

Alexander moriens anulus 
suus dilre Perdiccas. 

Ille exploratus habere^ ni- 
hil fieri posse sine causa. 

Siculus ad mens fides qui 
habere spectatus jam et diu 
cog nit us^ confugere. 

Romanus in Asia pecicnia 
magnus collocatus habere. 

Domesticus cura tu levatus 
velle. 



230 



SYKTAX. 



I will find [him] out and bring 
Mm to you. 

The war being ended, it was 
ordered that the legions should 
be discharged. 

I will do this for you. 

684. — i^othing was so perni- 
cious to the Lacedaemonians as 
the abolition of the disciphne of 
Lycurgus. 

Quinctius Flamininus came as 
ambassador to king Prusias, whom 
both the reception of Hannibal 
and the stirring up of a war a- 
gainst Eumenes had rendered sus- 
pected by the Koman people. 

Caesar and Pompey were not 
free from the supicion of having 
crushed Cicero. 

Ptolemy was the second king 
after the founding of Alexandria. 

In the six hundredth year from 
the building of the city. 

685. — The king sent Hephses- 
tion into the region of Bactriana 
to provide supplies for the winter. 

He is a fool who, when he is 
going to buy a horse, does not 
examine the animal itself, but its 
housing and bridle. 

He spoils whatever can be of 
use to the foe, intending to leave 
the soil barren and naked. 

686. — I have given my letter 
to many persons to copy. 

In the Sabine war, Tarquinius 
vowed the erection of a temple 
in the capitol, to Jupiter greatest 
and best. 

Mummius contracted for trans- 
porting pictures and statues into 
Italy. 

The king delivered the infant 
Cyrus to Harpagus to put to death 
(to be put to death). 



Inventus tu curare et aci- 
ductus. 

Legio bellum confectum 
(Gr. 690) missus fieri placet. 

Hie ego tu effectus reddere. 

Lacedssmonius nullus res 
tantus esse 3 damnum (Gr. 
427), quam disciplina Lycur- 
gus suMatus. 

Ad Prusias rex legatus 
Quinctius Flamininus venire, 
qui suspectus Komanus et 
recej)tus Hannibal et 'helium 
ad versus Eumenes motus red- 
dere. 

N"on carere suspicio op- 
pressus Cicero Caesar et Pom- 
peius. 

Ptolemaeus rex alter esse 
post Alexandria conditus. 

Annus ab itrhs conditus 
sexcentesimus. 

Eex HephcBstion in regio 
Bactrianus mittere conmiea- 
tus in hiems pa.rare, 

Stultus esse qui equus erne- 
re non ipse inspicere, sed 
stratum is ac frenum (^pl?). 

Quisquis hostis usus esse 
posse corrumpere, sterilis ac 
nudus solum relinquere. 

EpAstola mens mult us dare 
describendus. 

^dis in Capitolium Jupi- 
ter Bonus Magnus bellum 
Sabinus faclendus vovere 
Tarquinius. 

Mummius tabula ac statua 
in Italia portandus locare. 

Eex Harpagus Cyrus infans 
occ idendus tr adere. 



PARTICIPLES. 



231 



687. — ^Every state Diust bo ruled 
by some counsel, and that counsel 
must either be allotted to one, or 
to certain select persons, or must 
be undertaken by the multitude 
and by all. 

Earth must be (is to be) return- 
ed to earth. 

Life is not to be bought at any 
(every) price. 

Children are not to be filled 
with meat. 

Friendship is to be preferred to 
all worldly things. 

Death is to be preferred to 
baseness. 

The exercise and delight of 
learning is to be preferred before 
both all the actions and pleasures 
of wicked men. 

A sword is not to be trusted 
with (entrusted to) children. 

688. — He thrust his right hand 
into the altar while it was burning. 

In a battle which had arisen 
there, they all perished. 

During a tempest which had 
arisen, he was suddenly with- 
drawn from the sight (eyes) of 
men. 

lio one, when he looks at the 
whole earth, will doubt of the 
providence of God. 

The limbs of Alexander, when 
he had scarcely entered the river, 
began suddenly to shiver and to 
be benumbed. 

The king commands Philip to 
read the epistle of Parmenio, nor 
did he remove his eyes from his 
countenance as he read it. 

When we were going to say 
more he ordered us to depart. 



Omnis respublica consilium 
quidam regendus ; is autem 
consilium aut unus tvibucn- 
dus aut delectus quidam aut 
suscipiendus multitudo atque 
omnis. 

Eeddendus esse terra terra 
(xxxii.) — Cio. 

Kon omnis pretium mta 
(xLiv.) emendus esse, — Sex. 

Pner cibus (xxv.) implen- 
dus non esse. — Sen". 

Amicitia omnis humanus 
res anteponendus esse (xxvii. 
8). — Oic. Am, 

Mors esse anteponendiis 
(Gr. 399) turpitudo,—Q\Q, 
Off,l. 

Usiis et delectatio doctrina 
(Gr. 313) esse omnis impro- 
bus et actum et xoluptas an- 
teponendus. — Cic. Fam. 9, 6. 

Ensis m. piier non (Gr. 522) 
committendus esse. 

Dextra 3 ara accensus 3 im- 
ponere. — Liv. 

In j9rcBZiz^772. ibi exortus^ 
omnis perire. 

Inter tempestas ortus^ re- 
pente oculus homo subduci. 



Nemo^ cunctus intuens ter- 
ra, de divinus providentia 
dubitare. 

Alexander^ vix ingressus 
flumen, subito horrere artus 
et rigOre coepisse. 

Kex epistola Parmenio 
Philippus legere jubGre, nee 
a vultus legem movere ocu- 
lus. 

Plus locuturuB abiro ego 
jubere. 



232 



SYNTAX. 



690. — EuLE LX. A substantive with a participle 
whose case depends on no other word, is put in the 
ablative absolute. See also IsTos. 691-693. 



iSTothing is better than friend- 
ship, virtue being excepted. 

Nothing better than friendship 
has been given by God to man, 
excepting wisdom. 

Shame being lost, all virtue is 
lost. 

What pleasure of life can there 
be, friendship being taken away ? 

Love and friendship being ta- 
ken away, all pleasure is taken 
away out of the world (life). 

Thou shalt condemn nobody, 
the matter not having been ex- 
amined. 

A fawning friend may easily 
(is easily able to) be distinguished 
and discovered from a true [one], 
diligence being used. 

Every good man follows that 
which is honourable and excel- 
lent, despising and contemning 
pleasure (pleasure being despised 
and contemned). 

Kature has given us the use of 
life, as it were of money, no [pay] 
day being appointed. 

Dost thou grow milder and 
better, old age coming on ? 

694. — How well did they live, 
Saturn being king (while Saturn 
was king ?) 

The old man is a commender 
of the time that was (the time 
spent) he being a boy (when he 
was a boy), a censurer and cor- 
rector of younger [people]. 



Nihil amicitia prssstabilior 
esse, exceptus mrtus. — Oic. 
Am, 

Amicitia nihil melior, ex- 
ceptus sapientia^ homo a Deus 
3 dari. — Id, 

FudoT arnissus^ omnis vir- 
tus (14) perire. 

Quis posse esse jucunditas 
vita, sublatus amicitia? — 
Cic. 

Charitas henevolentiaqvie 
sublatus^ omnis esse e vita 
sublatus jucunditas. — Id, 

Damnare nemo, coMsa non 
cognitus, 

Blandus amicus a verus 
facile secerni et internosci 
posse, diligentia adhiMtus. — 
Cio. Am, 

Qui pulcher et pr Belarus 
esse, spretus et contemptus 
xoluptas^ optimus quisque se- 
qui. — Cic. Sen, 

ISTatura ego (xxix.) dare 
usura vita, tanquam pecunia, 
nulla prcBstituta dies. — Cio. 
Tusc, 1. 

Lenior et melior fieri, ac- 
cedens senectaf — Hoe. 

Quam bene vivere, Satur- 
nus rex (dum Saturnus esse 
rex) ?— Tib. 

Senex esse laudator tem- 
pus actus, sui puer^ (quum 
ille esse puer), censor casti- 
gatorque minor. — Hoe. 



PARTICIPLES. 



233 



The gate is shut too late and in 
vain, when the loss is (the loss 
being) already sustained. 

Labour is fruitless, Nature striv- 
ing (if Nature strives) against it. 

After a few years had interve- 
ned, the war was transferred to 
Africa. 

When the Samnites were con- 
quered, war was declared against 
the Tarentines. 

695. — The Romans for the first 
time fought on sea, in the consul- 
ship of 0, Duilhus and Cn. Cor- 
nelius Asina. 

When nature and virtue are 
our guides no error can possibly 
be committed. 

Under the command of Pausa- 
nias, Mardonius was driven from 
Greece. 

No guilty person (nobody guil- 
ty) is acquitted, himself being 
judge. 

Why does any one want, not 
deservi^ng it (unworthy), thou 
being rich (while thou art rich) ? 
Why do ancient temples fall 
down ? 

Thou shalt say or do nothing, 
Minerva being unwillhig. 

Nothing is becoming, Minerva 
being unwilling, as they say, that 
is, nature opposing and resisting. 
For it signifies nothing (for it does 
not signify) to resist nature, nor 
to pursue any thing which thou 
canst not attain. 

While he is a child, the golden 
age shall arise in all the world. 

696. — Hannibal having found 
out that snares were laid for him, 
sought safety by flight. 



Ser6 et nequicquam accept 
ttis jam janua damnum 
claudi. — Juv. Sat, 18. 

Naiura reluct ans^ (si Na- 
tura reluctari) labor irritus 
esse. — Sen. 

Pauci annus interjectus^ 
belliim in Africa transferri. 

Demctiis Samnites^ Taren- 
tinus bellum 3 indici. 

Primum Romanus G. Duil- 
lius et Gn. Gornelius Asina 
consul^ in mare dimicare. 

jSFatura et virtus dux^ er- 
rare nullus modus posse. 

Pausanias dux^ Mardonius 
Grsecia fugari. 

Sui judex, nemo nocens 
L — Juv. 



Cur egere indignus quis- 
quam, tu dives f Quare tem- 
plum mere antiquus ? — Hoe. 
(i. e, Dum tu dives es.) 

Tu nihil invitus dicere fa- 
cereve Minerva. — Hoe. 

Nihil docere, invitus^ ut 
aio, Minerva,, id esse, adver- 
sans et rejyugnans naturct, 
Nequeenim attinere (Gr.403) 
natura repugnare, nee quic- 
quam sequi, qui assequi (Gr. 
636) nequire.— Cio. Off, 1. 

Qui inter (Gr. 295), totus 
surgere gens aureus mundus. 
— Vie a. 

Hannibal, cognitus (Gr. 
182-8) imidicB sui parari^ 
fuga salus qua3rere. 



234 



SYNTAX. 



Alexander having heard that 
Darius was approaching with an 
army, resolved to oppose him. 

Happy as to the other things, 
with this exception, that you 
were not present. 

That they belonged to the ene- 
mies not being doubtful to any one. 

697. — The sky being clear the 
whole day. 



Alexander, auditm Darius 
appropinquare cum exercitus^ 
obviam ire constituere. — 

CUET. 

Exceptus qiLod non simvJ 
Sesse^ (Gr. 539) cseter loetus. 
— Hoe. 

Hand quisquam dul lus 
quill liostis esse. — Liv. 

Serenus x>er totus dies. — - 
Liv. 



English Examples to le turned into Latin. 

My father Micipsa when dying commanded me. — In the mean 
time the common people when the conspiracy was laid open^ 
their mind bei/ig changed^ execrated the designs of Catiline ; ex- 
tolled Cicero to the skies ; [and], as if rescued from slavery, gave 
vent to joy and gladness. — Galba, having made some successful 
encounters, and taJLeii hy assault many of their forts, ambassadors 
having l)een sent to him from every side, and hostages given^ and 
peace leing raade., determined to place two cohorts among the 
ISTantuates. — C^sar having removed first his own horse, then the 
horses of all out of sight, that the danger of all being made equal, 
he might take away the hope of flight, having exhorted his men, 
commenced battle. — All things had to be done by Csssar at one 
time ; the standard had to be displayed, the signal to be given 
with a trumpet, the soldiers to be cahed back, the line to be 
formed, the soldiers to be encouraged. Caesar having sent on his 
cavalry before, followed closely with all his forces. 



GEEUI^DS A:^D GEEU:^DiyES. 

Gerunds, 

699. — SuLE LXI. The verb est^ witli the gerund 
for its subject, implies necessity, and governs the 
dative of tlie doer. See also Nos. 700, 701. 

Note 1. — The nominative ease in English must be the dative in Latin. 
Note 2. — ^The dative case is more commonlj^ understood. 

I must govern my tongue. Lingua (Gr. 403) moderari 

esse ego, — ^Plaut. 



GERUNDS. 



235 



We must spare tender things. 

"We must resist passion. 

Meditate daily, that we oiiglit 
to resist passion. 

" "W"e ought not to be very angry 
with enemies. 

They are not to be listened to, 
who think that we ought to be 
YGvj an err y with enemies. 

How late is it to begin to live 
then, when we must leave off? 

We must be upon our guard, 
lest we should be catched with 

crafty flattery. 

We ought to take care, that the 
appetite obeys reason. 

We ought to be free from all 
perturbation of mind. 

We ought even the more care- 
fully to beware of (we ought to 
abstain even the more carefully 
from) those faults (sins) which 
seem to be small [ones]. 

702. — The gerund in di^ of the genitive case, is governed like 
the genitive of nouns (Gr. 333) by substantives or adjectives. 

Xote. — This gerund is frequently translated as the infinitive mood 
active. 



Farcere esse (Gr. 403) 
tener. — Juy. 

Eesistere esse (Gr. 403) 
iracundia. — Cio. 

Quotidie meditari, rcshih'e 
esse (Gr. 403) iracundia. — 
Cio. 

ITon esse graviter irasoi 
inimicus (Gr. 403). 

Non audiendus esse, qui 
graviter irasci esse (Gr. 403) 
inimicus putare. — Cio. Am. 

Quam serus esse, turn vi- 
vere incipere, quum desinere 
esse f — Sen. 

Anhnadvertere esse^ ne cal- 
lidus assentatio (liv.) capi. 
— Cio. A7n. 

Jyfficere esse^ ut appetitus 
(Gr. 403) ratio (liv.) obedire. 
— Id, 

Vacare esse omnis animus 
(xxv.) perturbatio. — Id, 

Qui parvus videri esse, 
delictum ab hie esse etiam 
diligentiiis declinare, — Cio. 
Off.l. 



There are a thousand arts to 
hurt. 

Pleasure often leaves causes to 
repent. 

iTature is a very good guide to 
live well. 

We are all inflamed with a de- 
sire to live happily. 

The hope of impunity is a very 
great temptation to sin. 



Esse ars mille nocere. — Ov. 

Yoluptas sfepe relinquero 
causa pmnitere. — Cio. 

Natura esse optimus duxf, 
recte xivere. — Cio. Am, 

Beate vimre cupiditas om- 
nis incendi. 

Spes impunitas maximus 
peccare illecelra esse. — Cio, 



236 



SYNTAX. 



ISTature gives to animals one 
time to act, another to rest. 

Let ns remember that we are 
come into this world (life) as into 
a lodging, not as into a home. 
For Nature has given us here an 
inn to stay in, not a place to 
dwell in. 



ISTatura tribuere animans 
alius tejnjms agere^ alius qui- 
escere. — Cic. 

(27) Meminisse ego (52-2) 
venire in hie vita tanquam in 
hospitium, non tanquam in 
domus. Natura enim hie 
commorari diver sorium^ non 
TiaMtare locus ego dare. — 
Cio. de Sen. 



703. — The gerund in do^ of the dative case, like the dative of 
nouns, is governed by adjectives signifying usefulness or Jitness, 
and sometimes hj verbs, to denote a purpose. 



Iron when red is not fit for 
hammering. 

Coarse papyrus is not fit for 
writing. 

This water is good for drink- 
ing. 

Who is so fit for running as I ? 

No seed is good for sowing af- 
ter four years. 

In the gnat, nature so formed 
an instrument, that it was at once 
pointed for boring and hollow for 
sucking. 

Tiberius promised to rebuild 
the theatre of Pompey, since no 
one of the family was able (suf- 
ficed) to rebuild it. 



Eubens ferrum non esse 
Tidbilis tundendum. 

Oharta emporeticus inuti- 
lis esse scribendum. 

Hie aqua esse utilis Mhen- 
dum. 

Quis esse tarn idoneus cur- 
rendum quam ego ? 

Nullus semen ultra quadri- 
matus utilis esse serendum. 

In culex natura telum ita 
formare, ut fodiendum acu- 
oninatus pariter, et sorlen- 
dum fistulosus esse. 

Pompeius theatrum Tibe- 
rius ex truer e poUiceri quod 
nemo e familia restaur andum 
sufficere. 



704. — The gerund in dum, of the accusative case, when not 
the subject of the infinitive, is governed by the prepositions ad 
or inter, sometimes by ante, circa, or od (Gr. 602). 

li'ote. — In the following sentences, the verbs are given in the infi- 
nitive, not in the gerund. 

"We are inclined not only to Non solum ad discere pro- 
learn, but also to teach. pensus esse sed etiam ad do- 

cere. 



GERUNDS. 



237 



To think well and to act right- 
1}^, is sufficient for a good and 
happy lite (for living, &c.). 

As the ox was born to plough, 
[and] the dog to track, so man 
Avas born for two things, to un- 
derstand and to act. 

Praise cannot induce you to 
act well. 

The marsh hindered the Ko- 
mans in pursuing. 

The character of boys mani- 
fests itself more openly while at 
play. 



Bene sen tire, recteque fa- 
core, satis esse ad bene beato- 
que mvere, 

Ut ad arare bos, ad inda- 
gave canis, sic homo ad duo 
res, ad intelligere et agere 
nasci. 

Tu laus allicere ad recte 
facere non posse. 

Palus Romanus ad insequi 
tardare. 

Mos puer sui inter ludere 
simphciter detegere. 



705. — The gerund in do^ of the ablative case, is governed by 
the prepositions «, ab^ de, e^ ex^ or in ; or without a preposition, 
as the ablative of manner or cause (Gr. 542). 



It is right that a man should 
be both munificent in giving, and 
not severe in exacting. 

Anger should especially be for- 
bidden in punishing. 

In philosophy the high station 
of Plato did not deter Aristotle 
from writing. 

I indeed think that virtue is 
given to men by instructing and 
persuading them. 

Socrates, by questioning and in- 
terrogating, used to draw forth 
the opinions of those with whom 
he discoursed. 



Convenire quum in dare 
munificus esse, tum in exigere 
non acerbus. 

Prohibendus maxime esse 
ira in punire, 

Nee Aristoteles in philoso- 
phia deterrere a scribere am- 
plitudo Plato. 

Equidem putare virtus ho- 
mo instituere et persuadere 
tradi. 

Socrates percunctari atque 
interrogdre^ elicere solere is 
opinio quicum disserere. 



English Examples to be turned, into Latin, 

An orator must observe what is becoming, not in sentiment 
only, but also in words. — Young men ought to acquire, old men 
to enjoy. — The disciples of Pythagoras were obliged to be silent 
five years. — It must either be denied that a god exists, or those 
who admit it must confess that he is engaged in something. — 
Avaricious men are tormented not only with the passion for 
acquiring, but also with the fear of losing. — Frugality is the 
science of avoiding superflnons expenses, or the art of using pro- 



238 



SYNTAX. 



perty with moderation. — Habit and practice both shaipen acute- 
ness in (sagacity of) understanding, and quicken the rapidity of 
expression (of speaking). — l^Tor was it my design to spend my life 
(age) intent on cultivating the ground or on hunting. — Nitrous 
Avater is useful for drinking. — Caesar was blamed because, during 
the performance (the looking at the spectacle), he occupied him- 
self in (was at leisure for) reading letters and memorials. — The 
riper the berry of the olive, the fatter is the juice, and the less 
pleasant ; and the best time for gathering is, when the berry 
begins to grow black. — The laws of Lycurgus train youth [in 
labour] by hunting, running, being hungry, being thirsty, being 
pinched with cold, and being violently heated. — By doing nothing 
men learn to do ill. 



Gcrundices. 

TOT. — EuLE LXn. Gerunds goyeming the accu- 
sative are elegantly turned into gerundives in duSj 
which, with the sense of the gerund, instead of gov- 
erning, agree with their substantive in gender, num- 
ber, and case. Also ]N"o. 708. 

The following examples may be made by the gerunds also. 



A desire seized Eomulus and 
Kemus of founding a city in that 
place where they had been ex- 
posed and brought up. 

Hannibal increased his repu- 
tation by his bold attempt of 
crossing the Alps. 

All judicial proceedings have 
been devised for the sake of ter- 
minating controversies, or punish- 
ing crimes. 

I rejoice that thou art desirous 
of bringing about peace between 
the citizens. 

Dry wood is a proper material 
for eliciting fire. 

Gleanthes drew water, and 
hired oat his hands for watering 
a garden.. 



Eomulus et Eemus cupido 
in is locus ubi exponi atque 
educari, itrhs condere, 

Hannibal opinio de sui au- 
gere conatus tam audax traji- 
cere Alpes. 

Omnis judicium aut distra- 
Tiere controversial aut punire 
maleficium causa reperiri. 

Pax inter civis conciliare 
tu cupidus esse Isetari. 

Lignum aridus materia es- 
se idoneus elicere ignis (pl.)» 

Gleanthes aqua haurire, et 
Hgare hortulus locare ma- 
ntis. 



GERUNDIVES. 



239 



There are some games not with- 
out their use for sharpening the 
wits of bojs. 

Pythagoras went to Crete and 
Laceda3mon, to become acquainted 
with the laws of Minos and Lj- 
curgus. 

No one is more unyielding in 
granting pardon than he who has 
often deserved to ask for it. 

Similarity of character is the 
firmest bond for forming friend- 
ships. 

Virtue is seen most of all in 
despising and rejecting pleasure. 

The body must be exercised, 
that it may obey the reason in 
executing business and enduring 
labour. 

Many persons use care in get- 
ting horses [but] are negligent in 
choosing friends. 

There is no duty more neces- 
sary, than requiting a favour. 



Esse nonnullus aciiere puer 
ingenium non inutilis lusus. 

Pythagoras Creta et Lace- 
doemon, ad cognoscere Minos 
et Lycurgus lex^ contendere. 

Nemo ad dare venia diflS- 
cilis esse quam qui ille petere 
ssepius merere. 

Ad connectere amicitia vel 
tenax vinculum mos simili- 
tudo. 

In "coluptas speimere ac 
repudiare virtus vel maxime 
cerni. 

Exercendus corpus esse, ut 
obedire ratio posse in conse- 
qui negotium et in labor tole- 
rare. 

Multus in equus parare ad- 
hibere cura, in amicus dig ere 
negligens esse. 

Nullum officium esse magis 
necessarius, referre gratia. 



English Examples to le turned into Latin, 

He who knows himself will understand what means he has 
for acquiring wisdom. — The rest of the time is adapted for reap- 
ing and gathering the fruits. — Wood was brought down from 
mount Lebanon for constructing rafts and towers. — Either plea- 
sures are foregone for the sake of obtaining greater pleasures, or 
pains are undergone for the sake of escaping greater pains. — ■ 
Marius perceived that these [things were] merely glorious and 
did not tend to terminate the war. — Man enjoys great advantages 
for gaining and acquiring wisdom. — Nature has furnished the 
mind of man with senses adapted to the perception of things. — 
It [is] a difficult subject, and much and often inquired into, whe- 
ther in conferring a magistracy, or trying a culprit, or enacting 
a law, it were better to vote secretly or openly. — We have borne 
and sutiered many [things], which ought not to have been borne 
in a free state, some of us through the hope of recovering our 
liberty, others from too great a desire of living. 



240 



SYNTAX. 



CoNSTETjCTioN or Supines. 



712.— EuLE LXIII. 
after a verb of motion. 



The supine in icm is put 



Certain persons came to salute 
the gods. 

Know that young Curio came 
to me to salute [me]. 

He sends to ask for those ves- 
sels which he had seen. 

The ambassadors of almost all 
Gaul assembled about Csesar to 
congratulate him. 

The people of Yeii send nego- 
tiators to Rome to implore peace. 

She came a journey of many 
days to congratulate you. 

Y16.— EuLE LXIY. 
an adjective noun. 

It seems difficult to be said 
what is the reason. 

That not only to be heard but 
to be seen was most dreadful. 

O the many things grievous to 
be mentioned, painful to be borne, 
which I have suffered. 

O shameful thing, not only to 
be seen, but even to be heard ! 



Aliquis venire deus salu- 
tare. 

Scire Curio adolescens ve- 
nire ad ego salutare, 

Mittere rogare vas is qui 
videre. 

Totus fere Gallia legatus 
ad Caesar gratulari convenlre. 

Yeiens pax petere orator 
Roma mittere. 

Venire is tu tot dies via 
gratulari. 

The supine in u is put after 



Yideri difficilis dicere quis 
esse causa. 

Ille vero tet^r audire., non 
modo aspicere, 

O multus dicere gravis^ per- 
peti asper^ qui perferre. 

O 4 res non modo videre 
foedus^ sed etiam audire. 



English Exo.mples under loth rules to he turned into English, 

Philip was slain by Pausanias at -^g88, near the theatre, as 
(when) he was going to see the games. — Divitiacus came to the 
senate at Rome, to implore assistance. — Ambassadors came from 
Rome into the camp of the -^qui, to complain of injuries, and to 
demand a restitution of property according to the treaty. — Han- 
nibal unconquered, was recalled to defend his country. 

A narrative easy to be understood. — It is difficult to express 
how much courtesy and affability of conversation win the minds 
of men. — Yirtue is difficult to be found. — What is so pleasant to 
know and to hear as a discourse adorned with wise sentiments 
and weighty words ? 



COXJUNCTIOKS. 



241 



720. — EuLE LXY. The conjunctions et^ ac, atqiiCj 
nee, neqiie ; aut, vet, and some others, couple similar 
cases and moods. See also Nos. 721, 722. 

1. Like cases. 



. Queen Money gives a wife with 
a portion, and credit, and friends, 
and birth, and beauty. 

Nothing is so mischievous as 
pleasure [is]. 

The pleasure of the mind is 
greater than the [pleasure] of the 
body ; and the diseases of the 
mind are more pernicious than 
[the diseases] of the body. 

Drunkenness is nothing else 
but a voluntary madness. 

Whithersoever thou goest, death 
follows, as a shadow [follows] a 
body. 

Glory follows virtue as a sha- 
dow. 

The covetous man is commend- 
ed as a frugal person. 

Nothing is so convenient either 
for prosperity or adversity, (for 
thiugs either prosperous or ad- 
verse) as friendship [is], 

OreduHty is an error, rather 
than a fault. 

Young men fall into diseases 
more easily than old men. 

You may overcome by policy 
better than by passion. 

It behoves me to comply with 
my father rather than v/ith my 
love. 

There is no vice worse than 
covetousness. 

What is sleep but the imago of 
death ? 



Uxor cum dos, fidesj?/^, ct 
amicus, et genus, et forma re- 
gina Pecunia donare. — Hob. 

Nihil esse tam pestifer 
qiiam voluptas \esse\. — Cic. 

Animus voluptas mnjoi 
esse q^u^m \vol'u^ta8\ corpus ; 
ct morbus animus perniciosior 
esse quam [inorJ)us\ corpus. 

Ebrietas nihil aliud esse 
qucwi voluntarius insania. — 
Sen. Ep. 83. 

Quocunque ingredi, sequi 
mors, corpus ut umbra. — 
Oato. 

Gloria virtus, tanquani um- 
bra, sequi. — Cio. 

Tanquam frugi laudari 
avarus. — JiJV. 14. 

Nihil esse tam conveniens 
ad res vel secundaa xel adver- 
sce qiLixm amicitia [esse]. — 
Oio. de Am. 

Oredulitas error esse, ma- 
gis qudm culpa. — Cio. F. Ep, 

Facilius in morbus incidere 
adolescens qudm senex. — 
Cio. 

Consilium melius vinccre 
qudm iracundia. 

Parens ego obsequi (Gr. 
403) potiiis, qudm amor, 
oportere. — Tee. See. 8. 4. 

Nullus vitium tetrior esse 
qudm. avaritia. — Cio. 

Quid esse somnus nisi mov< 
imago ? — OiG. 



11 



242 



SYNTAX. 



iN'obody ought to boast of any 
tMng but that which is his own. 

What will that man do in the 
dark who fears nothing but a wit- 
ness and a judge ? 

We cannot maintain friendship, 
except we love friends as well 
(equally) as ourselves. 

We rejoice for the joy of friends 
as much as for our own [joy]. 

Time slides away with a con- 
stant motion, no otherwise than 
a river. 

Anger perishes by staying (by 
delay), as brittle ice [does]. 



Kemo gloriari debere (quo- 
quam) 7iisi (xxxv.) suus. 

Qaid facere is homo in te- 
nebrss, qui nihil timere nisi 
testis et judex ? — Cic. Leg. 

Amicitia tueri non posse, 
nisi seque amicus, ac ego ipse 
(30) dihgere. — Cio. Fin. 

Laetari amicus Isetitia aeque 
atque noster Isetitia. — Id. 

Assiduus labi tempus mo- 
tus, non secus ac liumen. — 
Ov. Met. 15. 

Ut fragilis glacies, interire 
ira mora. — Oy. 



2. Like moods and tenses. 



Honesty is praised and starves. 

Virtue procures and preserves 
friendship. 

The thirst of covetousness is 
never filled nor satisfied. 

Juvenal says, that honesty is 
praised and starves. 

I would more willingly receive 
than [I would] do injury. 

It is better to receive than to 
do injury. 



Probitas laudari et algere. 

Virtus conciliare et conser- 
vare amicitia. — Cio. 

Nunquam expleri neque 
satiari cupiditas sitis. — Id. 

Juvenalis dicere, probitas 
laudari et algere. 

(38) Accipere libentiiis, 
qudm (38) facere, injuria. 

Accipere praestare, qudm 
facere, injuria.~Cio. 



3. An infinitive mood is often coupled with a noun or j^ro- 
noun substantive. 



Learn ye justice, being warned, 
and not to contemn heaven. 

ISTothing is the property of so 
narrow a soul as to love riches. 

itsTothing is so very common as 
to want wisdom (to be wise in 
nothing). 

723. — The games were j)er- 
formed during ten days, nor was 
any thing omitted. 



Discere justitia monitus, 
et non temnere coelum. 

Nihil esse tarn (xii.) angus- 
tus animus qudm amare divi- 
tise.— Cio. Off. 1. 

Nihil esse tarn valde vul- 
garis, qucim nihil sapere. — 
Cic. Div. 2. 

Ludus decern per dies^/EeW, 
neque res ulla, 2^^'CBtermittL 



PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 243 

PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 

[from crombie's gymnasium.] 

1. 

The Athenians were building the Avails of their city. This thing 
the LacedaEnionians took amiss. Themistocles deceived them by this 
stratagem : he went to Sparta as an ambassador, and denied to the 
Lacedaemonians that the walls were building. " But," says he, " if 
you do not believe me, send trusty men to inspect the city (Gr. 643- 
4th), and, in the meantime, detain me [here]." This they did. 

2. 

Themistocles, at the same time, secretly sent a messenger to the 
Athenians, and advised them (Gr. 677-3d) to detain the Lacedsemonian 
inspectors at Athens, by whatever means [they could], until they had 
built the walls, and had recovered him. The Athenians followed 
(obeyed) his counsel. Themistocles accordingly was recovered : the 
Lacedaemonian inspectors were restored, and Athens fortilied, against 
the will of the Lacedaemonians {invitus, Gr. 690). 

3. 
The father of a family one day came to Aristippus, and asked him 
to undertake (Gr. 677-3d) the education of his son (his son to be 
educated). To the philosopher asking five hundred drachmas as a fee, 
the father, who was a very covetous man, frightened at the price, 
said, that he could buy a slave for less (money). "Do so," said Aris- 
tippus, " and then you will have two." 

4. 
Hasdrubal passed over into Italy with a great army, and the Ro- 
man empire would have been ruined (it would have been over with 
the Roman empire), if he had been able to join huuself to his brother 
Hannibal But Claudius Nero, having left a part, of his army in the 
camp (Gr. 692, Rem.), hastened to Hasdrubal with a few chosen tioops, 
and joined (himself to) his colleague Livius, at the river Metaurus, 
and these two together (lit. both) conquered Hasdrubal. 

5. 
After him, Julian obtained the government and made war on the 
Parthians, in which expedition, I myself was present. He took by 
assault many towns of the Persians, and received others on surren- 
der. Returning victorious, he was slain by an enemy, on the sixth 
day before the Calends of July, and in the seventh year of his reign. 
He was a man remarkable for eloquence, and had a very retentive 
memory (Gr. 394). He was succeeded by Jovian (Jovian succeeded 
him), who was elected emperor by the army. 



244 SYNTAX. 

6. 

Tiberius Serapronius Gracchus, descended from a very noble 
f:imilj, would not suffer Scipio Asiaticus, though an enemy, to be 
carried to prison. The latter (Gr. 123-1) [when] prsetor, subdued 
Gaul. In his first consulship, he conquered Spain ; in his s^-cond, 
Sardinia. When he was accused of a capital crime {capitis) b}' the 
people, Sempronius swore tlmt he was not deserving of death, and 
that, if he should be sent into exile, he would go into exile (Lat., 
would change his soil) along w^ith him. Upon this (wherefore) he 
was acquitted. 

T. 
A war having arisen between the Romans and Albans, Hostilius 
and Tuffetius bemg leaders, before it came (was come) to a battle, 
it was agreed (it pleased them) to finish the affair by the combat of 
a few. There happened to be (there were by chance) among the 
Romans, three brothers born at one birth, by name Horatii, and, in 
like manner, three born at one birth among the Albans, named Cura- 
tii, equal [to them] in age and strength. It was agreed, therefore, 
that these should fight for the dominion, and the people to whom 
(to whichever people) the victors belonged, (they) should rule over 
the other. 



They engaged, and after man}^ wounds given and received (Gr. 
688) on both sides, two Romans fell, and the three Albans were 
severely wounded. The one Horatius, as 3'et untouched, but not a 
match for all the Albans (together), that he might divide their force 
and attack them singlj", pretended flight. They followed him one 
after another as their strength and the pain of their wounds per- 
mitted, and, as they came up, he slew them one by one. The Roman 
accordingly conquered, and these two states were united (joined into 
one) under the same name. 

9. 

Curius Dentatus, having subdued the Samnltes (Gr. 69*2, Rem.), 
said in an assembly, " I have taken so much land that there would 
have been a desert if I had not taken so many men ; and moreover, 
I have taken so many men that they would have perished by famine, 
if I had not taken so much land." He divided the fields among (to) 
the soldiers man by man, giving (them) fourteen acres each, and 
reserved as many for himself, saying that no man ought to be a 
general, who w^ould not be content with the share (part) of a com- 
mon soldier. 

[j^. B. The pupil may vary the preceding exercise, by putting 
the words of Dentatus, in the first part, in the oblique or indirect 
form (Gr. 650, <5ic.), and the report of his words at the end in the 
direct form. Bimilar variations may be made in others also.] 



PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 245 

10. 
No man was ever milder than Scipio Africaniis, and yet, suppos- 
ing that somewhat of severity was necessary for establishing military 
disciphnc, he Avas on a certain time cruel to his countrymen (citi- 
zens) ; for after he had conquered Carthage (Gr. 692, Rem.), and 
reduced under his power all who had gone over to the Carthaginians, 
he iiiilicled punishment more severely on the Roman deserters, than 
on the Latin. The former he crucified as fugitives from (of) their 
country, the latter he beheaded as perfidious allies. 

11. 
When Porsenna, king of the Etrurians, was endeavouring to restore 
Tarquinius Superbus to the government, and had taken the Janicu- 
Inm at the first assault, Horatius Codes, a man of the greatest bra- 
very, posted himself at the extreme part of the Sublician bridge, and 
alone withstood the whole force of the enemy, till the bridge was 
broken down behind him (from behind). Then he threw himself into 
the Tiber, and swam over to his friends unhurt, either by his fall or 
by the darts of the enemy. 

12. 

The Greeks, after the victory, determined to sail to the Helles- 
pont, and to destroy the bridge, that the king might not escape. 
Themistocles dissuaded them from this (Lat., this to them), by saying 
{Gi: 689-2) that the king being intercepted would renew the battle; 
and that despair sometimes achieves what valour cannot. At the 
same time, he sent a eunuch to the king, informing him, that unless 
he made his escape quickly, the bridge would be destroyed. Xerxes, 
therefore, betook himself to flight, and Themistocles thus preserved 
the victory to the Athenians. 

13. 
A certain youth had for a long time frequented the school of Zeno 
[the philosopher]. When he returned home, his father asked (from) 
him what he had learned. The young man modestly replied, that 
he would show him that by his conduct (manners). The father was 
grievously offended and beat him. The son remained perfectly com- 
posed and said, " I have learned to bear patiently a father's anger." 

14. 
In the reign of CaBsar Augustus (Gr. 694), a dolphin, as it is said, 
contra-^ted an attachment for tlie son of a poor man, who was accus- 
tomed to feed him with bits (fragments) of bread. Every day, the 
dolphin, when called by the boy, swam to the surface of the water, 
and being fed from his hand, carried the boy on his back from the 
shore at Bai^e (the Baian shore) to a school at Puteoli, and brought 
him back in the same manner. The boy having died, the dolphin, 
coming oftentimes to the accustomed place, and missing him, is said 
also to have died of grief. 



246 SYNTAX, 



15. 



P. Scipio, surnamed Africanus, from the conquest of Africa (Gr. 
684), is believed to have been the son of Jupiter, For, before he was 
conceived, a serpent of huge size appeared in his mother's bed ; and 
the snake having twisted around him [when] an infant, did not hurt 
him (hurt him nothing). He undertook no expedition, until he had 
sat some time in the chapel of Jupiter, as if he was receiving divine 
counsel (mind). When he was eighteen years of age (born 18 years), 
he saved the life of his father at Ticinum; and when he was twenty- 
four years old (had 24 years), he was sent as praetor (Gr. 689-l^t) 
into Spain, and took Carthage on the very day on which he 
arrived. 

16. 

A maiden of extraordinary beauty, whom he had taken [captive] 
in war, he forbade to be brouii:ht into his sight, and ordered her to 
be restored to her father, and her betrothed lover. He conquered, 
(Gr. 689-lst) and drove out of Italy, Hasdrubal and Mago, brothers 
of Hannibal, and formed an alliance (friendship) with Syphax, king 
of the Moors. Having returned home victorious (victor), he was 
made consul, before the [consular] years (i. e. before the legal age), 
and being sent into Africa, he conquered Hannibal, who had been 
compelled to return to Carthage to defend his country (Gr. 707). 
Being falsely accused of extortion, he went into voluntary exile, 
where he spent the rest of his life (age). 

n. 

Xerxes, before the naval battle in which he was defeated by The- 
mistocles, had sent four thousand of armed [men] to plunder (Gr. 
643-4th) the temple of Apollo, as if he was carrying on war, not only 
with the Greeks, but also with the immortal gods. This band was 
entirely destroyed by rain and thunder. Historians say that this 
was done, that he might understand how insignificant (nothing) was 
the strength of men against the immortal gods. The wicked do not 
reflect with themselves, that to war against heaven (the gods), is to 
court destruction for themselves. 

18. 

Xenophon, the discij)le of Socrates, was offering (making) a solemn 
sacrifice, when he heard that his elder son was slain at Mantinea. 
He did not however desist, but only laid down his crown, and asked 
how he had fallen. When he understood that his son had fallen in 
battle, fighting bravely for his country, he calmly replaced the crown 
upon his head, calling (Gr. 63-2 i7i fin.) the gods to witness, that he 
received (took) greater pleasure from the bravery of his son, than 
pain from his death. 



PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 247 

19. 
Marcus Aureliiis, the Roman emperor, applied to the study of 
wisdom, and, for that purpose, attended tlie lectures of (Lat,, heaid) 
bi xtus the philosopher. When lie was going out of the palace (Gr. 
688) one day, Lucius the philosopher, who liad lately come to Rome, 
met him, and asked him whither he was going, and on what business. 
3iarcus rei)lied, " It is becoming even for an old man to learn, and I 
am going to Sextus to learn (that I may know) those things w^liich I 
do not 3'et know." Lucius, raising his hands to heaven (Gr. G92), 
exclaimed, Jupiter] a Roman emperor, now in his old age, goes to 
school like (as) a boy. 

20. 
When Plato had come to tlie Olympic games, [an assembly] the 
most crowded of all the assemblies in Greece, he lodged with persons 
unknown to him ; and he was unknoAvn to them. Whilst he remained 
at Olympia, he so attached them to him, by the suavity of his man- 
ners, and by his conversations fvee from all affectation of wisdom, that 
they rejoiced exceedingly in the society of such a man. He made 
no mention, however, of the academy, or of Socrates; he told them 
merely that he was called Plato. 

21. 

The games being over, when they had come to Athens, Plato 
received them very kindly. Being very desirous (desiring greatly) 
to see the philosopher, they say [to him], "Show us that namesake 
of youi's, the disciple of Socrates, whose fame is so great every where. 
Take us to the Academy." He, softly smiling, as he used to do, said 
to them, " I am he." The visitors were amazed when they found 
that they had been so long the companions of Plato without know- 
ing him. 

22. 

Dion, being banished from Syracuse by the tyrant Dionysius, 
went to Megara. There, when he wished to have an interview with 
Theodorus the chief man of the city, and had come to his house foi 
that purpose, being detained a long time at the gate, and finally 
being refused admittance (prohibited to enter) he said to his compa- 
nion, calmly. " We must bear this patiently; perhaps we also, when 
we were in authority (the magistracy), sometimes did such things." 
By this tranquillity of mind, lie rendered the condition of his exile 
much more tolerable. 

23. 

Aristides among the Athenians, and Epaminondas among the 

Thebans, are said to have been such lovers (so loving, fond) of truth, 

that they never told a lie even in jest. Atticus, also, with whom 

Cicero lived in the greatest intimacy, neither told, nor could bear a 



248 SYNTAX. 

lie. "I hate that [man]," said Achilles, " equally as the gates of 
riuto, who sa3's one thing and thinks another." " Liars," said Aris- 
totle, " gain this, that they ai'e not believed when thej speak (credit 
is not given to them speaking) the truth." Simplicity and sincerity 
are most suited {conveniunt) to the nature of man. 



Ptolemy having conquered (Gr. 692) Demetrius, gained greater 
glory to himself from his moderation, than from his victory ; for ho 
dismissed the friends of Demetrius, not only with their property, but 
also with valuable gifts, saying that he had not begun the war for 
the sake of plunder. jSTot long after, Ptolemy, having engaged with 
Demetrius a second time, was himself defeated, and, having lost his 
fleet, fled into Egypt. Demetrius, to requite his kindness (Gr. 621-1), 
sent back to him his son, his brother, and all his friends, together 
with their goods. 

25. 

When Augustus Cffisar was supping with Yedius Pollio (at his 
house), one of the slaves broke a crystal vessel. Yedius immediately 
ordered him to be put to death ; nor was he to die by a common 
death, for he ordered him to be thrown into a fish-pond full of lam- 
preys. The boy terrified fled to the feet of Cresar. The emperor 
shocked (moved) at the cruel order of Pollio, ordered the boy to bo 
set free, all the crystal vessels to be broken, and the fish-pond to 
be filled up. "What!" said he, "because your vessel has been 
broken, shall, therefore, the bowels of a human being be torn, in 
pieces ? " 

26. 

When Pyrrhus, king of Epirus, had made war on the Romans, 
and he was distant from the Roman army only a few miles (millibus 
passuian), the physician of Pyrrhus came into the camp of Fabricius 
by night, promising that he would cut off the king by poison, if a 
reward should be given him proportioned to the magnitude of the 
service. Fabricius immediately caused him to be carried back to 
Pyrrhus, saying, it was disgraceful to contend with an enemy by 
poison, and not by arms. On this (wherefore) the king is reported 
to have said, "The sun can more easily be turned from his course, 
than Fabricius from (the path of) honor." 

21, 

Pisistratus the tyrant conducted himself willi the greatest equity 
in the government of Athens (Athenian government), which he had 
seized upon unjustly, and, except that he was fond of ruling, no citi- 
zen was better than he. If he saw any pereon walking about idle 



niOMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 249 

ia the market-place, he called them to him (Gr. G89-lst), and asked 
why they were idle. If they answered that they had neither cattle 
nor corn, he gave [them some], and ordered them to go and work 
(to betake themselves to work). AVhen he appeared (went forth) in 
public, two or three bo3's accompanied hiui, who carried niono}^ to 
be given to the poor. 

28. 

Gillias of Agrigentum, a man richer in mind than in wealth, was 
alwa3's employed in spending, rather than in getting money. lie 
erected buildings for public purposes (uses), he exhibited (gave) shows 
to the people, supplied food to the poor, gave dowries to virgins, 
received strangers in the kindest manner ; and, at one time, fed and 
clothed five hundred horsemen [who had been] driven ashore near 
his house (Gr. 611) by a storm. In short, whatever Gillias possessed, 
he seemed to consider as the common patrimony of all [men]. 

29. 

Antisthenes the philosopher was accustomed to exhort his scho- 
lars to attend (Gr. 677-3d) diligently to their studies; but few (of 
them) complied. At last, being in a passion, he sent them all away. 
Diogenes, however, one of them, being inflamed with a great desire 
of hearing the philosopher, came often to his school and resolutely 
stuck to him. Antisthenes threatened that he would break his head 
(the head of him) with a staff which he was wont to carry ; and when 
he saw that he was not frightened by his threats, he one day did 
actually beat him. 

30. 

Diogenes, however, did not go away. " Strike," said he, " if you 
please, but you will find no staff so hard that it can drive me from 
your school. I love you, and I desire to hear you; I have made up 
(taken it into) my mind to suffer (Gr. 677-3d) any thing for the sake 
of learning." Antisthenes, seeing that he was very desirous of know- 
ledge, admitted him again, and loved (embraced) him with great 
affection. "Xature," says Tullius, "has implanted in man an insa- 
tiable desire of searching for truth, that he may become wiser and 
better." 

31. 

Themistocles having conquered the Persians in a naval battle (Gr. 
692), said in an assembly at Athens, that he had (Gr. 394) a plan in 
his mind which would be useful to the state, but that it was neces- 
sary it should not be made public. He therefore demanded a person 
(that some one might be given to him) to whom he might communi- 
cate it, and Aristides was appointed (named) for th^at purpose (thing), 

11* 



250 SYNTAX. 

He then told Aristides, that the fleet of the Lacedsemonians, which 
had been withdrawn to the harbour at Gytheum, might be secretly 
set on fire, and thus the [naval] power of the Lacedemonians be 
destroyed (broken). 

32. 

Aristides having heard this (Gr. 692), returned to the assembly, 
and told his countrymen that the plan of Themistocles was indeed a 
veiy^ useful [one], but by^no means honourable. The Athenians 
judging that to be unprofitable (not useful) which was not honour- 
able, rejected on the authority of Aristides (Ar. being the author), 
a plan which tliey had not even heard. " We are born for (to) jus- 
tice, nor is right founded on opinion, but on nature. Cicero observes, 
tliat justice is the queen of virtues. Let it therefore remain [a prin- 
ciple] with us, that what is dishonoui'able is never useful." 



YOCABULARY. 



LATm AND ENGLISH. 



ABS 

A, ab, prep. /ro?7i, by. 

Abalieao, are, avi, at\ini, tr. 1. to 
alienate, 

Abditus, a, urn, pt. hidden, in- 
volved. 

Abdolonymus, i, m. 2. a mans 
name. 

Abdomen, inis, n. 3. the paunch, 
the belly. 

Abduco, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 8. to lead 
away, to remove. 

Abeo, ire, ii, seldom ivi, itum, irr. 
to go away, to depart, 

Abhinc, adv. hence, ago. 

Abliorreo, ere, iii, — intr. 2. to 
shrink, to be averse to, to be un- 
like. 

Abigo, ere, egi, actum, tr. 3. to 
drive aiuay. 

Abjicio, ere, jeci, jectum, tr. 3. to 
throio ainay. 

Abseiis, tis, adj. absent. 

Absisto, ere, stiti, intr. 3. to depart 
from, to desist. 

Absolute, adv. absolutely. 

Absolvo, gre, vi, utum, tr. 3. to 
absolve, to acquit. 

Absterreo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 2. to 
deter, to hinder. 

Abstinens, tis, adj. abstinent, tem- 
perate. 



ACC 

Abstineo, ere. ui, tentum, tr. &. 

intr. 2. to keep off, abstain from, 
Abstraho, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to 

draw away, to separate. 
Absum, esse, fui, irr. to be absent^ 

to be wanting. 
Absurde, adv. absurdly. 
Absurdus, a, um, adj. absurd, sense- 
less. 
Abundans, tis, adj. abounding, 

rich. 
Abundantia, se, f. 1. abundance^ 

plenty. 
Abunde, adv. abundantly, richly. 
Abundo, are, avi, atum, intr. 1. to 

overflow, to abound. 
Ac, conj. and 

Academia, ae, f. 1. the academy, 
Acaderaicus, i, m. 2. an academic. 
Accedo, ere, ssi, ssum, intr. 3. to 

advance, to approach, 
Accendo, ere, di, sum, tr. 3. to 

kindle, to burn. 
Accensus, a, um, pt. kindled, in- 
flamed. 
Accessus, us, m. 4. an approach, 

landing. 
Accido, ere, idi, — intr. 3. to fall 

down, to happen. 
Accipio, ere, cepi, ceptum, tr. 3. to 

take, to receive. 



ADH 



252 



ADXJ 



Accitus, a, urn, pt. being called, 

sent for. 
Accola, se, c. 1. a iiear inhabitant, 

a neighbour. 
Accommodo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. 

to pict upon, to suit, to leud. 
Accusatio, onis, f. 3. accusation. 
Acciisator, oris, m. 3. gm accuser. 
Acctiso, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to ac- 
cuse. 
Acer, (fe acris, e, adj. sharp, sour, 

fierce. 
Acer be, adv. bitterly, cruelly. 
Acerbus, a, Tim, adj. unripe, sour, 

sharp, harsh. 
Acervus, i, m. 2. a heap. 
Achaia, ee, f. 1. Achaia, a country 

of Greece. 
Achilles, is, m. 3. a Grecian hero. 
Acidus, a, um, adj. acid, sour. 
Aeies, ei, f. 5. a line of soldiers, an 

army in battle array. 
Aequiro, ere, sivi, situra, tr. 3. to 

acquire. 
Acriter, us, aeerrime, adv. sharply. 
Acta, crura, n. 2. actions, deeds. 
Actio, onis, f. 3. an action. 
Actus, a, um, part, done, past. 



Acuminatus, a, um, part, pointed. 
Acuo, ere, ui, utum, tr. 3. to 

sharpen. 
Acutus, a, um, adj. acute, sharp. 

keen. 
Ad, prep, to, at, about. 
Adamo, fire, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

love. 
Addico, ere, xi, etum, tr. 3. to ra- 
tify, to adjudge. 
Addo, ere, idi, itum, tr. 3. to add. 
x\dduco, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to 

bring to. 
Adeo, ire, ivi or ii, itum, intr. irr. 

to go to, to approach, to visit. 
Adeo, adv. so, so that, so onuch. 
Adhsereo, ere, si, sum, intr. 2. to 

stick to, to adhere. 
Adhasresco, ere, intr. 3. to 

stick to, to adJiere. 



Adliibeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 2. to 

adopt, to employ, to use, to 

bring. 
Adhuc, adv. hitherto, yet, still. 
Adimo, ere, emi, emptum, tr. 3. to 

take aioay, to remove. 
Adipiscor, ipisci, eptus, dep. 3. to 

get, to obtain. 
Aditus, us, m. 4. access, passage. 
Adjicio, ere, jeci, jeetum, tr. 3. to 

throw to, to add. 
Adjungo, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to 

join to, to unite^ 
Adjiitor, oris, m. 3. an assist aiit. 
Adjutrix, icis, f. 3. an assistant. 
Adjuvo, are, jiivi, jutum, tr. 1. to 

help, to assist. 
Adrainistro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. 

to manage, to conduct. 
Ad mi ratio, onis, f. 3. loonder, ad- 
miration. 
Admiror, ari, atus, dep. 1. to won- 
der at, to admire. 
Admitto, ere, misi, missum, tr. 3. 

to admit. 
Adraoneo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 2. to 

remind, to admo7iish. 
Adolescens, tis, c. 3. a youth, a 

young man or woman. 
Adolescentia, se, f. 1. youth. 
Adolesco, ere, olevi, rarely olui, 

ultum, intr. 3. to grow up, to 

burn. 
Adopto, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

adopt. 
Adoro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

adore. 
Adparatus, see Apparatus. 
Adscisco, ere, ivi, itum, tr, 3. to 

take to, to associate. 
Adsto, stare, stiti, stitum, intr. to 

stand by. 
Adsum, esse, fui, irr. to be present. 
Adulans, tis, pt. flattering. 
Adulans, tis, m. 3. one flattering, a 

fl.atterer. 
Adulator, oris, m. 3. a flatterer. 
Adiilor, ari, atus, dep. to flatter. 
Adulter, gri, m. 2. an adulterer. 



AEN 



253 



AFR 



Adultorluus, a, urn, ad}, false, coun- 
terfeit. 

Ad vena, fe, f. 1. a stranger. 

AJvenio, ire, vGiii, ventum, iutr. 4. 
to come to, to arrive. 

Adventus, us, m. 4. advent, ap- 
proach, arrival. 

Ad versa rius, ii, m. 2. adversary, 

. enemy. 

Adverser, ari, atus, dep. 1. to op- 
pose. 

Adversus, a, um, adj. opposite, ad- 
verse. 

Adversiis, <fe um, prep, against, 
over against. 

Advo'.o, are, avi, atum, intr. to 

Aedificium, ii, n. 2, an edifice. 

Aedifico, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
build. 

Aedilis, is, m. 3. a7i cedile. 

Aedis, & redes, is, f. 3. a building, 
a temple. 

Aeduus, i, m. 2. one of the Aedui. 

AegfB, arum, f. 1. Aegce, the 7iame 
of a place. 

Aeger, gra, grum, adj. sick, dis- 
eased. 

Aegisthus, i, m. 2. Aegisthus, a 
mans name. 

Aegre, ius, gerrime, adv. griev- 
ously, with difficulty. 

Aegritudo, iiiis, f. 3. sickness, sor- 
roio. 

Aegrotus, a, urn, adj. sick, dis- 
eased. 

Aegypta, se, f. 1. a looman's name. 

Aegyptus, i, f. 2. Egypjt, a country 
of Africa. 

Aemilianus, i, m. 2. a man^s name. 

Aemilius, ii, m, 2. a man^s name. 

Aemulatio, onis, f. 3. emulation, 
competition. 

Aemulor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to rival, 
to envy, to imitate. 

Aeneas, ae, m. 1, Aeneas, son of 
Anchises. 

Aeneus, a, um, adj. made of brass, 
brazen. 



Aeolus, i, m. 2. the god of the 
winds. 

Aequcllis e, adj. equal, contempo- 
rary. 

Aequ6, adv. equally. 

Aequitas, atis, f. 3. equity, justice. 

Aequo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
equal. 

Aequus, a, um, adj. equal, just, 



Aer, aeris, m. 3. the air, ace 
aera. 

Aerumna, se, f. 1. toil, affliction, 

Aes, aBris, intr. 3. brass, money. 

Aesopus, i, m. 2. Aesop. 

Ae^tas, atis, f. 3. summer. 

Aestimatio, onis, f. 3. a valuing, 

Aestiraator, oris, m. 3. a valuer. 

Aestimo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
value, to esteem. 

Aestivus, a, um, adj. relating to 
summer. 

Aestuo, are, avi, atum, intr. 1. to be 
heated. 

Aestus, us, m. 4. the tide. 

Aetas, atis, f. 3. age, time. 

Aeternitas, atis, f. 3. eternity. 

Aether, eris, ra. 3. the air. 

Aevum, i, n. 2. an age, a life. 

Afer, fri, m. 2. an African. 

Affabilitas, atis, f. 3. courtesy, kind- 
ness. 

Affectatio, onis, f. 3. afection. 

Affectio, onis, f. 3. disposition. 

Affectus, us, m. 4. an affection, a 



Affero, afferre, attuli, allatum, irr, 
to bring to. 

Afficio, ere, eci, ectum, tr. 3. to 
affect, to move. 

Aff'igo, ere, xi, xum, tr. 3. to fix, 
fasten ; affigere cruci, to crucify. 

Affirmo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
affirm, to assert. 

Afflueus, tis, adj. flowing, abound- 
ing. 

Africa, ae, f. 1. Africa. 

Africanus, i, m. 2. Africanus, a 
surname. 



ALI 



254 



AMI 



Agamemnon, onis, m. 3. king of 

Mycenae, 
Ager, agri, m. 2. a field, land. 
Agesilaus, i, m. 2. a Spartan Icing. 
Aggredior, di, essus, dep. 3. to go 

up to, to attack. 
Aggrego, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

join. 
Agilis, e, adj. active, nimble. 
Agis, idis, m. 3. a Spartan king. 
Agito, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to exer- 
cise, to speak of. 
Agmen, inis, n. 3. an army {on the 

march). 
Agnoseo, ere, novi, nitnm, tr. 3. to 

recognize, to acknowledge. 
Agnus, i, m. 2. a lamh. 
Ago, ere, egi, actum, tr. 3. to drive, 

to lead, to do, to treat ; actum 

est, it is all over. 
Agrestis, e, adj. relating to the 

country, rude. 
Agricola, ae, m. 1. a husbandman. 
Agricola, se, m. 1. Agricola, a Ro- 
man general. 
Agricultura, ae, f. 1. agriculture, 

husbandry. 
Agrigentinus, a, um, adj. of Agri- 

gentum. 
Agngentum, i, intr. 2. a town of 

Sicily. 
Aio, def. 1 say. 

Ala, 86, f. 1. a wing, a squadron. 
Albanus, a, urn, adj. of Alba, Al- 

ban. 
Aleibiades, is, m. 3. Alcibiades. 
Aleator, oris, m. 3. a dice-player, a 

gamester. 
Alexander, dri, m. 2. Alexander 

the Great. 
Alexandria, ae, f. 1. a city of 

Egypt. 
Algeo, ere, si, — intr. 2. to be very 

chill, to be cold, to starve. 
Algor, oris, m, 3. cold. 
Alias, adv. at another time ; alias, 

— alias, at one time, — at an- 
other time. 
Alicubi, adv. someivhere. 



Alienus, a^ umj adj. belonging to 
another i another^s, foreign, free 
from. 

Alimentum, i, n. 2. nourishment, 
food. 

Alio, adv. to another place. 

Aliquando, adv. sometimes, once. 

Aliquantus, a, um, adj. so7ne, con- 
siderable. 

Aliquis, qua, quod or quid, pron. 
some person or thing, some. 

Aliquo, adv. to some place. 

Aliquot, adj. indec. some, 

Aliquoties, adv. several times. 

Aliter, adv. otherwise. 

Aliunde, adv. from another place ; 
aliunde alio, from one place to 
another. 

Alius, a, ud, pron. another. 

Allicio, ere, exi, ectum, tr. 3. to at- 
tract, to allure. 

AUoquor, qui, cutus, or quutus, 
dep. 3. to speak to, to address. 

Alo, ere, ui, altum, or alitum, tr. 3. 
to feed, to nourish. 

Alpes, ium, m. pi. ^. the Alps. 

Alter, era, erum, adj. another the 
other, second. 

Altus, a, um, adj. high, deep. 

Alvus, i, f. 2. the belly. 

Amabilis, e, adj. lovely, amiable. 

Amans, tis, adj. loving. Sub. a 
lover. 

Ambio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. 4. to sur- 
round, encircle. 

Ambitio, onis, f. 3. ambition. 

Ambitus, us, m. 4. a going around, 
a circuit. 

Ambo, 86, o, adj. pi. both. 

Ambulo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
%joalk. 

Amice, adv. friendly. 

Amicio, ire, ui, or xi, ctum, tr. 4. 
to clothe. 

Amicitia, sb, f. 1. friendship. 

Amiculum, i, n. 2. a cloak. 

Amicus, i, m. 2. a friend. 

Amitto, ere, isi, issum, tr. 3. to 
send away, to lose. 



ANT 



255 



APP 



Amnis, is, m. 3. a river. 

A mo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
love. 

Amor, oris, m. 3. love. 

Amoveo, ere, ovi, otum, tr. 2. to 
remove. 

Amplector, ti, xus, dep. 3. to twist 
around, to embrace. 

Amplitudo, inis, f. 3. greatness^ 
high station. 

Amplius, adv. more. 

Ampins, a, um, adj. large^ much, 
great. 

An, adv. <fe conj. whether ? or. 

Ancora, se, f. 1. an anchor. 

Anciis, i (Martins), m. 2. one of the 
Roman kings. 

Androgeos, ei, ra. 2. a man's name. 

Ango, ere, xi, — tr. 3. to strangle, 
to vex, to grieve. 

Angor, oris, m. 3. pain, anguish. 

Angustia, se, f. 1. a strait, narrow- 
ness. 

Angustus, a, um, adj. narrow, 
strait. 

Anima, se, f. 1. breath, life, the 
soul. 

Animadversio, onis, f. 3. an obser- 
vation, a reproof. 

Animadverto, ere, ti, sum, tr. 3. to 
perceive, to consider. 

Animal, alls, intr. 3. an animal. 

Animans, tis, f. sometimes m. & 
n. 3. an animal. 

Animus, i, m, 2. the mind, the soid, 
courage. 

Annalis, is, m. 3. the history of a 
year, pi. annals. 

Annon, adv. whether or not. 

Annulus, i, m. 2. a ring. 

Annus, i, m. 2. a year. 

Ante, prep, before. 

Ante, adv. before, previously. 

An tea, adv. before, formerly. 

Anteactus, a, um, pt. done before. 

Antecedo, ere, cessi, cessum, tr. 3. 
to go before, to excel. 

Antecello, ere, — , — , intr. to ex- 
cel, surpass. 



Anteeo, ire, ii, seldom ivi, itum, 
intr. irr. to go before, to excel. 

Antefero, ferre, tuli, latum, tr. irr. 
to carry before, to prefer. 

Antegredior, di, gressus, dep. 3. to 
go before. 

Antepono, ere, sui, si turn, tr. 3. to 
set before, to prefer. 

Antequam, adv. before that, 

Anticyra, a?, f. 1. Anticyra, a city 
of jPhocis. 

Antigonus, i, m. 2. a man's name. 

Antiochus, i, m. 2. a Syrian king. 

Antipater, tri, m. 2. Ajitipater, one 
of Alexander's generals. 

Antiquitas, atis, f. 3. antiquity. 

Antiquus, a, um, adj. old, ancient. 

Antisthenes, is, m. 3. a cynic phi- 
losopher. 

Antonius, ii, m. 2. Antony. 

Anystis, is, m. 3. Anystis, a man's 
name. 

Anxius, a, um, adj. thoughtful, 
anxious. 

Apcrio, ire, ui, turn, tr. 4. to open, 
to explain. 

Aperte, adv. openly. 

Apertus, a, um, adj. open, wide. 

Apis, is, f. 3. a bee. 

Apollo, inis, m. 3. Apollo, the god 
of music, <fec. 

Apolloniates, is, m. 3. a native of 
Apollonia. 

Apollonius, ii, m. 2. a man's name. 

Apparatus, us, m. 4. splendour. 

Appareo, ere, ui, itum, intr. 2. to 
appear. 

Appello, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
call to, to name. 

Appetens, tis, adj. desirous, eager 
for. 

Appetitus, us, m. 4. appetite, de- 
sire. 

Appeto, ere, ivi, itum, tr. 3. to de- 
sire, to catch at, strive after. 

Applico, are, avi, atum, or ui, itum, 
tr. 1. to apply. 

Approbatio, onis, f. 3. approba- 
tion. 



ARI 



256 



ASS 



Approbo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

approve. 
Appropinquo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. 

to draw nigh, to approach. 
April is, is, eq. S. the month of 

April. 
Apt us, a, um, adj. fit, suitable, 

proper. 
Apud, prep, at, near. 
Apulia, £6, f. 1. Apulia, a province 

of Italy. 
Aqua, se, f. 1. water. 
Ara, 86, f. 1. an altar. 
Arabs, abis, m. 3. an Arab. 
Arator, oris, m. 3. a ploughman. 
Aratrum, i, n. 2, a plough. 
Arbitror, ari, atus, dep. 1. to judge, 

to think. 
Arbor, & arbos, oris, f. 3. a tree. 
Area, se, f. 1. a chest, a coffer. 
Arcadius, a, um, adj. belonging to 

Arcadia, Arcadian. 
Arceo, ere, cui, ctum, tr. 2. to keep 

off] drive away. 
Arcesilaus, i, m. 2. a ynarCs name. 
Arcesso, ere, ivi, itum, tr. 3. to call, 

to summon. 
Archytas, as, m. 1. Archytas, a 

man's name. 
Arcus, us, m. 4. a bow, a rai7ibow. 
Ardeo, ere, si, sum, intr. 2. to 

burn. 
Ardor, oris, tCL 3. eagerness, ardonr. 
Arduus, a, um, adj. high, steep, dif- 
ficult. 
Area, se, f. 1. a tlireshing -floor, a 

field. 
Aresco, ere, intr. 3. to become dry. 
Arganthonius, ii, m. 2. Argantho- 

nius, a man's name. 
Argentum, i, n. 2. silver. 
Argilla, ae, f. 1. luhite clay. 
Argumentum, i, n. 2. an argu- 
ment. 
Arguo, ere, ui, utum, tr. 3. to show, 

to accuse. 
Aridus, a, um, adj. dry. 
Ariminum, i, n. 2. AriminiLm^ a 

town in Italy. 



Ariovistus, i, m. 2. a German king. 

Aristides, is, m. 3. Aristides, an 
Athenian. 

Aristippus, i, m. 2. a Grecian phi- 
losopher. 

Aristoteles, is, m. 3. a Grecian 
philosopher. 

Arma, orum, n. 2. arms. 

Armenius, ii, m. 2. an Armenian. 

Armo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to arm, 
to equip. 

Aro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
plough. 

Arrogans, tis, adj. arrogant, proud. 

Arrogantia, as, f, 1. arrogance^ 
pride, insolence. 

Ars, tis, f. 3. an art, skill. 

Artifex, icis, c. 3. an artist. 

Artus, us, m. 4. a joint, a limb. 

Aruns, untis, m. 3, the son of Tar- 
quin. 

Arvum, i, n. 2. a ploughed field, 
afield. 

Arx, cis, f. 3. a fortress, a citadel. 

Ascendo, ere, di, sum, tr. 3. to as- 
cend, to climb. 

Asia. 88, f. 1. Asia. 

Asiaticus, i, m. 2. a surname of 
Scipio. 

Asina, ae, m. 1. a man^s name. 

Aspectus, us, m. 4. aspect, appear- 
ance. 

Asper, era, erum, adj. rough, cruel. 

Aspicio, ere, exi, ectum, tr. 3. to 
look to, to see. 

Assentatio, onis, f. 3. assent^ flat- 
tery. 

Assentator, oris, m. 3. a flat- 
terer. 

Assentior, iri, sus, dep. 4. to as- 
sent, to agree. 

Assequor, qui, cutus, or quutus, 
dep. 3. to overtake, to obtain. 

Assiduus, a, um, adj. assiduous, 
constant. 

Assimulo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
make like, to compare. 

Assuefacio, ere, feci, factum, tr. 3. 
to accustom. 



AUT 



257 



Assuetudo, inis, f. 3. customy use, 

Astrum, i, n. 2. a star. 

At, coiij. but. 

Athenai, arum, f. 1. Athens^ the 

capital of Attica. 
Athenieusis, is, m. 3. ayi Athe- 

nian. 
Atilius, ii, m. 2. a man^s name. 
At que, conj. and. 
Atrox, cis, adj. atrocious. 
Attentas, a, uru, adj. attentive. 
Attieus, i, m. 2. a man's name. 
Attineo, ere, ui, — tr. 2. to hold 

back, to belong. 
Attingo, ere, tigi, tactum, tr. 3. to 

reach, arrive at. 
Auctor & Autor. oris, m. 3, author, 

ratifier ; auctor fieri, to confirm, 
Auctoritas, atis, f. 3. authority. 
Aucupo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

listen to. 
Audacia, ae, f. 1. boldness, cour- 

age.- 
Audacter, (cius, cessime), adv. 

boldly. 
Audax, cis, adj. bold. 
Audeo, ere, siis, intr. p. to be bold, 

to dare. 
Audio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. 4. to hear. 
Audltus, us, m. 4. the sense of 

hearing. 
Aufero, ferre, abstuli, ablatum, tr. 

irr. to take away, 
Augeo, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 2. to in- 
crease. 
Augur, uris, m. S. an augur. 
Augurium, ii, n. 2. an augury. 
Augustus, i, m. 2. a man's name. 
Aula, 86, f. 1. a court, a hall. 
Aurelius, ii, m. 2. a Roman com- 
mander. 
Aureus, a, um, adj. made of gold, 

golden. 
Auris, is, f. 3. the ear. 
Aurum, i, n. 2. gold. 
Auspicor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to take 

the auspices, to begin. 
Aut, conj. or, either. 
Auteiu, conj. but, however. 



Auxilium, ii, n. 2. assistance, 

help. 
Avaritia, ffi, f. 1. avarice, covetous- 

ness. 
Avarus, a, um, adj. covetouSy 

greedy. 
Avarus, i, m. 2. a covetous man. 
Aveo, ere, tr. 2. to desire, to 

covet. 
Avernus, i, m. 2. Avernus, a lake 

in. Campania^ hell. 
Avernus, a, um, adj. belonging to 

Avernus, infernal. 
Averto, ere, ti, sum, tr. 3. to turn 

away. 
Avis, is, f. 3. a bird, a fowl. 
Avolo, are, avi, atum, intr. 1. to fly 

away, escape. 
Avunculus, i, m. 2. an uncle. 
Avus, i, m. 2. a grandfather. 

B. 

Babylon, onis, f. 3. Babylon, the 

capital of Chaldoea. 
Babylonia, se, f. 1. Babylonia, the 

country around Babylon. 
Bacca, se, f. 1. a berry. 
Baeclia, se, f. 1. a priestess of Bac- 
chus. 
Bactrianus, a, um, adj. of Bac- 

triana. 
Baculum, i, n. 2. a staff. 
Baianus, a, um, adj. of Baice. 
Balbus, i, m. 2. a mans name. 
Barbarus, a, um, adj. barbarous, 

wild. 
Beate, adv. happily. 
Beatus, a, um, adj. happy, blessed. 
Bebius, ii, m. 2. a man's name. 
Belgee, arum, m. 1. the Belgians. 
Bello, are, avi, atum, intr. 1. to 

war. 
Bellua, 33, f. 1. a large beast. 
Bellum, i, n. 2. war. 
Bene, adv. 2. well. 
Benefacio, ere, feci, factum, tr. 3. to 

do good. 



BRE 



258 



CAM 



Benefactum, i, n. 2. a 

a favour, 
Beneficentia, ae, f. 1. heneficence^ 

khichiess. 
Beiieticium, ii, n. 2. a benefit^ a 

favour. 
Beoeficus, a, um, adj. beneficent^ 

kind. 
Beriefio, fieri, factus, in*, to be well 
' done. 

Bene vole, adv. kindly. 
Benevolentia, se, f. 1. benevolence^ 

good-will. 
Benigne, adv. bourdifully, liber- 
ally. 
Beiiignitas, atis, f. 3. kindness^ 

generosity. 
Benigiius, a, uQi, adj. kind, cour- 

teons. 
Bestia, se, f. 1. a wild beast. 
Bestiola, ffi, f. 1. a small animal. 
Bibliotheca, a3, f. 1. a library. 
Bibo, ere, bibi, bibitum, tr. 3. to 

drink. 
Bibulus, i, m. 2. a mail's name. 
Biduum, i, n. 2. the space of two 

days. 
Bini, se, a, adj. two by two^ two (at 

a time). 
Bis, adv. tivice. 
Bitiiriges, um, m. 3. a people of 

Gaul. 
Blanditia, te, f. 1. a compliment, 

flattery. 
Blandus, a, um, adj. gentle, kind. 
Bocchns, i, m. 2. a king of Mauri- 
tania. 
Bonitas, atis, f. 3. goodness. 
Bonoiiia, as, f. 1, JBononia, a town 

in Italy. 
Boiium, i, n. 2. a good thing, a 

blessing. 
Bonus, a, um, adj. good. 
Bos, bovis, c. 3. an ox or coio. 
Brachium, ii, n. 2. an arm. 
Brevis, e, adj. short. 
Brevitas, atis, f. 3. shortness, bre- 
' vity. 
Breviter, (ius, issime), adv. briefly. 



Britaania, 93, f. 1. Britain. 
Britannus, i, m. 2. a Briton. 

Brixellum, i, n. 2. Brixellum, a 

town in Italy. 
Brundusium, ii, u. 2. a city of 

Italy. 
Brutus, i, m. 2. one of the flrst 

Roman consuls. 



C. 

Cado, ere, ceeidi, easum, intr. 3. to 

fall. 
Caducus, a, um, adj. ready to fall, 

frail. 
C^ecus, a, um, adj. blind, dark. 
Casdes, is, f. 3. slaughter, murder. 
Caido, ere, cecidi, ctesum, tr. 3. to 

cut, to kill. 
Caesar, aris, m. 3. Caesar, a rnan's 

name. 
(Csetei-, seldom used,) era, erum, 

adj. the oth.er, the rest. 
Calamitas, atis, f. 3. a calamity, a 

misfortune. 
Calamitosus, a, um, adj. calami- 

tou% oniserable. 
Calear, aris, n. 3. a spur. 
Calco, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

trample upon, to kick. 
Caleo, ere, ui, — intr. 2. to be 

loarm, to be hot. | 

Calidus, a, um, adj. warm, fiery, \ 

angry, enraged. ' 

Caligo, inis, f. 3. darkness. 
Caligula, ss, m. 1. a Roman em- 
peror. 
Calleo, ere, ui, — intr. 2. to grow 

callous. 
Calliditas, atis, f. 3. skilfulness, 

cunning. 
Callidus, a, um, adj. skilful, ex- 
pert. 
Calor, oris, m. 3. heat. 
Calpurnius, ii, m. 2. a marCs name, 
Calumnia, se, f. 1. calumny, dan- 
der. 
Campus, i, m. % a plain^ a field. 



CAT 



259 



Candor, oris, ni. 3. luhiteness. 

Caiididiis, a, urn, adj. white, bright 

CaniSy is, c. 3. a dog or bitcJt. 

Caiiistius, ii, m. 2. Canutius, a 
iriaiis liame. 

Capesso, ere, ivi, itiim, tr. 3. to 
take in hand, to begin. 

Ca2>io, ere, cepi, captuin, tr. 3. to 
- take, to seize. 

Capitiilis, e, adj. capital^ hurtfid. 

Ca{)itolium, ii, n. 2. the Capitol. 

Cappadocia, 3e, f. 1. Cappadocia. 

Caproai, arum, 1. pi. Capreay an 
is/ajf.'I. 

Capliviis, i, in. 2. a captive. 

Captus, ji, 11 in, })t. takeUy seized, 
ajf'ectcd, deprived of; one taken ^ a 
captive. 

Capua, a3, f. 1. the city Capua. 

Caput, itis, n. 3. the head, 

Carbo, on is, m. 3. a Roman con- 
sul. 

Cai'eer, eris, m. 3. a prison. 

Care, adv. dearly, at a great price. 

Careo, ere, ui, ituni, intr. 2. to 
want, to be free froia. 

Caiitas, fitis, f. 3. dearth, love, affec- 
tion. 

Carmen, inis, n. 3. a verse, a 
song. 

Caro, carnis, f. 3. Jlesh. 

Carpo, ere, psi, ptum, tr. 3. to 
blame. 

Cariliago, inis, f. 3. Carthage. 

Carus, a, um, adj. d^ar, beloved. 

Caste, adv. chastely, devoutly. 

Castellum, i, n. 2. a fort. 

Castigatio, onis, f. 3. chastisement, 
reproof. 

Casligator, oris, m. 3. a chastiser, 
a corrector. 

Castor, oris, m. 3. Castor, one of the 
sons of Leda. 

Castra, brum, n. pi. 2. a camp. 

Castus, a, um, adj. chaste, re- 
ligious. 

Casus, us, m. 4. a fall, an acci- 
dent. 

Catena, £e, f. 1. a chain. 



Catilina, 03, m. 1. Catiline, a Ro- 
man. 
Cato, dnis, m. 3. Cato, a Roman. 
Causa, a), f. 1. a cause, a reason, a 

motive. 
Caute, adv. cautiously, prudently. 
Caveo, eie, cavi, cautum, tr. 2. to 

beware of, to avoid. 
Cavo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to make 

hollow. 
Cecrops, pis, m. 3. the first king of 

Attica. 
Cedo, ere, cessi, cessum, tr. 3. to 

give place, to yield. 
Celebritas, atis, f. 3. a throng, a 

numcroics attendance. 
Celebro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

celebrate. 
Celeritas, atis, f. 3. rapidity, quick- 
ness. 
Celeriter, adv. (ius, errime), quick, 

comp. quicker, sooner. 
Cella, ae, f. 1. a chapel. 
Celo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to hide, 

to conceal. 
Celsus, a, um, adj. erect, high, 

lofty. 
Censeo, ere, ui, um, tr. 2. to think, 

to judge. 
Censor, oris, m. 3. a censor. 
Census, us, m. 4. a valuation of 

one's estate, &c., a census. 
Centeni, S8, a, adj. a hundred to 

each. 
Centesimus, a, um, adj. hund- 
redth. 
Centum, adj. ind. a hundred. 
Centurio, onis, m. 3. a centurioyi. 
Ceres, eris, f. 3. Ceres, the goddess 

of corn. 
Cereus, a, um, adj. made of wax, 

waxen. 
Cerno, ere, crevi, cretum, tr. 3. to 

see clearly. 
Certamen, inis, n. 3. a contest, a 



Certe, adv. certainly, at least. 
Certo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to con- 
tend, to fight. 



CIV 



260 



coa 



Certus, a, um, adj. certain^ sure^ 

confidential, trusty. 
Cervix, icis, f. 3. the hinder part of 

the nscky the neck. 
Cespes, itis, m. 3. a turf, a sod. 
Cesso, are, avi, atum, intr. 1. to 

cease, to loiter. 
Ceterus (Cseterus), a, um, adj. othe7'. 
Ceu, adv. as it loere, even, as. 
Chamaeleon, ontis & onis, m. 3. a 

chameleon. 
Chai'itas, atis, f. 3. see Caritas. 
Cliarta, 9b, f, 1. paper. 
Chilis, ii, f. 2. Chios, an island. 
Chrysippiis, i, m. 2. a Stoic pluloso- 

pher. 
Chrysogoa-us, i, m. a marHs name. 
Cibus, i, m. 2. food, meat. 
Cicero, onis, m. 3. M. T. Cicero, a 

Roman orator. 
Cimbricus, a, um, adj. Cimhria7i. 
Ciinmerius, ii, m. 2. a Cimmerian. 
Cimon, oiiis, m. 3. a man's oiarne. 
Cingo, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to gird, 

to surround. 
Cingonius, ii, m. 2. a man^s name. 
Cinna, og, m. 1. Cinna, a Roman 

consul. 
Cireum, prep, around, about. 
Circiimfluo, ere, xi, xum, tr. 3. to 

flow about, to abound. 
Circumfodio, ere, fodi, fossum, tr. 

3. to dig arourid. 
Cireumfusus, a, lira, pt. sur- 
rounded. 

Cireumsto, stare, steti, — tr. 1. to 

stand around. 
Circumvenio, ire, veni, ventum, tr. 

4. to surround. 

Citerior, us, adj. comp. hither, on 

this side. 
Cithara, se, f. 1. « harp. 
Cito, adv. quickly, soon. 
Cito, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to cite, 

call, summon. 
Civilis, e, adj. belonging to citizens, 

civil. 
Civis, is, c. 3. a citizen. 
Civitas, atis, f. 3. a state, a city. 



Clam, adv. secretly, privately. 

Clamor, oris, m. 3. clamoTf noise j a 
shout. 

Claritas, atis, f. 3. clearness, 

Clarus, a, um, adj. clear, illustri- 
ous, distinguished. 

Classis, is, f. 3. a fleet. 

Claudius, ii, m. 2. a marCs name. 

Claude, ere, si, sum, tr. 3. to shut^ 
to close. 

Cleanthes, is, m. 3. a man^s name. 

Cleanthus, i, m. 2. Cleanthus, a 
man's name. 

dementia, se, f. 1. courtesy, mercy. 

Clinia, sb, m. 1. a mans name. 

Clodius, ii, m. 2. a celebrated Ro- 
man. 

Cloelia, se, f. 1. a Roman maiden. 

Cluentius, ii, m. a man's name. 

Clypeus, i, m. <fe um, i, n. 2. a 
shield. 

Coao«ervatio, onis, f. 3. a heaping 
together. 

Codes, is, m. 3. a man's name. 

Coelestis, e, adj. relating to heaven, 
heavenly. 

Coelius, ii, m. 2. a mail's name. 

Coelum, i, n. PL i, orum, m. 2. 
heaven, the sky. 

Coeno, are, avi, atum, intr. 1. to sup. 

Coenum, i, n. 2. dirt, filth. 

Coepi, coepisse, def. to begin. 

Coerceo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 2. to re- 
strain, to check. 

Coetus, us, m. 4. a croivd, a com- 
pany. 

Cogitatio, onis, f. 3. a thinking, a 
refiection. 

Cogitato, adv. designedly. 

Cogito, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
think, to reflect. 

Cognatus, a, um, adj. kindred, con- 
genial. 

Cognitio, onis, f. 3. knowledge, an 
inquiry. 

Cognominatus, a, um, pt. zur- 
named. 

Cognominis, e, adj. of the same 
name. 



COM 



261 



COJi 



Cognosco, ere, novi, nitum, tr. 3. 

to knoWy to understand. 
Cogo, ere, coegi, coactum, tr. 3. to 

force. 
Cohlbeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 2. to hold, 

to restrain. 
Coiiors, tis, f. 3. a cohort. 
Cohurtor, iiri, atiis, dep. 1. to exhort, 

to encourage. 
Collega, 83, m. 1. a colleague. 
Colligo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

bind. 
Colligo, ere, legi, lectiim, tr. 3. to 

collect. 
Colliiio, ere, ivi & evi, itum, tr. 3. 

to besmear, to daub. 
Col lis, is, m. 3. a hill. 
Col loco, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

place. 
Colloquium, ii, n. 2. a conference. 
Colluceo, ere, luxi, — intr. 2. to 

shine, to blaze. 
CoUum, i, n. 2. the neck. 
Colo, ere, colui, cnltum, tr. 3. to 

till, to cultivate, to worship. 
Colonae, arum, f. pi. 1. Colonce. 
Colonus, i, m. 2. a colonist, a 

farmer. 
Color, oris, m. 8. color. 
Comans, tis, adj. long-haired. 
Comes, itis, c. 3. a companion. 
Comitas, atis, f. 3. affability, cour- 
tesy. 
Comiter, adv. agreeably, politely, 

courteously. 
Comitia, orum, n. pi. 2. the comi- 

tia, an election. 
Comitor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to accom- 
pany. 
Com meatus, us, m. 4. provisions. 
Commemoratio, onis, f. 3. remem- 
brance. 
Commemoro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. 

to 'inention, to talk of 
Commendo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

recommend. 
Commercium, ii. n. 2. commerce, 

intercourse. 
Commetitarium, ii. n. 2. a register. 



Commentatio, onis, f. 3. meditation, 
Commereor, eri, itus, dep. 2. to 

deserve. 
Committo, ere, misi, missum, tr. 3. 

to commit, to cause. 
Commode, adv. conveniently. 
Commodo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

accommodate, to lend. 
Commodum, i, n. 2. convenience, 

advantage. 
Commodus, a, um, adj. convenient, 

suitable. 
Commoneo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 2. to 

warn, to remind. 
Commoror, ari, atus, dep. 1. to 

abide, to hinder. 
Commoveo, ere, ovi, otum, tr. 2. to 

move, to disturb. 
Communio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. 4. to 

fortify. 
Communis, e, adj. common. 
Communitas, atis, f. 3. community, 

fellowship. 
Commuto, are, avi, atum, iv. 1. to 

change. 
Comparo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

prepare, to compare. 
Compello, ere, puli, pulsum, tr. 3. 

to compel. 
Compenso, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

compensate. 
Complector, ti, xus, dep. 3. to em- 
brace. . 
Compleo, ere, evi, etura, tr. 2. to 

fill up, to finish. 
Complures, a & ia, adj. pi. many. 
Compono, ere, osui, ositum, tr. 3. 

to arrange, to compose. 
Compos, otis, adj. master of. 
Compositio, onis, f. 3. a composi- 
tion. 
Comprendo, ere, di, sum, tr. 3. to 

take hold of to comprise. 
Conatus, us, 'm. 4. an endeavour, an 

attempt. 
Concedo, ere, cessi, cessum, tr. 8. 

to depart, to yield, to grant. 
Concelebro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

celebrate. 



CON 



262 



CON 



Concessii3, us, m. 4. consent. 
Concilio, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

conciliate, to procure. 
Concio, onis, f. 3. an assembly, a 

speech, harangue. 
Concipio, ere, cepi, ceptum, tr. 3. 

to conceive. 
Conclamo, are, avi, atum, intr. 1. 

to cry out. 
Concludo, ere, si, sum, tr. 3. to shut 

up, to conclude, to form. 
Concordia, es, f. 1. concord, agree- 
ment. 
Concordia, ee, f. 1. Ooncord, the 

name of a deity. 
Concupisco, ere, ivi, itum, tr. 3. to 

denre greatly, to covet. 
Concurro, ere, ri, sum, intr. 3. to 

rush together, to engage {in bat- 
tle). 
Condemno, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

accuse, to condemn. 
Condi Qi en turn, i, n. 2. sauce^ sea- 
soning. 
Conditio, onis, f. 3. a condition. 
Condo, ere, didi, ditum, tr. 3. to 

place together, to build, to hide. 
Confabulor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to 

talk. 
Confero, ferre, tiili, latum, tr. irr. to 

bring together, to compare ; con- 

ferre se, to hasten. 
Conficio, ere, eci, ectum, tr. 3. to 

finish, to waste. 
Conf ido, ere, sus, intr. p. to trust. 
Confiteor, fiteri, fessus, dep. 2. to 

confess. 
Coiifllgo, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to 

fight, engage in battle. 
Coijfluo, ere, xi, xum, intr. 3. to 

fiovj together. 
Conibrmo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

form, to fashion. 
Contugio, ere, fugi, fugitum, intr. 3. 

to fee to, to take refuge. 
Congredior, di, gressus, dep. 3. to 

engage in battle. 
Congruo, ere, ui, — intr. 3. to 

agree. 



Conjicio, ere, jeci, jectum, tr. 3. 
to throw, to hurl. 

Conjunctissime, adv. sup. very close- 
ly, in the greatest intimacy. 

Conjunctus, a, um, pt. joined to- 
gether, united. 

Conjungo, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to 
join. 

Conjuratio, onis, f. 3. a conspiracy. 

Conjuro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
co7ispire, to enter into a con- 
spiracy. 

Conjux, iigis, c. 3. a husband or 
wife. 

Connecto, ere, xui, xum, tr. 3. to 
tie, to fasten. 

Conniveo, ere, nivi or nixi, intr. 2. 
to wink, to shut the eyes. 

Conor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to endea- 
vour. 

Conqueror, queri, questus, dep. 3. 
to complain. 

Conquiesco, ere, evi, etum, intr. 3. 
to be quiet. 

Conqniro, ere, slvi, situm, tr. 3. to 
search for. 

Conscientia, se, f. 1. consciousness. 

Conscisco, ere, ivi, Itum, tr. 3. to 
commit, to procure. 

Conscius, a, um, adj. conscious. 

Conscribo, ere, psi, ptum, tr. 3. to 
write, to enrol. 

Conscriptus, a, um, adj. coiiscript, 
chosen ; conscripti pntres, con- 
script fathers, assembled fathers, 
the form used in addressing the 
Roman senate. 

Consensio, onis, f. 3. consent, agree- 
ment. 

Consensus, us, m. 4. consent, an 
agreement. 

Consentaneus, a, um, adj. agreeable. 

Consentio, ire, si, sum, tr. 4. to 
consent, to agree. 

Consequor, qui, cutus or quutus, 
dep. 3. to follow, to obtain, over- 
take. 

Conserve, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
preserve. 



CON 



2(53 



CON 



Consideo, ere, edi, essum, iutr. 2. 
to sit together. 

Considerate, adv. with considera- 
tion, cautiously. 

Coiisidero, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
consider. 

Coiisido, ere, sedi, sessum, intr. 3. 
to sit together^ to settle^ encamp. 

Consilium, ii, n. 2. counsel, advice. 

Consisto, ere, stiti, stitum, intr. 3. 
to stop, to stand, to consist of. 

Cousocio, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
unite. 

Consolatio, onis, f. 3. consolation, 
coin fort. 

Consolor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to con- 
sole. 

Cons )r3, tis, m. 3. a partner. 

Conspectus, us, m. 4. a sight, a view. 

Conspicio, ere, spexi, spectum, tr. 
3. to see. 

Conspicuu;*, a, um, adj. conspicu- 
ofis, superb. 

Const.ms, tis, adj. steady, constant. 

Constantcr, a,dv.co7ista7iflg, steadily. 

Constantia, ve, f. 1. constancy, Jir)n- 
ness. 

Constat, inipers. (consto), 1. it is 
agreed, it is evident. 

Constituo, ere, ui, utum, tr. 3. to 
place, to determine. 

Consto, are, stili, stitum, & statum, 
intr. 1. to stand together, to cost, 
to consist. 

Consuesco, ere, evi, etum, intr. 3. 
to be accustomed. 

Consuetudo, inis, f. 3. a custom, a 
habit. 

Consuetus, a, urn, pt. accustomed. 

Consul, ulis, ni. 3. a consul. 

Consulai'is, e, adj. belonging to a 
consul, consular. 

Consulatus, us, m. 4, considship. 

Consulo, ere, ui, tum, tr. 3. to con- 
sult. 

Consulto, adv. designedly, on pur- 
pose. 

Consumo, ere, psi, ptum, tr. 3. to 
consume, to spend. 



Contemno, ei'e, psi, ptum, tr. 3. to 
despise. 

Contendo, ere, di, tum, tr. 3. to 
strive for, insist upon, contend. 

Contentio, onis, f. 3. contention. 

Contentus, a, um, adj. content. 

Contero, ere, trivi, tritum, tr. 3. to 
loaste. 

Contineo, ere, tinui, tentum, tr. 2. 
to hold, to co7itain. 

Contingo, ere, tigi, tactum, tr. 3. 
to touch, to happen. 

Continue, adv. forthwith, in- 
stantly. 

Contra, prep, against. 

Contradico, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to 
contradict, to refuse. 

Con trail o, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to 
draw together, to co7itract, to get 
[money), 

Coutiai'ius, a, um, adj. contrary; 
e contrario, on the contrary. 

Contremisco, ere, intr. 3. to tremble. 

Controversy, ae, f. 1. controversy. 

Contubernium, ii, n. 2. a tent, com- 
panionship. 

Contumelia, ae, f. 1. an affront, a 
reproach. --, 

Conturbo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
trouble, to disturb. 

Convalesce, ere, ui, — intr. 3. to 
recover health. 

Conveniens, tis, adj. suitable, pro- 
per. 

Convenienter, adv. conveniently. 

Convenio, ire, veni, ventum, intr. 
4. to assonble, to meet, to agree, 
to suit. 

Convenit, imp. it is meet, or suit- 
able. 

Con ventum, i, n. 2. an agreement, 
a compact. 

Conventus, us, m. 4. an assembly, 
a meeting. 

Converto, ere, ti, sum, tr. 3. to turn, 
to convert, to apply. 

Convictus, us, m. 4. society, fellow- 
ship. 

Conviva, fc, c. 1. ci guest. 



CRI 



2G4 



CUR 



Copia, £6, f. 1. plenty. PI. forces, 
Copulo, are, avi, atiim, tr. 1. to 

couple, Wiite. 
Cor, cordis, n. 3. the heart 
Coram, prep, before, in presence of 
Corcyra, ^e, f. 1. Corcyra, an island. 
Corinthius, a, um, adj. Corinthian. 
Corintlius, i, f.. 2. Corinth^ a city 

of Greece. 
Cornelia, ae, f. 1. a woman's name. 
Cornelius, ii, m. 2. Cornelius^ one 

of the Cornelian gens. 
Cornu, n. 4. indecl. sing. (pi. cor- 

nua), a horri, a wing of an army. 
Corona, se, f. 1. a croivn, a circle, an 

audience. 
Corpus, oris, n. 3, a body. 
Correctio, onis, f. 3. a correction, an 

amendment. 
Corrigo, ere, exi, actum, tr. 3. to 

correct, to amend. 
Corrumpo, ere, rupi, ruptum, tr. 3. 

to corrupt, to spoil, to destroy. 
Cori'uo, ere, rui, rutum, intr. 3. to 

fall, to fall into, to go to ruin. 
Corruptela, 8e, f. 1. corruption, a 

bribe. 
Corruptus, a, um, pt. corrupted; 

adj. corrupt 
Corsi, orum, m. pi. 2. the Cor- 

sicans. 
Cortex, icis, f. 3. barh, rind. 
Corvus, i, m. 2. a raven, a crow. 
Cras, adv. to-morrow. 
Crassus, i, m. 2. a man^s name. 
Crastinus, a, um, Sidi]. of to-7norrow. 
Credibilis, e, adj. credible. 
Credo, ere, idi, itum, tr. 3. to be- 
lieve, to trust. 
Credulitas, atis, f. 3. credulity. 
Cremo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

burn, to consume. 
Creo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to create, 

to beget, to appoint. 
Cresco, ere, crevi, cretum, intr. 3. 

to increase, to grovj. 
Creta, a3, f. 1. Crete^ an island. 
Crimen, inis, n. 3. a charge, a 

crime. 



Criminatio, onis, f. 3. an accusation, 

Criminor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to accuse. 

Crinis, is, m. 3. the hair. 

Critias, ^, m. 1. Critias, one of the 
thirty tyrants. 

Croesus, i, m. 2. Croesus, king of 
Lydia. 

Crotoniates, se, m. 1. an inhabitant 
of Crotona. 

Cruciatus, us, m. 4. torture. 

Crucio, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to tor- 
ment, to rtex. 

Crudelis, e, adj. cruel. 

Crudelitas, atis, f. 3. cruelty. 

Cruor, oris, m. 3. blood, gore. 

Crus, cruris, n. 3. the leg. 

Crux, crucis, f. 3. a cross, torture. 

Crjstallinus, a, um, adj. of crystal. 

Cubitum, i, n. 2. a cubit. 

Cujus, a, um, adj. whose? whereof? 

Culex, icis, m. 3. a gnat. 

Culpa, se, f. 1. a fault. 

Culpo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. toblame. 

Cultio, onis, f. 3. culture. 

Cultor, oris, m. 3. a husbandman, 
a tiller. 

Cultrum, i, n. 2. a knife. 

Cultus, us, m. 4. culture. 

Cum, prep, with, along idth. 

Cumulatus, a, um, adj. & pt. com- 
plete, completed. 

Cunctatio, onis, f. 3. delay. 

Cunctus, a, um, adj. all, whole. 

Cupiditas, atis, f. 3. desire, covet- 
ousness. 

Cupido, inis, f. sometimes m. 3. de- 
sire, lust 

Cupidus, a, um, adj. desirous, co- 
vetous. 

Cupiens, tis, adj. & pt. desirous, 

Cupio, ere, ivi, itum, tr. 3. to de- 
sire, to covet. 

Cur, adv. why? 

Cura, ee, f. 1. care. 

Curia, se, f. 1. the senate-house. 

Curiatii, orum, m. 2. the three At- 
ban brothers. 

Curiatius, ii, m. 2. a ma7ts nojne. 

Curio, onis, m. 3. a man'& name. 



DEC 



2G5 



Curius, ii, m. 2. a man\ name. 

Curo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to take 
carCy to attend to, to cause. 

Curriculum, i, n. 2. a race-course. 

Curro, ere, cucurri, cursum, tr. 3. 
to run. 

Currus, us, m. 4. a chariot. 

Cursor, oris, m. 3. a runner, a cou- 
rier. 

Cursus, us, m. 4. a course, current. 

Custodia, a3, f. 1. a guarding, a 
charge. 

Custodio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. 4. to 
guard, to keep. 

Custos, odis, c. 3. a keeper, a guar- 
dian. 

Cyprus, i, f. 2; the island Ci/prus. 

Cyrus, i, m. 2. Cyrus, king of 
Persia. 

D. 

Damascus, i, m. 2. Damascus. 
Damno, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

condemn. 
Damnum, i, n. 2. loss, damage. 
Damoetas, re, m. 1. Damoetas. 
(Daps, seldom used), dapis, f. 3. 

food, a feast. 
Darius, ii, m. 2. Darius, king of 

Persia. 
Datames, is, m. Z.Datavies, a tnans 

name. 
Datus, a, um, pt. given, dated. 
De, prep, of concerning. 
Dea, se, f. 1. a goddess. 
Debeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 2. to owe. 
Decedo, ere, cessi, cessum, iutr. 3 

to depart, to die. 
Decem, ai^j. indec, ten. 
Decens, tis, adj. comely, beautifid. 
Decerno, ere, crevi, cret.um, tr. 3. 

to think, to decree, to contend. 
Decerpo, ere, psi, ptum, -tr. 3. to 

gather. 
Decet, ixiv^.it hecmnes. 
Decimus, a, um, adj. the tenth. 
Decipio, ere, cepi, ceptnm, tr. 3. to 

deceive. ^ ^ 



Declare, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
declare. 

Decline, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
hend or turn, to leave. 

Decoro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to de- 
corate, to adorn. 

Decorus, a, um, adj. comely, be- 
coming, honourable. 

Decretum, i, n. 2. a decree. 

Decumbe, ere, cubui, cubitum, 
iutr. 3. to lie down. 

Decurre, ere, curri, cursum, iutr. 
3. to run doivu. 

Decus, oris, n. 3. an ornament, 
grace, honour. 

Dedecet, imp. it is unbecoming. 

Dedecus, oris, n. 3. disgrace, dis- 
honour. 

Deditio, onis, f. 3. a surrender. 

Dedo, ere, idi, itum, tr. 3. to sub- 
mit, to devote one's self, to give up. 

Deduce, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to bring 
down, to remove. 

Defectum, iis, m. 4. a failing, an 
eclipse {of the sun). 

Defendo, ere, di, sum, tr. 3. to de- 
fend, to protect. 

Defensio, onis, f. 3. a defence. 

Defensor, oris, m. 3. a defender. 

Defero, ferre, tiili, latum, tr. irr. to 
bestow. 

Def icio, ere, feci, fectum, tr. 3. to 
fail, to stop. 

Deflue, ere, xi, xum, intr. 3. to flow 
away, escape. 

Deformis, e, adj. deformed, ugly. 

Deforraitas, atis, f. 3. deformity. 

Degener, eris, adj. degenerate^ base. 

Dego, ere, egi, — tr. 3. to lead, to 



Deinceps, adv. successively, hence- 
forth. 

Deinde, adv. theii, after that. 

Deiotarus, i, m. 2. a tnans name. 

Dejicio, ere, jeci, jectum, tr. 3. to 
throw down. . - 

Delectat, imp. it Mights. 

Delectatio, onis, f. 3. delight, plea- 
sure. 



2C6 



DET 



Delecto, are, avi, atura, tr. 1. to de- 
lighf, to allure. 

Delectus, a, urn, pt. chosen, select. 

Delectus, u^, m. 4. cui elect ton, a 
choice^ a levy. 

Deleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. 2. to blot 
out, to destroy. 

Delibeio, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
consult, to deliberate. 

Delicise, aruui, f. pi. 1. delight, dar- 
ling. 

Delictum, i, n. 2. a faulty a crime, 
aji offence. 

Deligo, ere, egi, ectiim, tr. 3. to 
pick Old, to choose. 

Delinqiio, ere, liqui, lictum, intr. 
8. to fail i)i duty, to offend. 

Deliquesco, ere, licui, — intr. 3. to 
melt, to grow soft. 

Deliratio, oais, f. 3. dotage, mad- 
ness. 

Deliro, are, avi, atnm, intr. 1. to 
dote, to rave. 

Delphi, orum, m. pi. 2. a city of 
Phocis, famous for its oracle. 

Delphinus, i, ni. 2. a dolphin. 

Demens, tis, adj. mad. 

Demeto, ere, messui, messum, tr. 3. 
to reap. 

Demetrius, ii, m. 2. Demetrius, a 
man^s name. 

Demigro, are, avi, atuui, intr. 1. to 
depart. 

Demitto, ere, isi, issum, tr. 3. to 
send down. 

Demoeritus, i, m. 2. Democritus. 

Demolior, iri, itus, dep. 4. to de- 
molish, to pull down. 

Demosthenes, is, m. 3. Demosthe- 
nes, a Grecian orator. 

Demum, adv. at length, at last. 

Deni, se, a, adj. pi. ten each. 

Denique, adv, at last, finally. 

Densitas, atis, f. 3. density, close- 
ness. 

Denlatus, i, m. 2. a 7narts name. 

l^enuo, adv. anew, again. 

Denuncio, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
denounce^ to foretell. 



Depeculor, ari, atus^ dep. 1. to 

plunder. 
Deperdo, ere, didi, ditum, tr. 3. to 

deHroy, to lose. 
Depjoro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

deplore. 
Depono, ere, sui, situm^ tr. 3. to 

lay down. 
Deporto, are, avi, atum, tr, 1. to 

carry away, to banish. 
Depravatus, a, um, ])t. vitiated, de- 
praved. 
Derogo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

take away. 
Descend o, ere, di, sum, intr. 3. to 

descend. 
Descensus, us, m. 4. a descent. 
Deseisco, ere, ivi or ii, ilum, tr. 3. 

to depart from. 
Describo, ei-e, ])si, ptum, tr. 3. to 

write down, to cojyy. 
Desero, ere, ui, turn, tr. 3. to desert, 

to forsake. 
Desiderium, ii, n. 2. desire, love. 
Desidero, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

long for, to desire. 
Desidia, ae, f. 1. sloth, idleness. 
Desidiosus, a, um, adj. 



Designatus, a, nm, pt. appointed, 

elect. 
Desino, ere, ivi & ii, itum, intr. 3. 

to cease, to leave off', 
Desisto, ere, stiti, stitum, intr. 3. to 

leave off] to desist. 
Desperatio, onis, f, 3. despair. 
Despero, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

despair. 
Despicio, ere, exi, ectum, tr. 3. to 

look down, to despise. 
Despoudeo, ere, di, sum, tr. 2. to 

promise in marriage, to betroth. 
Destino, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to tie^ 

to determine, to appoint. 
Desuni, esse, fui, irr. to be want- 
ing. 
Detego, ere, texi, tectum, tr. 3. to 

uncover, detect, onanifcst. 
Deterior, us, adj. worse, inferior. 



267 



DIS 



Deterreo, ere, iii, itiim, tr. 2. to 

deter. 
Detestabilis, e, adj. detestable. 
Detestor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to detest, 

to abhor. 
Detineo, ere, ui, tentum, tr. 2. to 

detain. 
Detraho, ere, xi, ctiim, tr. 8. to 

draw doivn, to detract, to take 

away, remove. 
Deus, i, m. 2. God. 
Devincio, ire, xi, ctum, tr. 4. to at- 
tach, bind to. 
Devinco, ere, vici, victum, tr. 8. to 

conquer. 
Devi us, a, urn, adj. devious, out of 

the way. 
Devolo, are, avi, atum, intr. 1. to 

fy down, to fiy aiuay. 
Devoro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to de- 
vour. 
Dexter, tra, trum, adj. right, on the 

right hand. 
Dexti'a, se, f. 1. the right hand. 
Diana, S3, f. 1. the goddess of hunting. 
Diadem a, atis, n. 3. a diadem, a 

crown. 
Dicsearchus, i, m. 2. a manJs name. 
Dico, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to tell, to 

say. 
Dictator, oris, m. 3. dictator. 
Dictum, i, n. 2. a word, a saying. 
Dies, ei, m. or f. PI. always m. a 

day, ti?ne. 
Differo, ferre, distiili, dilatum, irr. 

to put off, to differ. 
Difficilis, e, adj. difficidt, hard. 
Difficile, adv. with difficulty, hardly. 
Difficult as, atis, f. 3. difficulty. 
Digne, (ius, issime,) adv. worthily, 

in a manner worthy of. 
Dignitas, atis, f. 3. dignity. 
Dignus, a, um, adj. worthy. 
Dilabor, bi, psus, dep. 3. to slip 

away. 
Dilacero, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

tear in pieces. 
Dilatio, onis, f. 3. a putting off a 

delay. 



Diligens, tis, adj. diligent, lovi?ig. 
Diligenter, adv. diligently. 
Dib'geiitia, a3, f. 1. diligence. 
Diligo, ere, exi, ectum, tr. 3. to 

love, to esteem. 
Diluceo, ere, xi, — intr. 2. to 

shine. 
Dimico, are, avi, fitum, intr. 1. to 

fight. 
Dimidium, ii, n. 2. the half. 
Diminuo, ere, ui, utum, tr. 3. to 

break, to break in pieces. 
Diogenes, is, m. 3. a Cynic philoso- 
pher. 
Dion, onis, m. 3. a marHs name. 
Dionysius, ii, m. 2. a manHs name. 
Diripio, ere, ripui, reptum, tr. 3. 

to plunder. 
Diruo, ere, ui, utum, tr. 3. to pull 

down, destroy. 
Discedo, ere, cessi, cessum, intr. 3. 

to depart, to go away. 
Discipl'ina, ee, f. 1. discipli7ie, in- 
struction. 
Discipulus, i, m. 2. a scholar. 
Disco, ere, didici, — tr. 3. to learn. 
Discordia, se, f. 1. discord. 
Discrimen, in is, n. 3. distinction, 

difference, danger. 
Discrucio, are, avi, atum, tr. l; to 

torture, distract. 
Disertus, a, um, adj. eloquent. 
Disjicio, ere, jeci, jectum, tr. 3. to 

disperse. 
Dispel! o, ere, puli, pulsum, tr. 3. 

to dispel. 
Dispertio, Ire, ivi, itum, tr. 4. to 

divide, distribute. 
Dispicio, ere, exi, ectum, tr. 8. to 

look about, to consider. 
Displiceo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 2. to 

displease. 
Disputatio, onis, f. 3. a discourse. 
Disputo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

reason, to dispute. 
Dissensio, onis, f. 3. disf<ension, dis- 
cord. 
Dissentio, ire, seusi, sensum, tr. 4. 

to think differently, disagree. 



DOM 



268 



Dissero, ere, ui, turn, tr. 3. to dis- 
course, to debate. 
Dissidium, ii, n. 2. a disagreement 
Dissiraulo, are, avi, atiim, tr. 1. to 

disguise, conceal. 
Dissoivo, ere, solvi, solutum, tr. 3. 
to break down, to destroy. 

Dissuadeo, ere, si, sum, tr. 2. to 
dissuade. 

Distans, tis, adj. distant, different. 

Distraho, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to 
divide, to end {a controversy). 

Ditis, e, (ior, issimus), adj. rich. 

Dill, adv. a long trme. 

Diurnus, a, um. adj. daily. 

Diutinus, a, ueq, adj. long, lasting. 

Diversorium, ii, n. 2. an inn, a 
lodging. 

Di versus, a, um, adj. diverse, va- 
rious. 

Dives, itis, adj. rich. 

Divido, ere, isi, isum, tr. 3. to di- 
vide. 

Divinus, a, iim, adj. divine, hea- 
venly. 

Divitiacus, i, m. 2. a Gallic general. 

Divitiffi, arum, f. 1. riches. 

Do, dare, dedi, datum, tr. 1. to give. 

Doceo, ere, ui, turn, tr. 2. to teach. 

Docilis, e, adj. easily taught, docile. 

Doctor, oris, m. 3. a teacher. 

Doctrina, ae, f. 1. learning. 

Doctus, a, um, adj. learned, skilful. 

Documentum, i, n. 2. an example^ 
warning, proof. 

Dolabella, ee, m. 1. a mai-Cs name. 

Doleo, ere, ui, itum, intr. 2. to he 
in pain, to grieve. 

Dolor, oris, m. 3. pain, grief. 

Dolus, i, ra. 2. a stratagem. 

Domesticus, a, um, adj. domestic. 

Domicilium, ii, n. 2. a dwelling 
place. 

Domina, se, f. 1. a mistress. 

Dominatus, us, m. 4. authority, 
power. 

Dominor. ari, at us, dep. 1. to rrde, 

to domineer. 
Dominus, i, m. 2. a lord-^ a master. 



Dome, are, ui, itura, tr. 1. to sub- 
due, 

Domus, us <k i, f. 4. <fe 2. a house. 

Donee, adv. until, as long as. 

Dono, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to be- 
stow freely, to present. 

Donum, i, n. 2. a gift, a pre sent. 

Dormio, ire, ivi, itum, intr. 4. to 



Dos, dotis, f. 3. a dowry, a portion. 
Drachma, ae, f. 1. a drachm. 
Draco, onis, m. 3. a snake. 
Dubito, are, avi, atum, tr, 1. to 

doubt, to hesitate. 
Dubius, a, um, adj. douhtfid, un- 
certain. 
Duceni, se, a, adj. tivo hundred to 

each. 
Ducenti, se, a, adj. two hundred. 
Dnco, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to lead^ 

to draw, to take or carry. 
Dulcedo, inis, f. 3. sweetness. 
Dulcis, e, adj. sweet. 
Duillius, ii, m. 2. a 7nan^s name. 
Dum, adv. luhile, whilst, until. 
Dummodo, adv. provided. 
Dumnorix, igis, m. 3. one of the 

uEdui. 
Duo, 86, o, adj. two. 
Duodecim, adj. twelve. 
Duodeviginti, num. adj. indec. 

eighteen. 
Duplex, duplicis, adj. double. 
Duro, are, avi, atum, tr. & intr, 1. 

to harden, to endure, to last. 
Durus, a, um, adj. hard. 
Dux, ducis, c. 3. a leader, a general. 



E, prep, out of from. 
Ebrietas, atis, f. 3. drunkenness. 
Ebrius, a, um, adj. drunk. 
Ecquid, adv. interrog. whether? 
Ecquis, — , ecquid, interrog. pr. 

any one, any thing. 
Edax, acis, adj. eating much, con- 

snmina. 



269 



EQU 



Edico, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to de- 
clare, proclaim. 
EdictuDi, i, n. 2. an edict, a decree. 
Edisco, ere, didici, — tr. 3. to learn 

b,i/ heart or thoroughly, 
Kdiius, a, um, pt. raised; adj. 

lofty. 
Edc), ere, edidi, editura, tr. 3. to 

give out, publish. 
Edo, edere <fe esse, edi, esum, tr. 3. 

to eat. 
Edormio, ire, ivi, itum, intr. 4. to 

sleep soundly. 
Educo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to edu- 
cate, bring up. 
Educo, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to lead 

out from. 
Effectus, us, m. 4. an effect, result, 

proof. 
Eltero, efFerre, extiili, elatum, irr. 

to carry out, to save. 
Eflieio, ere, feci, fectum, tr. 3. to 

effect, to render. 
EfFodio, ere, fodi, fossum, tr. 3. to 

dig out, to mine. 
ElToetus, a, um, adj. barren, worn 

out. 
EfFilgio, ere, fugi, fugitum, tr. 3. to 

escape, to elude. 
Efiusio, onis, f. 3. a pouring out, 

prodigality. 
Egenus, a, um, adj. needy, destitute. 
Egeo, ere, ui, — intr. 2. to need, to 

be in waiit. 
Egestas, atis, f. 3. want, poverty. 
Ego, mei, pron. I. 
Egomet, meiinet, pron. I myself . 
Egredior, di, gressus, dep. 3. to go 

out, to go beyond. 
Egregie, adv. excellently, nobly. 
Egregius, a, um, adj. excellent, 

noble. 
Ejicio, ere, jeci, jectum, tr. 3. to 

cast out, banish. 
Ejusmodi, adv. of such a kind. 
Eleganter, adv. elegantly, nicely. 
Elephantus, i, m. 2. an elephant. 
Elicio, ^re, elicui or elexi, — tr. 3 

to draw out, to entice. 



Eligo, gre, legi, lectnm, tr. 3. to 
choose, to select. 

El is, idis & idos, f. 3. Mis, a town 
in Greece. 

Eloquens, tis, adj. eloquent. 

Eloquentia, ai, f. 1. eloquence. 

Eloquor, qui, cutus, dep. 3. to speak. 

Elysius. ii, m. 2. a ^nai^s name. 

Emano, are, avi, atum, intr. 1. to 
flow out, to get abroad. 

Emax, acis, adj. fond of buying, 

Em en do, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
amend. 

Eminens, tis, adj. eminent, high. 

Emitto, eie, isi, issum, tr. 3. to send 
out, to let fall. 

Emo, gre, emi, emptum, tr. 3. to 
buy. 

EmoUio, ire, ii, itum, tr. 4. to 
soften, to effetninate. 

Emolumentum, i. n. 2. profit, ad- 
vantage. 

Emorior, i, tuus, dep. 3. to die. 

Emporeticus, a, um, adj. coarse. 

Enim, con] for, indeed. 

Ennius, ii, m. 2, E^mius, a Roman 
poet. 

Ensis, is, m. 3. a sword. 

Enumero, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
enumerate, to reckon up. 

Enuncio, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
give utterance, to speak out. 

Eo, ire, ivi, itum, irr. to go. 

Eo, adv thitlter, to that extent, 

Epaminondas, 89, m. 1. a Theban 
general. 

Ephesius, a, um, adj. Ephesian. 

Epicrates, is, m. 3. a man's name. 

Epicureus, i, m. 2. ayi Epicurean. 

Epicurus, i, m. 2. Epicurus, a Gre- 
cian philosopher. 

Epirus, i, f. 2. a provi^ice of Greece. 

Epistola, sa, i. \. a letter, an epistle. 

Epulai, arum, f. pi. I. food, dainties. 

Equester & Equestris, e, Sid]. eques- 
trian. 

Equidem, adv. indeed. 

Eqnitas, atis, f. 3. equity. 

Equitatus, us, m. 4. cavalry. 



EXO 



210 



E20 



Eqnes, itis, m. 3. a horseman, a 

knight. 
Equus, i, m. 2. a horse. 
Erg a, prep, towards. 
Erigo, ere, rexi, rectum, tr. 3. to 

raise, to exalt. 
Eripio, ere, ui, eptum, tr. 3. to take 

away by force. 
Erogo,' are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to spend. 
Erratum, i, n. 2. an error, a faidt. 
Erro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to wan- 
der, to mistake. 
Enor, oris, m. 3. an error, a mis- 
take. 
Enidio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. 4. to pol- 
ish, train up. 
Eruditus, a, um, adj. taught, learned. 
Esca, se, f. 1. food, a bait. 
Esurio, ire, — , itum, intr. 4. to de- 
sire to eat, to he hungry. 
Et, conj. and, also. 
Etiam, conj. also, even. 
Etiamsi, conj. even if although. 
Etrusci, orum, m. 2. the Etrusci, 

Tuscans. 
Etsi, conj. although. 
Eumenes, is, m. 3. a mavUs name. 
Eunuchus, i, m. 4. a eunuch. 
Euphrates, is, m. 3. the river Eu- 
phrates. 
Europa, as, f. 1. Europe. 
Evado, ere, si, sum, intr. 3. to go 

out, to escape, to become. 
Evenio, ire, veni, veutum, intr. 4. 

to come out, to happen. 
Eventus, us, m. 4. event, issue. 
Everto, ere, ti, sum, tr. 3. to over- 
turn, to destroy. 
Eviksco, ere, lui, incep. 3. to be 

iindervalued. 
Ex, prep, out of from. 
Exardesco, ere, arsi, arsum, intr. 3. 

to inflame. 
Exaudio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. 4. to 

hear. 
Excedo, ere, cessi, cessum, intr. 3. 

to go out, to depart, to exceed. 
Excellens, tis, adj. excellent. 
Excellentia, ae, f. 1. excellence. 



Excello, gre, ui, — intr. 3. to excel, 
to surpass. 

Exceptio, onis, f. 3. an exception. 

Excido, ere, di, sum, tr. 3. to cut 
off, to destroy. 

Excipio, ere, c6pi, ceptum, tr. 3. to 
receive. 

Excito, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
rouse, to excite, call up. 

Exclamo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
exclaim, cry out, 

Excludo, ere, si, sum, tr. 3. to shut 
out, to exclude. 

Excruoio, are, avi, Stum, tr. 1. to 
torment, to vex. 

Excusatio, onis, f. 3. an excuse, a 
defence. 

Excuso, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to ex- 
cuse. 

Exedo, ere, edi, esum, tr. 3. to eat 
up, to consu7ne. 

Exemplar, aris, n. 3. a copy, an 
example. 

Exemplum, i, n. 3. an example, a 
plan, a copy. 

Exeo, ire, ii, seldom ivi, itum, intr. 
irr. to go out. 

Exerceo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 2. to ex- 
ercise. 

Exercitatio, onis, f. 3. practice. 

Exercitus, us, m. 4. an army. 

Exhaurio, ii*e, si, stum, tr. 4. to ex- 
haust, to bring out. 

Exhibeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 2. to hold 
out, to exhibit. 

Exhorresco, ere, intr. 3. to be 
shocked. 

Exigo, ere, egi, actum, tr. 3. to ex- 
act, to demand. 

Exiguus, a, um, adj. small, scanty. 

Eximius, a, um, adj. excellent, dis- 
tinguished. 

Existimatio, onis, f. 3. a supposi- 
tion, reputation. 

Existimo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
judge, to think. 

Exitium, ii, n. 2. destruction. 

Exitus, us, m. 4. issue, event. 

Exorior, iri, ortus, dep. 4, to arise. 



EXS 



271 



FAM 



Exosns, a, iiin, adj, hating. 
Expeetatio, onis, f. 3. expectation, 

hope. 
Expecto, are, fivi, atum, tr. 1. to 

look for, to expect. 
Expedio, ire, ivi, itum, intr. 4. to 

r/et free; — cxpedit, it is expedlepit, 

it is profitahle. 
Expeditio, onis, f. 8. an expedition. 
Expello, ere, uli, iilsimi, tr. 3. to 

drive out, to expel. 
Expergiscor, gisci, rectus, dep. 3. 

to awake. 
Exj)erior, iri, tus, dep. 4. io try, to 

experience. 
Expers, tis, adj. having no part in, 

free from. 
Expeto, ei-e, ivi, itum, tr. 3, to de-\ 

sire greatly, io covet. 
Explano, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

explain. 
Expleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. 2. to fill 

up, to complete. 
Explico, ai-e, ui, itum, & avi, atum, 

tr. 1. to nnfold, to explain. 
Expl orator, oris, m. 3. an inspector. 
Exploro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

search dilige^itly, to explore, to 

inspect. 
Expono, ere, sui, situm, tr. 3. to 

expose. 
Exportatio, onis, f. 3. an exporta- 
tion. 
j'^xpugno, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

take by assault. 
Exscindo, ere, idi, issum, tr. 3. to 

cut off, to destroy. 
Exsecror, ari, atus, dep. 1. to curse, 

to execrate. 
Exsequor, qui, cutus or quutus, 

dep. 3. to follow after, to per- 
form. 
Exsilio, ire, ui, — intr. 4. to leap 

up, hound, to palpitate. 
Exsiiiura (exilium), ii, n. 2. exile. 
Exsulo, are, avi, atum, intr. 1. to 

he an exile. 
Exsurgo, ere, rexi, rectum, intr. 3. 

to arise. 



Ext cm pi o, adv. immediately. 
Extern us, a, um, adj. external, out- 

leard. 
Extinguo, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to 

put out, to extinguish. 
Exto, are, titi, titum, intr. 1. to 

stand out, to exist. 
Extra, prep, wifhouf, out of. 
Extraho, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to 

draw out, to extract. 
E.^tiemus, a, um, adj. sup. extreme, 

last, at the end of. 
Extruo, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to erect, 

to huild. 
Exul <fe exsul, iilis, c. 3. an exile. 
Exuo, ere, ui, utum, tr. 3. to put 

off\ lay aside. 



R 



Faba, ae, f. \. a hean. 
Fabius, ii, m. 2. a man^s name. 
Fabricius, ii, m. 2, a noble Rwnaiu 
Fabula, ae, f. \. a fable, a story. 
Fabulor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to speak, 

to talk. 
Facies, ei, f. 5. the face. 
Facile, adv. easily. 
Fflcilis, e, adj. easy. 
Facilitas, atis, f. 3. facility, ease, 

gentleness. 
Facinus, oris, n. 3. an action, a 

crime. 
Facio, ere, feci, factum, tr. 3. to do, 

to make. 
Factum, i, n. 2. an actioii, a deed. 
Facultas, atis, f 3. power, ability. 
Fallax, acis, adj. deceitfid, treach- 
erous. 
Fallo, ere, fefelli, falsum, tr. 3. to 

deceive. 
Falso, adv. fal'iely. 
Falsus, a, um, ad.], false. 
Faraa, a?, f. \. fame. 
Fames, is, f. Z. famine, hunger. 
Familia, aa, f. 1. « faynily. 
Familiaris, e, adj. of the same fa- 

niily, familiar. 



FER 



272 



FCED 



Familiaris, is, m. 3. an intimate 
friend. 

Familiantas, atis, f. 3. friendship, 
familiarity. 

Famulatus, us, m. 4. bondage, 
slavery. 

Fannius, ii, m. 2. Fannius, a mail's 
name. 

Fanum, i, n. 2. a temple. 

Fas, indec. right. 

Fasciculus, i, m. 2. a packet^ a par- 
cel. 

Fascino, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
fascinate, bewitch. . 

Fascis, is, f. 3. a bundle, pi. the 
fasces. 

Fastidio, ire, ivi or ii, itum, intr. to 
be disgusted. 

Fastidium, ii, n. 2. pride, haughti- 
ness, dislike. 

Vastus, us, m. 4. haughtiness, pride. 

Fateor, eri, fassus, dep. 2. to confess, 
to acknowledge. 

Fatum, i, n. 2. fate, destiny. 

Fautor, oris, m. 3. a favourer, a 
friend. 

Faventia, se, f. 1. Faventia, a town 
in Italy. 

Faveo, ere, favi, fautum, tr. 2. to 
favour. 

Favor, oris, m. 3. favour, good-ivill. 

Febris, is, f. 3. a fever. 

Felicitas, atis, f. 3. felicity, happi- 
ness. 

Feliciter, adv. happily. 

Felix, icis, adj. happy. 

Femina, £e, f. \. a luoman. 

Fera, f. 1. a wild beast. 

Ferax, acis, adj. fruitful, fertih 

Fere, adv. ahnost, commonly. 

Ferinus, a, um, adj. of ivild 
cruel. 

Fei-me, adv. almost. 

Fero, ferre, tiili, latum, tr. irr. to 
bear, to carry, to suffer. 

Ferocia, se, f. 1. ferocity. 

Ferox, ocis, adj. insolent, fierce. 

Ferrum, i. n. 2. iron, a sword. 

Fertilis, e, d,^]. fertile, fruit fid. 



Ferus, a, urri, adj. wild, cruel. 

Festino, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
"make haste. 

Festuis, a, um, adj. festive, holy. 

Fidelis, e, adj. faithful. . 

Fides, ei, f. b. faith, a proynise. 

Fidus, a, um, adj. faithful, trusty, 

Figo, ere, xi, xum, tr. 3. to fix. 

Filia, se, f. 1. a daughter. 

Filiola, 3d, f. 1. dim. a little daugh- 
ter. 

Filius, ii, m. 2. a son. 

Filix, icis, f. 3. fern. . 

Fiugo, ere, finxi, fictum, tr. 3. to 
form, to fashion, to feign. 

Finio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. 4. to finish. 

Finis, is, m. &, f. 3. the end, a limit. 

Fio, fieri, factus, irr. to be made, to 
become ; fit, it happens. 

Firmitas, atis, f. 3. firmness, steadi- 
ness. 

Fir mo, are, avi, atum, tr, 1. to 
strengthen, establish. 

Firmus, a, um, adj. firm, strong. 

Fistulosus, a, um, adj. hollow. 

Flabellum, i, n. 2. a fan. 

Flagitium, ii, n. 2. a base action, 
- infayny. 

Flagito, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to de- 
mand. 

Flaminius, ii, m. 2. a Roman ge- 
neral. 

Flarama, se, m. 1. a man^s name. 

Flavus, a, um, adj. yellow. 

Fleet o, ere, xi, xum, tr. 3. to bend, 
to turn. 

Fleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. 2. to weep. 

Floeeus, i, m. 2. a lock of wool. 

Florens, tis, Sid.]. fiourishing. 

Floreo, ere, ui, — intr. 2. to fiovr- 
rish. 

Fluctus, us, m. 4. a wave. 

Fluo, ere, xi, xum, intr. 3. to flcm, 
to run. 

Flumen, inis, n. 3. a river. 

Fiuvius, ii, 111. 2. a river. 

Fodio, ere, fodi, fossum, tr. 8. to 
dig, to hore. 

Foedus, a, um, ad], filthy, base. 



FRK 



273 



Foedu9, eris, n. 3. a league, a treaty. 
Foeneratio, oni?, f. 8. a lending of 

money^ usury. 
FoDS, foiitis, f. 3. a fountain. 
(For, not used)j fari, fatus, dep. 1. 

to speak. 
Foreoi, fore, def. irr. / should be. 

Gr. 222-5. 
Foris, adv. without, abroad. 
Forma, ae, f. I. a form, shape, 

beauty. 
Formianum, i, n. 2. a villa of Cicero. 
Formica, as, f. 1. an ant. 
For mo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

form. 
Forsan, ) 

Forsitan, > adv. perhaps. 
Fortasse, ) 

Forte, adv. by chance. 
Fortis, e, adj. brave. 
Fortiter, adv. bravely. 
Fortitudo, inis, f. 3. bravery. 
Fortuito, adv. accidentally. 
Fortuitus, a, um, adj. accidental. 
Fortuna, se, f. 1. fortune. 
Fortunatus, a, um, adj. fortunate, 

happy. 
Forum, i, n. 2. the forum. 
Fossa, ae, f. 1. a ditch. 
Fraeuum, i, n. 2. a bridle, a bit. PI. 

I and a, 
Fragilis, e, adj. brittle, frail. 
Fragilita^ atis, f. 3. brittleness, 

frailty. 
Fragmentum, i, n. 2. a fragment. 
Fragor, oris, m. 3. a crash, a noise. 
Frango, ere, fregi, fractum, tr. 3. to 

break. 
Frater, tris, m. 3. a brother. 
Fraus, dis, f. 3. fraud, deceit. 
Fr^mo, ere, ui, itum, intr. 3. to be 

enraged. 
Frenum, i. n. 2. a bridle. 
Frequens, tis, adj. full, crowded. 
Frequenter, adv. frequently. 
Frequento, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

frequent, to people. 
Fretus, a, um, adj. trusting to, re- 
lying on. 



Frigus, oris, n. 3. cold. 

Frons, tip, f. 3. forehead. 

Fructuosus, a, um, adj. fruitful^ 
productive. 

Fructus, us, m, 4. fruit. 

Frugalitas, atis, f. 3. frugality. 

Friigi, adj. ind. thrifty, frugal. 

(Frux, not used,) frugis, f. 3. corn, 
grain. 

Frumentarius, a, um, adj. of corn ; 
res frumentaria, provisioiis. 

Frumentum, i, n. 2. corn, grain. 

Fruor, i, ctus & itus, dep. 3. to 
enjoy. 

Frustra, adv. i7i vain. 

Frustum, i, n. 2. a piece. 

Fufetius, ii, m. 2. a man's name. 

Fuga, a3, f. \. flight. 

Fugio, ere, fugi, itum, tr. 3. to fly, 
to escape. 

Fugitivus, i, m. 2. a fugitive. 

Fugito, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to fly 
eagerly, to shun. 

Fugo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to put 
to flight, to rout. 

Fulgur, uris, n. 3. lightning, 

Fulmen, inis, n. 3. a flash of light- 
ning. 

Fulvius, ii, m. 2. a man's name. 

Fulvus, a, um, adj. yellow, tawny. 

Fund amentum, i, n. 2. a foundation. 

Funditus, adv. from the very bot- 
tom, entirely. 

Fundo, ere, fudi, fusum, tr. 3. to 
pour out, to rout. 

Fundus, i, m. 2. a farm, an estate. 

Fungor, i, ctus, dep. 3. to discharge 
an office, to execute. 

Funus, eris, n. 3. a funeral. 

Furca, se, f. 1. a fork. 

Furibundus, a, um, adj. raging. 

Furo, ere, — intr. 3. to rage. 

Furor, oris, m. 3. fury, madness. 

Furranius, ii, m. 2. a mans name. 

Futilis, e, adj./oo/^.s•//, shallow. 

Fatilitas, atis, f. 3. foolishness, silli- 
ness. 

Futurus, a, um, adj. about to be, 
future. 



GRA 



274 



HAS 



G. 

Gades, iuin, £ 8. Cadiz, an island 

and town of Spain. 
Gaesum, i, n. 2. a dart. 
Galea, ae, f. 1. a helmet. 
Galiia, se, f. 1. Gaul. 
Gall us, i, m. 2. a Gaul. 
Giudeo, ere, gavisus,. intr. p, to 

rejoice. 
Gaodium^ ii, n. 2. joy, gladness. 
Gelu, n. m^^a. frost. 
Geniino, are, avi, atiim, tr. 1. to 

double. 
Gemma, atis, n. 3. a gem, a jewel. 
GeDero, are. avi, atum, tr. 1. to he- 
get, to produce. , 
Generosus, a, urn, adj. noble, gene- 
rous. 
Gens, tis, f. 3. a tribe, a nation. 
Genu, n. indec. the knee. 
Genus, eris, n. 3. a race, a kind, 

descent. 
Germania, ee, f. 1. Germany. 
Gem I an us, a, um, adj. germ an, of 

the same father, genuine, true. 
Germanus, i, m. 2. a German. 
Gero, ere, ssi, stum, tr. 3. to hear, 

to carry, to conduct. 
Gerundium, ii, n. 2. a gerund. 
Gesto, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to hear, 

to carry. 
Gestum, i, n. 2. an exploit. 
Gestus, a, um, pt. done, carried on ; 

res gestae, a history. 
Gestus, us, m. 4. gesture, behaviour. 
Gigas, antis, m. 3. a giant. 
Gigno, eie, genui, genitum, tr. 3. 

to beget, to produce. 
Gillias, 86, m. 1. a maiCs name. 
Gl acies, ei, f. 5. ice. 
Gladius, ii, m. 2. a sivord. 
Gloria, ee, f. 1. glory. 
Glorior, ari, at us, dep. 1. to glory, 

to boast. 
Gloriosus. a, um, adj. glorious, il- 
lustrious. 
Gnaviter, adv. strenuously, actively. 
Gracehus, i, m. 2. a Roman general. 



Gradus, us, m. 4. a step, a pace. 

Grsecia, se, f. 1. Greece. 

GraBcus, a, um, adj. of Greece^ 
Grecian. 

Grandaevus, a, um, adj. old, ad- 
vanced in life. 

Grandis, e, adj. great, large, grand. 

Granum, i, n. 2. a grain. 

Gratia, se, f. 1. grace, a favour. PI. 
thanks ; adv. for the sake of 

Gratif icor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to gra- 
tify, to oblige. 

Gratulor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to con- 
gratulate, to rejoice. 

Gratus, a, um, adj. grateful^ agree- 
able. 

Gravis, e, adj. heavy, difficult, wise. 

Gravitas, atis, f. 3. heaviness, seve- 
rity. 

Graviter, adv. heavily, seriously. 

Gregarius, a, um, adj. belonging to 
the herd, common. 

Grex, gregis, m. seldom f. a flock, a 
herd. 

Guberno, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
govern. 

Gutta, se, f. 1. a drop. 

Gyges, is, m. 3. a king of Lydia. 

Gymnicus, a, um, adj. gymnastic. 



H. 

Habeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 2. to have. 

Habilis, e, adj. fit, able. 

Habito, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
dwell, to inhabit. 

Haereditas, atis, f. 3. an inherit- 
ance. 

Haereo, ere, ha^si, hsesum, intr. 3. to 
hesitate. 

Hseres, edis, c. 3. an heir or heiress. 

Hamus, i, m. 2. a hook. 

Hannibal, is, m. 3. a Carthaginian 
general. 

Harpagus, i, m, 2. a man's name. 

Haruspex, icis, m. 3. a soothsayer'. 

Hasdrubal, is, m. 3. Hasdrubal^ a 
Carthaginian general. 



HON 



27s 



IGN 



Ilasta, OB, f, 1. a spear, 

llaud, adv. not. 

Haurio, ire, hausi, haustum, tr. 4. 

to draw {as water.) 
Hector, oris, m. 3. Hector, son of 

Priam. 
Hole II a, 03, f. 1. Helen, lolfe of Me- 

nelaiis. 
Helle^ponUis, i, m. 2. the Helle- 
spont. 
Helvetius, ii, m. 2. a Helvetian. 
Heplicestion, onis, m. 3. a marts 

name. 
Herba, ae, f. 1. an herb, a plant. 
Hercules, is, m. 3. Hercules. 
He re u leas, a, uin. adj. of Hercules, 

Herculean. 
Heri, adv. yesterday. 
Hernia, ce, f. 1. a statue of Mercury. 
Heras, i, m. 2. a master. 
Hesiodiis, i, m. 2. Hesiod, a Grecian 

poet, 
Hesternu?, a, nm, adj. of yesterday, 

yesterday's. 
Hiberna, orum, n. pi. 2. winter- 
quarters. 
Hibernia, as, f. 1. Hibernia, Ireland. 
Hie, haec, hoc, pron. this. Pi. these. 
Hie, adv. here. 

Hiems (hyems), is, f. 3. winter. 
Ililaris, e, adj. cheerful, gay. 
Hilaritas, atis, f. 3. cheerfulness, 

gaiety. 
Hilura, i, m. 2. the black of a bean, 

nothing. 
Hirundo, inis, f. 3. a swallow. 
Hispania, £e, f. 1. Spain. 
Historia, ae, f. 1. history. 
Historieus, i, m. 2. a histoi'ian. 
Histrio, onis, m. 3. a player. 
Hodie, adv. to-day. 
Hodiernus, a, um, adj. of to-day. 
Homerus, i, ra. 2. Homer. 
Homo, mis, c. 3. a man or woma7i, 

a fellow. 
Honestas, atis, f. 3. honour, honesty. 
Honeste, adv. honourably. 
Honestus, a, um, adj. honourable, 

honest. 



Honor, <fe honos, oris, ni. 3. honour. 
Honoratus, a, um, adj. honourable. 
Honoro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

honour. 
Hora, se, f. 1. an hour. 
Horatius, ii, m. 2. Horace, a man's 

name. 
Horreo, ere, ui, — , intr. 2. to shiver, 

to tremble. 
Horridus, a, um, adj. rough. 
Hortensius, ii, m. 2. a maits name. 
Hortor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to exhort, 

to encourage. 
Hortiilus, i, m. 2. dim. a little 

garden. 
Hospes, pitis, c. 3. a guest, a 

stranger. 
Hospitium, ii, n. 2. a place of en- 
ter t ainment, fr iendsh ip. 
Hostilius, ii, m. 2. a mans name. 
Hostis, is, c. 3. an enemy. 
Hue, adv. hither. 
Hujuseemodi, adv. of this nature, 

to this effect. 
Humanitiis, atis, f. 3. humanity, 

kindness. 
Humanus, a, um, adj. human. 
Humerus, i, m. 2. the shoulder. 
Humor, oris, m. 3. a liquid, water. 
Humus, i, f. 2. the ground, land. 
Hyems, is, f. 3. winter. 
Hy panes, is, m. 3. the name of a 

river. 
Hystaspes, is, m. 3. the father of 

Darius. 



Iberus, i, m. 2. the river Iberus 
(Hbro). 

Ibi, adv. there. 

Ictus, us, ni. 4. a blow, a stroke. 

Idcirco, adv. therefore, for this rea- 
son, because. 

Idem, eadem, idem, pron. the same. 

Ideo, adv. accordingly. 

Idoneu.s, a, um, adj. Jit, proper. 

Idus, us, m. 4. the Ides. 

Ignavia, ae, f. 1. laziness, inactivity. 



276 



ING 



Ignarus, a, um, adj. ignorant. 
Ignavus, a, iiin, adj. indolent. 
Igniculus, i, m. 2. a spark. 
Ignis, is, m. 3. Jire. 
Jgnoro, are, avi, atnm, tr. 1. to he 

ignorant of. 
Ignosco, ere, ovi, otum, tr. 3. to 

pardon. 
Ignotus, a, um, adj. unhioiun. 
liiacus, a, um, adj. of Troy, Trojan. 
Iliensis, e, adj. belonging to Iliujn, 

the people of Ilmni. 
nion, oiiis, n. 3. Ilium, Troy. 
Illaesus, a, um, pt. unhurt. 
Ille, ilia, illud, pron. he^ she, it; 

that ; pi. they, those. 
Illecebra, ae, f. 1. an enticement, an 

allurement. 
Blic, adv. tJiere. 
Illico, adv. straightioay. 

|,| '^ >-adv. thither, to that place. 

Illustris, e, adj. clear, illustrious. 

Imago, inis, f. 3. an image. 

Imbecillitas, atis, f. 3. iveakiiess. 

Imbeciilus, a, um, adj. weak, feeble. 

Imber, bris, m..^. rain. 

Imbuo, ere, ui, utum, tr. 3. to 
moisten, to imbue. 

Imitor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to imitate. 

Immanis, e, adj. cruel, savage, huge, 

Immedicabilis, e, adj. incurable. 

Immemor, oris, adj. unmindful, for- 
getful. 

luimigro, are, avi, atum, intr. 1. to 
enter. 

Immineo, ere, ui, — intr. 2, to 
overhang. 

Immoderate, (ins, issime,) adv. 
vfithout restraint, excessively. 

Immolo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
sacrifice. 

Immoj'talis, e, adj. hmyiortal. 

Immortalitas, atis, f. 3. immor- 
tality. 

Imrauto, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
change. 

Impedio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. 4. to 
hinder, prevent. 



Impello, ere, piili, pulsum, tr. 3. to 
urge, to impel, 

Impendeo, ere, intr. 2. to 

overhang, to be near. 

Impendo, ere, di, sum, tr. 3. to 
spend money, to bestow. 

Impensus, a, um, adj. considerable, 
great. 

Imperator, oris, m. 3. a commander. 

Imperatorius, a, um, adj. of a com- 
mander. 

Imperito, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
rule, to have the supremacy. 

Imperitus, a, um, adj. unskilful, 
ignorant. 

Imperium, ii, n. 2. command, power. 

Impero, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
command, to rule. 

Impertio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. 4. to im- 
part, to bestow. 

Impetro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
accomplish, to obtain. 

Impetus, us, m. 4. an attack, vio- 
lence. 

Impietas, atis, f. 3. impiety. 

Impius, a, um, adj. irnpious, wicked, 

Impleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. 2. to fill. 

Implicitus, a, um, pt. being at- 
tacked. 

Implico, are, avi, atum, &, ui, itum, 
tr. 1. to implicate, to involve. 

Imploro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
beg, to implore. 

Impono, ere, sui, situm, tr. 3. to 
place upon, lay, thrust. 

Impos, Otis, adj. unable, without 
power. 

Improbo, . are, aVi, atum, tr. 1. to 
disapprove, to dislike. 

Improbus, a, um, adj. wicked, dis- 
honest. 

Imprudenter, adv. impricdently. 

Impunitas, atis, f. 3. impunity. 

In, prep, in, into. 

Inanis, e, adj. empty, unsatisfied 

laaratus, a, um, adj. unploughed. 

Ineendium, ii, n. 2. a fire, a 
burning. 

Incensus, a, um, pt. incensed. 



211 



INF 



Inceptum, i, n. 2. a7i undertaking. 

Incertus, a, um, adj. uncertain. 

IiieTdo, ere, idi, asum, intr. 3. to 
fall into, to happen. 

Incipio, ere, cepi, ceptum, tr. 3. to 
begin. 

Iiic'iio, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to in- 
cite, to impel. 

Iiiclumatus, a, um, pt. being called. 

Inclinatio, onis, f. 3. inclination, 
partiality. 

Includo, ere, si, sum, tr. 3. to shut 
icp, to enclose. 

Incoguitus, a, um, adj. unknown. 

Incolo, ere, ui, — tr. 3. to in- 
habit. 

Incomniodiim, i, n. 2. a7i incon- 
venience, a loss. 

Incoinmodus, a, um, adj. incon- 
venient. 

Inconditus, a, um, adj. disorderly. 

Inconsiderate, adv. inconsiderately. 

luconstantia, se, f, 1. inconstaricy. 

Incorruptus, a, um, adj. uncorrupt- 
edy pure. 

Incredibilis, e, adj. incredible. 

Incredulitas, atis, f. 3. incredulity, 
unbelief. 

Incumbo, ere, cubui, cubitum, intr. 
3. to apply, to pay attention. 

Incuria, ee, f. 1. negligence, care- 
lessness. 

Incurro, ere, curri, <fe cucurri, cur- 
sum, tr. 3. to ru7i against, to 
attack. 

Incuso, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
blame, to accuse. 

Incutio, ere, ssi, ssum, tr. 3. to 
strike upo7i. 

ludago, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
track or trace (as a dog). 

Inde, adv. from thence. 

Indecore, adv. unhandsomely. 

Indicium, ii, n. 2. a discovery. 

Indico, are, avi, atiun, tr. 1. to 
show, to declare. 

Indico, cere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to de- 
nounce, to jjublish. 
Indigens, tis, adj. p)Oor, indigent. 



Indigeo, ere, ui, — intr. 2. to 
want. 

Indignor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to be in- 
dignant. 

Indignus, a, um, adj. unwortlty. 

Indigus, a, um, adj. needy. 

Indoctus, a, um, adj. untaught, ig- 
norant. 

Induco, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to lead, 
to persuade. 

Indulgentia, ae, f. 1. iridulgence. 

Indulgeo, ere, si, turn, tr. 2. to in- 
dulge, to gratify. 

Induo, ere, ui, utum, tr. 3. to put 
on, to array. 

Industria, se, f. 1. industry. 

Inedia, se, f. 1. want of food, 
hunger. 

Ineo, ire, ii, seldom ivi, itum, irr. 
to go into, to enter, to begin. 

Ineptia, ae, f. 1. silliness, foolish- 
ness. 

Ineptus, a, um, adj. silly, foolish. 

Iners, tis, adj. slothful, lazy. 

Inertia, se, f. 1. unskilfulness, lazi- 
ness. 

Inexplebilis, e, adj. insatiable. 

Infamia, se, f. 1. infamy. 

Infans, tis, c. 3. an infant. 

lufectus, a, um, adj. not do7ie, un- 
done. 

Infelicitas, atis, f. 3. misfo7'tune. 

Infelix, icis, adj. unhappy, cursed. 

Inferi, orum, m. 2. the iitfe7'7ial gods. 

Inferior, us, adj. comp. of inferus, 
inferior. 

Infero, ferre, tiili, latum, irr. to 
bring into, to introduce, to carry 
forward. 

Inferus, a, um, adj, below, low. 

Infidus, a, urn, adj. unfaithfid. 

Inf imus, a, um, adj. sup. lowest. 

Iniirmitas, atis, f. 3. weakness, fee- 
bleness. 

Infirmus, a, um, adj. weak, infirm. 

Inflammo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
i7ifla7ne. 

Inflo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to ^?^- 
fatc, puff up. 



INS 



278 



Influo, ere, xi, xum, intr. Z.fojioiv 
into. 

Ingenero, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
implant. 

Ingenium, ii, n. 2. natural capacity^ 
genius^ wit. 

Inge OS, tis, adj. great. 

Ingenuus, a, um, adj. 7iative, in- 
genuous, liberal. 

Ingrains, a, um, adj. ungrateful. 

Ingredior, di, ssus, dep. 3. to go 
into, to enter. 

Inhoneste, adv. dishonestly. 

luimicus, a, um, adj. unfriendly, 
hostile. 

Inimicus, i, m. 2. a private enemy, 
an enemy. 

Iniquus, a, um, adj. unequal, hos- 
tile. 

Initium, ii, n. 2. a beginning. 

Injicio, ere, jeci, jectum, ti*. 3. to 
cast or pi.it upon. 

Injucundus, a, um, adj. unpleasing. 

Injuria, ge, f. 1. an injury, injus- 
tice. 

Injussn, m. 4. (used only in the abl. 
sing.) without command. 

Injuste, ad\^ unjustly. 

Injustitia, s, f. 1. injustice. 

Injustus, a, um, adj. unjust. 

Innascor, sci, at as, dep. 8. to be 
born in, to grow in. 

Innatus, a, um, pt. <fe adj. innate, 

Innocens, tis, adj. innocent. 

Inaocentia, ae, f. 1. innocence. 

Innocuus, a, um, adj. harmless. 

Innumerus, a, um, adj. innumera- 
ble, countless. 

Inopia, 2d, f. 1. wa7it. 

Inops, opis, adj. poor, needy. 

Inqnam, def. I say, 

Inquino, are, avi, atum, tr. L to 
pollute, to defile. 

Inquisitio, onis, f. 3. an inquiry. 

Insania, ae, f. 1. madness. 

Insanio, ire, ivi, itum, intr. 4. to be 
'mad, to be insane. 

Insanus, a, um, adj. insane^ mad, 
raging. 



Insotiabilis, e, adj. insatiable. 

Inscientia, se, f. 1. want of know- 
ledge, ignorance. 

Inscitia, ae, f. 1. ignorance. 

Jnsculptus, a, um, pt. engraven. 

Insequor, qui, cutus, dep. 3. to 
pursue. 

Insidise, arum, f. 1. aii ambush, 
treachery. 

Insido, ere, sedi, sessum, tr. 3. to 
settle upon, to take post upon. 

Insigne, is, n. 3. an ornameiit. 

Insignis, e, adj. adorned, magnifi- 
cent. 

Insimiilo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
feign, to accuse. 

Insipiens, tis, adj. unwise, foolish. 

Insons, tis, adj. innocent, harmless. 

Inspicio, ere, exi, cctum, tr. 3. to 
look upon, to view. 

Insterno, ere, stravi, stratum, tr. 
3. to strow upon, to cover over. 

Instituo, ere, ui, utum, tr. 3. to ap- 
point, to ordain. 

Institutum, i, n. 2. a custom, a de- 
cree. 

Instrumentum, i, n. 2. an instru- 
ment, an implement. 

Instriio, ere, xi. ctum, tr. 3. to form 
a UjiCj to draw up (a?i army). 

Insuetus, a, um, adj. not accus- 
tomed. 

Insula, ae, f. 1. an island. 

Insum, esse, fui, irr. to be in. 

Int actus, a, um, adj. untouched, en- 
tire. 

Integer, gra, grum, adj. whole, en- 
tire, untouched. 

Integritas, atis, f, 3. integrity. 

Intelligentia, se, f. 1. understanding, 
intelligence. 

Intelligo, ere, exi, ectum, tr. 3. to 
understand. 

Intemperans, tis, adj. intemperate, 
disorderly. 

Intemperantia, jb, f. 1. intemper- 
ance. 

Intentus, a, um, adj. intent. 

Inter, prep, between, ainong. 



279 



1ST 



Interceptu?, a, 11113, pt. intercepted, 

being. 
Interdico, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to 

forbid, to interdict. 
Interdum, adv. sometimes. 
Interea, adv. in the mean time. 
Intereo, ire, ii, seldom ivi, itum, intr. 

irr. to perish, to die. 
Interest, imp. it concerns. 
luterfector, oris, ni. 3. a slayer. 
Interfieio, ere, feci, fectum, tr. to 

slay, to destroy. 
Interfluo, ere, xi, — intr. 3. to 

flow through or between. 
Interim, adv. in the inean time. 
Interjaceo, ere, intr. to lie betwee7i. 
Interjectus, a, um, pt. thrown be- 
tween, having intervened. 
Inter missio, onis, f. 3. a ceasing, a 

respite. 
Internosco, ere, ovi, otum, tr. 3. to 

distinguish. 
Interpello, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

interrupt. 
Interrogo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

ask. 
Intersum, esse, fui, intr. irr. to be 

present. 
Inter venio, ire, veni, ventiim, intr. 

<fe tr. 4. to come in the meantime^ 

to intervene. 
Intimns, a, um, adj. innermost. 
Intolerabilis, e, adj. i7itolerable. 
Intra, prep. withi7i. 
Intro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to enter. 
Introeo, ire, ivi, or ii, itum, intr. 

irr. to go in. 
Intueor, eri, itus, dep. 2. to look 

upon, to behold. 
Intumesco, ere, ui, — intr. 3. to 

swell, to be puffed up. 
Inultus, a, um, adj. unrevenged, 

unpunished. 
Inutilis, e, adj. useless. 
Invado, ere, si, sum, tr. 3. to invade. 
Invaiesco, ere, ui, — intr. 3. to grow 

strong, to be in health. 
Invectio, onis, f. 3. a bringing iri, 
an importadon. 



InvSlio, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to car- 
ry in. 
Invenio, ire, veni, ventura, tr. 4. 

to fiiid out, to invent. 
Inventio, onis, f. 3. a finding out, 

an invention. 
Inventrix, icis, f. 3. an inventress. 
Inverto, ere, ti, sum, tr. 3. to turn in. 
Tnvestigatio,onis, f. 3. investigatio7i. 
Investigo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

trace, to in.vestigate. 
Invicem, adv. in turn, in return. 
Invictus, a, um, adj. unconqitercd. 
Invideo, ere, vidi, visum, tr. 2. to 

envy, to hate. 
Invidia, se, f. 1. envy. 
Invigilo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

watch diligently, to attend to. 
In Vitus, a, um, adj. unwilling. 
lonicus, a, um, adj. of Ionia, Ionian. 
Ipse, ipsa, ipsum, pron. he himself, 

she herself itself ; pi. they thein- 



Ira, ae, f. 1. anger. 

Iracundia, a?, f. 1. irascibility, pas- 
sion. 

Iracundus, a, um, adj. passionate, 
angry. 

Irascor, sci, — dep. 3. to be angry. 

Iratus, a, um, adj. angry. 

irrevocabilis, e, adj. 7iot to be re- 
called, ii'revocable. 

Irrideo, ere, si, sum, tr. 2. to laugh 
atj to 7nock. 

Irrigo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to iri'i- 
gate, to water. 

Irrit amentum, i, intr. 2. an incite- 
ment. 

Irritus, a, um, adj. of no effect, vain. 

Irrumpo, ere, rupi, ruptum, intr. 
3, to rush in. 

Is, ea, id, pron. he, she, it, that ; 
pi. they, those. 

Isocrates, is, m. 3. a Greek orator. 

Iste, isti), istud, pron. he, she, that ; 
pi. those. 

Ister, tri, m. 2. the river Istcr. 

Isthic, hsec, hoc, or hue, pron. the 
selfsa/me, this. 



JUG 



280 



LAC 



Istic, adv. i7i that place, there, 

then. 
Ita, adv. so, even so, thus, 
Italia, ae, f. 1. Itali/. 
Italicus, i. m, aii Italian. 
Itaqiie, adv. therefore, and so. 
Iter, itineris, n. 3. a journey, a 

'way. 
Iterum, adv. again, a second time. 
Itidem, adv. also, in like manner. 



Jaceo, ere, ui, — intr. 2. to lie. 
Jacto, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

throw, to toss to and fro. 
Jacttira, se, f. 1. a loss, damage. 
Jaciilum, i, n. 2. a javelin, a dart. 
Jam, adv. noxc, immediately. 
Jampridem, adv. loiig ago, long 

since. 
Janieulum, i, n. 2. one of the seven 

hills of Home. 
Janua, as, f. 1, a gate. 
Jason, onis, m. 3. Jason, a king of 

Thessaly. 
Jejuniis, a, um, adj. fasting, hicn- 

Jocus, i, m. 2. a joke, a jest ; pi. 

i, & a. 
Jovianus, i, m. 2, Jovian, a man's 

name. 
Jubeo, ere, ssi, ssum, tr. 2. to order, 

to command. 
Juciinde, adv. pleasantly, cheer- 
fully. 
Jucunditas, atis, f. 3. pleasantness, 

mirth. 
Jucundus, a, um, adj, pleasant, 

agreeable. 
Judasa, as, f. 1. Judea, a country in 

Asia. 
Judex, icis, c. 3. a judge. 
Judicium, ii, n. 2. judgment. 
Judico, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

judge. 
Jugerum, i, n. 2. an acre. 
Jugum, i, n. 2. a yoke. 



Jugurtlia, se, m. 1. Jugurtha, a 

'inanJs name. 
Julianus, i, m. 2. Julian, a mans 

name. 
Julius, ii, m. 2. the month of July. 
Julius, ii, m. 2. a mans name. 
Jumentum, i, n. 2. a beast of 

burden, PI. cattle. 
Jungo, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to join. 
Juno, onis, f. 3. Juno, the queen of 

the gods. 
Jupiter, Jovis, m. 3. Jupiter, king 

of the gods. 
Jure, adv. rightly, by right. 
Juro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to sioear. 
Jus, juris, n. 3. right, law. 
Juste, ad^Y. justly. 
Justitia, sd, f. 1. justice. 
Justus, a, um, adj. just. 
Juvat, it, are, imp. it delights, it 

pleases. 
Juvenalis, is, m. 3. Juvenal, a Ro- 
man poet. 
Juvenilis, e, adj. youthful. 
Juvenis, is, c. 3. a young man or 

woman. 
Juventa, S9, f. 1. youth, the time of 

youth. 
Juventus, utis, i. 3. youth. 
Juvo, are, juvi, [seldom jutum,) tr. 

1, to help, to assist. 
Juxta, prep. <fe adv. nigh to, even, 

alike. 

K. 

Kalendse, arum, f. pi. 1. the Ka- 
lends. 



Labienus, i, m. 2. a Roman general. 

Labor, oris, m. 3. labour. 

Labor, labi, lapsus, dep. 3. to slide, 

to fall. 
Labor o, are, avi, atum, tr. &, intr. 

1. to labour, to be in distress. 
Laeedasmon, onis, f. 3. Lacedemon^ 

the capital of Laconia. 



LAX 



281 



LIG 



Lacedaeraonius, a, um, adj. Lacede- 
monian. 

Lacesso, ere, ivi, itum, tr. 3. to pro- 
voke^ to annoy. 

Lacrimo, are, avi, atura, intr. 1. to 
■weep. 

Lacryraa, ae, f. 1. a tear. 

Laedo, ere, si, sum, tr. 3. to strike^ 
to hurt. 

Lfetitia, se, f. l.joy, gladness. 

Laetor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to rejoice. 

Lajtus, a, ura, adj. glad, joyful. 

LaBvinus, i, m. 2. a Roman consul. 

Ltevor, oris, m. 3. smoothness. 

Laraei:itatio, onis, f. 3, lamenta- 
tion. 

Laneus, a, um, adj. woollen^ of 
wool. 

Lanincium, ii, n. 2. spinning wool. 

Laodicea, as, f. 1. Laodicea^ a city 
of Asia. 

Lapis, idis, m. 3. a stone. 

Larcius, ii, m. 2. a man's name. 

Largior, Iri, itus, dep. 4. to give 
liberally J to lavish. 

Largus, a, um, adj. large, plentiful. 

Lascivia, se, f. 1. lasciviousness, 
luanton joy. 

Late, ius, issime, adv. widely. 

Lateo, ere, ui, — intr. 2. to he con- 
cealed, to lie hid. 

Latine, adv. in Latin. 

Latinus, a, um, adj. Latin. 

Latitude, inis, f. 3. breadth. 

Latro, onis, m. 3. a robber. 

Latus, a, um, adj. broad. 

Laudabilis, e, adj. laudable, ptraise- 
worthy. 

Laudatio, onis, f. 3. a eulogy. 

Laudator, oris, m. 3. a praise)', a 
commender. 

Laudo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
praise. 

Laurus, i, f. 2. a laurel. 

Laus, dis, f. 3. praise. 

Laxe, iu3, issime, adv. widely, loose- 
ly, carelessly. 

Laxo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to loosen, 
extend. 



Lectito, are, avi, atum, tr. I. to read 
often, to peruse. 

Lectum, i, u. 2. a bed. 

Lectus, a, um (ior, issimus), adj. 
choice, select. 

Legatus, i, m. 2. an ambassador, a 
lieutenant, 

Legio, onis, f. 3. a legion. 

Lego, ere, legi, lectum, tr. 3. to 
read, to gather. 

Lenio, ire, ivi or ii, itum, tr. 4. to 
softeti. 

Lenis, e, adj. smooth, gentle. 

Leniter, adv. softly, gently. 

Lentus, a, um, adj. pliant, slow. 

Leo, onis, m. 3. a lion. 

Lepus, oris, m. 3. a hare. 

Letilius, ii, m. 2. a man^s name. 

Levis, e, adj. light, swift, trifling. 

Levo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to rc" 
lieve. 

Lex, legis, f. 3. a laio. 

Libanus, i, m. 2. Lebanon. 

Libellus, i, m. 2. dim. a little book, 
a memorial, a petition. 

Libenter, adv. willingly, gladly. 

Liber, bri, m. 2. bark, a book. 

Liber, era, erum, adj. free. 

Liberalis, e, adj. liberal, free. 

Liberalitas, atis, f. 3. civility, libe- 
rality. 

Liberaliter, adv. liberally, gene- 
rously. 

Liberator, oris, m. 3. a deliverer. 

Liberi, orura, m. 2. children. 

Libero, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
free, to release. 

Libertas, atis, f. 3. liberty, free- 
dom. 

Libertus, i, m. 2. a freedman. 

Libido, inis, f. 3. desire, will, lust. 

Licentia, se, f. 1. liberty, licentious- 
ness. 

Licet, ere, uit, & itum est, imp. it 
is lawfid, it is in the power of. 

Licet, conj. althoicgh. 

Lictor, oris, m. 3. a lictor. 

Liger, ^ris, m. 3. the Liger (Loire). 

, Lignum, i, n. 2. wood. 



LUD 



282 



MAL 



Limeii, mis, n. 3. a threshold, a 
door. 

Lingua, ae, f. 1, the toiigue. 

Licjuidus, a, um, adj. liquid^ clear , 
pure. 

Lis, litis, f. 3. strife, a lawsuit. 

Litera, se, f. 1. a letter. Pi. an epis- 
tle, learning. 

Literarius, a, um, adj. literary, 
of letters ; ludus literarius, a 
school. 

Literatus, a, um, adj. lettered, lite- 
rary. 

Littus (litus), oris, n. 3. the shore. 

Livius, ii, m. 2. Livy, a man's 
nayne. 

Loco, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to place, 
to contract for, to hire out. 

Locuples, etis, adj. rich, wealthy. 

Locupleto, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
enrich. 

Locus, i, m. 2. a place. PI. i or a. 

Longe, adv. far, far off. 

Longinquitas, atis, f. 3. distance, 
remoteness. 

Longitudo, inis, f. 3. length, 

Longus, a, um, adj. long. 

Loquax, acis, adj. loquacious. 

Loquor, qui, cutus, or quutus, dep. 
3. to speak. 

Lubenter, adv. willingly, with plea- 
sure. 

Lueeo, ere, xi, — intr. 2. to shine. 

Lucesco, ere, intr. incep. 3. to 
dawn. 

Lucifer, eri, m. 2. the morning star. 

Lucilius, ii, m. 2. a marCs name. 

Lucius, ii, m, 2. Lucius, a philoso- 
pher, 

Lucretia, ee, f. 1. Lucretia, wife of 
Collatinus. 

Lucrum, i, n. 2. gain. 

Luctus, us, m. 4. grief. 

Locus, i, m. 2. a grove, a wood. 

Ludibrium, ii, n. 2. a mockery, a 
sport. 

Ludo, ere, si, sum, tr. 3. to play, to 
sport. 

Ludus, i, m. 2. play, sport. 



Lugeo, ere, luxi, luctura, intr. 2. to 
mourn. 

Lumen, inis, n. 3. light. 

Luna, ae, f. 1. the moon. 

Luo, ere, i, itum, tr. 3. to pay, to 
expiate. 

Lusor, oris, m. 3. a sporter, a game- 
ster. 

Lusus, us, m. 4. a play, a sport. 

Lux, lucis, f. 3. light. 

Luxuria, as, f. 1. / , 

T . _'. p _ ^ luxury. 

Luxuries, ei, i. 5. j ^ 

Luxurio, are, avi, atum, intr. 1. to 
be luxurious, to be wanton. 

Luxus, us, m. 4. riot, excess. 

L^'curgus, i, m. 2. Lycurgus. 

Lydus, i, m. 2. a ynan's name. 

Lysander, dri, m. 2. Lysander. 

Lysimachus, i, ra. 2. Ly.Yimac]iiis,a 
mans name. 



M. 

Macedo, onis, m. 3. a Macedo7iian. 

Macies, ei, f. 6. leanness. 

Maecenas, atis, m. 3. Maecenas, a. 
Roman. 

Magis, adv. more. 

M agister, tri, m. 2. a master. 

Magistratus, us, m. 4. a magistrate, 
magistracy, 

Magnanimus, a, iim, adj. magnani- 
mous, brave. 

Magnes, etis, m. 3. the loadstone. 

Magnilicus, a, um, adj. magnifi- 
cent, splendid. 

Magnitiido, inis, f. 3. greatness. 

Magnopere, adv. greatly. 

Magnus, a, um, adj. great. 

Mago, onis, m. 3. Mago, a brother 
of Hannibal. 

Majestas, atis, f. 3. greatness, ma- 
jesty, treason. 

Major, us, adj. comp. greater ; ma- 
jor natu, older. 

Majoros, um, pi. m. 3. ancestors. 

Mala, ee, f. 1. the cheek. 

Male, adv. badly, wickedly. 



MAS 



283 



MEN 



Maledico, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 8. to 
rail at^ abuse. 

Malelicium, ii, ii. 2. a wicked action^ 
inifichief. 

Malevoleiitia, £e, f. 1. ill-idll, ma- 
lice. 

Malitia, se, f. 1. malice, zoickediiess. 

Malo, le, ui, irr. to be more willing, 
to prefer. 

Malum, i, n. 2. an evily a mischief. 

Mains, a, um, adj. bad, wicked. 

]\Iai)cipiiim, ii, n. a slave. 

Maiido,are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to com- 
mit to 071 e\^ cJiarge, to comrnand. 

Aiaiieo, ere, si, sum, intr. <& tr. 2. 
to stay, to wait for, remain. 

Mauiius, ii, m. 2. a man's name. 

Mano, are, avi, atuni, intr. 1. to 
flow, drop. 

Mansiietudo, mis, f. 1. good nature, 
clemency. 

Mantica, ae, f. 1. a ivallet, a bag. 

Mantinea, fe, f, 1. a city of Arcadia. 

Mantua, se, f. 1. Mantua, a city in 
Italy. 

Manumitto, ere, misi, missum, tr. 
3. to manumit, set free. 

Manus, us, f. 4. the hand, a band. 

Ma races, is, m. 3. a man's name. 

Marathon, onis, m. 3. Marathon. 

Marcelliuus, i, m. 2. a mans name. 

Marcel 1 us, i, m. 2. Marcellus. 

Maicius (Ancus), ii, m. 2. a Roman 
king. 

Marcus, i, m. 2. a m.ans na^ne. 

Mardonius, ii, m. 2. a Persian ge- 



Mare, is, n. 3. the sea. 
Margarita, ae, f. 1. a pearl. 
Vlarius, ii, m. 2. Marius, a Roman 

general. 
Slarmor, oris. m. 3. marble. 
)(lars, tis, m. 3. Mars, the god of 

war. 
yiarsus, a, um, adj. Marsian. 
Idarsyas, se, m. 1. a man's name, a 

river in Phrygia. 
ilasinissa, ae, m. 1. a king of Nu- 

midia. 



Massa, sc, m. 1. a mans name. 

Massageta3, arum, pi. m. 1. a people 
of Scyihia. 

Mater, tris, f. 3. a mother. 

Materia, a3, & Materies, ei, f. 1. <fe 

• 5. material, wood, timber. 

Mathematicus, i, m. 2. a mathema- 
tician, an astrologer. 

Mature, adv. speedily, early. 

Maturo, are, avi, atum, intr. 1. to 
make haste. 

Matiirus, a, um, adj. mature, ripe. 

Matutiuus, a, um, adj. early in the 
morning. 

Maurus, i, m. 2. a Moor. 

Maxime, adv. sup. very much. 

Maximus, a, um, adj. sup. very great, 
greatest. 

Medicamentura, i, n. 2. a potion. 

Medicina, se, £ 1. medicine, a cure. 

Medicus, i, m. 2. a physician. 

Mediocris, e, adj. ordinary. 

Meditatio, onis, f. 3. meditation, 
study. 

Meditor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to medi- 
tate, to practise. 

Medius, a, um, adj. middle. 

Megara, se, f. 1. the name of a city. 

Melior, us, adj. comp. better. 

Melius, adv. comp. better. 

Mellifico, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
make honey. 

Membrana, se, f. 1. a membrane. 

Membrum, i, n. 2. a member, a 
limb. 

Memini, isse, def. to remember. 

Mem or, oris, adj. mindful. 

Memoria, se, f. 1. memory, recollec- 
tion. 

Memoro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
relate, to tell. 

Mendacium, ii, u. 2. a lie. 

Mend ax, acis, adj. lying, deceitful. 
Sub. a liar. 

Menelaus, i, m. 2. Menelaus, brother 

of Agamemnon. 
Me'nismiui, orum, m. 2. the Menis- 

mini. 
Mens, tis, f. 3. the mind. 



MIN 



284 



MOL 



Mensa, se, f. 1. a table. 

Mensis, is, m. 3. a month. 

Mensura, se, f. 1. a measure. 

Mentio, onis, f, 3. mention. 

ilentior, iri, itus, dep. 4. to lie. 

2\lercator, oris, m. 3. a merchant. - 

xrlerces, edis, f. 3. a reward, hire. 

Mercor, ari, atus, tr. dep. 1. to 
huij. 

Mercurius, ii, m. 2. Mercury. 

Mereo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 2. to earn, 
to deserve. 

Mereor, eri, itus, dep. 2. to deserve. 

Meridianus, a, tim, adj. of mid-day, 
meridiaji. 

Merito, adv. deservedly. 

Meritum, i, n. 2. a reward, merit. 

Meta, 8d, f. 1. a goal, a limit. 

Metellus, i, m. 2. Metellus, a man's 
name. 

Metuo, ere, i, — tr. 3. to fear, to 
he of raid. 

Metus, tis, ni. 4. fear. 

Mens, a, um, pron. tny, or 7nine. 

Micipsa, £e, m. 1, a king of Nu- 
tnidia. 

Migro, are, avi, atiim, intr. 1. to re- 
move, to depart from. 

Miles, itis, m. 3. a soldier. 

Milesius, a, um, adj. a Milesian. 

Militaris, e, adj. military, of a sol- 
dier. 

Militia, ee, f. 1. warfare, military 
service; militise, abroad. 

Mille, n. ind. a thousand ; PL mil- 
lia, ium, &c. 

Milo, Onis, m. 3. Milo, a famous 
athlete of Croton. 

IMiltiades, is, m. 3. Miltiades. 

Mina, as, f. 1. a threat, more com- 
monly minse arum, pL 

Mina, fe, f. 1. a pound. 

Minerva, se, f. 1. Minerva, the god- 
dess of wisdo/n, (tc. 

Mini me, adv. least, very little. 

Minimus, a, um, adj. least, very 
little. 

Minor, us, adj. less. 

Minor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to threaten. 



Minos, ois, m. 3. Minos, a cele- 
brated lawgiver. 

Minuo, ere, i, iitum, tr. 3. to lessen, 
to diminish. 

Minus, adv. less. 

Miraculum, i, n. 2. a 7niracle. 

Miror, ari, atus, dep. 1. to wonder, 
to admire. 

Mir us, a, um, adj. wonderficl. 

Misceo, ere, scui, stum, or xtum, 
tr. 2. to mix. 

Miser, era, erum, adj. wretched, 
miserable. 

MiserabiUs, e, adj. miserable. 

Misereor, eri, ertus, or eritus, dep. 
2. to pity. 

Miseresco, ere, tr. 3. to pity. 

Miseret, ere, uit, ck ertum est, imp. 
it pities. 

Miseria, se, f. 1. misery. 

Misericordia, ?e, f. 1. pity. 

Misericors, dis, adj. merciful. 

Mithridates, is, m. 3. King of Fon- 
tus. 

Mitigo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
tame, to mitigate. 

Mitto, ere, misi, missum, tr. 3. to 
send. 

Mobilis, e, adj. moveable, fickle. 

Moderate, adv. moderately, with 
moderation. 

Moderatio, onis, f. 3. moderation. 

Moderor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to mo- 
derate, to govern. 

Modestia, fe, f. 1. moderation, mo- 
desty. 

Modo, adv. just noio, only. 

Modus, i, m. 2. a measure, a manner, 
moderation. 

Mcenia, ium, n. pi. 3. walls. 

Moereo, ere and Moereor, eri, intr. 
2. to mourn, to lament, to be sad. 

Moeror, oris, m. 3, grief, sorrow. 

Moestitia, se, f. 1. sadiiess, gloom. 

Moestus, a, um, adj. sad, sorroiofid. 

Moleste, adv. grievously, painfully. 

Molestia, se, f. 1. trouble, uneasi- 
ness. 

Molestus, a, um, adj. disagreeable. 



285 



^^Ec 



Molior, Iri, itus, dep. 4. to contrive, 
to prepare. 

Molllo, ire, Ivi, itum, tr. 4« to 
softcM, 

Mollis, e, adj. soft. 

Moneo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 2. to ad- 
vise, to admonish. 

Monitor, oris, m. 3. an adviser, 

Monitum, i, n. 2. an advice. 

Mons, montis, m. 8. a mountain. 

Monstro, are, avi, atiini, tr. 1. to 
show, point out. 

Montanus, i, m. 2. a mountaineer. 

Monumentum, i, n. 2. a monument. 

]\lora, ?e, f. 1. delay. 

Ivloratus, a, urn, adj. of good morals. 

Morbus, i, m. 2. a disease. 

Morior, i, tuus, dep. 8. to die. 

Moror, ari, atus, dep. 1. to delay. 

Mors, tis, f. 3. death. 

Mortalis, e, adj. mortal. 

Mortalitas, atis, f. 3. mortality. 

Mos, moris, in. 3. a manner, a 
custom. 

Motiis, lis, m. 4. a motion. 

Moveo, ere, ovi, otum, tr. 2. to 
move. 

Mox, adv. hy and hye, presently. 

Mucianus, i, m. 2, a man's no/ine. 

Mulier, cris, f. 3. a woman. 

^lultitudo, inis, f. 3. a multitude. 

Miilto, are, avi, atum, tr. to fine, 
to punish. 

Multo, adv. hy much, much. 

Multus, a, um, adj. much. 

MClIus, i, m. 2. a mule. 

Mummius, ii, m. 2. a man's name. 

Idandus, i, m. 2. the world. 

Munif icus, a, um, adj. munificent. 

Munio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. 4. to for- 
tify, to defend. 
i Munus, eris, n. 3. a gift, an office. 

Mursena, se, f. 1. a lamprey 

Murus, i, m. 2. a wall. 
' Musa, se, f. 1. a Muse, 
' Mutatio, onis, f. 3. change, 
s Mutius, ii, m. 2. Mutius^ a Roman. 

Muto, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
change. 



I !Mutus, a, um, adj. mute, silent. 
Mutuus, a, um, adj. lent, or bor- 
rowed, mutual. 



N. 

Xffi, adv. assuredly, truly. 

Nam, coiij.ybr. 

Nanciscor, nancisci, nactus, dep. 3. 

to get, to obtairi. 
Nantuates, um, m. pi. 3. a people 

of Gaul. 
Narratio, onis, f. 3. a narrative. 
Narro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to tell, 

to relate. 
Nascor, nasci, natus, dep. 3. to be 

born. 
Natalis, e, adj. relating to one's 

birth, native. 
Natio, onis, f. 3. a nation. 
Nato, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to swim. 
Natura, se, f. 1. nature. 
Naturalis, e, adj. natural. 
Natus, a, um, adj. born, descended. 
Naucrates, is, m. 3. a man's name. 
Naucum, i, n. 2. a trifle ; nauci, of 

no value. 
Naufragium, ii, n. 2. a shipwreck. 
Navalis, e, adj. naval. 
Navigatio, onis, f. 3. a sailing, 

navigation. 
Navigo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

sail. 
Navis, is, f. 3. a ship. 
Ne, conj. lest, that not, not. 
Ne, an enclitic particle, used to 

ask a question, and always sub- 
joined to another word. 
Neapolitanus, a, um, adj. JSfeapo- 

litan. 
Nebulo, onis, m. 3. a rascal, a 

worthless fellow. 
Nee, coDJ. nor, neither. 
Necessarius, a, um, adj. necessary. 
Necessarius, ii, m. 2. an intiynate 

friend. 
Necesse, adj. indec. necessary. 
Necessita?, fitis, f. 3. necessity. 



NIM 



286 



NUL 



]N"ecessitudo, inis, f. 3. friendship. 

Necne, conj. or not. 

Neco, are, avi, or iii, atum, tr. 1. to 

kill. 
Nefas, n. ind. (used only in the 

nom. ace. and voc.) an unlawful 

thing, wickedness. 
Negligens, tis, adj. negligent, care- 
less. 
jSTegligentia, se, f. 1. negligence. 
Is^egligo, ere, exi, ectum, tr. 3. to 

neglect, to despise. 
Nego, are, avi, atiim, tr. 1. to deny, 

to refuse. 
Negotium, ii, n. 2. a business, an 

employment. 
ISTemo, inis, c. 3. nobody. 
IN'eptis, is, f. 3. a grand-daughter. 
JSTevq^uam, adj. ind. worthless, wicked. 
Keque, conj. neither, nor. 
Kequeo, Ire, ivi, <fe ii, itum, irr. not 

to be able, to be unable. 
I^equicqiiam, adv. in vain. 
J^eqiiis, qua, quod, or quid, pron. 

lest any one, no one. 
jS"equitia, se, f. 1. worthlessiiess, 

wickedness. 
Nero, onis, m. 3. a Romam em- 
peror. 
Nerva, ?e, m. 1. a Roman emperor. 
Nervus, i, m. 2. a nerve, a sinew. 
JSTescio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. 4. not to 

knoio, to be ignorant. 
IsTescius, a, um, adj. ignorant. 
Neuter, tra, trum, adj. neither of 

the two. 
Neutiquam, adv. by no means. 
Nex, necis, f. 3. death {by violence). 
Nicanor, oris, ni. 3. a man^s name. 
Nidifico, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

make a nest. 
Nigresco, ere, intr. 3. to grcnv bl<ick. 
Nihil, n, ind. (used only in the nom. 

ace. & voc.) nothing. 
Nihilum, i, n. 2. nothing. 
'*^>il, contracted for nihil. 
Nilus, i, m. 2. the Nile, a river of 

Egypt. 
Nimis, adv. too much, or too little. 



Nimium, adv. too much, exceed- 
ingly. 

Nimius, a, um, adj. too great, ex- 
cessive. 

Ninus, i, m. 2. Ninus, the builder 
of Nineveh. 

Nisi, conj. if not, unless. 

Nitor, niti, nisus, or nixus, dep. 3. 
to strive, to attempt. 

Nitrosus, a, um, adj. nitrous. 

Nix, nivis, f. 3. snow. 

Nobilis, e, adj. well-known, famous, 
noble. 

Nobilitas, atis, f. 3. renown, no 
bility. 

Nocens, tis, adj. hurtful. 

Noceo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 2. to hurt. 

Noctu, adv. in the night. 

Nodosus, a, um, adj. full of knots, 
knotty. 

Nolo, le, ui, irr. to be unwilling. 

Nomen, inis, n. 3. a name. 

Nominatim, adv. by name. 

Nomino, are, avi, atum, 1, to 
name. 

Non, adv. not. 

Nonaginta, num. adj. indec. ninety. 

Nondum, adv. not yet. 

Nonue, adv. not? If — not. 

Nonnullus, a, nm, adj. some; PI. 
some persons. 

NonnuDquam, adv. sometimes. 

Nosco, ere, vi, tum, tr. S. to learn, 
to become acquainted with. 

Noster, tra, trum, pron. our, ours. 

Notitia, jc, f. 1. knowledge. 

Nov en dial is, e, adj. of nine days. 

Novi, I know ; Rerf. of nosco. 

Novissimus, a, um, adj. sup. latest, 
last. 

Nov it as, atis, f. 3. newness. 

Novus, a, um, adj. new. 

Nox, ctis, f. 3. night. 

Noxius, a, um, adj. hurtful, guilty. 

Nubes, is, f. 3. a cloud. 

Nubo, ere, psi, ptum, tr. to marry, 
{spoken of a woman.) 

Nudus, a, um, adj. naked, bare. 

Nullus, a, um, adj. none, no. 



OBL 



287 



occ 



Kum, ad\^ whether or not? whe- 
ther. 
Nunia, re, m. 1, Numd, the second 

king of Rome. 
Numantinus, a, urn, adj. of Nu- 

mantia, Numantine. 
Xiiineii, inifl, n. 8. a nod, the toill 

of the gods, a deity. 
Nimiero, are, avi, atum, a. 1. to 

number, to pay. 
jSTumerus, i, in. 2. a number. 
Numidia, se, f. 1. Nmnidia. 
Xiimmus, ], m. 2. a piece of money , 

money. 
Nnniquis — numquid, interrog. pr. 

= num quis. 
Nunc, adv. now. 
i^xuncio, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

announce, to tell, to carry tidings. 
Xuncius, ii, ni. 2. a messenger. 
^aiiieupo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

call, to name. 
Kunquam, adv. never. 
Kuper, adv. lately. 
Is^usquani, adv. nowJicre. 



O. 

O, int. 1 

Oaxis (Oaxes), is. m. 3. a river of 

Crete. 
Ob, prep, for, on account of 
Obambulans, tis, pt. walking about. 
Obduco, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3, to 

lead against, to cover. 
Obedio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. 4. to 

obey. 
Objicio, ere, jeci, jectum, tr. 3, to 

throw before. 
Objuriifo, aie, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

chide, to reprove. 
j Obiigo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to tie 
I round, to bind. 

Obliquus, a, urn, adj. oblique, 

crooked. 
Oblivio, onis, f. 3. forgetfulness. 
Obliviscor, ivisci, itus, dep. 3. to 

forget. 



Obnoxius, a, um, adj. liable, ex- 
posed to. 
Obnubo, ere, psi, ptum, tr. 3. to 

veil. 
Obrepo, ere, psi, ptum, tr. 3. to 

creep upon. 
Obruo, ere, ui, iitum, tr. 3. to cover, 

to overwhelm. 
Obscurus, a, um, adj. obscure, 

dark. 
Obsecro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

beseech. 
Obsequium, li, n. 2. compliance, 

obsequiousness. 
Obsequor, qui, ciitus, or quutus, 

dep. 3. to comply with, to obey. 
Observe, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

observe. 
Obses, idis, c. 3, a hostage. 
Obsideo, ere, sedi, sessum, tr. 2, 

to besiege. 
Obsisto, ere, stiti, {rarely stitum,) 

tr. 3. to stop, to hinder. 
Obsto, are, stiti, statum, tr. 1. to 

stand i7i the way, to oppose. 
Obstupesco, ere, ui, — , intr. 3. to 

be amazed. 
Obsum, esse, fui, irr. to hurt. 
Obtempero, are, avi, atum, tr. 1, 

to cwnply with, to obey. 
Obtineo, ere, tiuui, tentum, tr. 2. 

to hold, to obtain. 
Obtrectatio, onis, t 3. an envying, 

a detractiiig. 
Obvenio, ire, veni, ventum, intr. 4. 

to meet. 
Obviam, adv. in the way, toward, 

against; ire obviam, to meet. 
Obvolvo, ere, vi, iitum, tr. 3. to 

muffle np. 
Occido, ere, di, sum, tr. 3. to kill. 
Occido, ere, cidi, casum, intr. 3. to 

fall, to die, 
Occulo, ere, ui, turn, tr. 3. to hide, 

to conceal. 
Occnmbo, ere, cubui, cubitum, 

intr. 3. to fall, to die. 
Occupo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

occupy, to take possession of. 



OPI 



288 



CRN 



Occurro, ere, ciirri, or ciiciirri, cnr- 
sura, tr. 3. to run agaiiist, to 
meet. 

Oceanus, i, m. 2, the ocean. 

Octaviu3, ii, in. 2. a man's name. 

Octo, adj. num. indec. eight. 

Octogesimus, a, um, adj. the 
eightieth. 

Octoginta, adj. ind. eighty. 

Oculus, i, m. 2. the eye. 

Odi, odisse, def. to hate. 

Odium, ii, n. hatred. 

Often do, ere, di, sum, tr. 3. to 
strike against, to offend. 

Offensio, onis, f. 3. misfortune y of- 
fence. 

Oli^ro, offerre, obtuli, oblatum, irr. 
to hriiig before, to offer. 

Officio, ere, feci, fectum, tr. 3» to 
hinder, to obstrtcct. 

Officiosus, a, um, adj. dutiful, at- 
tentive. 

Ofiieium, ii, n. 2. an office, a duty. 

Oleo, ere, ui, itum, intr. 2. to emit 
a smell. 

Oliva, Si, f. 1. the olive. 

Olympia, ?e, f. 1. Olympia, a plain 
of Mis, in Greece. 

01}^ m pi as, adis, f. 3. Olympiad. 

Olympius, a, um, adj. Olympio.n. 

Ouiitto, ere, si, ssum, tr. 3. to ne- 
glect, to omit. 

Omniuo, adv. vjholly, altogether. 

Omnis, e, adj. all, every. 

Onero, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
load. 

Onus, eris, n. 3. a burden, a load. 

Opera, se, f. 1. work, endeavour, 
pains. 

Operosus, a, um, adj. laborious, 
active, difficult. 

Opifex, icis, m. 3. a workman. 

Opimius, ii, m. 2. a Roman consul. 

Opinio, onis, f. 3. an opinion, a 
belief. 

Opinor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to help, 
to assist. 

Opis, Ge7i. opem, ope, f. 3. power,*' 
help; pL op^s, iim, li^c, riches. 



Opitulor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to help, 

to assist. 
Oportet, ere, uit, imp. it behoves, 
it is fit. 

Oppi aniens, i, m. 2. a man's name. 

Oppidum, i, n. 2, a town. 

Opportunus, a, um, adj. suitablCy 
C07ivenient. 

Opprimo, ere, essi, essum, tr. 3. to 
press against, to oppress, to bury 

Opprobrium, ii, n. 2. a reproach. 

Oppugn atio, onis, f. 3. an attack. 

Optabilis, e, adj. desirable. 

Optime, adv. very well. 

Optimus. a, um, adj. very good, 
best. 

Opto, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. .to wish, 
to desire. 

Opulens, tis, adj. rich, wealthy. 

Opulentia, se, f, 1. riches, wealth. 

Opulentus, a, um, adj. rich, 
wealthy. 

Opus, eris, n. 3. work, labour. 

Opus, n. ind. need. 

Opus, adj. ind. needful, expedieiit. 

Oraeulum, i, n. 2. an oracle. 

Oratio, onis, f. 3. an oration, a 
speech. 

Orator, oris, m. 3. an oraior, a ne- 
gotiator. 

Oratorice, adv. oratorically. 

Orbis, is, m. 3. a circle, the world. 

Orbo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to de- 
prive. 

Ordino, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to ar- 
range, put i7t order. 

Ordo, inis, m. 3. order. 

Orestes, is, m. 3. Orestes, a man's 
name. 

Oriens, tis, m. 3. the rising sun, ■ 
the east. 

Orior, iri, tus, dep. 3. to rise, to 
arise. 

Ornamentum, i, n. 2. an ornament, 
grace. 

Ornatus, lis, m. 4. an ornament, a 
dress. 

Orno, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
adorn, to dress. 



PAR 



289 



TAT 



Oro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to speak, to 

beg. 
Orphicus, a, um, adj. Orphic, of 

Orpheus. 
Os, oris, D. 3. the mouthy face, coun- 
tenance. 
Osculiim, i, n. 2. a kiss. 
Ostendo, ere, di, sum, tr. 3. to 

shoWy to declare. 
Ostentatio, onis, f. 3. ostentation, 

vanity. 
Ostento, are, avi, atum, tr. to 

show. 
Otho, onis, m. 3. Otho, a Roman 

surnatne, 
Otiosus, a, um, adj. idle. 
Otium, ii, n. 2. idleness, leisure. 
Ovidius, ii, m. 2. Ovidy a Latin 

poet. 
Ovis, is, f. 3. a sheep. 



Pabulum, i, n. 2. fodder. 

Pactum, i, D. % a bargahiy ari 

agree?nent. 
Padus, i, m. 2. the river JPo. 
Psene, adv. almost, nearly, 
Pagus, i, m. 2. a canton. 
Pala, SB, f. 1. a stone {of a ring.) 
Palam, adv. openly. 
Palans, tis, pt. wandering. 
Palla, ae, f. 1. a palla, or rohe. 
Pallium, ii, n. 2. a rohe. 
Palma, £e, f. 1. the palm of the 

hand. 
Palpebra, sa, f. 1. an eyelid. 
Pal us, udis, f. 3. a marsh. 
PamphiJus, i, m. 2. a man^s name. 
Panaetius, ii, m. 2. a man!s name. 
Panis, is, m. 3. bread. 
Par, paris, adj. equal, like. 
Parce, adv. sparingly. 
Parco, ere, peperci, parsum, scl- 

dom parsi, parsitum, tr. 3. to 
. spare. 
Parens, iis, c. 3. a parent. 



18 



Pareo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 2. to appear, 
to obey. 

Paries, etis, m. 3. the wall of a 
house, a house. 

Pario, ere, peperi, partum, o?' ]~)arT- 
tum, tr. 3. to bring forth, to 
produce, to procure. 

Paris, id is, m. 3. Faris, the son of 
Priam. 

Pariter, adv. in like manner, 
equally. 

Parma, ae, f. 1. Parma, a city in 
Italy. 

Parmeiiio, onis, m. 3. one of Alex- 
ander's generals. 

Paro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to pre- 
pare, to acquire. 

Pars, tis, f. 3. a part. 

Parsimonia, se, f. 1. frugality, par- 
simony. 

Parthus, i, m. 2. a Parthian. 

Particeps, ipis, adj. sharing, privy 
to. 

Partim, adv. partly. 

Parum, adv. little, too little. 

Parviilus, a, um, adj. very little, 
very small. 

Parvus, a, um, adj. little, s?nall. 

Pasco, ere, vi, stum, tr. 3. to feed. 

Passus, us, m. 4. apace. 

Patefacio, ere, feci, factum, tr. 3. to 
open, to clean 

Pateo, ere, ui, — intr. 2. to be open. 

Pater, tris, m. 3. a father. 

Pater-f ami lias, patris-familias, m. 
8 & 1, the father of a family. 

Paternus, a, um, adj. paternal, of 
a father. 

Patiens, tis, adj. capable of endur- 
ing, patient. 

Patienter, adv. patiently. 

Patientia, se, f. 1. patience. 

Patior, i, passus, dep. 3. to hear, to 
suffer. 

Patria, ae, f. 1. one^s native country. 

Patrimonium, ii, n. 2. patrimony. 

Patro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to bring 
to an end. 

Patronus, i, m. 2. a jmtron. 



PER 



290 



PER 



Pat runs, i, ni. 2. an \incle hy the j 

father s sid^, a/i uncle . 
Pauei, a?, a, seldom us, a, um, adj. : 

fur. 
Paulo, adv. hii a little, a little. 
Fauiulum, adv, a little, very little. 
Paululus, a, um, adj. a very little. 
Paulum, adv. a little. 
Paulus, i, m. 2. FauJus, a rnajis 

■name. 
Pauper, eris, adj. poor. 
Paupertas, dtis, f. 3. poverty. 
Pausanias, se^ m. 1. Pausania^s. 
Pavor, oris, m. 8. great fear. 
Pax, pacis, f. Z^ peace. 
Peccatum. i, u. 2. afay.lt, a si?i. 
Pecco, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to si7i, 

to offend, to blunder. 
Peftus. oris, n. S. the brcas*, the 

mind. 
Peculor, ari, atus^ den. 1. to rob, to 

plunder. 
Pecunia, se, f. 1. money. 
(Pecus seldom used.) udis, i. 3. a 

beast, a sheep ; PL cattle. 
Pedes, itis^ m. 3. a foot soldier. 
Pejero, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to vio- 
late an oath. 
Pejor, us, adj. worse. 
Pellcens, a, um, adj. beloncp.nq to 

Pella, PellcEan. 
Pellis, is, f. 3. a skin. 
Pello, ere, pepuli, pulsum, tr. 3. to 

drive. 
Pendeo, ere, pependi, pen5um,intr. 

2. to hang. 
Pendo, ere, pependi, pensum, tr, 3. 

to iveigh, to value, to esteem. 
Penes, prep. i7i the pov:er of. 
Penetro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

penetrate. 
Penitus, adv. entirely, far. 
Peosilis, e, adj. hanging. 
Pel; so, are, avi, atum, tr. 1, to 

weigh. 
Pensum, i, n. 2. concern, care, re- 
gard. 
Pcnuria, £e, f. 1. warit, scarcity/. 
Per, prep, by, through. 



Perggo, ere, egi, actum, tr. 3. to 

fnish ; pass., to be over. 
Percipio, ere, cepi, ceplnm, tr. 3. 

to perceive, to learn, to gather 

{fruit), to enjoy. 
Pere-out-or, ari, atus, dep. 1. to in- 
quire, to ercamine. 
Percrebesco, ere, brui, &. bui, — , 

intr. 3. to spread abroad, to be- 
come kjiGion. 
Perculsus, a, um, pt. being strueJ:. 
Percunetor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to 

question. 
Percutio, ere, cns&l, cussum, tr. 3. 

to strike ; percutere seeuri, fo be- 
head. 
Perdiccas. pe, di. 1, a general of 

Alexander. 
Perdisco, ere, didici, — , to ham 

thoroughly, to commit to meynory. 
Perdo, ere, didi, ditum, tr. 3. to 

destroy, to lose. 
Peidomo, are, ui, itum, tr. 1. to 

subdue, to conquer. 
Peregrinus, i, m. 2. a foreigner. 
Pereo, ire, ii, seldom ivi, itum, intr. 

irr. to perish, to ht lost, to die. 
Perfecte, adv. perfectly. 
Perfectio, onis, f 3. perfection. 
Peifectus, a, um, ady perfect, e7itire, 
Perfero, ferre, tuli, latum, tr. irr. 

to suff'er. 
Perficio, ere, feci, fectum, tr. 3. to 

finish, to execute. 
Pt-rfidia, fe, f. 1. treachery, perfidy. 
Perfidus, a, um, adj. perfidious. 
Perforo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

pierce through. 
Perfruor, ui, uctus, or uitus, dep. 

3. to enjoy very much. 
Perfiigio, gere, fiigi, fugitum, intr, 

3. to fly for sJtelfer. 
Perfugium, ii, n. 2. a refuge. 
Pergamum, i, n. 2. Pergdmus, the 

citadel of Troy. 
Pergo, ere', exij^ectum, tr. 3. to go 

forward, to proceed. 
Perhumauiter, adv. very kindly. 
Periculo^us. a, imi. i\dj\^'^ dangerouz. 



291 



PIN 



Periculum, i, ii. 2. danger. 

Periude, adv. just tlie sa7ne, equally, 

Peritus, a, urn, adj. skilled, accus- 
tomed. 

Perm an CO, ere, si, sum, n. 2. to re- 
main, to continue. 

IVMiiiansio, onis, f. 3. a remaining. 

l^ermeo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
Jlow through. 

Permitto, ere, isi, issum, tr. 3. to 
send away, to allow. 

Permoveo, ere, vi, turn, tr. 2. to 
move. 

Permultus, a, um, adj. very many. 

Permutatio, onis, f. 3. a changing, 
an altering. 

Perniciosus, a, um, adj. destructiue, 
hurtful. 

Pernix, icis, adj. sicift, nimble. 

Pernocto, are, avi, atum, iutr. 1. to 
pass the night. 

Perperam, adv. rashly, amiss. 

Perpetior, peti, pessus, dep. 3. to 
suffer. 

Perpetuo, adv. perpetually. 

Perpetuus, a, um, adj. perpetual, 
continual. 

Perquam, adj. very. 

Pers^e, arum, m. pi. 1. Persians. 

Perssepe, adv. very often. 

Perscribo, ere, psi, ptum, tr. 3. to 
describe. 

Persequor, qui, cutus, or quutus, 
dep. 3, to follow close, to pursue. 

Persevero, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
persevere. 

Persicus, a, um, adj. Persian. 

Persis, idis, m. 3. Persia. 

Persona, se, f. 1. a person, a mash. 

Perspicio, ere, exi, ectum, tr. 3. to 
see plainly, to understand. 

Perspicuus, a, um, adj. clear, mani- 
fest. 

Persuadeo, ere, si, sum, tr. 2. to 
persuade. 

Pertimesco, ere, timui, — tr. 3. to 
fear, to dread. 

Pertinacia, ae, f. 1. obstinacy, per- 
tinacity. 



Pertinaciter, adv. resolutely. 
Pertinax, acis, m. 3. a maiis name, 
Pertineo, ere, ui, tentum, intr. 2. 

to pertain, to tend. 
Perturbatio, onis, f. 3. a confusion, 

a disturbance. 
Perturbo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

disturb greatly, to embroil. 
Pervenio, ire, veni, ventum, n. 4. 

to come to, to arrive at. 
Pes, pedis, m. 3. a foot. 
Pessimus, a, um, adj. very bad, 

worst 
Pessundo, are, dedi, datum, tr. 1. 

to ruin, to destroy. 
Pcstifer, era, erum, adj. pestiferous, 

ruinous. 
Pestis, is, f. 3. a pest, a plague. 
Pcto, ere, ivi, itum, tr. 3. to ask, 

to seek, to go to. 
Petulans, tis, adj. ptetulant. 
Phsetlion, ontis, m. 3. Phcethon. 
Phalaris, idis, m. 3. Phalaris, a 

tyrarit of Agrigentum. 
Phalera, a?, f. 1. horse trappings. 
Pharus, i, f. 2. Pharus, an island 

opposite to the mouth of the Nile. 
Phiiippus, i, m. 2. Philip. 
Philocrates, is, m. 3. Philocrates. 
Philonides, is, m. 3. Philonides, a 

man^s name. 
Philosopliia, se, f. 1. philosophy. 
Philosopher, ari, atus, dep. 1. to 

philosophize. 
Philosophus, i, m. 2. a philosopher. 
Philotimus, i, m. 2. a manHs name. 
Pictura, se, f. 1. a painting, a pic- 
ture. 
Pie, adv. piously. 
Pier ides, um, f. 3. the Muses. 
Pietas, atis, f. 3. piety, affection. 
Piget, ere, uit, or itum est, imp. it 

grieves. 
Piger, gra, grum, adj. slow, dull. 
Pila, se, f. 1. a ball. 
Pilum, i, n. 2. a javelin, heavy 

dart. 
Pinguesco, ^re, n. 3. to grow 



POE 



292 



POS 



Pingiiis, e, adj. fat 

Piscina, se, f. 1. a fish jpond. 

Piscis, is, m. 3. a fish. 

Pisistratus, i, m. 2. Pisistratus, a 
tyrant of Athens. 

Piso, onis, m. 3. a marHs name. 

Pius, a, um, adj. pious, affectionate. 

Placabilis, e, adj. easy to he paci- 
fied, placable, 

Placabiiitas, atis, f. 3. gentleness, 
placability. 

Placate, adv. peaceable, with pati- 
ence. 

Placentia, ae, f. 1. Placentia, a city 
of Italy, 

Placeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 2. to 
please. 

Placet, ere, nit, imp. it pleases. 

Placide, adv. gently, mildly. 

Placidus, a, um, adj. gentle, mild. 

Placo, are, avi, atmn, tr. 1. to ap- 
pease. 

Plane, adv. plainly, evidently. 

Planitia, se, f. 1. & planities, ei, 6. 
f. a plain. 

Platanus, i, f. 2. the plane tree. . 

Plato, onis, m. 3. Plato, a Grecian 
philosopher. 

Plebs, plebis, c. 3. the common 
people. 

Plecto, ere, xui, & xi, xnm, tr. to 
tioist, to plait, to punish. 

Plenus, a, um, adj. full. 

Plerique, seque, aque, adj. the most, 
many. 

Plerumque, adv. for the most part, 
commonly. 

Ploro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to weep, 
to lament. 

Plurimum, adv. very much, most. 

Plurimus, a, um, adj. very much, 
7nost. 

Plus, pluris, adj. more; pi. plures, a. 

Pluto, onis, m. 3. God of the infer- 
nal regions. 

Poculum, i, n. 2. a goblet, a cup. 

Podagra, 93, f. 1. the gout in the 

^feet. 

Poe]2:a, atis, n. 3. a poem. 



Poena, se, f. 1. a compensation, pun^ 

ishment. 
Poenitet, ere, uit, imp. it repents. 
Poenus, i, m. 2. a Carthaginian. 
Poeta, se, m. 1. a poet. 
Polio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. 4. to smooth, 

to polish. 
Polite, adv. politely, elegantly. 
Pollux, ueis, m. 3. Pollux. 
PoUieeor, eri, itus, dep. 2. to offer ^ 

to promise. 
Pollio, onis, m. 3. a man^s name. 
Polus, i, m. 2. the pole, the sky. 
Pomoerium, li, n. 2. the pom ce- 
rium, an open space on both sides 

of the walls of a town. 
Pompeius, i, m. 2. Pompey, a Ro- 

ma7i general. 
Pomponius, ii, m. 2. a man^s name. 
Pondus, eris, n. 3. weight. 
Pono, ere, posui, positum, tr. 3. to 

put, to place. 
Pons, tis, m. 3. a bridge. 
Popularis, e, adj. of the people^ 

popular. 
Populus, i, m. 2. a people. 
Porcia, se, f. 1. a woman! s nanne. 
Porcius, a, um, adj. Porcian, of 

Porcius. 
Porous, i, m. 2. a hog, a sow. 
Porrigo, inis, f. 3. scab, mange. 
Porta, 36, f. 1. a gate, a door. 
Porto, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

carry. 
Poi tus, us, m. 4. a harbor. 
Posco, ere, poposci, — tr. 3. to ask, 

to demand. 
Possessio, onis, f. 3. a possession. 
Possideo, ere, edi, essum, tr. 2. to 



Possum, posse, potui, irr. to be able. 
Post, prep, after, behind. 
Postea, adv. afterwards. 
Posteaquam, adv. after, after that. 
Posteritas, atis, f. 3. posterity. 
Posterus, a, um, adj. coming after^ 

folloimig. 
Posthac, adv. hereafter. 
Postis, is, f. 3. a post. 



PR^ 



293 



FR/E 



Postpono, ere, osui, ositiim, tr. 3. 

to set hehiiid, to esteem less. 
Postqiiam, adv. after, afterwards. 
Postridie, adv. tJie day after. 
Postulo, are, avi, iltum, tr. 1. to 

ask, to demand. 
Poteiitia, le, f. 1. power, force. 
Potestas, atis, f. 3. ability, power. 
Potio, onis, f. 3. drinking, a draught. 
Potior, Iri, itus, dep. 4. to be master 

of, to obtain. 
Potior, us (comp. of potis), adj. 

better. 
Potissrmum, adv. chiefly, especially. 
Potius, adv. rather, better. 
Poto, clre, avi, atum, or potum, tr. 

1. to drink. 
Potus, tis, m. 4. drink. 
Pra3, prep, before^ for, on account 

of ; after the comparative, than. 
Prajbeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 2. to 

afford. 
Pnecedo, ere, ccssi, cessum, tr. 3. 

to go before, to excel. 
Praicei)tor, oris, m. 3. an instruc- 
tor, a master. 
Pra^eeptum, i, u. 2. an order, a 

precept. 
Pnecii)io, ere, cepi, ceptum, tr. 3. 

to take before, to order, 
Prseeipito, ilre, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

throw headlong, to precipitate. 
Prseeipuus, a, um, adj. chief 
Prseclare, adv. very clearly, nobly. 
Prseclarus, a, um, adj. very clear, 

illustrious. 
'Praico, onis, m. 3. a herald. 
Prseda, a3, f, 1. prey. 
Prsedico, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

publish, to proclaiin. 
Praiditus, a, um, adj. endued with. 
Prceiectus, i, m. 2. a prefect, a chief 

officer. 
Pra3iero, ferre, tuli, latum, tr. irr. 

to carry before, to prefer. 
Pr^electio, onis, f. 3. a lesson. 
Prffilium, ii, n. 2. a battle. 
Prsemeditatio, onis, f. 3. premedi- 
tation. 



Prajmitto, ere, misi, missum, tr. 3. 
to send before. 

Prtemium, ii, n. 2. a reward. 

Pncopto, fire, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
wish rather. 

Prsej^aratio, onis, f. 3. a preparation. 

Pra^paro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
prepare. 

Pra^pondero, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. 
to outweigh, to prefer. 

Pra?pono, ere, osui, ositum, tr. 3. 
to set before, prefer. 

Praescribo, ere, psi, ptum, tr. 3. to 
write before, to prescribe. 

Prsesens, tis, adj. present, favour- 
able. 

Prsesentia, ae, f. 1. presence. 

Prsesertim, adv. especially. 

Praesideo, ere, edi, — intr. 2. to pre- 
side, to rule. 

Praesidium, ii, n. 2. a guard, a gar- 
rison. 

Praestabilis, e, adj. excellent. 

Praestans, tis, adj. excellent. 

Praestantia, ae, f. 1. excellence. 

PraBstituo, ere, ui, utum, tr. 3. to 
determine, to fix. 

Praesto, adv. ready, at hand. 

Praisto, are, iti, itum or atum, tr. 
1. to stand before, to excel, to per- 
form ; praestat, it is better. 

Prajsum, esse, fui, intr. irr. to be set 
over, to rule over. 

Praeter, prep, beside, except. 

Praetereo, ire, ii, seldom ivi, itum, 
tr. & intr. irr. to pass over, to 
omit ; praeteritus, past. 

Praetermitto, ere, Isi, issum, tr. 3. 
to omit, to pass over. 

Praeterquam, adv. except. 

Praetor, oris, m. 3. prcetor, comman- 
der, judge. 

Praeveho, ere, vexi, vectum, tr. 3. 
to be carried, or to flow by, or in 
front of 

Pr^evenio, ire, veni, ventum, tr. 
I & intr. 4. to come before (an- 
I other), to anticipate, get the start 
I of, to be the first Ip do or make. 



PRd 



294 



Prandeo, ere, di, sum, tr. 2. to 
dine. 

Pratum, i, n. 2. a meadow. 

PraYitas, atis, f. 8. crookedness, 
: vAckediiess. 

Pravus, a, um, adj. crooked, wicked, 
tneayi. 

Preci, em, e, f. 3. a prayer, a?i 
entreaty ; pi. preces, um, <fec. 

Precor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to pray. 

Premo, ere, pressi, pressum, tr. 3. 
to press. 

Pretiosus, a, um, adj. precious. 

Pretium, ii, n. 2. a price, a re- 
vmrd. 

Pridie, adv. the day before. 

Primo, adv. at first, in the first 
place. 

Primum, adv. first of all. 

Primus, a, um, adj. first. 

Princeps, ipis, c. 3. a prince or 
princess. 

Priueipatus, us, m. 4. mastery, 
reign. 

Principium, ii, n. 2. a heyinning. 

Prior, us, ad^. fortner, preferable. 

Pristinus, a, um, adj. former, an- 
cie^it. 

Prius, adv. sooner, before. 

Priusquam, adv. before. 

Privatim, adv. privately. 

Privatio, onis, f. 3. privation. 

Privatus, a, um, adj. p)rivate. 

Privo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to de- 
prive. 

Priviis, a, um, adj. private, pecu- 
liar. 

Pro, prep, /or, as, instead of 

Probatio, onis, f. 3. proof, evi- 
dence. 

Probe, adv. well. 

Probitas, atis, f. 3. goodness, Jionesty. 

Probo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to ap- 
prove, to prove. 

Probrum, i, n. 2. a disgrace. 

Probus, a, um, adj. honest, good. 

Procedo, ere, cessi, cessum, tr. 3. 
to proceed, to advance. 

Proclivis, e, adji, inclined, prone. 



Procrastinatio, onis, f. 3. a delay- 
ing, procrastination. 
Procreo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

beget, to produce. 
Procul, adv. far, far off. 
Procurro, ere, ri, sum, intr. to ex- 
tend, reach forth. 
Prodeo, ire, ii, itum, intr. irr. to go 

forth. 
Prodigium, ii, n. 2. a prodigy, 
Prodigo, ere, egi, — tr. 3. to drive 

forth, to lavish. 
Prodigus, a, um, adj. prodigal ^ 

lavish. 
Proditio, onis, f. 3. treachery. 
Prodo, gre, idi, itum, tr. 8. to dis- 
cover, to hand dovm, to betray. 
Produco, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to 

bring out, to produce. 
Prcelium, ii, n. 2. See prselium. 
Profanus, a, um, adj. profane. 
Profecto, adv. truly. 
Profestus, a. Tun, adj. not holy, 

common. 
Proficio, ere, feci, fectum, tr. 3. to 

profit, to do good. 
Proficiseor, ficisei, fectus, dep. 3. to 

set out, to proceed. 
Profundo, ere, fudi, fusum, tr. 3. to 

pour forth. 
Progredior, di, gressus, dep. 3. to 

advance, go forward. 
Prohibeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 2. to 

keep off, to prohibit. 
Proinde, adv. in like mcuuier, just. 
Project us, a, um, pt. cast forth^ 

abject. 
Projicio, ere, jeci, jectum, tr. 3. to 

cast or throw forth, to squander, 

to waste. 
Promissum, i, n. 2. a prmnise. 
Promitto, ere, isi, issum, tr. 3. to 

promise. 
Promoveo, ere, movi, motum, tr. 2. 

to move forward. 
Promptu, m. 4. (used only in the 

abl.) in readiiiess. 
Promptus, a, um, adj. ready, 

prompt. 



I 



PRU 



295 



PYT 



Pix)nu9, a, um, adj. prone, head- 
long. 

Prope, adv. near, hard hij. 

Propensus, a, um, adj. incli7ied, 
pri'He. 

Projiero, are, avi, iitum, tr. & intr. 
1. to hafitcn. 

Piopinquitas, fitis, f. 3. 7iearness, 
kindred. 

Propinquus, a, uin, adj. near, ad- 
join huj. 

Propior, us, adj. com p. nearer, 

Piopono, ere, osui, ositum, tr. 3. to 
propose, to offer, to set forth, to 
display. 

Propositum, i, n. 2. a purpose. 

Propriu8, a, um, adj. proper, pecu- 
liar. 

Propter, prep. /<??•, because of. 

Piopterea, adv. because ; propterea 
quod, because (that). 

Propulso, aie, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
drive away. 

Prora, ae, f. 1. the prow. 

Prorsiis, adv. straightway, certain- 
ly, truly. 

Prosequor, qui, cutus or quutus, 
dep. 3. to follow after, to pur- 
sue. 

Prospe, <fe Prosperus, a, um, adj. 
prosperous. 

Prospicio, ere, pexi, pectum, tr. 3. 
to look forward to. 

Prosum, etjse, fui, intr. irr. to do 
good, to avail. 

Protego, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to 
protect. 

Prout, adv. as, according as. 

Provident ia, £6, f. 1. providence. 

Provideo, ere, vidi, visum, tr. 2. 
to foresee, to provide. 

Provincia, vd, f. 1. a province. 

Proxiine, adv. next, very near. 
Proximus, a, um, adj. nearest, next, 

last ; sub. a neighbour. 
Prudens, tis, adj. ivise, prudent. 
Prudeiiter, adv. prudently, wisely. 
Prudentia, 33, f. 1. pr^idence^ wis- 
dom. 



Prussias, le, m. 1. Prussias, king of 
Bithynia. 

Ptolemaeus, i, m. 2. Ptolerny. 

Pubesco, ere, incep. 3. to bud, to 
bloom, to grow to maturity. 

Publico, adv. publicly, at the pub- 
lic expense. 

Pub lie us, a, um, adj. public. 

Publius, ii, m. 2. Publius, a man's 
name. 

Pudens, tis, adj. modest. 

Pudet, ei'e, uit, tfe iluiu est, imp. it 
asJiames. 

Pudor, oris, m. 3. sha7nc, modesty. 

Puer, eri, m. 2, a boy. 

Puerilis, e, adj. of a boy, puerile, 
boyish. 

Pueritia, se, f. 1. boyhood. 

Pugna, a?, f. 1. a battle. 

Pugno, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
fight, differ. 

Pulcher, chra, clirum, adj. fair, 
beautiful. 

Pulchre, adv. beautifully. 

Pulchritudo, inis, f. 3. beauty. 

Pulsus, a, um, pt. driven. 

Pumilio, onis, m. 3. a dwarf. 

Punctum, i, n. 2. a point. 

Punicus, a, um, adj. Funic, Car- 
thaginian. 

Punio, ire, ivi, itum, tr.4. to punish. 

Pupula, se, f. 1. the pupil of the 
eye, the eye, 

Puipura, ae, f. 1. purple. 

Purpureus, a, um, adj. purple. 

Purus, a, um, adj. pure. 

Puteoli, orum, m. 2. the city Pu- 
teoli. 

Puto, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to pricne, 
to think. 

Putresco, ere, intr. 3. to be- 
come rotten or putrid. 

Pylades, is, m. 3. Pylades, a mans 
name. 

P^n-rhus, i, m. 2. a man's name. 

Pythagoras, ^, m. 1. Pythagoras, 

a Grecian philosopher. 
Pythagoreus, a, um, adj. Pythago- 
rean, 



QUA 



296 



QUI 



Py thagoreus, i, m. 2. a Pythago- 
rean. 
Pjtliius, a, um, adj. Pythian, 



Q. 

Qua, adv. where. 

Quadragesimus, a, um, ^d.]. fortieth. 
Quadraginta, adj. ind. forty. 
Quadrimatus, a, um, adj. /owr 

years old. 
Quadringenti, se, a, adj. four 

hundred. 
Qiiffiiito, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

search diligently, io'inquire. 
Qusero, ere, sivi, situm, tr. 3. to 

seek for, to ash. 
Qusesitum, i, n. 2. a question, a de- 
mand, a thing gotten. 
Quffiso, def. I pray. 
Qiisestor, oris, m. 3. a qucestor. 
Quails, e, adj. of what kind, such 

as. 
Quara, conj. how, than, as. 
Quamdiu, adv. hoiv long, as long 

as; after tamdiu, as. 
Quamobreni, adv. wherefore, why. 
Quamprlmnm, adv. as soon as j^os- 

sihle. 
Qiiamvis, adv. however. 
Q.uando, adv. lohen. 
Quanquam, conj. although. 
Quantopere, adv. how greatly. 
Quantum, adv. as much as, how 

much. 
Quantus, a, um, adj. how great, as 

tnuch as. 
Quare, adv. zoherefore, why. 
Quartus, a, um, adj. fourth. 
Quasi, conj. as if, as it loere. 
Quater, adv. four times. 
Quaterni, ee, a, adj. four each, hy 

fours. 
Quaiio, ere, (quassi), quassum, tr. 

3. to shake. 
Quatriduum, i, n. 2. the space of 

four days. 
Quatuor, adj. indec. four. 



Que, conj. (always annexed to 
another vv^ord) and, also. 

Quemadmodum, adv. in ivhat man- 
ner, how. 

Queo, ire, quivi, def. irr. to be able. 

Querela, ^e, f. 1. a complaint. 

Queror, ri, questus, dep. 3. to com- 
plain. 

Questus, us, m. 4. a complaint. 

Qui, quae, quod, rel. pron. whOy 
which, that. 

Qui, adv. how? why? 

Quia, conj. because. 

Quicunque, qusecunque, quodcun- 
que, pron. vjhosoever, whatsoever. 

Quidam, qusedam, quoddam, or 
quiddam, pron. a certain one, 
some one. 

Quidem, conj. indeed, truly, even. 

Quies, etis, f. 3. rest, ease. 

Quiesco, ere, evi, etum, n. 3. to 
rest, to repose. 

Quiete, adv. quietly, peaceably. 

Quietus, a, um, adj. quiet. 

Quin, adv. & conj. why not ? but, 
yet. 

Quinctius, ii. m. 2. a mans name. 

Quindecim, adj. indec. fifteen. 

Quingenti, se, a, adj.^w hundred. 

Quinquageni, se, a, adj. fifty to 
each. 

Quinquaginta, adj. indec. fifty. 

Quinque, adj. indi. five. 

Quintus, i, m. 2. a magi's name. 

Quippe, conj. because, for. 

Quirites, ium, m. 3. Quirites, Ro- 
mans. 

Quis, quse, quod, or quid, pron. 
who, which, what ? any. 

Quisnam, qusenam, quodnam, or 
quidnam, pr. indef, who, what. 

Quisquam, qusequam, quodquam, 
or quidquam, pron. any one. 

Quisque, qua^que, quodque, or 
quidque, pron. every one. 

Quisquis, — quidquid, or quic- 
quid, pron. whosoever, any one. 

Quivis, qucevis, quodvis, or quid- 
vis, pre 11. any one, whosoever. 



201 



Quo, conj. that, in order that. 
Quo, adv. whither. 
Quoad, adv. till, until. 
Quocuiique, adv. whithersoever. 
Quod, coiij. that, because. 
Quomiiius, adv. that not, from. 
Quoraodo, adv. how. 
Quonam, adv. whither i to what 

place ? 
Quondam, adv. formerly. 
Quoniam, adv. since, seeing that, 
Quoque, conj. also, too, even, 
Quot, adj. ind. how many. 
Quotidie, adv. daily. 
Quoties, adv. how often. 
Quotusquisque, aquaeque, umquod- 

que, pron. what one amongst 

many. 
Quousque, adv. how long ? 
Quura, conj. when, whilst, since, 

although. 

R. 

Rabies, ei, f. 5. madness, fury. 

Ramus, i, m. 2. a branch, a bough. 

Rana, se, f. 1. a frog. 

Rapidus, a, um, adj. rapid. 

Rapio, ere, ui, tum, tr. 3. to take 
(by force), to seize. 

Raptus, a, um, pt. taken, seized. 

Raro, adv. rarely, seldom. 

Rarus, a, um, adj. thin, rare. 

Raster <fe Rastrum, tri, n. 2. a mat- 
tock, a rake. 

Rates, is, f. 3. a raft. 

Ratio, onis, f. 3. reason, an account. 

Ratiuncula, se, f. 1. a trifling argu- 
ment or reason. 

Ravenna, se, f. 1. the name of a 
city. 

Recedo, ere, cessi, cessum, intr. 3. 
to go away, retire. 

Reeeptaculum, i, n. 2. a receptacle, 
a refuge. 

Recipio, ere, cepi, cep'um, tr. 3. to 
receive, to recover. 

Recordatio, onis, f. 3. a remem- 
brance. 

13* 



Recordor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to re- 
member. 
Recreo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to re- 
create, revive, to recover. 

Recte, adv. rightly, properly. 

Rectum, i, n. 2. rectitude, honesty. 

Rectus, a, um, adj. straight, pro- 
per. 

Recupero, are, ^y'i, atum, tr. 1. to 
recover. 

Recurro, ere, ri, sum, n. 3. to run 
back, to recur. 

Recuso, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to re- 
fuse. 

Reddo, ere, idi, itum, tr. 3. to give 
back, to restore. 

Redeo, ire, ii, seldom ivi, itum, intr. 
irr. to return. 

Redigo, ere, egi, actum, tr. 3. to 
bring back, to reduce. 

Redimo, ere, emi, emptum, tr. 3. 
to redeem, to ransom. 

Redintegro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. 
to renew. 

Reditus, us, m. 4. a return. 

Redundo, are, avi, atum, n. 1. to 
overflow, to abound. 

Reduco, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 1. to 
bring back, to restore. 

Refello, ere, felli, — , tr. 3. to re- 
fute. 

Ref6ro, ferre, tuli, latum, tr. irr. to 
bring back, to relate, to return^ to 
requite. 

Refert, imp. it concerns. 

Reficio, ere, eci, ectum, tr. 3. to 
repair, to recover. 

Refugio, 6re, i, itum, intr. 3. to 
fiy back, to take refuge. 

Regina, se, f. 1. a queen. 

Regio, onis, f. 3. a region. 

Regius, a, um, adj. kingly, royal. 

Regno, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
reign, to rule. 

Regnum, i, n. 2. a kingdom. 

Rego, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to ride. 

Regredior, di, gressus, dep. 3. to 
go back, return. 

Regain, ffi, f. 1. a rule. 



REP 



298 



REV 



Kegulus, i, m. 2. a prince, a petty 
king. 

Regulus, i, m. 2. a Roman gen- 
eral. 

Rejicio, ere, jeci, jechim, tr. 3. to 
reject 

Keligio, onis, f. 3. religion. 

Keligiosus, a, um, ftdj. religious, 
sacred. 

Kelinqno, ere, liqui, lictum, tr. 3. 
to leave, to forsake. 

Reliquiae, arum, f. 1. remains, 
leavings. 

Reliquns, a, um, adj. the rest. 

Rehictor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to strug- 
gle against, to oppose. 

Remedium, ii, n. 2. a remedy, a 
cure. 

Remi, orum, m. 2. the Renil, a tribe 
of the Gauls. 

Reminiscor, isci, — dep. 3. to re- 
member. 

Remitto, ere, misi, missum, tr. 3. 
to send back, to relax; intr. to 
abate. 

Remotus, a, um, adj. remote, dis- 
tant. 

Removeo, ere, ovi, otum, tr. 2. to 
remove. 

Reniuiiero, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
reward. 

Remiiv'5, i, m. 2. Remus, the brother 
of Romulus. 

Renuncio, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
bring back loord, to announce. 

Reor, reri, ratus, dep. 2. to think. 

Rependo, ere, di, sum, tr. 3. to 
repay. 

Repente, adv. suddenly. 

Repentinus, a. um, adj. sudden. 

Reperio, ire, eri, ertum, tr. 4. to 
find, to discover. 

Repertur, oris, m. 3. a finder, an 
inventor. 

Repeto, ere, ivi, i r.m, tr. 3. to 
ask, to demand ; repctere rem, to 
demand redress. 

Repoiio, ere, osui, ositum, tr. 3. to 
replace. 



Reposco, ere, poposci, — , tr. 3. to 

ask again, to de^nand. 
Reprehendo, ere, di, sum, tr. 3. to 

reprove, to blame. 
Reprehensio, onis, f. 3. censure. 
Repudio, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

reject, to refuse. 
Repugno, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

resist, to oppose. 
Repute, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

think again, to consider. 
Requiesco, ere, evi, etum, n. 3. to 

rest, to oppose. 
Requiro, ere, sivi, situm, tr. 3. to 

seek for. 
Re?, rei, f. o. a thing, an estate. 
Keseisco, ere, ivi, itum, tr. 8. to 

come to know, to understand. 
Rescribo, ere, psi, ptum, tr. 3. to 

lorite back. 
Reserve, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

keep, to reserve. 
Resisto, ere, stiti, stitum, intr. &, tr. 

3. to stand still, to resist. 
Respicio, ere, exi, ectum, tr. 3. to 

look back, to regard. 
Res pond eo, ere, di, sum, tr. 2. to 

answer. 
Responsum, i, n. 2. an answer, 
Respublica, reipublicas, f. 5. & 1. 

a republic, a commonwealth. 
Restauro, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

restore, rebuild. 
Rest is, is, f. 3. a halter, a rope. 
Ret-tituo, ere, ui, utum, tr. 3. to 

restore. 
Resto, are, stiti, statum, intr. 1. to 

stay, to remain. 
Reliceo, ere, ui, — tr. 2. to con- 
ceal. 
Retineo, ere, inui, en turn, tr. 2. to 

hold back, to detain. 
Retro, adv. backwards. 
Reus, i, m. 2. a person accused, a 

culprit. 
Revera, adv. actually, in truth. 
Reverenter, adv. reverently. 
Reverentia, as, f. 1. respect, reve- 
rence. 



SAB 



299 



SAT 



Revereor, eri, itus, dep. 2. to re- 
spect, to reverence. 

Reverter, ti, sus, dep. 3. to return. 

Revoco, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
recall. 

Rex, regis, m. 3. a king. 

Rlieuus, i, m. 2. the Rhine. 

Rhetor, oiis, m. 3. a rhetorician. 

Rliodus, i, f. 2. Jihodes, a?}, island 
off the south-iuest corner of Asia 
Minor. 

Rideo, ere, si, sum, tr. 2. to laugh. 

Ridieiilus, a, um, adj. ridiculous. 

Rigeo, ere, ui, — iiitr. 2. to be stiffs 
to be benumbed. 

Rigo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to loater. 

Risus, us, m. 4. a laughing, a 
laugh, 

Ritus, us, m. 4. a rite, a fashion. 

Rixa, ae, f. 1. « quarrel. 

Robur, oris, n. 3. strength. 

Rogo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to ask. 

Rogud, i, m, 2. a funeral pile. 

Roma, ae, f. 1. Home, the capital of 
Italy. 

Roraaiii, orum, ni. 2. the Romans. 

Romanus, a, um, adj. Roman. 

Romulus, i, m. 2. Romulus, the 
founder of Rome. 

Roscius, ii, m. 2. a celebrated actor. 

Rubens, tis, pt. being red ; adj. red. 

Rubeo,.ere, — iritr. 2. to be red, to 
blush. 

Rudis, e, adj. rude, unskilled, unac- 
quainted with. 

Rufus, i, m. 2. a man's name. 

Ruina, se, f. 1. ruin. 

Rumor, oris, m. 3. rumor, report. 

Ruo, ere, i, itum, tr. & intr. 3. to 
throw down, to fall. 

Rursus, adv. again. 

Rus, ruris, n. 3. the country. 

a 

Sabinus, a, um, adj. belongi^ig to 
the Sabines (a people of Italy), 
Sabine; Sabina, a Sabine wo^nan. 



Sacer, era, crum, adj. sacred. 

Sacerdos, otis, c. 3. a jyriest, or 
priestess. 

Sacrilegus, a, um, adj. sacrili- 
gious. 

Sacrum, i, n. 2. a sacrifice, a fes- 
tival. 

Saepe, adv. often. 

Sagax, acis, adj. sagacious. 

Saguntum, i, n. 2. a town in Spain. 

Salii, orum, m. pi. - 2. the Salii, 
priests of Mars. 

Saltem, adv. at least. 

Salto, are, avi, atum, intr. 1. to 
dance. 

Saluber and Salubris, bre, adj. 
healthy. 

Sal us, utis, f. 3. safety, health. 

Saluto, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to sa- 
lute. 

Sal V us, a, um, adj. safe. 

Samnis, itis, m. 3. a Samnite. 

Samothrax, acis, m. 3. a Samo- 
thracian. 

Sancio, ire, xi, ctura, or civi, citum, 
tr. 4. to consecrate, to ratify. 

Sancte (ius, issime), adv. sacredly^ 
religiously. 

Sanctus, a, um, adj. sacred, holy. 

Sanguis, inis, m. 3. blood. 

Sauus, a, urn, adj. sound, sane. 

Sapiens, tis, adj. wise. 

Sapiens, tis, m. 3. a wise 7nan. 

Sapienter, adv. wisely. 

Sapientia, se, f. 1. wisdom. 

Sapio, ere, ui, — intr. 3. to taste, 
to be wise. 

Sapor, oris, m. 3. taste, a relish. 

Sardinia, se, f. 1. Sardinia, an is- 
land in the Mediterranean. 

Satis, [^'^^•'"''"^'^•_ 

Satago, ere, egi, — • intr. 3. to ho 
busy. 

Satietas, atis, f. 3. satiety. 

Satio, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to sa- 
tiate, to satisfy. 

Satisfacio, ere, feci, factum, tr. 3. to 
satisfy. 



SED 



300 



SEP 



Satrius, ii, m. 2. a man^s 7iayne. 
Satuinus, i, m. 2. the god Saturn. 
Saxum, i, n. 2. a large stone, a 

rock. 
Scabies, ei, f. 5. a scab, a mange. 
Scaldis, is, m. 3. the river Scheldt. 
Scateo, ere, ui, — intr. 2. to 

abound. 
Sceleratus, a, 11111, adj. loicJced. 
Scelus, eris, n. 8. wickedness. 
Scena, as, f. 1. the stage. 
Sehola, se, f. 1. a school. 
Seiens, tis, adj. knowing, skilful. 
Scientia, se, f. 1. knowled.ge. 
Scilicet, adv. in fact, to wit. 
Scindo, ere, scidi, scissum, tr. 3. to 

divide. 
Scio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. 4. to know. 
Scipio, onis, m. 3. Scipio, a Roman 

general. 
Scisco, ere, scivi, scitum, tr. 3. to 

enact. 
Scribo, ere, psi, ptum, tr. 3. to 

write. 
Scriptum, i, n. 2. a writing. 
Scutum, i, n. 2. a shield. 
Scythia, se, f. 1. Scythia. 
Scythicus, a, um, adj. Scythian. 
Secerno, ere, crevi, cretum, tr. 

3. to separate, to distiiiguish. 
Seco, are, m, turn, tr. 1. to cut. 
Secreto, adv. in secret, privately. 
Sector, ari, atus, dep. 1. to follow, 

to attend, 
Seculum, i, n. 2. an age. 
Secundum, prep, according to. 
Secundus, a, urn, adj. second, pros- 
perous. 
Secure, adv. securely, i7i safety. 
Securis, is, f. 3. an axe. 
Securus, a, um, adj. secure, care-^ 

less. 
Secus, adv. otherwise. 
Bed, conj. but. 
Sedecim, adj. indec. sixtee^i. 
Sedeo, sedere, sedi, sessum, intr. 2. 

to sit. 
Sedes, is, f. 3. a seat. 
Seditio, onis, f. 3. sedition. 



Sedo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to allay y 

to mitig.ate. 
Seduco, ere, xi, ctiim, tr. 3. to lead 

aside, to seduce. 
Seguis, e, adj. dull, lazy. 
Segnitia, se, f. 1. or Segnities, ei, f. 

5. dulness, sloth. 
Segrego, are, avi, alum, tr. 1. to 

divide. 
Sejungo, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to se- 
parate. 
Seleucus, i, m. 2. a king of Syria. 
Semel, adv. 07ice. 
Semen, inis, n. S. seed. 
Semino, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

fjlanf, to sow. 
Semiramis, is, f. 3. the wife of 

Ninus. 
Semita, se, f. 1. a footpath. 
Semper, adv. always. 
Sempiternus, a, um, adj. everlast- 
ing. 
Sempronius, ii, m. 2. a man's 

name. 
Senatorius, a, urn, adj. of a senator, 

senatorian. 
Sen atus, us, m. 4. a senate. 
Senatus consultum-, i, n. 2. a decree 

of the senate. 
Senecta, se, f. 1. old age. 
Senectus, utis, f. 3. old age. 
Senex, senis, adj. old. 
Scni, se, a, adj. six each. 
Senilis, e, adj. belongioig to old 

age. 
Senior, oris, ajdj. comp. older. 
Sensus, us, m. 4. sense, judgment. 
Sententia, sd, f. 1. an opinio7i, a 

sentence. 
Sentina, se, f. 1. filthy ivater, dregs, 

refuse, rabble. 
Sentio, ire, si, sum, tr. 4. to think, ' 

to feel. 
Sepio, ire, sepsi, septum, tr. 4. to 

inclose, protect. 
Sep5no, ere, sui, situm, tr. 3. to set 



Septem, adj. indec. seven. 
SeptGni, se, a, adj. seven each. 



301 



soc 



Sopteiitrio, onis, m. 8. the north. 

Se])trrniis, a, ura, adj. seventh. 

Septnagenarius, a, urn, adj. of 
scventi/. 

Septuaginta, adj. indec. seventy. 

Sepulchrum, i, n. 2. a grave, a se- 
pulchre. 

Scquanus, i, m. 2. one of the Se- 
quani. 

Sequor, qui, cuius, or quutus, dep. 
8- to follow, 

Seionus, a, um, adj. serene, clear. 

Sermo, onis, m. 3. speech, conversa- 
tion, language. 

Sero, ius, adv. Imte, too late. 

Sevo, ere, sevi, satunj, ti'. 3. to sow, 
to plant. 

Serpens, tis, m. 3. a serpent. 

Serus, a, um, adj. late. 

Servio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. 4. to serve, 
to obey. 

Servitium, ii, n. 2. the slaves (of a 
household). 

Servitus, utis, f. 8. slavery, bond- 
age. 

Servius, ii, m. 2. Servius, a 7nan^s 
name. 

Servo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
preserve, to save, to retain. 

Servus, i, m. 2. a slave, a servant. 

Seu, conj. ar. 

Se Veritas, at is, f. 3. severity, rigour. 

Severus, a, um, adj. severe. 

Sex, adj. indec. six. 

Sexaginta, adj. indec. sixty. 

Sexcentesimus, a, um, adj. six 
hundredth. 

Sexcenti, se, a, adj. six hundred. 

Sextus, a, um, adj. sixth. 

Sextus, i, ra. 2. a maiCs name. 

Si, conj. if. 

Sic, adv. so, thus. 

Sicarius, ii, ra. 2. an assassin. 

Sicilia, se, f. 1. Sicily. 
Siciilus, i, m. 2. a Sicilian. 
Sicyon, onis, f. 3. Sicyon, a city of 

the Morea. 
Sido, ere, sidi, — , intr. 3. to sink 
dovm. 



Sidus, eris, n. 3. a coJistellation, a 

star 
Significo, arc, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

signify, to express. 
Signum, i, n. 2. a sign, a sig7ial, a 

statue. 
Silentium, ii, n. 2. silence. 
Silex, icis, ra. or f. 3. afint-stone. 
Silius, ii, m. 2. a man's name. 
Silvestris, e, adj. of the wood, 

wild. 
Simia, se, f. 1. an ape, 
Simiiis, e, adj. like. 
Similitado, mis, f. 3. likeness. 
Simouides, is, m. 3. Simonides, a 

Grecian poet. 
Sim])lex, leis, adj. simple. 
Siraplicitas, atis, f. 3. simplicity. 
Simpliciter, adv. simply, openly, 

with frankness. 
Simul, adv. together, at the same 

time. 
Simuhitio, onis, i. 8. a pretence, a 

dissembling. 
Simulo, are, avi, atum, tr. to pre- 

tend. 
Sine, prep, without. 
Singulaiis, e, adj. singular^ re- 
markable, 
Singulus, a, um, (more commonly 

used in the plural,) single, one 

by one, each. 
Sinister, tra, trum, adj. left. 
Sino, ere, sivi, situm, tr. Z. to per- 
mit, to allow, to place. 
Sinus, us, m. 4. a gidf, a bay. 
Sisygambus, i, m. 2. a marts name. 
Sitio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. 4. to be 

thirsty, to thirst. 
Sitis, is, f. 3. thirst. 
Situs, a, um, pt. {sino), situated. 
Situs, us, m. 4. situation. 
Sive, conj. or, either, whether ; sive 

— sive, whether — or. 
Sobrius, a, um, adj. sober. 
Societas, atis, f. 3. partnership, a 

society. 
Socius, ii, m. 2. a companion, an 
ally. 



SPE 



302 



STO 



Socordia, se, f. 1. icant of thought, 
indolence. 

Socrates, is, m. 3, Socrates, a Gre- 
cian philosopher. 

Sol, soHb, m. 8. the su7i. 

Solatium, ii, n. 2. comfort, consola- 
tion. 

Soleo, ere, itus, n. p. to be luont. 

Solicitiido, inis (and soil.), f. 3. soli- 
ci tilde, 

Solidiis, a, um, adj. solid, firm. 

Solitudo, inis, f. 8. solitude. 

Sollennis, e, adj. solemn. 

Soliertia (solertia), se, f. 1. skill, 
acuteness. 

Sollicito, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
solicit, to trouble. 

Solliciius, a, um, adj. solicitous, 
anxious. 

Solum, i, n. 2. the ground, the 
soil. 

Solum, adv. onl^/, alone. 

Solus, a, um, adj. alone, only. 

Solvo, ere, yi, titum, tr. 3. to loose, 
to pay. 

Somnium, ii, n. 2. a dream. 

Somnus, i, m. 2. sleep. 

Sonitus, tis, m. 4. a sound. 

Sopio, ire, ivi or ii, itum, tr. 4. to 
lull to. sleep. 

Soracte, is, n. 3. Soracte, a moun- 
tain in Etruria. 

Sorbeo, ere, psi, ptum, tr. 2. to 
suck. 

Sordes, is, f. 3. squalor, a mourning 
garment. 

vSoror, oris, f. 3. a sister. 

Sors, tis, f. 3. lot, chance. 

Sortior, iri, itus, dep. 4. to cast 
lots. 

Sparta, se, f. 1. Sparta, a city of 
Greece. 

Spatiura, ii, n. 2. a roce-ground, a 
space of ground, or of time. 

Species, ei, f. 5. a form, a figure. 

Speciose, adv. speciously. 

Speciosus, a, um, adj. beautifd. 

Spectaeulum, i, ii. 2. a specta- 
cle. 



Specto, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

behold, to look to, to try, to 
prove. 
Speculator, oris, m. 3. a beholder, a 

spy. 
Speculum, i, n. 2. a mirror. 
Sperno, ere, sprevi, spretum, tr. 3. 

to despise. 
Spero, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

hope. 
Spes, spei, f. 5. hope. 
Spiculum, i, n. 2. 0.71 arrow, a 

dart. 
Spiritus, ii3, m. 4. breath, the soid. 
Spiro, are, avi, a*um, intr. 1, to 

blow. 
Spolio, are, avi, 5,tum, tr. 1. to rob, 

to plunder. 
Spolium, ii, n. 2. spoil. 
Sponsus, i, m. 2. a {betrothed) 

lover. 
Spontis, sponte, f. 3. (used only 

in the gen. and abl.) of one^s own 

accord. 
Squalidus, a, um, adj. squalid, un- 
sightly. 
Staberius, ii, m. 2. a man^s name. 
Stadium, ii, n. 2. a race-course, a 

stadiui/i. 
Statim, adv. immediately. 
Stativus, a, um, adj. stationary. 



Statua, 3d, f. 1. a statue. 
I Statuo, ere, ui, utum, tr. 3. to set 

up, to resolve. 
Status, us, m. 4. state, condition. 
Stella, ae, f. \. a star. 
Sterilis, e, adj. barren. 
Sterno, ere, stravi, stratum, tr. 3. 

to strow, to stretch out, extend. 
Stimiilo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

stimulate, to incite. 
Stipatus, a, um, pt.. surrounded. 
Stirps, is, f. 3. a young tree, a shoot. 
Sto, stare, steti, statu m, intr. 1. to 

stand, 
Stoici, orum, m. 2. the Stoics, a sect 

of Grecian philosophers. 
Stolidus, a, um, adj. foolish. 



SUB 



303 



SUP 



Stomaehor, ari, atns, clep. 1. to he 

aiipri/, to be irritated. 
Stomachus, i, m. 2. the stomach, 

paafiion. 
Stratum, i, n. 2. a horse cloth. 
Stratus, a, uin, part, extended, 

stretched. 
Strenuus, a, um, adj. strcnuoics, 

active. 
Striiigo, ere, nxi, strictum, tr. 3. to 

draw (a sword). 
Studeo, ere, ui, — tr. 2. to study, 

to attend to. 
Studiose, adv. diligently, carefully. 
Studiosus, a, urn, ixd]. fond. 
Studium, ii, n. 2. study, diligence. 
Stultitia, ae, f. I. folly, silliness. 
Stultus, a, uni, hd], foolish. 
Stultus, i, m. 2. a fool. 
Suadeo, 6rfe, si, suin, tr. 2. to ad- 
vise. 
Suapte, Gt. 121, Obs. 4. 
Suavis, e, adj. sweet. 
Sua vitas, atis, f. 3. siveeiness. 
Sub, prep, under, at, about. 
Subduc'o, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to 

withdraw. 
Subigo, ere, egi, actum, tr. 3. to 

bring under, to conquer. 
Subimpudens, tis, adj. somewhat 

impudent. 
Subito, adv. suddenly. 
Subitus, a, um, adj. s^idden. 
Subjectus, a, um, pt. subjected, 

stooping. 
Subjicio, ere, jeci, jectura, tr. 3. to 

subject. 
Sublatus, a, um, pt. of tollo, taken 

away. 
Sublicius, a, um, resting on piles, 

sublician ; Sublicius pons, the 

Sablician bridge. 
Sublime, adv. on high. 
Submisse, adv. loicly, humbly. 
Submoveo, 6re, vi, turn, tr. 2. to 

remove, to banish. 
Subridens, tis, pt. smiling. 
Subruo, ^i-e, ui, utum, tr. 3. to un- 
der 77iine. 



I Subsequor, qui, cutus, dep. 3. to 
follow (close). 

Subsidium, ii, n. 2. help, assistance, 

Subvenio, ire, i, tum, tr. 4. to as- 
sist. 

Succedo, ere, cessi, cessum, tr. 3. 
to approach, to succeed. 

Succeribeo, ere, sui, sum, tr. 2. to 
be angry with. 

Succumbo, ere, cubui, cubitum, tr. 
3. to yield, to give way. 

Succurro, ere, curri, cursum, tr. 3. 
to succour, to help. 

Succus, i, m. 2. moisture, juice. 

Suevi, orum, m. pL 2. the Suevi. 

Suffes, etis, m. 3. a chief magis- 
trate of the Carthaginians. 

Suff icio, ere, eci, ectum, intr. &, tr. 
3. to substitute, to suffice, 

SufFragium, ii, n. 2. a vote. 

Suffundo, ere, fudi, lusum, tr. 3. to 
pour upon, to spread over. 

Suggero, ere, essi, estum, tr. 3. to 
raise up, to suggest. 

Sui, gen. pron. of himself of her- 
self of itself. 

Sulla, ae, m. 1. a Roman general. 

Sum, esse, fui, irr. to be. 

Summa, se, f. 1. the sum or aggre- 
gate of any tlnng. 

Sum miss us, a, um, pt. lowered, let 
down. 

Suinmus, a, um, adj. highest, great- 
est ; summum boiium, the chief 
good. 

Sumo, ere, psi, ptum, tr. 3. to 
take. 

Sumptifacio, ^re, feci, factum, tr. 
3. to spend. 

Suratus (sumptus), us, m. 4. expense, 
allowance. 

Superbia, ae, f. 1. pride. 

Superbus, i, m. 2. a surname of 
Tarquin. 

Superbus, a, urn, adj. proud, 
haughty. 

Superior, us, adj. higher, superior. 

Supero, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
surpass, to overcome. 



304 



Superstes, itis, adj. surviving, re- 1 
mai7iing. 

Siiperstitio, onis, f. 3. superstition. 

Siiperstitiosus, a, um, adj. super- 
stitious. 

Siiperus, a, um, adj. high, ahove^ 
preceding. 

Supervacuus, a, um, adj. super- 
Jtluous. 

Supervenio, ire, veni, ventum, tr. 
4. to come upon unexpectedly, to 
surprise. 

Suppedito, are, avi, atum, tr. & 
iutr. 1. to supply, to suffice. 

Suppeto, ere, ivi, itum, intr. 3. to 
suffice, to be sufficient. 

Supplicatio, onis, f. 3. thanksgiv- 
ing. ^ . 

Supplicium, ii. n. 2. punishment. 

Supra, prep, above. 

Siipremus, a, um, adj. highest, last. 

Surge, ere, rexi, rectum, tr. 3. to 
raise up, to rise. 

Surripio, ere, ipui, eptum, tr. 3. to 
take secretly, to steal. 

Sr.scipio, ere, epi, eptum, tr. 3. to 
undertake. 

Suspectus, a, um, pt. suspected. 

Suspeudo, ere, di, sum, tr. 3. to 
hang up, to suspend. 

Suspieio, ere, spexi, ctum, tr. 3. to 
look up to. 

Suspieio, onis, f. 3. suspicion. 

Suspicor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to sus- 
pect. 

Sustineo, ere, tinui, tentum, tr. 2. 
to hold up, to sustain. 

SustoUo, ere, , tr. 3. to dis- 
patch, to destroy. 

Sur.s, a, um, pron. his own, her 
own, its own, their own. 

Sylla, a3, m. 1. Sylla, a Bo^naii 
general. 

Sylva (silva), se, f. 1. a wood. 

Syphax, acis, m. 3. Syphax, king of 
Numidia. 

Syracusa?, arum, f. 1. Syracuse, a 
city of Sicily. 



Tabula, ss, f. 1. a board, a table. 
Taceo, ere, ui, itum, intr. 2. to be 

silent. 
Taciturnitas, atis, f. 3. silence. 
Taciturnus, a, um, adj. silent. 
Tacitus, a, um, adj. silent. 
Tcedet, ere, uit, & itum est, imp. it 

wearies, it irks. 
Tasdium, ii, n. 2. weariness. 
Tages, is, m. 3. Tayes, an Etrurian 

divinity. 
Talentum, i, n. 2. a talent 
Talis, e, adj. such, such like. 
Tam, adv. so, so much. 
Tamdiu, adv. so long. 
Tamen, adv. <fe conj. nevertheless^ 

yet. 
Tandem, adv. at length. 
Tango, ere, tetigi, tactum, tr. 3. to 

touch; tactus, de ccelo, struck 

with lightning. 
Tanquam, adv. as well as, as if. 
Tantalus, i, m. 2. Tantalus, a king 

of J^hrygia. 
Tanto, adv. by so much, so much. 
Tantopere, adv. so much. 
Tantulus, a, um, adj. so little, never 

so little. 
Tantum, adv. so much, only. 
Tantummodo, adv. only. 
Tantus, a, um, adj. so great, so 

many. 
Tarde (ius, issime), adv. slowly, 

late ; tardius, too late. 
Tarditas, atis, f. 3. slowness. 
Tar do, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to de- 
lay, hinder. 
Tarentinus, a, vnn, adj. of Taren- 

tum, Tarentine. 
Tarentinus, i, m. 2. a Tarentine. 
Tarentum, i, n. 2. Tarentum, a city 

i7i the south of Italy. 
Tarquinius, ii, m. 2. Tarquinius, 

the last king of Jiome. 
Taurus, i, m. 2. a bull. 
Tectum, i, n. 2. a roof, a house. 
Tegumentum, i, n. 2. a covering. 



305 



TOT 



Telesinus, i, m. 2. a man's name. 

Tellus, iiris, f. 3. the goddess of the 
earth, the earth. 

Telum, i. ii. 2. a dart, a weapon. 

Temere, adv. rashly. 

Toineritas, atis, f. 3. rashness. 

Tenino, ere, tr. 3. to despise. 

Temperantia, 3e, f. 1. moderation, 
temperance. 

Teinpero, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
moderate, to govern. 

Tempestas, atis, f. 3. time, a season, 
a storm. 

Tempestivitas, atis, f. 3. a season. 

Templum, i, n. 2. a consecrated 
place, a temple. 

Tenax, acis, adj. holding fast, tena- 
cious, 

T^ndo, ere, tetendi, sum, & turn, 
tr. 3. to stretch out, to go to, to 
encamp, 

Tenebrce, arum, f. 1. darkness. 

Teneo, ere, ui, turn, tr. 2. to hold. 

Tener, ^ra, erum, adj. tender. 

Tento, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to feel, 
to try. 

Tentorium, ii, u. 2. a tent. 

Tenuis, e, adj. thin, slender. 

Tenuitas, atis, f. 3. fineness. 

Tenuo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to malce 
thin, to diminish. 

Tepidus, a, um, adj. warm, tepid. 

Terentia, se, f. 1. a woman s name. 

Tergum, i, n. 2. the hack ; a tergo, 
from behind. 

Tormlno, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 
limit, to bound. 

Terra, a?, f. 1. the earth. 

Terreo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 2. to ter- 
rify, to frighten. 

Terribilis, e, adj. terrible, dread- 
ful. 

Terror, oris, m. 3. terror, alarm. 

Testamentum, i, n. 2. a will, a tes- 
tament. 

Testis, is, c. 3. a witness. 

Testor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to call to 
witness. 

Teter, tra, trum, adj. foul, cruel. 



Tetricus, a, um, adj. rude, roughy 

sullen. 
Teucri, orum, m. pi. 2. Trojans. 
Thales, is, m. 3. one of the seven 

wise men of Greece. 
Theatrum, i, n. 2. a theatre. 
Thebae, arum, f. pi. 1. Thebes. 
Thebanus, i, m. 2. a Thcban. 
Themistocles, is, m. 3. Themistocles, 

an Athenian statesman. 
Theodorus, i, m. 2. Theodorus, a 

Grecian 'philosopher. 
Tlieophrastus, i, m. 2. a Greek phi- 

losopher. 
Thessalonica, 32, f. 1. a city of 

Greece. 
Tlirasybulus, i, m. 2. the liberator 

of At] tens. 
Thucydides, is, m. 3. a Greek his- 

torian. 
Thursinus, i, m. 2. a surname of 

Augustus. 
Tiberis (Tiber), is, m. 3. the Tiber. 
Tiberius, ii, m. 2. Tiberius, a Ro' 

man ennperor. 
Ticinum, i, n. 2. a city of Gaul. 
Tifata, orum, n. pi. 2. a mountain 

ridge near Capua. 
Tigranes, is, m. 3. Tigranes. 
Tigris, is, m. 3. a tiger, 
Timeo, ere, ui, — , tr. 2. to fear, to 

dread. 
Timide, adv. timorously. 
Timidus, a, um, adj. fearful, timor- 
ous. 
Timoleon, ontis, m. 8. a mans 

name. 
Timor, oris, m. 3. fear. 
Titus, i, m. 2. a marCs name. 
Toga, se, f. 1. a gown. 
Togula, se, f. 1. dim. a little gown or 

toga. 
Tolerabilis, e, adj. tolerable. 
ToUo, ere, sustuli, sublatum, tr. 

3. to raise, to lift up, to take 

away, to destroy. 
Tonitru, n. 4. indec. in tlie sin- 
gular, thunder. 
Totidem, adj. indec as many. 



S06 



UBl 



Totus, a, um, adj. whole. 

Tracto, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

treat. 
Trado, ere, idi, itum, tr. 3. to give, 

to deliver up. 
Traduco, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to 

bring over, to transport. 
Traiio, ere, xi, etum, tr. 3. to draw, 

to lead. 
Trajarms, i, m. 2. Trajan, a Ro- 
man emperor. 
Trajicio, ere, eci, ectum, tr. 3. to 

throw over, to transport. 
Tranquille, adv. quietly, calmly. 
Tranqiiiilitas, atis, f. 3. stillness, 

calmness. 
Tranquillus, a, um, adj. cahn, still. 
Trans, prep, over, beyond, on the 

other side. 
Transeo, ire, ii, seldom ivi, itum, 

iiitr. irr. to go or pass over.. 
Transfero, ferre, tuli, latum, tr. irr. 

to transfer. 
Traiisfuga, se, m. 1. a deserter. 
Transigo, ere, egi, actum, tr. 3. 

to transact, to conclude, to come 

to terms. 
Transiiato, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

sicim over. 
Traiisversus, a, um, adj. transverse, 

across. 
Trebonius, ii, m. 2. a man's name. 
Treceuli, ee, a, adj. three hundred, 
Tremo, ere, ui, — , intr. 3. to trem- 
ble, to shake. 
Trepido, are, avi, atum, intr. 1. to 

be in a hurry, to tremble. 
Tres, adj. three. 
Tribuuus, i, m. 2. a tribune. 
Tribuo, ere, ui, utum, tr. 3. to give, 

to bestow. 
Triceni, m, a, adj. thirty to each. 
Trigemini, orum, m. pL 2. three 

brothers born at one birth. 
Triginta, adj. ind. thirty: 
Tristis, e, adj. sad, gloomy. 
Triumpho, are, avi, atum, intr. 1. 

to triumph. 
Triumplius, i, m. 2. a triumph. 



Troas, adis, f. 3. Troas, 

Truncus, i, m. 2. a trunk (of a tree). 

Trux, trucis, adj. fierce, cruel. 

Tu, tui, pron. thou, you. 

Tuba, £e, £ 1. a trumpet. 

Tueor, ueri, utus, & uitus, dep. 2. 
to see, to defend. 

Tullia, se, f. 1. the wife of Tarquin. 

Tullius, ii, m. 2. one of the Roman 
kings. 

TuUus, i, m. 2. a man's name. 

Turn, adv. then, at that time ; conj. 
and, so, also. 

Tumultuor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to 
make a tumult or uproar. 

Tumuius, i, m. 2. a liill, a mound. 

Tunc, adv. then, at that time. 

Tundo, ere, tutudi, tusum or tun- 
sum, tr. 3. to beat, to hammer. 

Turba, ffi, 1 1. a crowd. 

Turbulentus, a, um, adj. disturbed, 
muddy. 

Turdus, i, m. 2. a thrush. 

Turpis, e, adj. base, shameful, un- 
sightly. 

Turpiter, adv. basely. 

Turpitudo, inis, f. 3. baseness, dis- 
grace. 

Turris, is, f. 3. a tower. 

Tusculanus, a, um, adj. belonging 
to Tusculum, a city of Italy. 

Tute (ius, issime), adv. safely, safe. 

Tutela, se, f. \. a defence, protection. 

Tuto, adv. safely. 

Tutus, a, um, adj. safe. 

Tuus, a, um, pron. thy, thine. 

Tyndarus, i, m. 2. a king of Sparta. 

Tyrannus, i, m. 2. a tyrant. 

Tyrrhenus, i, m. 2. a man's name. 



U. 

Uber, eris, slA]. fruitful. 
Ubertas, atis, f, 3. abundance, 
Ubi, adv. where, when. 
Ubicunque, adv. wheresoever 
Ubinam? adv. where? 
Ubique, adv. every where. 



UTO 



307 



VEL 



Udus, a, um, adj. wet, moist. 
XJlciscor, ulcisci, iiltus, dep. 3. to 

'j)unish, to avenge. 
Ullus, a, um, adj. any. 
Ulterior, us, adj. comp. further, 

more distant. 
Ultiinus, a, um, adj. sup. furthest, 

last 
Ultio, ouis, f. 3. revenge. 
Ultra, prep, beyond; adY. farther. 
Ulysses, is, m. 3. Ulysses, 

of Ithaca. 
Umbra, te, i. \. a shadow, a 
Una, adv. together. 
Uiida, a3, f. 1. a wave. 
Unde, adv. whence. 
Undccimus, a, um, adj. the eleventh. 
Undique, adv. on every side. 
Unguis, is, m. 3. a nail, a claw. 
Unguo, ere, xi, ctum, tr. 3. to 

anoint. 
Unicus, a, um, adj. one alone, only. 
Universus, a, um, adj. whole, U7ii- 

versal. 
Unquam, adv. ever. 
Unus, a, um, adj. 07ie. 
Unusquisque, unaquaeque, unum- 

quodque or unumquidque, pron. 

every one. 
Urbanus, a, um, adj. belonging to a 

city, polite, civil. 
Urbs, urbis, f. 3. a city. 
^Uro, ere, ussi, ustum, tr. 3. to burn. 
Usque, adv. as far as, even. 
UsQra, se, f. 1. use, usury. 
Usus, us, m. 4. use. 
Ut, CORJ. that; adv. as, when. 
Uter, tra, trum, adj. whether, or 

which of the two. 
Utercunque, tracunque, trumcun- 

que, — pr. whichever of the two. 
Uterque, traque, trumque, pr. 

both, each. 
Utervis, travis, trumvis, pr. either. 
UtUis, e, adj. useful, ft. 
Utilitas, atis, f. 3. usefulness. 
U till am, conj. / wish that. 
Utor, uti, usus, dep. S, to use, to 

enjoy. 



Utpote, adv. as, seeing that. 
Utrum, adv. whether^ 
Uxor, oris, f. 3. a wife. 



Vaco, are, avi, atum, intr. <fc; tr. 1. 

to be free from, to be at leisure. 
Vacuus, a, um, adj. void, empty. 
Valde, adv. very much, greatly. 
Valeo, ere, ui, itum, intr. 2. to he in 

health, to be strong, to avail. 
Valerius, ii, m. 2. a man^s name. 
Valetudo, inis, f. 3. health. 
Vallum, i, n. 2. a rampart. 
Vanus, a, um, adj. vain, empty 
Varius, a, um, adj. various. 
Varro, onis, m. 3. a man's name. 
Vas, vasis, n. 3. a vessel; pi. vasa, 

orum, n. 2. 
Vasto, are, avi, atum, to ravage, 

lay waste. 
Vastus, a, um, adj. vast, large, 

waste. 
Vates, is, c. 3. a prophet, a poet. 
Vatinius, ii, m. 2. a man's name. 
Ve, or, an enclitic particle always 

subjoined to another word. 
Vectigal, alls, n. 3. a tribute, a tax, 

revenue. 
Vedius, ii, m. 2. a maris name. 
Vehementer, adv. veheraently, ea- 
gerly. 
Vehiculum, i, n. 2. a carriage- 
Velio, ^re, vexi, vectum, tr. 3. to 

carry. 
Veiens, entis, m. 3. a Vejentian, one 

of the Vejentes. 
Vel, coDJ. or, either. 
Vellus, eris, n. 3. a fleece. 
Velo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to covcry 

to veil. 
Velocitas, atis, f. 3. velocity, swift- 

7iess. 
Velox, ocis, adj. swift, 7iimblc. 
Velut, veluti, conj. as, as if, like 

as. 



VES 



308 



VIN 



Venditatio, onis, f. 3. a boasting, a 

vaunting. 
Yenditor, oris, m. 3. a seller. 
Yendo, ere, idi, itiim, tr. 3. to sell. 
Yenenum, i, n. 2. poiso7i. 
Yeneo, ire, ii, — intr. 4. to be sold. 
A'^eneror, ari, atus, dep. 1. to adore, 

to loorship. 
Yeneti, orum, ro. pi. 2. the Veneti. 
Yenia, se, f. 1. leave, pardon. 
Yenio, ire, veni, ventum, tr. 4. to 

come. 
Yenor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to hunt. 
Yeuter, tris, m. 3. the belly. 
Yentito, are, avi, atum, intr. 1. to 

come often. 
Yentulus, i, m. 2. dira. a little wind, 

a small breeze. 
Yenundo, are, dedi, datum, tr. 1. to 

sell. 
Yenus, eris, f. 3. Venus. 
Yerbero, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

beat, to scourge. 
Yerbum, i, n. 2. a word, diction. 
Yere, adv. truly, verily. 
Yerecundia, se, f. 1. modesty, bash- 

fulness. 
Yerecundus, a, um, adj. modest, 

bashful. 
Yereor, eri, itus, dep. 2. to respect, 
■ to fear. 
Yergo, ere, — intr. 3. to incline, 

tend to. 
Veritas, atis, f. 3. truth. 
Vero, adv. truly, indeed ; conj. but. 
_ Verres, is, m.3. Verres, annates name. 
Yersor, ari, atus, dep. 1. to be em- 
ployed, to stay with one. 
Yersus, adv. toward. 
. Yersus, us, m. 4. a line, a verse. 
Yerto, ere, ti, sum, tr. 3. to turn. 
Yerum, i, n. 2. the truth. 
A'erum, conj. but, but yet. 
A'eruntamen, adv. yet, nevertheless. 
Yerus, a, um, adj. true. 
Yescor, vesci, — dep. 3. to eat, to 

feed upon. 
Yespasianus, i, m. 2. Vespasian, a 

Roman emperor. 



Yesper, & us, i, m. 2. the evening, 

and 
Yesper, eris, m. 3. the evening, the 

evening star, the west. 
Yester, tra, trum, pron. your, or 

yoicrs. 
Yestibulum, i, n. 2. a vestibule^ 

porch. 
Yestigium, ii, n. 2. mark, trace, 

vestige. 
Yestio, ire, ivi, & ii, itum, tr. 4. to 

clothe. 
Yestitus, us, m. 4. clothing, dress. 
Yeto, are, ui, itum, tr. 3. to forbid. 
Yetus, eris, adj. old, ancient. 
Yetustas, atis, f. 3. antiquity, age. 
Yexillum, i, n. 2. a standard. 
Yexo, are, avi, atnm, tr. 1. to 

harass, 
Yia, se, f. 1. a way. 
Yiatieum, i, n. 2. provisions for a 

journey. 
Yiator, oris, m. 3. a traveller. 
Yibius, ii, m. 2. a mans name. 
Yibullus, i, m. 2. a tnan^s naine. 
Yiceni, ce, a, adj. twenty to each. 
Yieinus, a, um, adj. neighboxLring, 

contiguous. 
Yieinus, i, m. 2. a neighbour. 
Yicis, is, f. 3. change, lot, misfor- 
tune. 
Yictima, se, f. 1. a victim. 
Yictor, oris, m. 3. a conqueror. '*■ 
Yictoria, ae, f. 1. a victory. 
Yictus, us, m. 4. food, sustenaJice. 
Video, ere, vidi, visum, tr. 2. to 

see ; pass, to seem. 
Yigilia, se, f. 1. a %catch (of the 

night), a sentry, wakefulness, 

studies. 
V^igilo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to 

watch, to be vigilant. 
Yiginti, adj. indec. twenty. 
V^ilis, e, adj. mean. 
Villa, ae, f. 1. a villa. 
Yillicns, i, m. 2. a steward. 
Yincio, ire, xi, ctum, tr. 4. to bind. 
Yinco, ere, vici, victum, tr. 3. to 

conquer. 



VOL 



309 



ZEP 



Vinculum, i, n. 2. a bond, a chain. 

Vindex, icis, m. 3. a7i aveitger. 

ViDdicta, fe, f. 1. revenge^ ven- 
geance. 

Yiiuim, i, n. 2. wine. 

Yiolentia, se, f. 1. violejice. 

Yiolo, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to hurt, 
to violate. 

Vir, viri, m. 2. a man, a husband. 

Vii'gilius, ii, m. 2. Virgil, a Latin 
poet. 

Virgo, inis, f. 3. a virgin. 

Viritim, adv. man by man, to each 
man. 

Virtus, utis, f. 3. virtue. 

Vis, vis, f. 3. force, strength, power, 
quantity ; pi. vires, ium, tfec. 

Yiscus, eris, n. 3. the viscera, bow- 
els, entrails, vitals. 

Viso, ere, visi, — tr. 3. to go to see, 
to visit. 

Vita, ae, f. 1. life. 

Vitis, is, f. 3. a vine. 

Vitium, ii, n. 2, a fault, vice. 

Vito, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to shun^ 
to avoid. 

Vitupero, are, avi, atum, to blame, 
to disparage. 

Vivax, acis, adj. long lived, lively. 

Vivo, ere, vixi, vietum, intr. 3. to 
live. 

Vivus, a, um, adj. alive. 

Vix, adv. scarcely. 

Vocifero, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
cry out. 

Voco, are, avi, atum, tr. 1. to call. 

Volo, are, avi, atum, intr. 1. to fly. 



Yolo, velle, volui, irr. to be willing, 

to wish. 
Yolscie, arum, f. pi. 1. Volscce, a city 

of the Volsci. 
Volsci, orum. m. pi. 2. th£ Volsci, a 

people of Italy. 
Volumnia. ae, f. 1. a woman! s name. 
Voluntariue, a, um, adj. voluntary, 

loilling. 
Voluntas, atis, £ 3. will, inclination, 

desire. 
Voluptas, atis, f. 3. pleasure. 
Volvo, ere, vi, utum, tr. 3. to roll, 

to turn round, bring about. 
Votum, i, n. 2. a vow, promise. 
Voveo, ere, vi, turn, tr. 2. to vow. 
Vox, vocis, f. 3. a voice, a word. 
Vulgaris, e, adj. vulgar, common. 
Vulgus, i, n. sometimes m. 2. the 

co77imon people, the mob. 
Vulnus, eris, n. 3. a wound. 
Vultus, tis, m. 4. the countenance. 



X. 

Xenophon, ontis, m. 3. Xenophon, 

a Greek historian. 
Xerxes, is, m. 3. Xerxes, a king of 

Persia. 



Zaraa, se, f. 1. the name of a town. 
Zeno, onis, m. 3. Zeno, a Stoic phi- 
losopher. 
Zephyrus, i, m. 2. a zephyr. 



VOCABULARY. 



ENGLISH— LATIIS". 

Note. — This Yocabulary contains only the English words in the Exercises in 
which the Latin words are not given ; and the Latin words corresponding to them, 
arc those only to be used in these Exercises. These Latin words are given with their 
declension, conjugation, meaning, &c., in the preceding Latin-English Vocabulary, 
and for convenient referen<5e, declinable words are put here in the nominative 
case, and verbs in the first person singular present indicative— the form to be looked 
for in every dictionary. When more words than one, with different shades of mean- 
ing, are given opposite an English word, the student will, of course, exercise his 
judgment, as to which of them is the proper word to be used in each particular case. 
This often calls for nice discrimination and close thinking ; and it is the scope afforded, 
in these exercises, for such mental effort, that renders them peculiarly important. 

N. B. — In this Yocabulary, proper names which arc the same in Latin as in Eng- 
lish are omitted, as they can be found at once in the preceding Yocabulary. 



A. 

Able (to be able), v. pos- 
.su>n, qaeo. 

Abolish, V. tollo^siibruo. 

Abound, v. abundo. 

About, prep, (to) ad, (con- 
cerning) de. 

Absent (to be), v. absum. 

Absent, adj. absens. 

Ab?olutely, adv. absolute, 
plane. 

Absurdly, adv. absurd e. 

Academy, n. Academia. 

Acccptableness, n. gratia. 

Accompany, v. comitor. 

Accomplish, v. conJicio,ef~ 
Jicio, Qpro. 

Accoraj»li5hed, (highest,) 
adj sumnius. 

According to, prep, secun- 
dum. 

Accordingly, adv. itaque, 
idea. 



ACT 

Account (on account of), 
prep, ab, ob, projyter ; 
adv. causa; on no ac- 
count, 7iullo modo. 

Accursed, adj. infelix. 

Accusation, n. accusatio. 

Accuse, V. accu^o, incuso, 
iusimulo, arguo. 

Accustom, V. assuefacio ; 
to be accustomed, soleo. 

Accustomed, adj. assuetus. 

Achieve, v. 'perjicio. 

Acid, adj. acidus. 

Acknowledge, v. agnosco. 

Acquainted (to become ac- 
quainted with, i. e. to 
learn), v. cognosco. 

Acquire, v. pario, adipis- 
cor, augeo, acquire, 
paro. 

Acquit, V. abfiolvo. 

Across, adj. travsvers^is. 

Act, V. ago, facia. 

A,ct\or\,r\. factum, res gesia. 



Active, adj. strenuios. 
Actually, adv. reverd. 
Adapt, V, accommodo. 
Adapted, adj. idoneus. 
Add, V. addo, adjungo. 
Address, v. appello. 
Adjoining, adj. propin- 

quus. 
Admiration, n. admiratio. 
Admire, v. iniror, admi- 

ror ,'— (praise), laudo. 
Admit, V. admitto, con- 

cedo. 
Admonish, v. moneo, ad- 

ononeo. 
Adorn, v. orno. 
Advance, v. progredior. 
Advantage (means), n. iU' 

strimientum; — (benefit), 

commvdum. 
Advantageous, adj. uiilis; 

— (fruitful), uber. 
Adversity, n. res aspera. 
Advice, n. consUiiim. 



312 



BEC 



Advise, v. moneo. 
-(Edile, n. cedilis. 
^sop, n. ^sopiis. 
Affability, n. affabilitas. 
Affair, n. res ; private af- 
fairs, res fainiliaHs. 
Affectation, n. affectatio. 
Affected (seized), pt. cap- 

tus. 
Affection, n. amor, dene- 

Tole7itia,Jides, 
Afier, adv. post, postea- 

quam; after that, post- 

quam. 
Afterwards, adv. postea. 
Again, adv. iterum^rursu^. 
Against, prep, adversum, 

contra. 
Age, n. (time of life) mtas ; 

(period) seculum ; old 

age, senectus. 
Agi*ee, V, consentio ; it 

was agreed, conveniL 
Agriculture, n. agricul- 

tura. 
Aid, V. subvenio. 
Aid, n. auxiliutn. 
Alienate, v. abalieno. 
All, adj. omniSj totus^uni- 

versiis. 
Allow, V. (grant) do, (ac- 
knowledge) fateor ; to 

be allowed, licet, impers. 
Ally, n, socius. 
Alone, adj. solus, unus. 
Also, adv. item ; conjunc. 

etiam, quoque. 
Always, adv. semper. 
Am, V. sum. 
Amazed (to be), v. ohstu- 

pesco. 
Ambassador, n. legatus. 
Amidst, prep, inter. 
Among, prep, iiiter, in, a- 

pud, intra. 
Amusement, n. hidus. 
Ancestors, n. major es. 
And, conj, et, ac, atque, 

que, enclitic. 
Ancient, adj. antiquus, 

pristinus. 
Anger, n. ira, iracundia ; 

to be angry with, v. ira- 

scor. 
Animal, n. animal; small 

animal or beast, hestiola. 
Animate, v. excito. 
Annals, n. aimales, pi. 
Another, adj. alius, alter, 

(Gr. 276.) 
Another's, of another, adj. 

alienus. 
Answer, v. respondeo. 



Answer, n. responsiim. 

Antiquity, n. antiquitas. 

Antony, n. Antonias. 

Any, adj. ullus ; any one, 
quis, aliquis ; any 
thing, aliquid, quid- 
dam, quid vis. 

Appear, v. appareo, (go 
forth) prodeo, (seem) 
'cideor. 

Appearance, n. aspectus. 

Appease, v. placo. 

Apply, V. incumho. 

Approach, n. adventus. 

Approbation, n. apprdha- 
tio. 

April, n. Aprilis. 

Are, V. sum. 

Arise, v. exorior, nascor, 
(set out) pro/iciscor. 

Aristotle, n. Aristoteles. 

Arm, V, armo. 

Armed, pt & adj. armatus. 

Armenians, n. Armenii. 

Armour, arms, n. arma, pi. 

Army, exercitus ; (in line) 
acies; (on the march) 
aymen. 

Arrive, v. venio, pervenio. 

Art, n. ars. 

Artist, n. opifex. 

As, conj. ut ; adv. ut, uti, 
prout, quemadmddum, 
(since) quonlam ; as if^ 
as it were, velut, quasi, 
ceu, tanquam ; as — as, 
tarn — quam ; so — as, sic 
— ut ; as — so, ut — sic ; 
so much — as, tantus — 
quantus ; as soon as, 
simul ac ; as many as, 
totidem ; prep, pro ; as 
to, ad. 

Ascertain, v. inteUigo. 

Ashamed (to be), v. pudere. 

Ask, V. rogo, peto, posco, 
queer 0, inter rogo. 

Assault, n. impetus. 

Assemble, v. convenio. 

Assembly, n. concio, con- 
'ventus. 

Assign, v. do. 

Assist, V. juvo, adjuvo, ac- 
com,modo. 

Assistance, n. opera, auxi- 
Hum. 

Assistant, n. adjutor, ad- 
jutrix. 

Assume, v. suscipio. 

Astonishing, adj. onirus. 

At, prep, ad, apud, — de- 
noting place, tlie sign of 
the ablative. 



At length, adv. demum. 

Athenians, adj. & n. Athe- 
niensis. 

Athens, n. Athence, pL 

Attach, V. devincio. 

Attachment, n. amor, (de- 
sire), stadium. 

Attack, V. aggredior. 

Attain, v. per'oenio, con- 
sequor, (have) habeo. 

Attempt, V. Conor. 

Attend, v. incuinho. 

Attention, n. cogitatio. 

Attract, V. duco. 

Audience, n, corona. 

Augur, n. augur. 

Authority, n. auctoritas. 

Avail, V. 'Daleo, prosum. 

Avarice, n. avaritia. 

Avaricious, adj. a varus. 

Avenger, n. 'cindex. 

Avert, V. (redeem) redimo. 

Avoid, V. vito,fugio. 

Awe, V. (to stand in awe) 
horreo. 

B. 

Back, n, iergum ; on his 
back, m tergo ; behind, 
a tergo. 

Bad, adj. malus, impro 
h us. 

Baian, adj. Baldnus. 

Band, n. onanus, agmen. 

Banished, pt. expulsus. 

Barbarian, n. hai^barus. 

Bark, n. cortex. 

Battle, n. pugna, proe,- 
lium, bellum. 

Be, V. sum, fore ; (to ex- 
ist) extare ; (to remain) 
re-^tare ; to be wanting, 
deficient, deesse ; to be 
present, at hand, adesse; 
between, ijiteresse ; ab- 
sent, distant, abesse ; to 
be without, free from, 
car ere. vacare ; provok- 
ed, exardescere ; angry 
with, in a passion, ira- 
soi ; at stake, in danger, 
agi ; allowable, licere ; 
accustomed, solere. 

Bear, v. fero, (suffer) pa- 
tior. 

Beast, n, bellua. 

Beat, V. verbero. 

Beautifal, adj. speciosns. 

Beauty, n, pulchritndo. 

Because, adv. quod, quia ; 
because Va-\t,p}'opterea' 
quod. 



BOT 



313 



COL 



Become, v. (to be seemly), 
iUcere; it becomes, de- 
cet 
Become, v. (to be),j?o, 
evado. 

Becoiiiing, adj. deoorua. 

Bed, n. lectum. 

Bee, u. apis. 

Before, adv. coram, aniea, 
autequam^ priuaqua/n. 

Before, prep, pro^ prce,, 
ante. 

Beg, V. peto. 

Begin, v. incipio, coepi. 

Behead, v. percutio securi. 

Behind, adv^. a tergo. 

Behold, V. cenieve^ videre. 

Behoves, v, oportet. 

Believe (think), arhiiror ; 
(give credit) credo. 

Belly, n. abdomen. 

Belong, V. pertlneo — also 
sum with the gen. (Gr. 
3G4.) 

Beloved, adj. carus. 

Beneficence, n. heneficen- 
tia. 

Benevolence, n. denevo- 
lentia. 

Bereave, v. orbo. 

Berry, n. hacca. 

Beseech, v. oh>ieero. 

Best, adj. optimus. 

Betake, v. con/ero ; to be- 
take one's self, conferre 
se. 

Betray, v. prodo. 

Betrothed lover, n. spon- 
sus. 

Better, adj. melior ; adv. 
Qiielius. 

Beyond, prep, prceter, su- 
pra. 

Bind, V. ninaio. 

J^'wih. a,{\}. natalis ; birth- 
day, naidils dies. 

Blacken, v. to grow black, 
nigresco. 

Blame, v. carpo^ repre- 
hend o., mtupero. 

Blessings, u. bona, pi. 

Blood, n. sanguis. 

Blot out, V. deleo. 

Blunder, v. erro ; n. pec- 
cat am. 

Blush, V. rubeo. 

Body, n. corpus. 

Bond, n. viyiculum. 

Book, n. liber. 

Born, pt. natus ; to bo 
born, nascor. 

Both, adj. ambo ; on both 
^^s/utrinque ; both — 



and, conj. et—et; turn — 
quum. 

Bowels, n. viscera, pi. 
{viscus). 

Boy, n. / uer. 

Brave, adj. oriis. 

Bravury, u. virtus. 

Bravely, adv. fortiter. 

Bread, n. pan is. 

Break, v. frango^ commi- 
nuo ; break down, di- 
ruo. 

Break of day, prima lux. 

Bridge, n. pons. 

Bridie, n. frenum. 

Bring, v. /ero, affero, red- 
do, adduco ; bring uj), 
instituo ; fetch, peto ; 
bring in, adhibeo ; bring 
forth, pario ; to carry, 
veho ; to bring out, ex- 
haurio ; bring back, re- 
Mro. 

Britain, n. Britannia. 

Brother, n. f rater ; three 
brothers born at one 
birth, trigemini. 

Brute, n. bellua, besiia. 

Build, v. condo, cedijico. 

Building, n. tectum, cjedi- 
ficium. 

Burn, v. ardeo. 

Business, n. negotium. 

But, conj. sed, veruni, au- 
teni, nisi ; but also, sed 
etiam, verum etiatn. 

Buy, v. eiuo, niercor. 

By, prep, a, ab, per ; (of 
swearing) per. 



C. 

Calends, n. Kalendce., pi. 
Call, (name), v. appello, 

voco ; (summon) voco, 

cito. 
Call to mind, v. comme- 

moro. 
Call to witness, v. testor. 
Called (invoked), pt. incla- 

matus ; (sent for) acci- 

tus. 
Callous, V. to grow callous, 

caUeo. 
Calmly, adv. placide. 
Camp, n. castra, pL 
Can, V. (be able), possum,. 
Capitally, of a capital crime, 

capitis. 
Care, n. cur a. 
Care, v. euro ; (see to, to 

cause) ado. 



Carefully, adv. dilig enter. 

Carry, v. fero, porta, ges- 
to, (lead) duco; carry 
back, reduco ; carry off 
(consume), conaximo ; 
carry on war, bello, bel- 
lum gero. 

Carthage, n. Carthago. 

Carthiiginian, adj. «fc n. 

PtMtlUS. 

Catiline, n. Catilina. 
Cattle, TV. jumentum, pi. a. 
Cause, n. causa. 
Cause, v. (take care), curo^ 

(bring on) incutio. 
Cavalry, n, equitdtus. 
Cease, v. desino. 
Centurion, n. centurio. 
Certain, adj. cert us, (some) 

qiddam. 
Certainly, adv. certe; for 

certain, certo. 
Chain, n. vinculum, fer- 

rum. 
Chance, n. casus; adv. by 

chance, for-te. 
Change, v. muto, verto. 
Chapel, n. cella. 
Character, n. fama, mo- 
res, pi. 
Charge, v. (accuse), arguo. 
Cheek, n. mala. 
Cheerful, adj. hilaris^ 
Chest, n. ar<'a. 
Chief, n. princeps ; chief 

good, summum bonu/tn. 
Children, liberi, pi. pv^ri, 

pi. 
Choose, V. eligo ; choose 

rather, mala. 
Chosen, pt. lectus, deleo- 

tus. 
Cimbrian, adj. Cimbricu^. 
Circuit, n. ambitus. 
Circumstance, n. res. 
Citadel, n, ar-x. 
Citizen, n. civ is. 
City, n. urbs, civitas. 
Clear, adj. clarus. 
Clemency, n. dementia. 
Cloak, n. amiculum. 
Close (the eyes), v^ conni- 

veo. 
Clothe, V. vestio. 
Coarse, adj. emporeticus. 
Coffer, n. area. 
Cohort, n. cohors. 
Cold, adj. algidus, v. to be 

pinched with cold, al- 

gco. 
Cold, n. frigus. 
Colleague, n. collega. 
Collect, V. colligo. 



14 



CON 



314 



DES 



Colonist, n. colowits. 
Combat, n. certamen. 
Come, V. venio, pervenio ; 

come to, adeo, advenio ; 

come up to, overtake, 

Comely, adj. dec ens. 
Gom^iiand, V. impero, iin- 

perito, prcBcipio. 
Command, n. jussics. 
Commander, n. iinpera- 

to}\ propfectus. 
Commander's, adj. impe- 

ratoHus. 
Commence (battle), v. eom- 

mitto. 
Commend, v. laudo, pro- 

ho. 
Commendable, adj. lauda- 

hilis. 
Commit, a fault, delinquo. 
Common, adj. communis^ 

vulgaris, (cheap) Tills. 
Common people, n. vulgus, 

plebs. 
Common soldier, n. grega- 

rius miles. 
Commonly, adv. 'vulgo. 
Commonwealth, n. respub- 

lica. 
Companion, n. comes., so- 

civ^s. 
Company, n. ftocietas. 
Compare, v. comparo., con- 

fero. 
Compassion, n. misericor- 

diet. 
Compel, V. cogo. 
Complain, v. queror. 
Complete, adj. cumulatus. 
Comply, V. obtempero. 
Compose (verses), \. facto. 
Composed, adj. tranquil- 

lus. 
Conceal, v. celo. 
Conceive, v. concipio. 
Concerned (to be), v. me- 

tuo. 
Concerning, prep. de. 
Concord, n. concordia. 
Condition, n. conditio. 
Conduct, V. tracto ; to con- 
duct one's self, gerere se. 
Conduct, n. mores, pL 
Confer, v. rnando. 
Confess, v. confiteor. 
Confidence, n. audacia. 
Congenial, adj. cognatus. 
Congratulate, v. gratulor. 
Conquer, v. vinco, devin- 

CO, subigo, super o. 
Conquered, pt. victus. 
Conscience, n. coTiscientia. 



Consciousness, n. consci- \ 

entia. ' 
Conscript, adj. conscriptus. \ 
Consent, n. consensus. j 

Consequence— of what con- ! 
sequence ? quanti ? v. to 1 
be of consequence, to in- 
terest, interesse. 

Consider (view), v. xideo, 
(to regard) habeo. 

Consist, V. co^isto, consis- 
io, sum. 

Conspiracy, n. conjuratio. 

Conspire, v. conjuro. 

Construct, v. conjicio. 

Consul, n. consul. 

Consulship, n, consuldtus. 

Consult, V. delibero. 

Contain, v, (hold), capio. 

Contemplate, v. (have in 
view), ago ; that it is 
contemplated, agi. 

Contemptible, adj. a'bsur- 
dus. 

Contend, v. certo., conten- 
do. 

Content, adj. contentus. 

Contention, n. ^raulatio. 

Continual, adj. pevpetuus. 

Contract, v. (take up), siis- 
cipio. 

Controversy, n. controver- 
sia. 

Conversation, n. sevnio. 

Copy, n, exeinplvAn. 

Corinth, n. Co)'inthus. 

Corn, Ti.ffumentum. 

Corrected, pt. correcius. 

Corrupt, V. corrumpo. 

Council, n, concilium. 

Counsel, n. consilium. 

Countenance, n. vultus. 

Country, n. ras ; native 
country, patiia. 

Countryman (fellow citi- 
zen), n. civis. 

Courage, n. 'virius, forti- 
tudo. 

Course, n. cursus. 

Court, V. (seek), peto. 

Courteously, adv. comiter. 

Courtesy, n. comitas. 

Cover, V. obduco. ^ 

Covering, n. tegume7itum. 

Covetous, adj. a varus. 

Credit, n. fides. 

Crete, n. Or eta. 

Crime, n. criinen, scelus, 
fiagitium, probrura^fa- 
cinus, maleficium. 

Crowded, adj. frequens. 

Crown, n. corona. 

Crucify, v. C7'uoi 



Cruel, adj. immanis, cru- 

delis. 
Cruelty, n. crudelitas. 
Crystal, adj. crystallinus. 
Ciilprit. n. reus. 
Cultivate, v. colo. 
Culture, n. cultus, cultio. 
Cupidity, n. cupiditas. 
Curia, n. (senate house), 

curia. 
Custom, n. mos. 
Cut, V. (cut down), coedo ; 

cut off (destroy), tollo. 



D. 

Daily, adj. diurnus. 

Daily, adv. quotidie. 

Danger, n. periculuon, dis- 
crimen. 

Dangerous, adj. periculo- 
sus, gravis. 

Dare, v. audeo. 

Daring, adj. (bold), audax. 

Dart, n. telum. 

Dated, pt. datus. 

Daughter, n. filia; little 
daughter,j^Zic>Z«. 

Day, n. dies; day after, 
adv. postridie; day be- 
fore, p>ridie. 

Dear, adj. (beloved), cartis^ 
dulcis. 

Death, n. mors. 

Deceive, v. decipio. 

Decision, n. judicium. 

Declare, v. declaro, dico. 

Decorous, adj. decorus. 

Deed, n. (thing), res. 

Deem, v. puto. 

Defeat, v. vinco. 

Defence, n. (armour), ar- 
ma, pi. 

Defend, v. tueor, defendo. 

Deficient (to be), v. desum. 

Deitj^, n. deus. 

Delay, v. moror. 

Deliberately, with deliber- 
ation, adv. considerate. 

Delirious (to be), v. deliro. 

Deliver, v. libero. 

Deliverer, n. liberator. 

Demand, v. posco; to de- 
mand restitution, res re- 
petere. 

Deny, v. Tiego. 

Depart, v. demigro. 

Deplore, v. deploro. 

Descended^ pt. (born), na- 
tus. 

Desert, v. relinqtio, desero. 

Desert^ n. solitudo. 



DIS 



315 



ENT 



Deserter, n, travsfuga. 
Deserve, v. mereor. 
Deservedly, adv. merito. 
Deserving', adj. dig mis ; 

not deservitig, indigmis. 
Dosii^n, V. (intend) destiiio. 
Di^sign, 11. consiliain. 
Desire, to be desirous, v. 

cupio, qucerOf appeto, 

volo. 
Desire, n. cupido ; earnest 

desire, stitdium. 
Desirous, adj. eupidus, ap- 

petens^ stitdiosus. 
Desist, V. cefiso. 
Despair, v. despero. 
Despair, n. desperatlo. 
Despise, V. aperno, COU' 

temiio. 
Destroy, v. disaolvo, dl- 

ruo, deleo, tollo. 
Destruction, n. exifium. 
Detain, v. teneo, detineo. 
Detained, pt. retentus. 
Deter, v. deterreo. 
Determine, v. atatuo^ con- 

siitao, instituo ; (judge) 

judico. 
Devise, v. reperio. 
Diadem, n. dladerna. 
Diction, n. verbum. 
Die, v. raorior^ emot'io}", 

pereo. 
Differ, v. pugno. 
Different, adj. diversus. 
Diiiicult, adj. difficilis^ ar- 

duii>i. 
Dirticulty, n. dlificultas; 

Avith sreat difficulty, dif- 

jicillime^ ccgerrime. 
Dignified, adj. gravis, am- 

pl as. 
Dignity, n. dignitas. 
Diligence, n. diligentia. 
Diligently, adv. dlligenter. 
Diminish, v. minuo. 
Disaster, n. iiicommodiun. 
Discern, v. video, cerno. 
Discernment, n. intelligen- 

tiii. 
Discharge, v. (perform), 

fa rigor. 
Disciple, n. discipiilus. 
Discipline, n. disciplina. 
Disclose, V. propono. 
Discourse, n. disputatio, 

oratio, sermo. 
Disease, n. morbiis. 
Disgrace, n. dedecus, iur- 

pitudo. 
Disgraceful, adj. turpis. 
Disgraceful, (to be), v. de- 



Disguise, v. dissiinalo. 
Disgust, n. fastidium. 
Disiionourablo, adj. turpis. 
Dismiss, V. dlmitto. 
Disorder, n. pertarhatio. 
Displease, v. displiceo. 
Disposed, adj. promptus, 

piiratas. 
Disposition, n. animus, 

naturd. 
Disputation, n. contentio. 
Dispute, V. disputo. 
Disregard, v. eontemno. 
Dissimilar, adj. dissimilis ; 

to be dissimilar, v. ab- 

horreo. 
Dissuade, v. dissuadeo. 
Distance (from), adv. pro- 

oul ; to be distant, v. 



Distinguished, adj. clarus. 

Distress, n. miseria ; ut- 
most distress, oninis mi- 
seria. 

Disturb, v. disturbo. 

Divide, v. divido, segrego ; 
(distribute) di-spertio. 

Divine, adj. dA'vinus. 

Do, V. (act, make), facio, 
ago, gero ; (an act of 
duty) fungor ; do good, 
prqfiGio; do harm, ojffl- 
cio ; do wrong, pecco ; 
do before, anteago. 

Dog, n. canis. 

Dolt, n. nequam. 

Dolphin, n. delphinus. 

Dominion, n. principatus. 

Done before, pt. anteactas. 

Doubt, V. dubito. 

Doubtful, adj. dubius. 

Dowrj', n, dos. 

Drachm, n. drachma. 

Drag, V. (draw), traho, da- 

CO. 

Draw, V. (lead) duco. 
Dread, v. perVunesco. 
Drink, v. bibo. 
Dripping, pt. manans. 
Drive, v. anioveo ; (away) 

abigo ; (out) expello ; 

driven ashore, pt. in lit- 

tus comp^Usus. 
Dry, adj. a rid us. 
During, prep, inter, per. 
Duty, n. munus, ojflcium. 



E. 

Each, adj. pr. quisqioe, 

unusqicisque. 
Ear, n. auris. 



Early, adv. maiuri; too 

early, viaturiua. 
Earnestly, adv. studios^; 

more earnestly, majore 

studio. 
Earth, n. terra. 
Ease, n. (leisure) otiic/m. 
Easily, &dv. Jacile ; more 

easily, facilius ; very 

easily, facillime. 
Easy, Q,i\y facitis ; (leisure- 
ly) otiosus. 
Eclipse, n. defectus. 
Edifice, n. (Bdijiciuni. 
Educate, v. erudio. 
Education, n. doctrina. 
Eighteen, adj. octodecim, 

daodeviginti. 
Either, adj. pr. utervis. 
Either, conj. aut, vel ; ei- 
ther — or, 1)61 — vel, aut-- 

aut. 
Elder, older, adj. major 

natu, senior. 
Elect, V. eligo. 
Elect, pt. designaius. 
Elephant, n. elephas, ele- 

pkantas. 
Elicit, V. elicio. 
Eloquence, n. eloquentia. 
Else (other), adj. alius ; 

nothing else, necquiO' 

quam aliud. 
Emanate, v. (get abroad) 

emano. 
Embrace, v. coonplector. 
Emperor, n. imperator. 
Empire, n. imperium. 
Empioy (use), utor ; to be 

employed, ago, 'oersor, 

occupor. 
Enact, V. sciscor. 
Enclose, v. claudo. 
Encounter, n. prodium. 
Endeavour, v. eonor. 
Endued, pt. prodditus. 
Endure, v. sustineo, pa- 

tior. 
Enemy, n. (in war) Jiostis ; 

(one not friendly) inimi- 

cus. 
Engage, v. conjligo, con- 

gredior ; to engage in, 

facio. 
Engaging, pt, (in a conflict) 

procurrens. 
Engraven, pt. insculptus. 
Enjoy, V. utor, fruor, ha' 

beo ; not enjoy, careo. 
Enter, v. introire. 
Entertain, v. indulgeo. 
Entire, adj. (perfect) per^ 

fectus. 



EXE 



316 



FOO 



Entirely, adj. (as a wliole) 

iotus. 
Entreat, v. peto. 
Enumerate, v. enumero. 
Envy, V. inxldeo. 
Envy, n. invidia. 
Ephe^ian. adj. EpJiesius, 
Equal, adj. 2ja/\ 
Equally, adv. ceque ; equal- 
ly as, cbqiie ac. 
Equal, V. oe,quo. 
Equestrian, adj. equestris. 
Equity, n. cequitas. 
Erect, V. extruo. 
Escape, v. (pass away) de- 
Jiuo ; (get away) evado, 
effugio. 
Especially, adv. maxime. 
Establish, y. jirnio. 
Esteem, v. (value) facto, 
puto^ (X,8timo ; I value 
much, facio magni ; 
more, pi arts ; most, 
-inaxi/ni ; I value so 
much, tanti ; little, par- 
1)1 kabeo. 
Etrurians, n. Hetrusci. 
Eulogy, n. laudatio. 
Eunuch, n. eunuchus. 
Even, adv. quidem, etiam, 

ve/'o ; even if, licet. 
Evening, n. vesper. 
Event, n. exitiis^ res. 
Ever, adv. unquam. 
Every, adj. omni-s ; every 
one (each), quisque^ u- 
^lusquiaque ; (any one) 
quivia ; every day, quo- 
tidie; every where, ubi- 
que. 
Evident, adj. perspicuiis. 
Evil (thing), n. malum. 
Exact (demand), v. exigo. 
Exalt, V. erigo. 
Exceed (surpass), v. supe- 

ro. 
Exceedingly, adv. plur^i- 

7)1 um. 
Excel (surpass), v. super o, 

excello, antecello. 
Excellence, n. 'virtus. 
Excellency, n. hojium. 
Excellent, adj. egregiu.^^ 
prce>itans^ optimuSy sum- 
?n us. 
Except, prep, premier, proe- 

terquain. 
Exception, n. exceptio. 
Excessive, adj. niniius. 
Excite, V. commoveo. 
Exclaim, v. excldmo. 
Execrate, v. exsecror. 
Exercise, y. utor. 



Exhibit, V. ostento; (games) 

edo. 
Exhort, T. Tiortor^ cohortor. 
Exile, exul^ exsid ; to be in 

exile, exsuh ; to go into 

exile, solum vertere ; 

(banishment) exilium. 
Exist, V. sum, Jio, existo ; 

exist in, insum. 
Expect, V. expecto. 
Expectation, n. expectatio. 
Expedition, n. expeditio. 
Expense, n. swmtus, 

sumptus. 
Experience (make trial), v. 

experior. 
Experience, n. usus. 
Explain, v. explano ; (open 

up) a per to. 
Express, v. dico^ signijico. 
Expression, n. sermo. 
Extend, v. procurro ; (go 

forth) exeo. 
Extol, V. tollo. 
Extortion, n. res repetun- 

dcB, pi. 
Extraordinary, adj. egre- 

gius, eximius. 
Extreme, adj. (very end) 

extrem.us ; at the ex- 
tremity of life, ifi extre- 

ono tempore. 
Eye, n. oculus. 
Eyelid, n. palpebra. 



Fable, n. fabula. 

Fact, n. res; in fact, re. 

Fall, n. casus. 

Fall, V. (in battle) cado, 
corruo, occumho ; (by 
lot) ohvenio ; (hasten) 
carro. 

Frilsely, adv. falso. 

Fail, V. deficio, labor. 

Faithful, adj.^rfws. 

Fame, n. fama. 

Family, n. genus, familia. 

Famine, n. fames. 

Far. adv. longe, longe gen- 
tium ; far ott; procul. 

Farm, n. fundus. 

Farther, adj. ulterior. 

Fasces, n. fasces, pL 

Fat, adj. pinguis. 

Fate, n. casus; unhappy 
fate, talis casus ; fates, 
fata, pi. 

Father, n. pater ; father's, 
of a father, sl(\^. patrius^ 
paternus. \ 



Father of a family, u- pa- 
terfamilias. 
Fault, n. vitiuin. 
Favour, n. beneficium^ 

meritum, gratia. 
Favour, v. faveo. 
Fear, v. nietuo, timeo, ve- 

reor. 
Fear, n. metus., pavor. 
Fee, n. onerces. 
Feebleness, n. infirmiias. 
Feed, v. to be the food of, 
pasco ; also to give food 
to. 
Fellow, n. (a term of dis- 
respect) Twmo ; that fel- 
low, iste. (Gr. 118, 3, 
3d.) 
Festival, n. sacrum. 
Few, adj. pauci, pi. 
Fidelity, n. Jides. 
Field, n. ager. 
Fifty, adj. quinquaginta. 
Fight, V. pugno, contendo. 
Fill up, V. oompleo. 
Finally, adv. aenique. 
Find, V. invejiio, reperio ; 

(understand) intelligo. 
Fine, v. mulcto. 
Finish, v. finio. 
Fire, n. ignis. 
Fire, v. (inflame) inftam- 
mo ; set on fire, incendo. 
Firm, adj. tenax. 
Firmness, n. constantia. 
First, adj. primus, adv. 
primum; at first, pri- 
ono. 
Fish, n. piscis. 
Fish-pond, n. piscina. 
Fit, adj. utilis, idoneus, 

aptus ; not fit, inutilis. 
Fit, V. apto, accommodo. 
Five, adj. quinque. 
Five hundred, adj. quiri- 

genti. 
Flatter, v. adulor. 
Fleet, n. clansis. 
Flight, n. fuga. 
Flow, v.fiuo; flow through, 

interfluo. 
Fly, V. confugio; fly to, 

advolo. 
Folly, n. stvZtitia. 
Follow, V. (go after) sequor; 
(follow closely) suhse- 
quor ; (olxjy) pareo. 
Fond, adj. studiosus. 
Food, n. alimenturn. 
Fool, n. stultus. 
Foolish, adj. stultus, stoli- 

dus. 
Foot, n. pes. 



FliO 



317 



HAR 



For, prep, (in^^tond of) jjro; 
(on account of) projAer; 
(from, as a cause) </, tib ; 
(concerning) do ; (to- 
wards) erga. 

Vox. coMJ. enun, nam. 

For that purpose, adv. ideo, 
idcirco ; fur the sake of, 

Forbid, v. prohiheo. 

Force, n. ms^ vires, pi. 

Fi)rces, n.(troops) copice,p\. 

Forego, V. omitto. 

Foreign, adj. extenius. 

Foi-get, V. oUiviscor. 

Forgetful, adj. oOlltus, 

Forgetful ness, n. oblivio. 

Form, V. (to fiishion, make) 
facio ; (connect, keep to- 
gether) c'o?i«-ec'to ; (join) 
co/ijango ; (a lino of bat- 
tle) instruo. 

Former, pr. ille^ opposed 
to hie, latter. 

Formeily, adv. quondam. 

3'\)rmian, adj. Formiduus. 

Forsake, v. desero. 

Fort, n. cdstellum. 

Fortify, v. Tnunio^ commtt- 
■riio. 

Fortitude, n. fortitudo. 

Fortune, n.fortana ; good 
fortune, felicitas. 

Forum, n. forum. 

Found (to" lay a founda- 
tion), V. constituo. 

Foundation, n. fandamen- 
tum. 

Four, adj. quaiuor. 

Four hundred, adj. quad- 
ringenti. 

Fraicment, w.fragmentum,. 

Free, adj. liber, expers, 
Tucitus, alienus ; to be 
free from, v. 'vac<ire; 
to be without, car ere ; 
to set free, liberare. 

Frequent, v. frequento. 

Friend, n. amicus. 

Friendship, n. amicitia, 
neces.situdo. 

Frighten, v. terreo. 

Frightened, pt. territus, 
deterritus. 

Frog, n. ran a. 

From, prep, a, «5, ahs.de, e, 
ex; after verbs of taking 
away, it is the sign of the 
dative or ablative, and 
often has no correspond- 
ing Latin v/ord. 

From every side, adv. U7i- 
diqiio. 



Frugality, n. frugalitas, 
parsinionia. 

Fruit, n. fructus. 

Fugitive, n. fugitimis. 

Full, adj. plenus. 

Furious, adj. iratus. 

Furnish, v. orno ; to be 
well furnished or sup- 
plied, to abound, abuii- 
do. 

Fury, n. furor. 

Future, adj. futurus ; for 
the future, in faturum ; 
future generation, pos- 
teritas. 



G. 

Gain, v. o^>iineo, conse- 
quor^ coi/iparo. 

Game, n. ludus, lusus. 

Garden, n. /tortus, hor'u- 
lus. 

Gate, n. porta. 

Gather, v, (fruit) decerpo ; 
(perceives) percipio. 

Gaul, n. Gallia. 

Gaul, a, n. Gallus. 

General, n. imperator, 
d ux. 

Generous, adj. lihcralis. 

Genius, n. ingenium. 

Gentleness, n. tnansuetu- 
do. 

Get, V. paro, contraho. 

Giant, n. gig as. 

Gift, n. doJium. 

Give, V. do, impono, tra- 
do, affero, prtebeo ; (de- 
clare) prouuncio ; give 
way, yield, cedo. 

Given (of wounds), Hia- 
tus. 

Gladness, n. loititia, v. to 
be glad, gaud ere ; to ])c 
very glad, vehementer 
ga udere. 

Glorious, adj. gloriosus. 

Glory, n. gloria, laus. 

Gnat, n. culex. 

Go, V. eo, prodeo ; go to, 
peto, adeo, contendo ; 
(set out) projiciscor ; go 
down, descendo ; go 
over, transeo ; away, re- 
cedo ; out, egredior ; 
go reluctantly, concedo ; 
go on, i. e. do, ngo ; wliat 
is go\n^on,qiid agitur. 

God, n. deus, numen ; of 
God, divinus. 

Gold, 11. auru7n. 



Golden, of gold, adj. au- 
reus. 

Good, adj. bonus, rectus; 
(useful) utilis. 

Goods, n. bona, pi. 

Good nature, n. facilitas. 

Gore, n. cruor. 

Govern, v. guberno. 

Government, n. imperi- 
iLm, regnuni, respub- 
lica. 

Gown, n. toga; a little 
gown, togula. 

Grace, n. (ornament), or- 
namentum. 

Grand, adj. grandis. 

Grand-daughter, n. neptis. 

Grand-father, n. avus. 

Grant, v. do. 

Graiilication, n. delectatio. 

Gravit}^, n. gravitas. 

Great, adj. inagnus, in- 
gens ; (exalted) supe- 
7-us ; greatest, supre- 
7nus, suiiimus ; so great, 
tantus. 

Greatly, atlv. xeliementer, 

Greece, n. Grawia. 

Greedy, adj. aoidus. 

Greek, adj. and n. Gra'^cu,s. 

Grief, n. dolor, luctas. 

Grievously, adv. graviter. 

Grieved {to be.) v. miseres- 

CO. 

Ground, n. ager. 
Guard, n. custos. 
Guest, n. honpes. 
Guide, n. diiaa. 
Guilt, n. culpa. 



H. 

Habit, n. consueiudo. 
Half, n. diirJdium ; by 

half, dimidio. 
Hand, n. manus. 
Hang, v. su.speudo. 
Hang over, v. impendeo. 
Hanging, adj. pe/isilis 
Hap, u. ^^lot), vicifi. 
Happen, v. evenio, contin- 

g<> ; it happens, j/it, acci- 

dit. 
Happily, adv. feliciter, 

beate. 
Hapiiy, adj. beatns. 
Harangue, v. cohortor. 
Harass, wsollicito. 
Harbour, n. partus. 
Haul, adj durus; (ditH- 

cult), dif/i.ilis. 
Harmony, n. concordia. 



HOW 



318 



Hasten, v. 'projjero. 
Hate, V. ocli. 
Hatred, n. odium. 
Have, V. halieo ; (keep) 

servo. 
He, pr. hie, is, ille, isie ; 

(the same) idem. 
Head. n. caput. 
Health, n. rdletudo. 
Hear, hear of, v. (ludio. 
Hearer (one hearing), pt. 

audiens. 
Heart, n. cor. 
Heat (to be greatly heated), 

cestuo. 
Heat, n. calor. 
Heaven, n. coehwi. 
Helen, n. Helena. 
Hellespont, n. Eellespon- 

tus. 
Helmet, n. galea. 
Hemisphere, n. orMs. 
Her, pr. ejus, suus. 
Herald, n. ijra^co. 
Here, adv. hie. 
Herself, pr. ipsa {ipse). 
Hesitate, v. duMto, hcereo. 
Hide, V. condo. 
High, adj. alius; the high- 
er, quo altior. (Gr. 579.) 
Highly, adv. alte ; (very) 

xalde; after verbs of 

vahiing, magni. 
Hill, n. collis, tumidus. 
Himself, ipse; of himself, 

su i. 
Hinder, v. retardo. 
His (her, its), pr. ejus (Gr. 

121, Obs. 8), suus ; his 

own, suus. 
Historian, n. historicus. 
Hiftory, n. historia, res 

oesta;. 
Hither, adv. Jiuc, adj. cite- 

rior. 
Hold, V. teneo. 
Home, n. doirnis. 
Honesty, n. honestas, pro- 

litas ; (an honourable 

thing) honcstum. 
Honour, n. honor., hones- 
tas. 
Honour, v. honoro. 
Honourable, adj. ho?iestus. 
Hope, n. spes. 
Hoi>e, V. spe7'0 ; (wi:;h for) 

opto. 
Horse, n. equus. 
Horseman, n. eques. 
Hostage, n. ohses. 
Hostile, adj. host His. 
How, adv. qiiomodo. qui, 

quonarn modo ; some- 



how, nescio quomodo; 

how long, quamdiu. 

quousque ; how much. 

qua'm,quantopere ; adj. 

how much, quantu!s ; 

how many, quct. 
However, adv. quamvis, 

tamen, 'veruniamen. 
Huge, adj. ingens. 
Human, adj. humanus. 
Humanity, n. humanitas. 
Hundred,' adj. centum. 
Hunger, v. to be hungry, 

esurio. 
Hunt, V. venor. 
Hurt, V. noceo, odsum, Ice- 
do. 
Husband, n. conjux. 
Husbandman, n. agricola. 



I, pr. ego ; I myself, ego- 
met. 

Ides, n. Idus. 

Idle, adj. otiosus. 

Idleness, n. inertia. 

If, conj. si ; if not. nisii, ni. 

Ignorant, ignarus ; to be 
ignorant, igyioro. 

Ill, adv. male. 

Illness, n. morbus. 

Illustrious, adj. p)ra!clarus. 

Imitate, v. imitor, amulor. 

Immediately, adv. statim, 
extemplo, illico. 

Immoderately, adv. immo- 
derate. 

Immortal, adj. immorta- 
lis. 

Impart, v. impertio. 

Impel, v. impello. 

Impend, v. impendeo. 

Im[)ious, adj. impius. 

Implant, v. ingenero,sino. 

Implement, n. insirumen- 
turn. 

Implore, v. imploro, pos- 
tulo, peto. 

Important, adj. so import- 
ant, tardus. 

Improper, adj. alienus. 

Impunity, n.' impun Has. 

In. prep, in ; sign of abla- 
tive ; in the mean time, 
inter ea. 

Inactivity, n. (quiet), quies. 

Inclination, n. xoluntas. 

Inclined, adj. pjropensus. 

Including, pt. co)-hphcciis. 

Inconstant, adj. irt'-ertus. 

Increase. \-. .r^'.-j.-r. 



Incredible, adj. incredihi- 

lis. 
Incumbent (to be), v. opor- 

tere. 
Indeed, adv. equidem., 

sane, Tero. 
Individual (any one), pr. 

quisquam. 
Indolent, adj. iners. 
Induce, v. addueo. 
Industry, n. industria. 
Infant, n, in fans. 
Infer, v. colligo. 
Inflamed, pt aceensus ; to 

be inflamed, v. eicardeo. 
Inflict punishment, v. ani- 

madverto. 
Inform, v. facio eertiorem. 
Inheritance, n. hcvreditas. 
Inimical, adj. inimieus. 
Injure, v. (hurt), noceo. 
Injury, n. injuria. 
Injustice, n. iujmtitia, in- 
juria. 
Innate, adj. innatus. 
Innocence, n. innocentia. 
Innocent, adj. innocens^ 

innoeuus. 
Inquire, v. qucpro. 
In.-atiable, adj. insatiahi- 

lis. 
Insert, y. (put in), infero. 
Insignificant adj. nullus. 
Insist upon, v. contendo. 
Insolence, n. arrvga7itia. 
Inspect, V. evploro. 
Instead of, prep. 2>ro. 
Instruct, V. instituo. 
Instructor, n. m agister. 
Integrity, n. integritas. 
Intellectual faculty, n. 

mens. 
Intent, adj. intentus. 
Intercepted, pt intercep- 

tus. 
Interest, n. utilitas. 
Interrupt, v. interpello. 
Interview, n. conventus. 
Intimacy, on the greatest 

intimacy, adv\ conjunc- 

tissime. 
Int^, prep. in. 
Intrust, V. commiffo. 
Inventress, n. invent rio'. 
Investigate, v. int'cstigo, 

qucero. 
Ireland, n. IJiherr.ia. 
Is, V. est (yum). 
It, pr. is: from it after a 

verb of taking away, el, 

dative (Or. 5u2). 
Italy, n. Itcdia. 
Itself pr. ip'se. 



319 



MAR 



Javelin, n. pilum. 

Jest, n. Joe us. 

Join, V, jungo^ conjungo^ 
con^ocio. 

Jovian, n. Jovianus. 

Joy, n. gazed iiwi, Icetitla. 

Judge, n. Judeic, v. Judi- 
co. 

Judgment, n. (judicial -pro- 
ceedings), J ud ieiiwi. 

Juice, n. succus. 

Julian, D. Julianus, 

July, n. Julius. 

Just, Q.d]. Justus. 

Just as" if, adv. sicut si, 
'velut si. 

Justice, n.justitia. 



Keep, V. Uneo ; (abstain) 
ahstineo ; keep from, 
hinder, proTiiheo. 

Kill, V. occido^ interficio. 

Kind, n. genvs. 

Kind, adj. l/e?iignus. 

Kind action, n. benefac- 
tum. 

Kindly, adv. henigne ; 
very kindly, perhuman- 
iter ; most kindly, he- 
nig nissiyne. 

Kindness, n. gratia. 

King, n. rex; king's, of a 
king, adj. regius. 

Kingdom, n. regnum. 

Knife, n cultmm. 

Knight, n. eques. 

Know, V. scio, nosco, cog- 
nosco, intelligo ; know 
not, nescio. 

Knowing, pt. sciens ; not 
knowing, ignorans. 

Knowledge, n. scientia; 
skill, ars. 

Known, pt. cognitus. 



Labor, n, lahor. 
Labor, v. (to be in difficul- 
ty), lahoro. 
Lncedajraonian, adj. Lace- 

d(£7no7ilu>^. 
Lament, y.Jleo, 
Lamprey, n. onurama. 
Land, n. ager. 
Language, n. (speech), ora- 

iio. 



Large, adj. iiigens, gran- 

di% amplus. 
Last, adj. noHssitnus, ulti- 

7)ius, 'postremus ; at last, 
adv. ta7idein. 
Lately, adv. nuper. 
Latin, adj. Latin us. 
Latter, pr, hie, opposed to 

ille, former. 
Law, n. lex. 
Lawful (it is), v. licet. 
Lay down, v, depono. 
Lead, v. dueo. 
Lead forth, v. educo. 
Leader, n. dicx. 
Leading man (chief), n. 

prineeps. 
Lean, or lie down, v. de- 

eurnho. 
Leanness, n. maeies. 
Learn, v. disco. 
Leai-ning, n. doctrina. 
Least (of the smallest 

value),adj minimi, na/iju- 

ci ; (in the least degree), 

adv. miniine. 
Leave, v. re inquo ; to be 

left, remain, i-esto. 
Lebanon, n. Lihanus. 
Legion, n. legio. 
Leisure (to be at), v. 'caco. 
Length, n. longiXudo. 
Less", adj. minor ; the less, 

eo minor ; adv. minus, 

trevius. 
Lessen, v. levo. 
Lest, conj. ne. 
Letter (epistle), n. literce, 

pi, epistola. 
Liar, u.' mend ax. 
Libel, V. (attack, abuse) 

livdo. 
Liberality, n. liberalitas. 
Liberty, n, lihertas. 
Licentious joy, n. lascivia. 
Lictor, n. lietor. 
Lie, n. tnendacinm. 
Lie (to tell a lie), v. men- 

tior. 
Life, n. vita ; time of life, 

cetas. 
Li^iit, n. lux. 
Light, adj. lev is. 
Li:,'htning. n. fidgura. 
Like, adj. similis. 
Limitation, n. exceptio. 
Line (of battle), n. acies. . 
Literary, adj. learned, Ute- 
ri tt us. 
Little, adj. parvus, paulu- 

lus; of little value, ^«/'- 

vi, minoris, minimi ; u. 

a little, aliquantum. 



Little, adv. parum ; a lit- 
tle before, suh ; a little 

ago, paulo. 
Live, V. vivo. 
Lodge, V. ineo contuder- 

nium. 
Lofty, adj. alius. 
Long, adj. long us ; long 

duration, diutinus. 
Long, adv. diu; long since, 

jampridem ; long after, 

tnuUo post. 
Look into (inspect), v. in- 

tueor. 
Look, V. (seek for), peto. 
Look forward, v.prospicio. 
Look, n. vultus. 
Lose, V, amitto, diniitto, 

deperdo. 
Loss, n. incormnodum. 
Lost, pt a missus. 
Love, n. amor; (desire 

for) stud in 171, desideri- 

um, cupiditas. 
Love, V. a7no, diligo ; to 

fall in love with, amare. 
Lovely, adj. arnahilis. 
Loving, fond of, adj. a- 

mans. 
Low, adj. inferus, i7iferior^ 

inji7nus, or imus. 
Lowered, pt. summissus. 



M. 

Macedonian, n. Macedo. 
Mad, adj. insanus. 
Magistracy, n. magistra- 

tus. 
Magistrate, n. magistra- 

tus. 
Magnificent, adj. insignis. 
Magnitude, n. 7nag7iitudo. 
Maiden, n. virgo. 
Majesty, n. majpMas. 
'Make, y.facio, ejficio ; to 

be made,^o ,* make war, 

infer o helium. 
Man, n. vir, ho77io ; man 

by man, viritim. 
Manifest, v. oste7ido. 
Mankind, n. homo. 
Manner, n. modus ; in like 

maimer, itidem. 
Manners, n, '/nores, pi. 

(7710s). 
Many, adj. onidtuf^, plu.ri- 

mus, compJurea; very 

many, perynultus ; so 

many, tat; as many, to- 

tidem. 
Market-place, n.foriuJi. 



MON 



320 



OFT 



2\l2ny, V. spoken of a tto- 

man, ouibo ; ot a man, 

duco u^orem. 
Mar.-lan, adj. 3/arsuf!. 
Master, n. dominus, ma- 

[.-i.-ter. 
^ra^ter, t. (gONern), reao. 
Zvlatch. n.' par ; not a 

match, impar. 
Material, n. materia, and 

May (be ?i\)\e), possinn. 
Me! pr. See ego. 
Mean, adj. (depraved). i>ra- 
xu^s ; in the mean time, 

inter ea. 
Mean, v. (wish). ro7c». 
Means, n. insiruinentinn, 

ratio. 
Meditating, n. prixrned.ita- 

tio. 
Meditation, n. corarnerda- 

tio. 
Memorial, n. Ulellu-s: 
Memory, n. rnemoria. 
Mental' powers (mind), n. 

ingenium. 
Mentiori. n. merdio. 
MtTcuTies (statues of Mer- 
cury), n. Uermcf, pi. 
Merely, adv. niodo. 
Merit, n. rirtiis. rjieritmn. 
Messenger, n. nuncius. 
Middle, adj. medius. 
Mild. adj. 7niti-s: 
Mildness, n. p?aca?;^Z^Ya5•. 
Mile, n. mill-e 2^u>^sv.um. 
Milesian, n. 3Iih ■nu'^. 
Military, adj. rnilitaris. 
Mind, n. mens^ ardinus ; 

to my mind {lo me), 

m ih i. 
Mindful, adj. meraor. 
Mine, v. (to'digont metals). 

effodio rnetalla. 
Miracle, n. rniraculuni. 
Miserable, adj. miser. 
Misfortune, n. calamitas, 

casu^. 
Missing, pt. deside7'a7is. 
Mistake, v. jallo ; to be 

mistaken (deceived),/a^ 

lor. 
Mode (v.'ay>, n. ratio. 
Model ately, adv. mode- 

ra te. 
Moderation, n. inodera- 

tio. 
Modest 2.^], pjudens. 
Mode>tly, adv. modeste. 
Moisture, n. succiis. 
Money, n. pecnnia, mini- 

711118, pretiurn ; a large 



sum of money, grand is 

jjecunia. 
Moon, n. (una. 
Morals, n. more-% pi. (?7?os). 
Mure, adj. plu^. jjlures. 
More. adv. mogis, plus; 

the more, qu</ pluru, eo 

arnpjliora. 
Moreover. 2A^. porro. 
M<'rru-w, to-morrow, adv. 

era 5-. 
Mortal, adj. mortalis. 
Most, adv. 77'iaa'ime. 
Mother, n. Qriaier. 
Motion, n. mot us. 
Mount, mountain, n. ^nons. 
Move. V. vi Qzeo. £>€rmozeo. 
Much. adj. multus ; so 

milch, tantus; as much 

as, tardus quayiius. 
Much, adv. rnultum ; by 

much, midto ; so much, 

tantopf'/e; very much, 

plurirmwi, ralde. 
Muffle, v. ohvolvo. 
Multitude, n. multitudo. 
Munificent, adj. rnvniji- 

cus. 
My, pr. mens. 



N. 

Xail. n. v.ngiii.s. 

Xame, n. noinen; by name, 

7iorninatirn. 
Xamed. pt appellHus. 
]S[amesake, adj. (of the 
same name), eognorni- 
71 is. 
Narrative, n. narratio, 
orotio. 
j Xation, n. 72atio, gens. 
Native country, n. genna- 

7ia patria. 
Nature, n. 7iatura ; of na- 
ture, kind, genus. 
I Natural, adj. (of nature), 

71 at v. rr Us. 
I Naval, adj. navalis. 
\ 2s ear. prep, apmd.ju^a. 
\ Near. adv. prope : as near 
I as possible, qnavn pro«- 
I imepotuii; near (in at- 
1 ^ tendan ce), j/r<r*fo. 
j Necessary, adj. necesse, ne- 
j cessarivs ;'^ to be neces- 
I sary. v. oj)ort7re. 
'■' NecT'ect. v, "-^-^'-'''V.-o. 
>^^ -^ ' - ; : ^-ctus. 
N -:-::-- /'.gens. 

, Neither, adj. y^euttr. 



Neither, conj. 7iec.,neqtie; 
neither — nor, nee — iiec. 

Never, adv. 7uwqua7>7, 
71 e iivquG7n, hand un- 
quQ7n. 

Jtews. n. res vovce ; what 
news? ecquid 7iordf 

Night, D nose; night and 
day, dies nociesque ; by 
night noctu. 

Nine-day, adj. 7\ov€ndialis. 

Nitrous.' adj. nitrosvs. 

No, adj. 7iul'us. 

No one, nobody, no man, 
ne7no, nuUus; that no 
one, 7iequis ; no (by 
nothing). 7iihilo ; by no 
means, onijiime, T(on o?n- 
Tiino, nequaquam. 

Noble, adj. nohilis. 

Nocturnal studies, n. rini- 
lite. 

Nominate, v. nomino. 

Nor, conj. ?iec, neque., aeze., 
7i€n. 

Not adv. 71071., 7i€, hand 
(interrogati\ ely ). *? on n e; 
not yet, not as yet non- 
dum ; not indeed, ne 
quid em; not only, iioii 
modo, nan solum. 

Nothing, n. 7\ihiU nil. 

Now. adv.^rtw, 7innc. 

Number, n. 7ium€rus. 



O, inteij. O. 

O that inteij. niinam. 

Obey, V. servio, ohie7n- 
pcro. 

Obscure, adj. olscumis. 

Observe, v. oiser^o, ani' 
7?iadterto, doceo. 

Obstacle (to be an), v. offi- 
cio. 

Obstinacy, n. pertinacia. 

Obtain, V. adipiscor, po- 
tior. 

Ocean, n. oc^anus. 

Occupy, V. Gccupo. teneo. 

Occur, V. incido. 

Of, prep, (concerning) de, 
(tVoni) o, ah ; sign of the 
genitive without a cor- 
responding word, and of 
the accusative after a 
verb of asking. 

Offeiid. V. qift7idQ, pecco. 

Offer sacrifice, v. jacio sa- 
crit'm. 

Office, n. 7nagistratii^. 

Often,' adv. toipe ; very 



TAI 



321 



often, j??5rsm/)e ; oftener, 
scepiivn ; oftentimes, ali- 
gn oties. 

Old. old man, fienex ; , old 
a<re, senectu.^ ; (far ad- 
vanced in life) gniiidoi- 
rw.s-, tie n lor. 

Olive, n. oliva. 

Olympian, adj. Oli/ynpius. 

Olynijjic, adj. 0lijiiipicu8. 

On. prep, in, ad ; on the 
least, ad minimum ; on 
the other hand, contra^ 
econtrai'io. 

One, adj. umcs, alius, al- 
ter, quidam ; one — an- 
other, alius — alius. 

Only, adv. solum, tantum- 
Q)H)do,tantu}n; not ou- 
1}% nan solum. 

Opi-n, V. aperio; to be 
o[)K.-n. p<tteo. 

Opened, pt. (being laid 
open) patpfactus. 

Openly. HiXs'.pidam, plane. 

Opinion, n. opinio, senten- 
tia. 

Opportunity, n. potestas. 

Oi)pose, V. eo ohviarn, re- 
sixto. 

Or, conj. aut, vel, ve. 

Oration, oratory, n. oratio. 

Orator, n. ondor. 

Order, w juheo, edico. 

Order, n.jussus. 

Origin, n. (source) fons ; 
(beginning) initium. 

Orphean, adj. Orphicus. 

Other, adj. alius, alter, 
coiterus, reliquus. 

Otherwise, adv. aliter. 

Ought, V. debeo, oporiere. 

Our, pr. no'iter. 

Oat of, prep, e, ex. 

Out of the way, adj. denius. 

Outdo, V. vinco. 

Over. prep, super, in. 

Over (linished), v. actimi 
est ; pt. peractus. 

Overcome, v. vinco. 

Overwhelm, v. ohruo^ oc- 
cupo. 

Own, V. (confess) fateor. 

Owner, n. (master) domi- 
71 us. 

Ox, n. bos. 



Pace, n. qmssus. 
Pain, n. dolor. 
Painful, adj. gravis. 



Palace, n. regia {domus.) 
Palm, n.palma. 
Paper, n. charta. 
Pardon, n. venia. 
Part, n. pars. 
Partaker, n. partic^ps. 
Parthians, n. Parthi, pi. 
Partiality, n. inclinatio. 
Particular, adj. singuli, 

quidam. 
Partly, adv. parthn. 
Party, n. pars. 
Pass, V. (over) iranseo, 

trajicio ; by (omit), o- 

m itto. 
Passion, n. lihido, cupidi- 

t((s ; being in a passion, 

iratus. 
Passionate, adj. iracun- 

dus. 
Past, pt. actus, proiterri- 

tus. 
Patience, n. patientia. 
Patrimony, n. patrimo- 

ninm. 
Peace, n. pax. 
Peculiar, adj. proprius. 
People, n. populus, puehs, 

■multitudo ; of the peo- 
ple, popularis. 
Perceive, v. video, cerno, 

cognosco. 
Perfect, adj. perfectus ; 

( matchless) singularis. 
Perfectly, adv. perfecte, 

omni7io. 
Perfidious, adj. perfidus. 
Perform, v. ago, prvesto ; 

during the performance 

(of a play), i^iter spec- 

tandum. 
Perhaps, didiy.forsitan. 
Perish, v. pereo. 
Permit, v. sino ; (sufler) 

patior. 
Pernicious, adj. mains. 
Perpetual, adj. sempiter- 

nus. 
Perplex, v. conturho. 
Persia, n. Persis and Per- 

sa>.. 
Persians, n. Person, pi. 
Person, n. homo. 
Persuade, v. persuadeo. 
Petulant, adj. petulans. 
Philip, n, Pliilippus. 
Philosopher, n. %>hiloso- 

plins. 
Philosophize, v. philoso- 

phor. 
Philosophy, n, philoso- 

phia. 
Physician, n. medicus. 

14* 



Pinch {wiilx c..'ld), v. al' 
geo. 

Pity, V. miser ear. 

Place, n. locus; places, 
loca, pi. 

Place, V. p>ono, impono^ 
colloco. 

Plain, n. campus. 

Plan, n. con.siUuin. 

Plane-tree, n. platanus. 

Plant, V. seinino. 

Play, V. ludo. 

Pleasant, adj. jucundns; 
ex sente)Uia, gratics, 
dulcis. 

Please, v. delecto, placeo ; 
if you please, si tihi 
2'jlacei ;. it pleases, ju- 
rat. 

Pleasing, adj. dulcis, ju- 
cundus. 

Pleasure, n, (will) volun- 
tas; (enjoyment) volup- 
tas; at their pleasure, 
sno jure. 

Plough, V. aro. 

Plunder, v. diripio. 

Plunder, n. prwda, rap" 
ta, pi. 

Poem, n, carmen. 

Poet, n. poeta. 

Poison, n. veneiizim, 

Pomoeriuni, n. Pommri- 
utn. 

Poinpey, n. Pompeius. 

Poor (man), n. pauper; 
adj. egenus. 

Popular, a(\_]. popularis. 

Porcinn, adj. Porcius. 

Possess, V. (have) possi- 
deo ; (lake possession) 
occupo, insideo. 

Post, V. (to place) consti- 
tuo. 

Posterity, n. ^^osfeHtos, 
jjosteri. 

Power, n. iniperiiun, j)o- 
tesias ; opes. pi. ; in one's 
OM'n power, in 'ninnu. 

Practice, n. exercitatio. 

Prajtor, n. Pro&tor. 

Praise, n. laus. 

Praise, v. laudo. 

Pray, v. precor. 

Precept, n. pr<^c'^/?^/«??. 

Prefer, v. ante.pono, prcB- 
pono, antefero, mala. 

Present, n. (gift) donum. 

Present (to be), adsmn, 
intersum, in tervenio. 

Preserve, v. servo, con- 
servo, ohtiveo. 

Presume, v. (dare) audeo. 



PUP 



322 



Pretend, y. siw.ido. 

Prevent, v. impedio. 

Prev, n. prmla; (things 
taken), rapta. 

Price, n. pretium. 

Prison, n. career. 

Prisoner, n. (one accused) 
reus. 

Private, adj. in a private 
station, privatus. 

Privation, n. pHvatio. 

Probably, adv./orto&se. 

Procure, v. conparo. 

Procured, pt paratus. 

Prodigy, n. prodigimn. 

Prodiice (cause), v. efficio ; 
to be produced (born), 
nascor. 

Profit, V. prosum. 

Prohibited, pt. prohiM- 
tus. 

Promise, v. promitto^ pol- 
liceor. 

Promise, n. pramissum. 

Pronounce, v. (declare) 
dico. 

Proof, n. (effect) effectus. 

Proper, adj. proprius, ido- 
neus. 

Property, n. proprium^ 
res, res familiaris : to 
demand restitution of 
property, res repetere. 

Proportioned (in propor- 
tion to), prep, pro. 

Propose (a law), v. fet^o. 

Prosecute, v. persequor. 

Protection, n. prcRsidium. 

Provide, v. prospicio^ cu- 
ra. 

Provided, conj. dum., ino- 
do, dummodo. 

Providence, n. providen- 
tia. 

Province, n. provincia. 

Provision, n. res f rum en- 
tar ia. 

Provoke, v. lacesso ; to be 
provoked, exardesco. 

Prudence, n. prudentia. 

Prudently, adv. pruden- 
ter. 

Public, adj. publictos ; in 
public, in puhlicum ; 
make public, v. dividgo. 

Publicly (at the public ex- 
pense), adv. puhlice. 

Publish, V. edo. 

Punish, V. punio. 

Punishment, n. suppli- 
ciiLin. 

Pupil (of the eye), n. pu- 
, pula. 



Purchase, v. mercor. 
Pure, V. sanctus. 
Purpose (intention), n. stu- 

diam ; (use) usus. 
Pursue, V. sequor^ inse- 

quor. 
Pursuit (employment), stvr- 

dium. 
Put, V. pono ; put upon 

(as a garment), injicio, 

induo ; put off, exuo ; 

put to death, neco ; 

(give) do. 
Ptolemy, n. Ptolemceus. 
Pythagorean, adj. jPytha- 

goreus. 
Pythian, adj. Pythius. 



Q. 

Qusestor, n. qucp.stor. 
Quantity, n. vis. 
Queen, n. regina. 
Quicken, v. i7i-cito. 
Quiet, adj. quietus. 
Quit (go from), v. exeo. 
Quite, adv. prorsus. 



E, 

Eaft, n. rates. 

Page, to be in a rage, v. 

fremo. 
Paging, adj. insanus. 
Eain, n. irnber. 
Eainbow, n. a reus. 
Eaised, pt sublatus. 
Eank, n. locus, ordo. 
Eapidity, n. celeritas. 
Eascal, n, nebido. 
Eashly, adv. temere. 
Eashness, n. temeritas. 
Eate (value), v. o^stimo. 
Eeach, v. attiiigo. 
Eead, v. lego. 
Eeadily, adv. facile. 
Eeady'(in attendance), adv. 

2}rai8to ; to be ready, 

prepared, paror. 
Eeap, V. deraeto. 
Eeason, n. ratio ; (cause) 

causa ; by reason of, 

proe, ; with reason, ^\isi- 

ly, jure. 
Eeasoning, n. ratio. 
Eecall, V. revoco. 
Eeceive, v. recipio, acei- 

pio. 
Eeceived, pt. acceptus. 
Eeceptacle, n. receptacu- 

lum. 



: Eeckon, v. cpstimo, habeo. 
\ Eecognize, v. agnosco. 
Eecollection, n. recorda- 

tio. 
Eecommend, v. commen- 

do. 
Eecover, v. recreo, recu- 

pero ; (receive back) 

recipio. 
Eeduce, v. redigo. 
Eefiect, V. reputo. 
Eefute, V. refello. 
Eegard, v. (esteem") hdbeo. 
Eegister, n. commenta- 

rium. 
Eegulate, y. rego. 
Eeign, v. impero. 
Eeign, n. iynperiujn. 
Eeject, V. rejicio, repu- 

dio. 
Eejoice, v. gaudeo ; re- 
joice with, gratulor. 
Eelate, v. prodo, dico, 

fero. 
Eelieve, v. subvenio. 
Eeligious, adj. religiosiis. 
Eeligiously, adv. saucie. 
Eelying on, adj. fretus. 
Eemain, v. maneo. 
Eemaining, n. reruansio. 
Eemarkable, adj. insigjiis. 
Eemember, v. memini, re- 

cordor, reminiscor, 
Eemembrance, n. memo- 

ria, recordatio, com- 

mem^oratio. 
Eemove, v. amoveo, re- 

moveo. 
Eender (make), v. facio^ 

reddo. 
Eenew, v. redintegro. 
Eepent, v. ^^(-67iz?'er^. 
Eeport, n.fama, 7'umor. 
Eeport, v, fero ; it is re- 
ported, fertar. 
Eeplace, v, repono. 
Eeply, v. respond eo. 
Ecpublic, n. re^puhlica. 
Eeputation, n. ex.istim,a- 

tio. 
Eequire, y. desidero. 
Eequite, v. refero. 
Eesentment, n. ira. 
Eeserve, v. reservo. 
Eesist, v. resisio. 
Eesolutely, adv. pertlna- 

citer. 
Eesort (come to), v. venio. 
Eespect, v. diligo. 
Eespected, pt. expectatus. 
Eespecting, prep. de. 
Eest (remaining), adj. reli- 

quuif. 



323 



SLA 



Eestoro, v. reddo^ resti- 

tuo. 
Retentive, adj. tenaoc. 
Ketreat, v. regredior. 
Return, v. redeo, refe.ro, 

regrsdior ; in return, 

in turn, invicem. 
Reverence, v. colo^ reve- 

rcor. 
Re\ ile, v. maledlco. 
Reward, n. j^rtemlujn. 
Rhetorician, n. rhetor. 
Rich, adj. dives^ diiis, lo- 

cuples. 
Riches, n. divitice, pi. ; 

great riches, /b/'t^nu/. 
Ridiculous, adj. ridiculus. 
Riglit, n.jus. 
Right, adj. rectuft. (vquus. 
Riglitly, adv. recte. 
Rind, n. liber. 
Ring, n. anulus (ann.) 
Ripe, adj. maturus. 
River, n. Jiuvius^Jiumen. 
Rob, V. peculor. 
Robber, n. latro. 
Robe, n. pallium. 
Rock, n. saxum. 
Rod, n. virga. 
Roman, adj. Roynamis. 
Rome, n. lioma. 
Rough, adj. horridus. 
Royal, adj! regiuft. 
Rule, V. domino^ impe- 

rito. 
Rule, n. decretutn. 
Run, V. curro. 
Rush, V. irrumpo. 



Sacrifice, n. sacrum. 

Sad, adj. tristls. 

Safe, adj. salvufi, tutus. 

Safely, adv. tute. 

Safety, n. solus. 

Sagacious, adj. sagax. 

Sagacity, n. prudentia. 

Sail, y.'navigo. 

Sailor, n. (one sailing) na- 
'vigons. 

Sake (for the sake of), gra- 
tia, causa. 

Salute, V. salnto. 

Same, adj. idem; at the 
same time, adv. simul. 

Satiety, n. satietas. 

Satisfaction, n. (pleasure) 
voluptas. 

Satisfy, v. expleo^ saiis- 
facio. 

Save, v. ser'vo. 



Say, V. dlco, fero, loquor, 

dissero ; I say, inquam ; 

tht>y say, ferunt ; it is 

said,/e/-^/^f, dicitur. 
Saying, n. dictum. 
Scarcely, adv. vix. 
Scholar (pupil), n. disci- 

pulus. 
School, n. schola^ ludus 

literarius. 
Science, n. scientla, doc- 

trina. 
Scourge, v. verhero. 
Sea, n. mare. 
Search, v. qumro. 
Season, n. tempestivitas. 
Seat, n. sedes. 
Second, adj. secundus, al- 
ter ; adv. a second time, 

iter urn. 
Secretl3% adv. clam-. 
Sccui'ity, n. presidium. 
See, V. 'Video, cerno. 
Seed, n. semen. 
Seek, v. qucvro, peto ; 

seek for, rtquiro. 
Seem, v. Xiideor. 
Seize, v. capio ; seize up- 
on, occupo. 
Self, pr. ipse; I myself, 

ego ipse ; we ourselves, 

nosmet ipsi. 
Sell, V. vendo. 
Senate, n, senatus. 
Senator, n. senator. 
Senatorian (of a senator), 

senatoriiis. 
Send, V. mitto ; send for, 

arcesso ; send, before, 

prcemitto ; send away, 

dimitto ; send back, 7'e- 

witto. 
Sensation, n. sensus. 
Sense, n. se7isu8. 
Sentiment, n. sententia. 
Separate, v. se cerno. 
Sequani, n. Sequani ; of 

the Sequani, adj. Sequa- 

nus. 
Serpent, n. serpens. 
Serve, v. seivio. 
Service, n. opera, utllitas. 
Sesterces, n. Sestertii (Gr. 

yOT). 
Set, V. (place) pono ; set 

out (depart), prqficiscor; 

set before or forth, pro- 

pono. 
Settle down, v. consido. 
Seventh, adj. Septimus. 
Seventy, adj. septuagin- 

ta ; of seventy, adj. scp- 

iuagcnarius. 



Severe, adj. severus, acer^ 

I us. 
Severely, adv. gravitcr. 
Severity, n. severitas. 
Shade, n. umbra ; in tho 

shades below, opud in- 
feros. 
Shameful, adj. turpis, fa:- 

dus. 
Share (part), n.pars. 
Sharpen, v. acuo. 
She, pr. e((, ilia (is, ille). 
Sliield, n. scutmn. 
Shocked, pt. commotus. 
Shore, n. litus, littus. 
Short, adj. brevis ; in shorty 

adv. denique. 
Shout, shouting, n. cla- 
mor. 
Show, V. ostendo ; (teach) 

doceo ; (point out) mon- 

stro. 
Show, n. spectaculum. 
Shut up, V. includo ; pt, 

inclusus. 
Sicily, n. Sicilia. 
Sick, adj. ccger, cBgro cor- 

pore. 
Side (part), n. pars. 
Sight, n. conspectus. 
Signal, n. signinn. 
Silence, n. taciturnitas. 
Silent, adj. tacitus ; to be 

silent, taceo. 
Silver, n. argentum. 
Similarity, n. similltaido. 
Simplicity, n. slmplici- 

tas. 
Sin, n. peccattim. 
Sin, V. pecco. 
Since, conj. quippe. 
Sincerity, n. sinceritas. 
Single (one), adj. umis. 
Singl}^ one by one, adj. 

singuli. 
Sink, Y. (let down) de- 

rn iito. 
Sister, n. soror. 
Sit, V. sedeo. 
Six, adj. sex; sixth, sex- 

tus. 
Six hundred, adj. sexcenti. 
Skill, n. solletiia. 
Skilfully, adv. a2)te; most 

skilfully, aptissime. 
Sky, n. coelum ; to the 

skies, ad codum. 
Slaughter, n. ccedis. 
Slave, n. servus, mancl- 

pium ; slaves, servi- 

iium. 
Slavery, n. servltus. 
Sl:i\', V. occidOy intcrficio. 



SPO 



324 



THA 



Sleep, n. somnns. 
Sleep, Y. dormio. 
Sloth, n. segnitia. 
Slower, adv. tardius. 
SmiliniT. pt suhridens. 
Snake, n. draco. 
So, adv. sic ; (in such a 

manner) ita ; (to such a 

degree) (ideo. 
Sonriich, adj. tantus ; of so 

much value, tanti {pre- 

tii) ; see much ; adv. 

tantopere, tarn ; so long, 

tarn diu. 
So manv, adj. tot. 
So X\\QXlut. 
Society, n. convictus. 
Soft, adj. mollis. 
Soften, V. lenio. 
Softly, adv. leniter. 
Soil, n. solum,; (ground) 

ager. 
Soldier, n, milef^. 
Solemn, adj. solennts. 
Solicitude, n. solicitudo. 
Solitude, n. soUtudo. 
Some, adj. nonnullus, ali- 

u.% aliquot; some — 

others, ali'i — alii ; some 

one, aliqiii^-i ; (there are 

some who) Bunt qui; 

some (quantity), ali- 
quant us. 
Something, adj. aZiquid. 
Sometime^ adv. aliquan- 

diu. 
Sometimes, adv. inter- 

dum. 
Somewhat adv. aliquid. 
Son, Ji.jilius. 
Soon, as soon as possible, 

qnarnjyvimum. 
Soonest, adv. celerrime. 
Soothsayer, n. hctruspex. 
Sorrow, n. moestitia. 
Sorrowful, adj. mo&stus. 
Soul, n. anirnU'S. 
Sow, v. sero. 
Si)fiin, n. Hi-spnnia. 
Spare, v. parco. 
S[)eak. V. loqHOt% flr>quor\ 

dico : spt-ak well of, bc- 

ne'lico. 
Spear, n. hasta. 
Spectacle, n. s^pectaculum. 
Sinxcli. n. oj-i'tio ; freedom 

'if si-e-ch, 11' ■era o ratio. 
Sji^M.l {time). V. ago, de- 

ijn : {isive away) erogo. 
Speiit. pt. acfn-sJ 
Spinning, n. lanificium. 
Spoils, n. spoUa,'i)]. 
Spoken, pt. dictum. 



Spur, n. calcur. 
Stadium, n. stadium. 
Statf, n. lacidirm. 
Stage, n. scena. 
Stand, V. J^to ; stand In the 

way, oppose, ohsto. 
Standard, n. vexilluon. 
Star, n. astrum, sidus. 
State, n. ci'Dita,% respub- 

lica. 
Station, n. (place) Zocvs, 

fortuna. 
Steer, to go towards, peto. 
Step (to Valk), v. ingre- 

dior. 
Stick, V. adhmreo. 
Stimulate, v. impello. 
Stoics, n. Stoici. 
Stone, n. (bezel of a rincc) 

jmla. 
Storm, n. toinp€sl<'-s. 
Stranger, n. hospcs. 
Stratagem, n. dolus. 
Strength, n. vis^ Tires, pi. 

7'obu>: 
Strike, v. percutio. 
Stronsc, &^].fortis. 
Struck, pt. 2y^rcidsus. 
Study, n. meditatio ; at 

his studies, discens. 
Study, V. edisco. 
Study (consult for), v. con- 

sulo. 
Style (kind of writing), n. 

'gen us. 
Suavity, n. suavitas. 
Subdue, V. domo, perdo- 

mo, siUdgo. 
Subject, n. res. 
Submit (obey), v. pareo. 
Succeed, v. succedo. 
Successful, adj. secundus. 
Successfully, adv. bene. 
Snch, adj. hdis. tantus. 
Such, adv. (so) tarn. 
Sudden, adj. subitus. 
Suddenly, adv. subit-o. 
Salfer, v. patior, perjje- 

tior. 
Sufricp, V. suppeto. 
Sufficient, sufficiently, adv. ; 

sntis. 
Suit. v. coJU'enio. 
Summon, v. cito. 
Sun, n. sol. 
Sup, v. camo. 
Superb, adj. consplcuus. 
Superfluous, adj. super- 

Superiority, n. praestardia. 
Support ("hold up), v. sus- 

tineo. 
Supply, V. suppedito. 



Suppose, V. arbitro}%puto, 

exist imo. 
Surface (upper part), sum- 

rnus ; surface of the 

water, summa aqua. 
Surnamed, pt. cognomina- 

tus. 
Surpass, v. srupero, tinco, 

prcest^. 
Surrender, n. deditio. 
Surrounded, pt. stipatus. 
Suspect, V. siapicor. 
Swear, x.juro. 
Sweet, adj. didcis. 
Swerve, v. disced o. 
Swim, V. naio ; swim over, 

transnato. 
Sword, n. gladius, ensis. 
Syracuse, n. Syracuse, pi. 

T. 

Take, v. capio ; take away, 
anfero, toUo ; derogate, 
derogo ; take away forci- 
bly, detraho^ e^iraho ; 
take amiss, molests fe- 
ro ; to take c-aptive, c<i- 
jiio ; (to hold) Judieo ; 
take by assault, expug- 
no ; take care, careo ; 
take into, induco : take 
(to ]e\\(\), dnco ; taken, 
i. e. having taken, nactus. 

Talk together, v. confabu- 
lor. 

Tarquin, Tarquinius. 

Teach, v. doceo. 

Teacher, n. doctor, magis- 
ter. 

Tear, n. Incrimc. 

Tear in pieces, v. dilacero. 

Tell, V. dico; (relate) nar- 
TO ; (commemorate) ??ie- 
mini. 

Temperance, n. tew per an- 
tia. 

Temple, n. aides, templum. 

Ten, adj. decern. 

Tend, v. (avail) valeo. 

Tender, adj. tener. 

Terminate, v. patro, de- 
tndio. 

Terrified, pt. territus. 

Terrify, v, terreo. 

Territory, w. finis, ager. 

Than. conj. quam. 

That, sign of tlie accusative 
l>efore the infinitive. 

That, conj. ut,quod. quin; 
that not, 7ie ; in order 
that, quo. 



TOP 



325 



VIR 



That, dcm. pr. «s, ille^ iste. 
That, rel. pr. qui; that 

wliich, id quod. 
Theatre, n. thi'ntrum. 
Theban, adj. Tkebdnus. 
Their, j)r. eorum^ illorura; 

(is, ille) miu^. 
Tlieii, conj. igitut'. 
Then, adv. tu77i, tunc; 

(after that) Uide,, deinde. 
Thence, a<lv. i7ide. 
Til ere, adv. ihi. 
Therefore, adv. igitut\ 

ltd que, id CO. 
Thev. pr. ii, illi, pi. (is, ille). 
Thief, n.fur. 
Thing, n. re.% negotium.. 
Iliink:, v. pnto. r<rhiiino^ 

co{,cio. Sfiiiio, ctiiseo. 
Third, adj. ieriius. 
Tliirst, V. (to be thirsty) 

sitio. 
Tliirty, adj. triginta. 
This,'pr. hie. 

Thou, pr. tu; yon, iu^ vos 
Though, conj. licet^ si, 

quiiin (cum), quamvis. 
Thousand, adj. mille^ pi. 

m illia. 
Tlireats, n. 7nincB, pi. 
Threaten, v. minor. 
Three, adj. tres ; three 

hundred", trec&?iti. 
Three brothers (born atone 

birth), trigemini. 
Throw, V. jacio^ co72Jicio, 

mitto. 
Throw away, v. ahjicio. 
Thunder, n. tonitru^ ful- 

tiien. 
Thus, adv. sic, adeo. 
Thy, pr. twis. 
Tiber, n. Tibe7^is, 
Tide, n cestus. 
Ti;j^cr, n. tigris. 
Till, adv. do7iec. 
Time, n. te7npus; (season) 

cBtds^ hora^ dies ; at 

this time, hoc tewpore; 

at one time, iluo tem- 
pore ; til ere was no time, 

temp us de/uit. 
Tired (to be), v. teed ere. 
To, prep, ad; (into) in; 

(towards) ergn. 
To-day, adv. hodie. 
Together with, adv. simul 

CU77I.. 

Tolerable, adj. tolerabilis. 
Tomb, n. sepulcrum. 
Tongue, n. Ii7igua. 
Top, adj. smnTiiue. (Gr. 
273.) 



Torment, v. crucio. 

Torture, n. C7'iix, C7'ucia- 
ins. 

Towards, prep, adversns. 

Tower, n. turris. 

Town, n. oppidiwi. 

Track (as a dog), v. iiida- 
00. 

Train, v. e7'udio. 

Tranquillity, n. iranquil- 
litds. 

Transmit, v. trado. 

Traveller, n. vidtor. 

Treachery, n. proditio. 

Treason, n. tnajestas. 

Tree, n. a7-hor ; (young 
trees) stii'ps. 

Tribune, n. triJmnu.<i. 

Triumph, V. triiunpho. 

Troops, n. copioe ; (garri- 
son) prcesidiu77i. 

Trouble, v. a^igo. 

Trouble, n. molestia. 

True, adj. 'oerus. 

Truly, adv. vere, pro/ecto. 

Trumpet, n. tuha. 

Trusty, adj. certus. 

Truth, n. Veritas, verum. 

Try (a cause), v. judico. 

Turn, v. ve7'to, conve7'to ; 
turn away, atierto; turn 
to and fro, versor ; turn 
out, exienio. 

Tusculan, adj. Tusculanus. 

Twenty, adj. vigi7iti. 

Twist 'around, v. complec- 
tor. 

Two, adj. duo ; two by 
two, l)i7ii; two together, 
amho. 

Two hundred, adj. ducenii. 

Tyrant, n. ty7'annus. 



U. 

Unacquainted, adj. rudis. 
Uncertain, adj. incertus ; 

(not clear) obscHrus. 
Uncle, n. avunculus. 
Unconquered, adj. invic- 

tus. 
Under, prep, s^ib, in. 
Undergo, v. suscipio. 
Understand, v. i7itelligo, 

cognosce. 
Undertake, v. suscipio, 

ago. 
Unfaithful, adj. infidus. 
Unfortunate, adj. miser. 
Unhurt, pt. illaa^us. 
Unite, V. co7isocio. 
Unjustly, adv. unJustA 



Unknown, pt ignotus. 
Unless, conj. nisi. 
Un'ike. adj. dissimilis. 
Unmindful, adj. imrnemor. 
Unpleasing, adj. i7ijucu7i- 

dus. 
Unsatisfied (empty), adj. 

hianis. 
Unsightlv, adj. turpis. 
Unskilful, adj. iiupe/'itus. 
Until, adv. du7)i^ donee. 
Untouched, adj. integer. 
Unwilling, adj. i7iclius ; 

to be unwilling, v. nolo. 
Unworthy, adj. indignus. 
Upon, prep, in, super, de. 
Us, pr. nos ; ace. pi. (ego). 
Use (make use of), v, ictor, 

ddhibeo. 
Use, n. us as. 
Use (to be wont), v. soleo ; 

(to be accustomed) con- 

suesoo. 
Useful, adj. utilis ; very 

useful, perntilis. 
Utilicy, n. utilitas. 
Utter (give utterance to), 

V. enu7icio. 



Yalor, n. xi7'tus. 
Valuable, adj. pretiosus. 
Value, v. oestimo ; value 

greatly, cesti77io magni; 

more, pluris ; most, 

maxiiTti. 
Vanity, n. ambitio. 
Vanquished, pt 'cictus. 
Various, adj. varius. 
Vehemently, adv. ve7ie' 

m enter. 
Veil, V. obnubo. 
Vent (give vent), v. agiio. 
Verse, n. versus. 
Very (intensive), adv. vehe- 

menter^ 77iaxime, pe7'- 

quam, quam, ipse; very 

highly, quam magni. 
Vespasian, n. Vespasianua. 
Vessel, n. vas. 
Vestige, n. vestigium. 
Vex, V. ango. 
Vice, n. vitium. 
Victor, n. victor. 
Victorious, adj. vicio7\ 
Victory, n. victoria. 
Vigour, n. vire&, pi. 
Viha, n. viUa. 
Violate, v. violo. 
Virgil, n. Virgillus, 
Virgin, n. virgo. 



WHE 



326 



YOU 



Virtue, n. virtus^ Jionestas. 
Visitor, n. hospes. 
Vitiate, v. depravo. 
Voice, n. vox. 
Voluntary, adj. voluniari- 

us. 
Vote, Y. fero suffraciium. 
Voyage (to have a voyage), 

V. naviQO. 



"Wage war, v. gero helium. 
Wakefulness, n. vigilia. 
Walk, V. amhulo ; walk 

about, obambulo. 
Wall, n- murus; (of a fort) 

moenia, pi. ; (of a house) 

paries. 
Want (need), v. egeo, in- 

digeo ; to be wanting, 

desum. 
Want, n. egestas. 
War, V, hello. 
War, n. helium; in war, 

miUtice ; of war, adj. 

militaris ; art of war, 

re-a tnilitaris. 
Warm, adj. tepidus. 
Was, imperf of am {sum). 
Water, n. aqua. 
Weakness, n. infirmitas. 
Wealth, n. divUicB^ pi. 
Wealthy, adj. opulentus, 

opulens. 
Weighty, adj. gravis. 
Well, adv. heyie, heate ; 

very well, optime. 
Were, v. pi. of was. 
What? pr. quis, equis, 

guisnam. 
What, of what consequence 

adj. quantus. 
What (= that which), rel. 

pr. quod {qui). 
Whatever, pr. quid, quid- 

cunque, quicquid. 
When, adv. quum {cum), 



Where, adv. ubi, ubinam; 

of what nation ? lobinam 

gentium f in what part 

of the world? iihi ter- 

rarumf 
Wherefore, adv. igitur, 

quare. 
Whether, interrog. num, 

an. 
Which, interrog. pr. quis. 
Which, rel. pr. quod {qui). 
Which of two, pr. uUr, 
Whichever, pr. uterque. 
Wliile, Avhilst, adv. dum; 

(when) quum {cum.). 
Whither, adv. quo, quo- 

01 am. 
Who, interrog. pr. quis. 
Who, rel. pr. qui: to whom, 

qulcu7n. 
Whole, adj. omnis, totus. 
Why, adv. cur, quid j^for 

2? ropier quid). 
Wicked, adj. impius^ im- 

prohus. 
Wickedness, n. scelus. 
Wide, adj. latus. 
Wife, n. u^or. 
Wild, adj. silvestris ; wild 

beast, /era. 
Will, V. volo; will not, 

nolo. 
Willingly (freely), adv. 

Uh enter ; (gladly) luh-en- 

ter. 
Win, V. concilio. 
Winter- quarters, n. hiher- 

na. 
Wisdom, n. sapientia, con- 
silium: 
Wise, adj. sapiens, gravis, 

2^rudens. 
Wish, V. 'volo ; wish rather, 

prefer, malo ; I wish, 

O that, coni. utinam. 
Wit, n. iiigenium. 
With, prep, cum, in; sign 

of ablative. 
Withdraw, v. deduco. 
AT ithin, prep. i7itra, in. 



Without, prep, sine, extra; 

to be without, v. careo. 
Withstand, v. sustineo. 
Witness, n. testis. 
Woman, n. m^dier. 
Wonder, v. miror. 
Wont (to be), v. soleo. 
Wood (forest), n. silva ; 

(timber) ligmim, mate- 

Ties. 
Wool, n. lana. 
Woollen, adj. laneus. 
Word, n. 'vierhum; in a 

word, denique. 
Wark, n. opus, opera. 
Workman, n. opifex. 
World, n. orhis, terras, pi. 
Worse, adj. pejor. 
Worthily, worthy, adv. (in 

a manner worthy), digne. 
Worthy, adj. dignus, ho- 

mis. 
Would be, V. forem. (Gr. 

222, 5.) 
Wound, V. 'culnero. 
Wound, n. vulnus. 
Write, V. scriho ; write 

back, rescriho. 



Y. 

Tear, n. annus. 

Yesterday's, adj. hesternus. 

Yet, conj. tumen, 'verun- 
tarnen. 

Yield to, V. cedo ; (obey) 
pareo. 

Yield (give up), v. suceum- 
ho. 

You, pr. sing, tu ; pi. 'vos. 

Young man, n. adolescents, 
juvenis. 

Your (of thee), tui; (of 
you) vestrum ; adj. pr. 
tuus, tester. 

Youth, n. juventus, ado- 
lescent ia; time of youth, 
juventa ; young man, 
juvenis. 



33 



A ^ C 



,0- o^ if 







■^ .^^ 



V^-'^.^„^^:o.c, v^--V^.... %;---.> 



cP\ 







r -#1^^^' 



_c^~^.>. ' 






^c 





l^* 






/^* 



I: ■.^' 



















^^-^ ■% 



^' 



aV- ■^>. 




llii 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 

.,„..., .1111 mil mil mil 1111 till mil 



003 037 294 3 



